Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout(1) Addendum 1_8 -CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS ADDENDUM NO. ONE (1) ) November 16, 2023 BID FOR: CONSTRUCTION OF ANIMAL SHELTER BID # 24-005 The following clarifications, amendments, deletions, additions, revision and/or modifications are made a part of the contract documents and change the original documents only in the manner and to the extent hereinafter stated and shall be incorporated in the contract documents. Provisions of this addendum shall take precedence over requirements of the original contract documents and all BIDDERS ARE REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE SAID PROVISIONS IN THE SUBMISSION OF THEIR BID. Addendum as follows 1. DEADLINE: Sealed Bid submittals must be received and time stamped by 3:00 p.m., Central Standard Time, Wednesday, December 6, 2023 (The clock located in the City Secretary’s office will be the official time.) All bids received will be read aloud at 3:15 p.m. on Wednesday, December 6, 2023, in the City Council Chambers, City Hall, 5th Floor, Port Arthur, TX. 2. Attached are the corrected Affidavit, Conflict of Interest, House Bill 89 Verification, Non Collusion Affidavit, and SB252 Chapter 2252 Certification. 3. Attached is the Addendum information from PGAL. 4. Attached is Revised Page F-1. If you have any questions, please contact the Purchasing Division at 409-983-8160. NOTE: ALL PAGES OF ADDENDA MUST BE SIGNED AND SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BID DOCUMENTS. _____________________________ Clifton Williams Purchasing Manager ________________________________ _________________________ Signature of Proposer Date ________________________________ Company Vendor Name AFFIDAVIT All pages in Offeror’s Responses containing statements, letters, etc., shall be signed by a duly authorized officer of the company whose signature is binding. The undersigned offers and agrees to one of the following: ______ I hereby certify that I do not have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due. ______ I hereby certify that I do have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur and agree to pay said debts prior to execution of this agreement. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due. ______ I hereby certify that I do have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur and agree to enter into an agreement for the payment of said debts. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due. Firm Name Date Authorized Signature Title Name (please print) Telephone Email STATE: ____________ COUNTY: ____________ SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me by the above named ________________________ on this the _____________________ day of _____________, 20_____. ___________________________ Notary Public RETURN THIS AFFIDAVIT AS PART OF THE BID PROPOSAL House Bill 89 Verification I, ______________________________________ (Person name), the undersigned representative (hereafter referred to as “Representative”) of ______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________ (company or business name, hereafter referred to as “Business Entity”), being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby depose and affirm the following: 1. That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business Entity; 2. That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of Port Arthur; and 3. That Representative understands that the term “boycott Israel” is defined by Texas Government Code Section 2270.001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes. _____________________________________ SIGNATURE OF REPRESENTATIVE SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this _____ day of ____________________, 20___. _____________________________________ Notary Public NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT CITY OF PORT ARTHUR § § STATE OF TEXAS § By the signature below, the signatory for the bidder certifies that neither he nor the firm, corporation, partnership or institution represented by the signatory or anyone acting for the firm bidding this project has violated the antitrust laws of this State, codified at Section 15.01, et seq., Texas Business and Commerce Code, or the Federal antitrust laws, nor communicated directly or indirectly the bid made to any competitor or any other person engaged in the same line of business, nor has the signatory or anyone acting for the firm, corporation or institution submitting a bid committed any other act of collusion related to the development and submission of this bid proposal. Signature: Printed Name: Title: Company: Date: SUBSCRIBED and sworn to before me the undersigned authority by the of, on behalf of said bidder. ________________________________ Notary Public in and for the State of Texas My commission expires: ____________ SB 252 CHAPTER 2252 CERTIFICATION I, ______________________________________________, the undersigned and representative of_________________________________________________________________________________ (Company or Business Name) being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, pursuant to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252, Section 2252.152 and Section 2252.153, certify that the company named above is not listed on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas concerning the listing of companies that are identified under Section 806.051, Section 807.051 or Section 2253.153. I further certify that should the above-named company enter into a contract that is on said listing of companies on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas which do business with Iran, Sudan or any Foreign Terrorist Organization, I will immediately notify the City of Port Arthur Purchasing Department. ___________________________________ Name of Company Representative (Print) ___________________________________ Signature of Company Representative ___________________________________ Date ADDENDUM #1 Date: November 13, 2023 Project: City of Port Arthur Animal Services 3615 Gates Blvd, Port Arthur, TX 77642 From: PGAL 3131 Briarpark Drive Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77042 To: Prospective Bidders This Addendum forms a part of the Bidding Documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject the Bidder to disqualification. PART 1 – PRE-BID MEETING Item No. 1: a. Pre-bid Sign up sheet b. Prebid Meeting minutes PART 2 – DRAWINGS Item No. 2: Refer to Sheet G0.02 – GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION Revise Sheet G0.02 attached. Item No. 3: Refer to Sheet S200 – FOUNDATION PLAN. Revise Sheet S200 as attached. Item No. 4: Refer to Sheet A0.10 – PARTITION TYPES Revise Sheet A0.10 as attached. Item No. 5: Refer to Sheet A0.30 – DOOR ASSEMBLY TYPES AND SCHEDULE Revise Sheet A0.30 as attached. Item No. 6: Refer to Sheet A0.31 – STOREFRONT AND HOLLOW METAL FRAME CONFIGURATIONS. Revise Sheet A0.31 as attached. Item No. 7: Refer to Sheet A0.35 – EXTERIOR DOOR DETAILS Revise Sheet A0.35 as attached. Item No. 8: Refer to Sheet A1.01 – SITE PLAN Revise Sheet A1.01 as attached. Item No. 9: Refer to Sheet A1.20 – SITE DETAILS Revise Sheet A1.20 as attached. Item No. 10: Refer to Sheet A3.10- REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Revise Sheet A3.10 as attached. Item No. 11: Refer to Sheet A4.01 - CLERESTORY PLAN, ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AND EQUIPMENT LIST Revise Sheet A4.01 as attached. Item No. 12: Refer to Sheet EP2.11 - POWER PLAN. Revise Sheet EP2.11 as attached. Item No. 13: Refer to Sheet EL2.11 - LIGHTING PLAN Revise Sheet EL2.11 as attached. Item No. 14: Refer to Sheet E5.01 - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES Revise Sheet E5.01 as attached. Item No. 15: Refer to Sheet M2.11 - LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL PLAN Revise Sheet M2.11 as attached. Item No. 16: Refer to Sheet M6.01 - MECHANICAL SCHEDULES Revise Sheet M6.01 as attached. Item No. 17: Refer to Sheet T2.11 - TECHNOLOGY PLAN Revise Sheet T2.11 as attached. PART 2 – SPECIFICATIONS Item No. 18: Add liquidated damages to SECTION C – INFORMATION TO BIDDERS Liquidated damages are set to $300 per day. Item No. 19: REPLACE THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATION SECTIONS WITH THE ATTACHED SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS: Refer to Specification “Table of Contents” Section “00 01 03 – Table of Contents” Section “00 01 04 – Drawings Index” Section “04 20 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry “ Add Section “05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications “ Add Section “07 42 13 – Formed Metal Soffit Panels “ Add section “13 34 19 – Metal Building System.” Add section “26 02 00 – Basic Materials and Methods for Electrical” Add section “26 02 01 – Coordination Drawings.” Add section “26 05 19 – Wire, Cable and Related Materials.” Add section “26 05 33 – Raceways.” Add section “26 05 73 – Short Circuit Coordination Study Arc Flash Hazard Analysis.” Add section “26 06 34 - Low Voltage Raceway System.” Add section “26 08 00 - Commissioning of Electrical Systems.” Add section “26 22 22 - Low Voltage Harmonic Mitigating Distribution Transformers.” Add section “26 24 13 – Switchboards.” Add section “26 24 16 – Panelboards.” Add section “26 27 26 - Wiring Devices.” Add section “26 28 13 - Fuses.” Add section “26 28 16 - Safety and Disconnect Switches.” Add section 26 29 01 - Motors and Starters.” Add section “26 29 26 - Miscellaneous Electrical Controls and Wiring.” Add section 26 32 13.23 - Natural Gas Engine-Driven Standby Generating System (350 KW) Add section “26 41 13.13 - Lightning Protection System.” Add section “26 43 13.13 - Surge Protective Devices (SPD) - Standard Interrupting.” Add section “26 43 13 - Surge Protective Device (SPD) - Service Entrance.” Add section “26 51 19 - Lighting Fixtures - Light Emitting Diode (LED)” Add section “27 02 00 - Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems.” Add section “27 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems.” Add section 27 05 28 - Pathways for Communications Systems.” Add section 27 05 43 - Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications Systems.” Add section “27 11 00 - Communications Room Fittings.” Add section “27 15 00 - Communications Horizontal Cabling.” Add section “27 41 16 - Integrated Audio-Video System and Equipment.” Add section “27 51 29 - Emergency Radio Communication Enhancement System.” Add section “28 02 00 - Basic Materials and Methods for Safety and Security Systems.” Add section “28 05 00 - Basic Materials and Methods for Fire Alarm.” Add section “28 10 00 - Access Control System.” Add section “28 20 00 - Video Surveillance System.” Add section “28 31 00 - Intrusion Detection System.” 13: Add section “28 46 00 - Fire Alarm System with Electronic Audio and Visual Devices.” Add Section "32 31 20- Vehicular Cantilever Slide Gates.” PART 3 – QUESTIONS See attached Pre-Bid Questions & Answers END OF ADDENDUM #1 Date/Time: 11/13/2023, 02:00 PM Attendees: Reference Sign-up Sheet attached Project: Port Arthur Animal Services Subject: Pre-Bid Meeting 1. Introduction · Owner – City of Port Arthur 1. Director of Development Services - Pamela Langford 2. City Purchasing Manager – Clifton Williams 3. Animal Control Supervisor - Anthony Mitchell 4. Senior Engineering Technician – James · Architect – PGAL 1. Project Architect – Paul Bonnette 2. Project Designer – Pierre Zoungrana 2. This is a non-mandatory pre-proposal conference. 3. Description of Work from PGAL 4. The City of Port Arthur will receive proposal for new Port Arthur Animal Services building until 3:00pm on Wednesday, 11/22/2023 at the Office of the City Secretary, City Hall 444 4th Street or P.O. Box 1089, Port Arthur, Texas 77641. 5. The proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud. 6. The Proposal / Contract Documents, including Drawings and Technical Specifications Proposal documents are available electronically at www.portarthurtx.com or www.publicpurchase.com 7. Bids must be submitted in DUPLICATE upon the prescribed forms, or copies thereof, in sealed envelopes plainly marked. Bids shall be prepared in compliance with the requirements of the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS, these instructions and the instructions printed on the prescribed forms. 8. Bids shall be accompanied by a bid guarantee of not less than five percent ( 5%) Check or Cashier's Check payable without recourse to the CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, or a bid bond with corporate surety authorized to conduct business in Texas. Said security shall be submitted with the understanding that it shall guarantee that the Bidder will not withdraw his bid within sixty (60) days after the date of the opening of the bids; that if a bid is accepted, the Bidder will enter into a formal Contract with the OWNER, furnish bonds and insurance as may be required and commence work at the specified time, and that in the event of the withdrawal of said bid within said period, or the failure to enter into said Contract, furnish said bonds and insurance and commence work within the time specified, the Bidder shall be liable to the OWNER for the difference between the amount specified in the bid in the amount for which the OWNER may otherwise procure the required work. Checks of all except the three lowest responsible Bidders will be returned when award is made; when the Contract is executed, the checks of the two (2) remaining unsuccessful Bidders will be returned; that of the successful Bidder will be returned when formal Contract, bonds and insurance are approved, and work has commenced within the time specified. 9. In conformance with applicable statutes, the applicable prevailing wage scale in the locality in which the Work is to be performed have been ascertained, and such rates shall be the minimum paid for labor employed upon this project. Davis Bacon 10. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all BIDS and to waive technical defects in bidding. In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating the prices in the BID, the OWNER reserves the right to consider the most advantageous construction thereof or to reject the BID. 11. Proposals are to be submitted on the forms included with the Proposing Documents. All blanks on the proposal form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium. 12. Proposal amounts are to be stated in writing and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount written in figures shall govern. 13. Delivery of Proposals: All copies of the Proposal, the proposal security, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Proposals and shall be identified with the Project name, the Proposer’s name and the Proposer’s address. 14. Proposals will be received by the City no later than the Time and Date indicated in the Advertisement and Invitation for Proposals. 15. To be considered responsive, the complete Proposal shall include the following forms completely and accurately filled out and executed per section 02 - Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals and submitted with the Proposal. · Proposal Form · Proposal Bond · Conflict of Interest Disclosure Statement · Completed Statement of Bidder’s Qualifications · Local Bidder Preference Application 16. The successful proposer will submit a number of days to complete the work, after the effective work order to complete the project. This schedule will be agreed on by all parties prior to execution of the construction contract. 17. Liquidated damages for going beyond the stipulated calendar days’ time frame for construction without an approved change order extending the contract time are per the Instructions to Bidders. 18. Clifton will amend the specification to include liquidated damages. 19. Questions regarding the documents are required to be submitted no later than 5:00pm on Wednesday, November 15th, 2023. An addendum will be issued with answers to any questions received. Questions are to be submitted to clifton.williams@portarthurtx.gov 20. The City confirmed that the project is funded through city funds. She also mentioned that an additional fund request is pending response from the city. 21. The city stated that to the best of their knowledge, the site does not have any known obstructions. 22. A contractor asked if Division 26, 27, 28 need to be included in the construction documents. PGAL to provided clarification if 1st addendum. 23. A contractor asked that PGAL considers CORE FILL 500 in lieu of perlite filled CMU. PGAL to advise. 24. Questions 25. Walk-thru of scope of work. 26. Adjourn ? 78.0 79.0 A230123 132 ROOM SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER LARGE CALLOUT REFERENCE SMALL CALLOUT REFERENCE SHEET NUMBER CENTER LINE, & SYMBOL BEYOND LINE ABOVE LINE DETAIL NUMBER REFERENCE COLUMN LINE PLAN NORTH NORTH ARROW TRUE NORTH NORTH ARROW WINDOW TAG LOUVER TAG REVISION TAG FINISH KEYNOTES: EXISTING POINT ELEVATION NEW OR FINISH POINT ELEVATION LEVEL POINT BREAK LINE TRANSITION FLOOR FINISH SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER BUILDING SECTION REFERENCE PARTITION TYPE (RE: PARTITION SCHEDULE) DOOR NUMBER (RE: DOOR SCHEDULE) LEVEL DATUM POINT EXIT SIGN ROOM NAME CL ? ? ? ? ? ? REFERENCE MATCHLINE SCALE NORTH PLAN NORTHPLAN ? ? ? ? ? ? ? REFERENCE BUILDING SECTION REFERENCE REFERENCE ROOM NUMBER SHEET KEYNOTE ? ? ? FLOOR MATERIALS/FINISHES WALL MATERIALS/FINISHES GLAZING MATERIAL/FINISH SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER REFERENCE ? ? ?/? ?? EXTERIOR INTERIOR ALTERNATES: ?/? ALTERNATE: SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT TAG? ? A.F.F. ? ? ? FURNITURE TAG CEILING TYPE CURTAIN PANEL TAG (RE: ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE) CEILING HEIGHT (RE: ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE) ?? ? REFERENCE EXISTING/NEW COLUMN LINE CASEWORK TYPE SIZE (WxH) DIRECTION SYMBOL 0 4'-0" 8'-0" 16'-0" ?? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ALTERNATE: ? / ? ? ? / ? ? VIEW REFERENCE N MATERIAL SYMBOLS - DETAIL MATERIAL SYMBOLS - PLAN PRECAST CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COMPACTED EARTH FILL CONCRETE SAND STEEL OTHER METALS BATT INSULATION RIGID INSULATION GYPSUM BOARD PLASTER ON LATH PLYWOOD MDF BOARD FINISHED WOOD GLASS TILE CARPET ACOUSTICAL TILE CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING WOOD SHIM GRAVEL CONCRETE SAND NEW NON-RATED CONSTRUCTION NEW SMOKE RATED CONSTRUCTION (30 MIN) NEW 1 HR. RATED CONSTRUCTION NEW 2 HR. RATED CONSTRUCTION NEW 3 HR. RATED CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION TYPE SYMBOLS 2' x 4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE BUILDING STANDARD, UNO. 2' x 2' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE BUILDING STANDARD, UNO FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT TRACK WITH LIGHT FIXTURE 1' x 4' OR 1' x 8' PENDANT FIXTURE T-BAR SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM RE: SHEET. A2.1.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. BLDG. STND. SPRINKLER HEAD BLDG. STND. LAY-IN SUPPLY AIR GRILLE BLDG. STND. LAY-IN RETURN AIR GRILLE EF EXHAUST FAN *REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. RECESSED DOWNLIGHT WATERPROOF RECESSED DOWNLIGHT PENDANT LIGHT JUNCTION BOX SURFACE MOUNTED CEILING LIGHT FIXTURE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT WALL SCONCE SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT UNDER CABINET LIGHT TRACK LIGHT CABLE TRACK LIGHT RETURN AIR GRILLE SUPPLY AIR GRILLE WALL EXHAUST GRILLE ELECTRICAL PANEL WALL SUPPLY GRILLE EXHAUST AIR GRILLE ACCESS PANEL WALL WASHERS EXIT LIGHT ALARM SPEAKER SMOKE DETECTOR CONTINUOUS AIR SUPPLY & RETURN SLOT EXIT SIGNAGE WITH DIRECTION ARROW TO EXIT DOOR S SD RCP REFERENCE SYMBOLS RCP REFERENCE SYMBOLS - LIGHTINGPROJECT SYMBOLSPROJECT SYMBOLS MATCHLINE SEE /?? ? ?? ? ?? ALTERNATE: REFERENCE REFERENCE A8.101 10 SIM A7.101 10 SIM A7.101 10 A7.101 10 SIM A7.101 10 SIM 1 1 A C1 XX-1 L1 ABC-1 ABC-1 2 A10 F1 G1 PT-1 F1 F1 B1 - 30 34 24 A7.01 10 A7.01 10 ALTERNATES: 1 / A101 SIM A101 10 1 / A101 SIM 1 / A101 SIM SIM A EXIT RECESSED WALL WASHER LEVEL THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/13/2023 6:29:10 PMG0.02 GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 ABBREVIATIONS Abbrev Description A ABV above ACOUS acoustical ACT acoustical ceiling tile AD area drain ADJ adjustable AFF above finished floor ALT alternate ALUM aluminum APPROX approximate ARCH architect B B.O. bottom of BALC balcony BD board BET between BLDG building BLKG blocking BLW below BM beam BOT bottom BRKT bracket BULKHD bulkhead BUR built up roof C C.G. corner guard CAB cabinet CALK caulking CEM cement CER ceramic CJ control joint CLG ceiling CLOS closet CLR clear CO cased opening COL column CONC concrete CONT continous CPT carpet CT ceramic tile CTR center D DBL double DET detail DIA diameter DIM dimension DN down DR door DS down spout DW dishwasher DWG drawing E E east EA each EIFS exterior insulation & finish system ELEC electric(al) ELEV elevation EMER emergency ENCL enclosure GENERAL PROJECT NOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 1. The Construction Documents are to include AIA document A201"General Conditions of the Contract for Construction". CITY OF PORT ARTHUR shall be designated as "The Owner", PGAL Architects shall be designated as "The Architect". The AIA document shall also include the Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications, the Drawings Addendum, and Contract Modifications, Building Rules and Regulations & any other documents required by the Owner. 2. The General Contractor shall be both licensed and bonded in TEXAS and shall provide documents upon request. 3. The Work shall be done in accordance with the rules and regulations of all applicable safety and building codes, and as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The General Contractor is responsible for securing and paying for all permits required for the Work and for the scheduling of all required inspections during the course of the Work. 4. The General Contractor shall review and verify existing conditions as provided in the Construction Documents. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of all discrepancies, errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities prior to proceeding with the Work. 5. The General Contractor shall be responsible for, and provide protection of, any existing finishes, materials, and equipment to remain. The General Contractor shall repair or replace any damaged finishes, materials, and equipment as a result of the work. All existing finishes to remain shall be cleaned at the completion of construction. The General Contractor shall photograph and document all existing damages, and provide to the Architect, prior to proceeding with the Work. 6. All materials and systems shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications. All construction shall be of industry standard or better. The Architect shall be final judge of quality. 7. Only new materials and equipment of recent manufacture, of standard quality and free from defects, will be permitted in the Work, unless otherwise noted. Rejected materials and equipment shall be removed immediately from the Work and replaced with materials and equipment of the quality specified. Failure to remove rejected materials and equipment shall not relieve the General Contractor from the responsibility for quality of material and equipment used nor from any other obligation imposed by the Contract. 8. Do not scale drawings. Stated & written dimensions govern. The General Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field and shall be responsible for their accuracy. No extra charge or compensation shall be allowed because of difference between actual dimensions and those indicated on the drawings, unless they contribute to a change in the scope of the Work. Any difference found shall be submitted to the Architect for coordination prior to ordering, manufacturing, or proceeding with the Work. Horizontal dimensions indicated are to/from face of finish, unless noted otherwise. Vertical dimensions are from top of floor slab except where noted to be above finished floor (AFF). Dimensions are not adjustable without approval of Architect unless noted +/-. 9. In the event of conflict between data shown on drawings and data provided in the specification, the specification shall govern. Detail drawings take precedent over drawings of larger scope. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Architect of any discrepancies, prior to proceeding with the Work. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document, not clarified by Addendum, the more specific provision shall take precedence. 10. The General Contractor shall verify that no conflicts exist between the locations of existing and proposed new mechanical, electrical, plumbing, data, and sprinkler equipment (including but not limited to structural members, piping, duct work, conduit and sprinklers) and that clearances for installation and maintenance of equipment are provided. Elements in conflict shall be documented and provided to the Architect prior to proceeding with the Work. 11. The General Contractor shall provide the Architect with shop drawings for review and approval, for all, but not limited to, the following: shop-fabricated millwork, carpet layout, flooring, light fixtures, doors, misc. steel, metal fabrication, glass/glazing, sprinkler layouts, hardware. Shop drawings shall be submitted in the form of 3 sets of prints. Shop drawings shall not be reproductions of Contract Documents. Material Submittals (3 samples) shall be provided for wood, fasteners, acrylic, carpet, tile, base, paint, laminate and any other materials indicated in the shop drawing. 12. The General Contractor shall provide the Architect with manufacturer's cut sheets and specifications for all equipment including but not limited to: light fixtures, plumbing equipment, electrical equipment, fans, supplementary heating and cooling elements, all hardware and security equipment. 13. The General Contractor shall not proceed with work for which he expects additional compensation beyond the contract amount with out written authorization from the Architect and Owner. Failure to obtain such authorization shall invalidate a claim for extra compensation. The Contractor shall not proceed with work which, if completed in strict conformance with the Construction Documents, will result in additional work beyond the scope of the Contract without written authorization from the Architect and Owner. Any field conditions that significantly vary from the Contract Documents or will result in additional work, shall be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to proceeding with work. 14. The General Contractor shall include all x-ray and core drill costs. The General Contractor shall review and coordinate the size and location of all slab openings with all related disciplines. The General Contractor shall submit proposed locations of core drilling and slab openings to Architect and Structural Engineer of Record for review and approval prior to proceeding with the Work. 15. Patch, repair, and install all fireproofing as required by Code. Fireproof all new penetrations as required for approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 17. The General Contractor shall continuously check architectural and structural clearances for accessibility of equipment and mechanical and electrical systems. No allowances of any kind will be made for the General Contractor's negligence to foresee means of installing equipment into position. 18. The finished work shall be firm, well-anchored, in true alignment, plumb, level, with smooth, clean, uniform, appearance without waves, distortions, holes, marks, cracks, stains, or discoloration. Jointing shall be close fitting, neat and well scribed. The finished work shall have no exposed unsightly anchors or fasteners and shall not present hazardous, unsafe corners. All work shall have the provision for expansion, contraction and shrinkage as necessary to prevent cracks, buckling, and warping due to temperature and humidity conditions. 19. Attachments, connections or fasteners of any nature are to properly and permanently be secured in conformance with industry best practices. The drawings highlight special conditions only and by no means illustrate every connection. The Contractor is responsible for improving connection accordingly. 20. General Contractor shall waive "Common Practice" and "Common Usage" as construction criteria wherever details and Contract Documents of governing codes, ordinances, etc. require quantity or better quality than common practice or common usage would require. 21. The General Contractor shall submit shop drawings and submittals, and shall order and schedule delivery of materials to avoid delays in construction. If an item is found to be unavailable or to have a long lead time, the General Contractor shall notify Architect immediately with a proposed alternative. 22. The General Contractor shall notify the Owner, the Landlord, and the Architect in writing of any deficiencies in base building work prior to the commencement of the Work. Any unreported deficiencies will become the responsibility of the General Contractor to correct. 23. The General Contractor shall exercise industry best practices for care and caution during the construction of the Work, and shall schedule work to minimize disturbances to occupants, adjacent spaces and/or structures, property, public thoroughfares, etc. The General Contractor shall take precautions and be responsible for the safety of all building occupants during construction procedures. The General Contractor shall be responsible for any costs incurred. 24. All debris shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, or as directed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Upon completion of the work, remove all debris from the building created by the work provided under this Contract and leave all areas clean. Trash is not permitted to be burned on site. 25. All abandoned and miscellaneous nails, hangers, staples, wires, conduits and debris shall be removed from exposed areas of the floors, walls, and ceilings. Remove all abandoned pipe sleeves in floor slabs. Patch existing slab as required to maintain UL fire rating of floor slab where pipes and conduits have been removed. 26. Slab penetrations shall be sealed as required to maintain fire rating, using materials and methods approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Expansion material shall be approved by the Architect. 27. The General Contractor shall notify the Architect of any access panels which may be required prior to proceeding with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all trades. Required access panels shall be included in the Contractor's scope of Work. 28. Contractor shall provide the Team with a construction schedule showing the proposed phasing. Long lead items that will affect the Substantial Completion date shall be brought to the Architect's attention immediately. ABBREVIATIONS Abbrev Description EOS edge of slab EQ equal EQUIP equipment ETR existing to remain EW each way EXP. JT. expansion joint EXST existing F F.O. face of FA fire alarm FAP fire annunciator panel FD floor drain FE fire extinguisher FEC fire extinguisher cabinet FG finish group FH fire hydrant FHC fire hose cabinet FIN finish FLR floor FLUOR fluorescent FRT Fire Retardant Treated FT foot or feet FUR furring G GAL gallon GALV galvanized GB grab bar GC general contractor GL glass GND ground GWB gypsum board GYP gypsum H H.W.H. hot water heater HC handicapped HDWD hardwood HDWR hardware HM hollow metal HORIZ horizontal HR hour HT height I IBC International Building Code ID inner diameter INCAN incandescent INSUL insulation INT interior J JAN janitor JST joist JT joint L LAM laminate LAV lavatory LB(S) pounds LDG landing LT light ABBREVIATIONS Abbrev Description M MAX maximum MECH mechanical MEMB membrane MFR manufacturer MIN minimum MISC miscellaneous MO masonry opening MTD mounted MTL metal N N north NIC not in contract NO number NOM nominal NTS not to scale O O.P. overflow pipe OA overall OC on center OD outside diameter OFCI owner furnished contractor installed OFF office OH opposite hand OPG opening OPP opposite P PART partition PEMB pre-engineered metal building PERM perimeter PF projection factor PG paint grade PLAM plastic laminate PLAS plaster PLYWD plywood PR pair PT paint PTD painted R R riser RAD radius RCP reflected ceiling plan RD roof drain RE refer REF refrigerator REINF reinforced REQD required RESIL resilient RM room S RO rough opening RTU root top unit (mech) S south SAFB sound attenuation fiber batt SC scupper SCHED schedule SEAL sealant SECT section ABBREVIATIONS Abbrev Description SF square foot SHGC solar heat gain coefficient SHT sheet SIM similar SPEC specification SQ square SS stainless steel STD standard STL steel STOR storage STRUCT structural SUSP suspended SYM symmetrical T T tread T&G tongue & groove TEL telephone TER terrazzo THK thick THR threshold TO top of TYP typical U UC undercut UNFIN unfinished UNO unless noted otherwise UON unless otherwise noted UTIL utility V VCT vinyl composition tile VERT vertical VIF verify in field VTR vent termination pipe VWC vinyl wall covering W W west W/ with W/O without WC water closet WIN window WP waterproof WS wet stack WSCT wainscot WT weight PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT LOCATIONAREA MAP VICINITY MAP SITE ADDRESS : 3615 GATES BLVD. PORT ARTHUR, TX 77640 №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 SHEET INDEX vv Sheet Name GENERAL G0.00 COVER SHEET G0.02 GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION G0.03 LIFE SAFETY CODE ANALYSIS G0.04 LIFE SAFETY PLAN G0.14 ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION G0.15 ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION CIVIL C1.01 PRE-DEVELOPED DRAINAGE PLAN - (ST. MARY'S HOSPITAL) C1.02 DEVELOPED DRAINAGE PLAN (FUTURE ) C1.03 DEVELOPED DRAINAGE PLAN ANIMAL SHELTER C1.04 DRAINAGE CALCULATION OVERALL C1.05 DRAINAGE CALCULATION ANIMAL SHELTER C2.01 DIMENSIONAL CONTROL PLAN C3.01 GRADING PLAN C4.01 UTILITY PLAN C5.01 JOINT PATTERN PLAN C6.01 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C7.01 GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS LANDSCAPE L1.1 PLANTING PLAN 1 OF 1 L2.1 PLANTING DETAILS 1 OF 1 L3.1 IRRIGATION PLAN 1 OF 1 L4.1 IRRIGATION PLAN 1 OF 2 L4.2 IRRIGATION PLAN 2 OF 2 STRUCTURE S001 3D VIEW AND SHEET LIST S101 GENERAL STRUCTURAL CRITERIA S102 GENERAL STRUCTURAL CRITERIA S200 FOUNDATION PLAN S201 LOADING PLAN S301 DRILLED PIER & PLINTH SCHEDULE & DETAILS S302 GRADE BEAM SCHEDULE AND DETAILS S401 TYPICAL FOUNDATION DETAILS (PEMB) S402 FOUNDATION DETAILS (PEMB) S504 TYPICAL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DETAILS S505 TYPICAL CMU DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL A0.02 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS A0.10 PARTITION TYPES A0.20 FINISH LEGEND A0.30 DOOR ASSEMBLY TYPES AND SCHEDULES A0.31 STOREFRONT AND HOLLOW METAL FRAME CONFIGURATIONS A0.35 EXTERIOR DOOR DETAILS A0.36 INTERIOR DOOR DETAILS A0.45 EXTERIOR WINDOW DETAILS A0.46 INTERIOR WINDOW DETAILS A0.50 SIGNAGE TYPES & DETAIL A1.01 SITE PLAN A1.20 SITE DETAILS A1.21 SITE DETAILS A2.10 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN A2.11 OVERALL DIMENSIONAL FLOOR PLAN A2.12 OVERALL EQUIPMENT PLAN A2.20 OVERALL FINISH PLAN A2.21 SLAB PLAN A2.30 OVERALL ROOF PLAN A3.10 GROUND LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A4.01 CLERESTORY PLAN, ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AND EQUIPMENT LIST A4.02 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AND EQUIPMENT LIST A5.01 PLAN DETAILS A5.11 CEILING DETAILS A6.01 EXTERIOR BUILDING ELEVATIONS A7.01 BUILDING SECTIONS A7.50 WALL SECTIONS A7.51 WALL SECTIONS A7.52 WALL SECTIONS A7.53 WALL SECTIONS A7.70 WALL SECTION DETAILS A7.71 WALL SECTION DETAILS A8.01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A8.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A8.03 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A8.65 MILLWORK ELEVATIONS A8.68 MILLWORK DETAILS A9.00 EQUIPMENT DETAILS SHEET INDEX vv Sheet Name MEP SITE MEP1.01 MEP SITE PLAN PLUMBING P0.01 PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND P2.11 LEVEL 1 PLUMBING PLAN P2.21 COMPOSITE ROOF LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN P3.01 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS P3.02 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS P4.01 PLUMBING RISERS AND SCHEMATICS P4.02 PLUMBING RISERS AND SCHEMATICS P4.03 PLUMBING RISERS AND SCHEMATICS P5.01 PLUMBING SCHEDULES P6.01 PLUMBING DETAILS MECHANICAL M0.01 MECHANICAL SYMBOL LEGEND M2.11 LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL PLAN M4.01 MECHANICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS M5.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M6.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS M7.01 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL E0.01 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND E1.01 PHOTOMETRIC SITE PLAN E4.01 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E5.01 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E5.02 PANEL SCHEDULES E6.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E6.02 ELECTRICAL DETAILS EL2.11 LIGHTING PLAN EP2.11 POWER PLAN EP3.11 ROOF LEVEL POWER PLAN TECHNOLOGY T0.01 TECHNOLOGY SYMBOL LEGEND T2.11 TECHNOLOGY PLAN T6.01 TECHNOLOGY DETAILS T6.02 TECHNOLOGY DETAILS T6.03 TECHNOLOGY DETAILS 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 5" THICK SLAB ON GRADEREINF W/ #4 @ 12" OC, EWRE: 1/S40110AMQBKNPDATUM = 0'-0"5" THICK SLAB ON GRADEREINF W/ #4 @ 12" OC, EWRE: 1/S401DATUM = 0'-0"5" THICK SLAB ON GRADEREINF W/ #4 @ 12" OC, EWRE: 1/S401DATUM = 0'-0"12I5FEC173S4021S4022S4022S4021S4027S4028S4028S4022S4021S4021S4022S4022S4022S4022S4025S4025S4022JG3478TO DRAINSLOPETO DRAINSLOPETRENCH DRAIN10S401TRENCH DRAIN10S40110S40110S40110S401CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCH RE: NOTE 11CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11FDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDP124/6636/102P124/6618/4818/4818/48P2<6'-0">30/8430/84P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">P2<6'-0">30/9030/9030/9030/9030/9030/9030/8430/8418/4830/9018/5418/4818/5418/5424/7224/7224/7224/729P224/72P224/7218/4824/72P324/72P324'-8"P324/72P230/7824/72P3P230/7836/1021171'-2"168'-7"171'-2"168'-7"118'-3"52'-11"43'-11 5/8"58'-2"14'-10 1/2"51'-7"74'-2 3/4"86'-10"P2P3P252'-5 5/8"15'-10 3/4"100'-2 5/8"1 1/2"10 1/2"25'-0 1/4"25'-0 1/4"29'-10"14'-8 1/4"22'-5 3/8"21'-2 3/8"28'-4 5/8"1'-0"1'-7 5/8"30'-6"25'-7"25'-7"23'-0 3/4"37'-8 1/2"26'-11 5/8"1 1/2"11'-10 5/8"1 1/2"10 1/2"16P37 1/2"15'-10 3/4"12'-3 3/4"1'-0"21'-6 7/8"10 1/2"1 1/2"10 1/2"35'-0 1/8"49'-10"10 1/2"1 1/2"DL18/48GB2GB2GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCH18/48O8S40224/727S402P224/6624/72P2P2CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11CANOPY ABOVE RE: ARCHRE: NOTE 11 TRENCH DRAINTRENCH DRAIN1S402H15'-0"18/48 18/489'-0"9'-0"1113'-5 3/8"10 1/2"1361S4021 1/2"10 1/2"1S402RE: NOTE 5RE: NOTE 624/72P1P536/10236/102P5P218/485'-11 7/8"18/4817'-3"18/4817'-3"LADDER RE: ARCH RE: NOTE 11LADDER RE: ARCH RE: NOTE 11LADDER RE: ARCH RE: NOTE 1112S40212S40210S40210S40211S40211S40211S4029S4029S40210S40211S40211S402GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB3GB311S40218/4811S4028'-8 3/8"G.5141518'-8 1/2"4'-7 5/8"3'-7 1/2"7'-4 5/8"10 1/2"P6PEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB COLPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB COLPEMB COLPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB COLPEMB COLPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMEPEMB FRAMETRENCH DRAIN8S40211S40210 1/2"1 1/2"18/4818/4818/4818/481 1/2"11'-10 1/8"34'-2 3/4"11'-10 1/8"1 1/2"17'-1 3/8"17'-1 3/8"24/668'-0"18/5410'-6"18/4818/4818/4818/4818/4818/4813'-6"7'-4 3/4"9'-7 1/4"12'-9 1/2"12'-9 1/2"12'-9 1/2"12'-9 1/2"12'-9 1/2"12'-9 1/2"12'-9 1/2"12'-9 1/2"11'-6"11 1/4"11'-6"18/4818/4818/48 18/481'-3 1/2"10'-6"10'-6"10'-6"8'-0"24/66 24/661'-3 7/8"1'-3 7/8"11S40211S402PEMB FRAMEFOUNDATION NOTES:1. DATUM ELEVATION 0'-0" CORRESPONDS TO TRUE ELEVATION = RE: CIVIL2. ALL ELEVATIONS ARE RELATIVE TO DATUM ELEVATION TYP, U.N.O.3. TOP OF ALL PIERS AT PERIMETER GRADE BEAMS IS <-2'-8"> BELOW F.F.E. TYP, U.N.O. TOP OF ALL INTERIOR PIERS IS <-2'-8"> BELOW F.F.E. TYP, U.N.O. FOR DRILLED PIER SCHEDULE AND DETAILS RE: S3.01 4. TOP OF ALL EXTERIOR PLINTHS ARE AT <0'-8"> TYP, U.N.O. TOP OF ALL INTERIOR PLINTHS ARE AT <0'-8"> TYP, U.N.O. FOR PLINTH SCHEDULE AND DETAILS RE: S3.01 ALL GRADE BEAMS ARE GB1 U.N.O. FOR GRADE BEAM SCHEDULE AND DETAILS RE: S3025. VERIFY ALL SLOPES, DEPRESSIONS, ELEVATIONS WITH ARCH. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.6. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS AT EVERY COLUMN LINE AND AT A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 36 TIMES THE SLAB THICKNESS (NOT TO EXCEED 15 FEET), U.N.O.7. FD - INDICATES FLOOR DRAIN, COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCH/ MEP.8. FOLLOW PEMB ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT DRAWINGS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS. DO NOT USE THESE DRAWINGS TO PLACE ANCHOR BOLT LOCATIONS.9. FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CANNOT BEGIN UNTIL FINAL PEMB DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED AND REVIEWED BY EOR.10. THE METAL, BUILDING MANUFACTURER SHALL REVIEW THE MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DESIGN THE STRUCTURE TO SUPPORT ALL HANGING LOADS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: MECHANICAL UNITS, OPERABLE PARTITIONS, CEILING FANS, CRANES, CURTAIN WALL SYSTEMS, SPRINKLER PIPES, ETC.11. PEMB MANUFACTURER RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TO SUPPORT HANGING LOADS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: MECHANICAL UNITS, OPERABLE PARTITIONS, CEILING FANS, CRANES, CURTAIN WALL SYSTEMS, SPRINKLER PIPES, ETC.8'-0"70°70°1'-0"TYPICAL #5 HAIRPIN1/8" = 1'-0"1FOUNDATION PLANNEOALIGENSOSINEFREASXFTEPRTSATEONSEDECILFRED DALLY90904FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATIONPROJECT NAMESHEET NUMBERwww.pgal.comHouston, TX 77042Suite 2003131 Briarpark Dr.PGAL, Inc.F 713 622 1444T 713 622 1444SHEET TITLEREGISTRATIONDRAWING HISTORYCONSULTANTARCHITECTCLIENTDATE STAMP: PROJECT NUMBERKEY PLAN10/27/2023D + A PROJECT # 23-109-00C:\Users\Lauren\Documents\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _STRUCT_R22_lmadisonRTAJY.rvt11/9/2023 9:38:26 AMS200FOUNDATION PLANPORT ARTHUR3600 GATES BLVDPORT ARTHUR, TX,77642CITY OF PORT ARTHURT (409) 983-8100Copyright © 2023444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX776401005964.00№. DATE DESCRIPTION10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING& PERMITTING1 11/10/2023 ADDENDUM #11 GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL POSSIBLE VARIATIONS OF PARTITIONS TYPES AND U.L. FIRE RATINGS ARE NOT NECESSARILY UTILIZED IN THIS PROJECT AND ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS RATED PARTITIONS ARE INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS. WHERE U.L. RATED PARTITIONS ARE INDICATED, REFER TO FLOOR PLANS AND PROVIDE FIRE SEALANT AT THOSE LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED. 2. WHERE FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS ARE PERPENDICULAR TO SPAN OF STRUCTURAL JOISTS OR GIRDERS, THE PARTITION SHALL EXTEND TO THE UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK AND FOLLOW THE LINE OF FLOOR DECK. 3. PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD ON ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE FINISH. PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM PANELS ON CEILINGS IN ROOMS THAT INCLUDE SHOWERS. FRAMING NOT TO EXCEED SPACING RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 4. PROVIDE ONE LAYER OF 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT WALLS BEHIND SINKS AND LAVATORIES WITHOUT TILE. MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 2' OF ALL URINALS AND WATER CLOSETS, TO A HEIGHT OF 4' AFF. 5. WHERE FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION IS INDICATED, PROVIDE TYPE X-W/R BOARD. IN CONDITIONS WHERE NOTE 3 AND 4 APPLY, INSTALL 1 LAYER OF APPLICABLE MOISTURE RESISTANT BOARD OR CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD OVER THE TYPE X-W/R BOARD. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER LIMITATIONS. 6. STC RATINGS SHOWN FOR SOUND WALLS ARE BASED ON LABORATORY TESTED ASSEMBLIES AND DO NOT NECESSARILY INDICATE THE ACTUAL STC RATING OF THE COMPLETED WORK. PROVIDE MTL. DECK FILLERS WHERE FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS ARE PERPENDICULAR TO SPAN OF DECK. DECK FILLERS ARE TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH ALL FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND ARE TO BE APPROVED BY ALL GOVERNING AGENCIES. 7. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING, SHEET METAL OR STEEL BACKING IN PARTITIONS TO SUPPORT WALL MOUNTED ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT, ETC. 8. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 9. REFER TO SPECS REGARDING REQUIREMENTS OF GYP. CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS. SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. 10. PROVIDE DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACKS AT FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS. 11. REMOVE TEMPORARY WALL BRACING ONCE FINAL METAL STUD FRAMING IS COMPLETED. 1. ALL METAL STUDS TO BE 20 ga. PLACED AT 16" 0.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR WHERE THE LIMITING HEIGHT REQUIRES 16ga AT 16" O.C. 2. ALL FURRING CHANNELS TO BE 25 ga. AND PLACED AT 16" 0.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. PARTITIONS SUPPORTING WALL HUNG PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE 16 ga. PLACED AT 16" O.C. 4.REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR STUD ga. SIZE AND SPACING FOR ALL STRUCTURALLY DESIGNED PARTITIONS. 5. REFER TO ASTM C754 FOR LIMITING HEIGHTS CRITERIA. LIMITING HEIGHTS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY DEFLECTION CRITERIA RATIO OF L/240, AND LATERAL PRESSURE OF 5 PSF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR DICTATED OTHERWISE BY PRESIDING BUILDING CODE. WHERE FLOOR TO STRUCTURE HEIGHT OF PARTITION EXCEEDS THE INDICATED LIMITING HEIGHT, PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL BRACING TO THE STRUCTURE OVERHEAD AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED DEFLECTION RATIO. 6. FOR PARTITIONS WITH "BRITTLE" FINISHES SUCH AS PLASTER AND CERAMIC TILE, DESIGN PARTITION SYSTEM TO MAINTAIN DEFLECTION RATIO WITHIN L/360. SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS BRACING. 30° to 60°.LIMITING HEIGHT SUPPLEMENTAL BRACING CONSISTING OF MTL STUDS OR MTL ANGLES COLD FORMED FRAMING NOTES6"REFER MOUNTING TYPICAL HEIGHTSA.F.F.2'-6"REFER TYPICALMOUNTING HEIGHTS2'-6"6" 6" EQUAL EQUAL SECTION ABOVE CEILING FIRE RATED PARTITION TOP INSTALL METAL STUD FRAMING ON BOTH SIDES AND AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF DUCT OPENINGS IN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SCREW GYPSUM BOARD TO FRAMING ON ALL 4 SIDES AND SEAL JOINT BETWEEN DUCT AND PARTITION DUCT (DAMPER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) BOTTOM SIDES SIMILAR IN-WALL BRACING SHALL BE NO LESS THAN A 6" x 1 1/4" x 14 GAUGE CHANNEL, STEEL Fy = 50ksi, AND SHALL SUPPORT A 250 POUND GRAVITY LOAD CONCENTRATED AT ANY POINT ON THE DEVICE BEING ANCHORED. 16 GA.x4" WIDE MTL BACKUP PLATE MAY BE USED PLAN SECTION IN-WALL BRACING GRAB BAR STUD CAVITY STUDS PROVIDE IN-WALL BRACING IN ALL PARTITIONS OR EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE GRAB BARS, HANDRAILS, SHOWER SEATS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT ANCHORS TO METAL STUD WALLS AND IN OTHER LOCATIONS AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. CENTER STUDS ABOUT THE LOCATION OF THE DEVICE ANCHOR POINT. GRAB BAR BRACKET SHOWN, OTHER DEVICES SIMILAR. TYPE A TYPE D TYPE BMOUNTING HEIGHTSREFER TYPICALTYPE C MIN. 20 GA. MTL. STUDS FACING OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS TO ALLOW MOUNTING PLATE ATTACHMENT 8" MIN. DEEPER IF REQUIRED TRACK- CLIP FLANGES & FOLD WEB TO FORM ATTACHMENT FLANGE 3 5/8" MIN. DEEPER IF REQUIRED 16 GA MTL. RUNNER TRACK-CLIP FLANGES TO FIT OVER STUDS CONT. 16 GA. X 4" WIDE MTL. BACK-UP PLATE METAL WALL STUDS MIN. 20 GA. 16 GA MTL. RUNNER TRACK-CLIP FLANGES TO FIT OVER STUDS METAL WALL STUDS MIN. 20 GA. MIN. 20 GA. MTL. STUDS 6" 6" MOUNTING SUPPORT DETAILS SCALE: NONE IN-WALL BRACING SCALE: NONE 3"DIM. VARIES EXISTING WINDOWS TO REMAIN. 1/4" GAP TYP. BETWEEN END AND GLASS IF SPANDREL GLASS, INSTALL BLACK NEOPRENE GASKET. IF VISION GLASS, LEAVE GAP UNSEALED DRYWALL MOLDING END CLOSURE BY FRY REGLET OR EQUAL. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL PARTITION AS SCHEDULED NOTE: EDGE ELEVATION OF PARTITION SHALL MATCH THE EDGE OF THE EXIST. WINDOW FRAME, GLAZING, DETAIL A DETAIL B EXISTING WINDOWS TO REMAIN COMPRESS BLACK NEOPRENE GASKET BETWEEN FRAME AND END. DRYWALL MOLDING END CLOSURE BY FRY REGLET OR EQUAL. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL CENTER PARTITION ON MULLION, TYP. PARTITION AS SCHEDULED. DETAIL C EXISTING WINDOWS TO REMAIN COMPRESS BLACK NEOPRENE GASKET BETWEEN FRAME AND END DRYWALL MOLDING END CLOSURE BY FRY REGLET OR EQUAL. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL PARTITION AS SCHEDULED CENTER PARTITION ON MULLION, TYP. EXISTING WINDOWS TO REMAIN EXTEND EDGE PAST EDGE OF MULLION. SEAL GAP BETWEEN END AND MULLION. DRYWALL MOLDING END CLOSURE BY FRY REGLET OR EQUAL. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL PARTITION AS SCHEDULED NOTE: CONSIDER USING DETAIL 'C' IF POCKET CREATED IS DEEPER THAN 12". VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. DETAIL D 45.0000° PARTITION AT MULLION DETAILS 1/4". PARTITION LEGEND ACOUSTICAL NOTES FIRE RATING NOTES 1. ALL ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THE REFERENCED TEST. 2. STAGGER AND SEAL ALL JOINTS ON MULTIPLE GYPSUM BOARD LAYER PARTITIONS. 3. SEAL ALL PERIMETER GAPS, AIR TIGHT, AT THE FLOORS, HEAD, ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND AROUND ANY PENETRATING ELEMENTS WITH INTERIOR GRADE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 4. ALL BATTS AND BLANKETS IN RATED WALLS MUST BEAR THE REQUIRED U.L. CLASSIFICATION MARKING AS TO FIRE-RESISTANCE. ALSO REFER TO CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS IN A0.10 SERIES. 5. AT ACOUSTICALLY RATED PARTITIONS, DO NOT FILL THE STUD CAVITY (DEPTH) FULLY WITH SOUND BATTS. THE WIDTH OF THE SOUND BATTS SHOULD BE SLIGHTLY SMALLER THAN CAVITY TO AVOID BATTS COMPRESSION. HOWEVER, THE ENTIRE LENGTH AND HEIGHT OF THE WALL SHOULD HAVE CONTINUOUS AND UNINTERRUPTED SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS. 6. REFER TO DETAILS 9,10, 11 AND 12 ON SHEET A#.## FOR PARTITION TYPES WITH A DESIGNATED STC RATING. 7. SEAL ALL WALL INTERSECTIONS AND CONTROL JOINTS AT ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS IN ACCORDANCE TO DETAIL #/ A#.##. 8. SEAL ALL CONDUIT, STRUCTURAL, DUCT AND LARGE PIPE PENETRATIONS ACCORDING TO #/A#.## UNLESS THE PARTITION IS ALSO FIRE RATED WHERE THE CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS ON THE A0.10 SERIES SHOULD BE REFERENCED. 9. OUTLETS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS . PRIORITY 1 - HIGHEST PRIORITY 7 - LOWEST ONE HOUR FIRE/SMOKE PARTITION TWO HOUR FIRE/SMOKE PARTITION FOUR HOUR FIRE PARTITION TWO HOUR FIRE PARTITION ONE HOUR FIRE PARTITION ONE HOUR FIRE PARTITION NON-RATED PARTITION 1 1/2 HOUR - B LABEL 3/4 HOUR - C LABEL 1 1/2 HOUR - B LABEL 3/4 HOUR - C LABEL 20 MIN RATING NONE 3 HOUR - A LABEL PRIORITY 5 PRIORITY 6 PRIORITY 2 PRIORITY 3 PRIORITY 4 GYPSUM BOARD PARTITION PRIORITY LEGEND PARTITION DOOR RATING PRIORITY 1. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY AND OTHER TESTING AGENCY DESIGNATIONS INDICATED FOR FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION ARE GIVEN FOR PURPOSES OF DESCRIBING CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ONLY AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO LIMIT MANUFACTURERS OF MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH THE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF THE INDICATED DESIGN. 2. ALL PARTITION TYPES SHOWN HERE ARE DRAWN AS "NON FIRE-RATED". WHERE FIRE RESISTIVE WALL CONSTRUCTION IS INDICATED, ON THE FLOOR PLANS, PROVIDE "TYPE X" GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND FIRE RATED SEALANT AT PERIMETER JOINTS AND ALL PENETRATIONS, TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF PARTITION AS INDICATED ON THE U.L. DETAILS AND ASSEMBLIES. 3. REFER TO G03.## FOR U.L. LISTED ASSEMBLIES. 4. REFER TO SHEET(S) G03.01 THRU G03.0# FOR THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING; RATED JOINT SYSTEMS; AND A SCHEDULE OF LISTED ASSEMBLIES OR SYSTEMS. 5. REFER TO SHEET A0.13 FOR SHAFT WALL DETAILS. 6. REFER TO SHEET(S) A0.11 THRU A0.14 FOR ADDITIONAL PARTITION DETAILS. FIREWALL PARTITION LEGEND 1 HR AND 2 HR RATED AT CONTROL JOINTS SOUND BATTS TWO LAYERS 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BOARD 1, 2, 3, or 4 LAYERS OF GYP BOARD CONTRACTOR TO BID AND SUBMIT METAL STUD SIZES AND SPACING GAUGES THAT COMPLY WITH PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. LIMITING HEIGHTS ARE BASED ON STEEL STUD MANUFACTURES ASSOCIATION GUIDELINES 2012 ICC ESR#3064P AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH 2012 IBC ASTM C754 FOR STUDS AND RUNNERS. STUDS FOR FURRED PARTITIONS WHICH EXCEED 12'-0" HEIGHT REQUIRE MID-HEIGHT BRACE TO ADJACENT WALL LIMITING HEIGHT NOTES 1 HOUR, SMOKE TIGHT 2 HOUR, SMOKE TIGHT 3 HOUR, SMOKE TIGHT 4 HOUR, SMOKE TIGHT RED FILTER BLUE FILTER ORANGE FILTER GREEN FILTER NOTE: PRINT THIS SHEET & LIFE SAFETY PLANS IN COLOR FOR EASIER COORDINATION. FIRST 3 DIGITS OF EACH PARTITION TYPE TAG DESCRIBE PARTITION TYPES, THIRD DIGIT/LETTER INDICATES NOMINAL THICKNESS OF METAL STUD OR MASONRY. LAST NUMERIC DIGIT INDICATES HOURLY "FIRE RESISTIVE RATING" REQUIRED OF THAT PARTITION. B1 4 1 TYPE OF PARTITION: [A] = MTL STUD-SINGLE LAYER GYP. WALL [B] = MTL STUD-MULTI LAYER GYP. WALL [C] = CHASE WALL [F] = FURRING WALL [M] = MASONRY OR MASONRY W/ FURRING [P] = PARTIAL HEIGHT STUD WALL [S] = SHAFT WALL [T] = TEMPORARY WALL [Y] = SECURITY WALL PARTITION TAG THICKNESS OF PARTITION FRAMING COMPONENT: [0] = 7/8" METAL STUD [1] = 1 5/8" METAL STUD, 3/4" WOOD [2] = 2 1/2" METAL STUD, 1 1/2" WOOD [3] = 3 5/8" METAL STUD, 2 1/2" WOOD [4] = 4" METAL STUD, 3 5/8" CMU, 3 1/2" WOOD [6] = 6" METAL STUD, 5 5/8" CMU, 5 1/2" WOOD [8] = 8" METAL STUD, 7 5/8" CMU, 7 1/2" WOOD [9] = 11 5/8" CMU, 11 1/4" WOOD FIRE RATING REQUIREMENT ("0" or BLANK FOR NO RATING) [5]= 30 MIN. RATING [1]= 1 HR RATING [2]= 2 HR RATING [3]= 3 HR RATING [4]= 4 HR RATING If need be: "Partition Types" may be altered to be as below if more identifying parameters must be defined for Project needs. Sample: A01-A99, B01-B99, etc... i.e. A014_, B0142 NOTE: Depending on Scale, possibly Solid Color will read more clear. DUCT PENETRATIONS SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE LINE STYLE OR COLOR FILL OR MASONRY. 1/4" GAP MAX FOR ENTIRE HEIGHT PARTITION TYPE A1: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER OF 5/8" GYP BD EACH SIDE. BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. SLIP TRACK OR SLOTTED HEAD TRACK AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. PARTITION TYPE A2: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE, AND 2 1/2" ACOUSTICAL INSULATION FULL HEIGHT. (RE: UL DESIGN) BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. SLIP TRACK OR SLOTTED HEAD TRACK AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. WALL INSULATION AS SCHEDULED BELOW. BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. SLIP TRACK OR SLOTTED HEAD TRACK AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. PARTITION TYPE A3: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE. SCHEDULED CEILING PARTITION TYPE A4: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE. BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. SLIP TRACK OR SLOTTED HEAD TRACK AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. SCHEDULED CEILING4"PARTITION TYPE A5: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE. BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM CEILING HANGER WIRE CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. SCHEDULED CEILING RACO HEAD TRACK FACTORY STD. COLOR AND FINISH CONTINUOUS COMP. NEOPRENE TAPE STUD TRACK PARTITION TYPE A6: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE, AND 2 1/2" ACOUSTICAL INSULATION TO BOTTOM OF SCHEDULED CEILING AND HORIZONTALLY ABOVE CEILING. BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. 4'-0". 4'-0". SCHEDULED CEILING HEAD TRACK, FACTORY STD. COLOR AND FINISH CONTINUOUS COMP. NEOPRENE TAPE STUD TRACK 2" SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION ON TOP OF CEILING JOINTS. BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR OVERHEAD BRACING HORZ JT REINFORCING @ 16" O.C. VERTICALLY SCHEDULED CEILING REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR BOND BEAD PARTITION TYPE M1: GROUT FILLED CMU. REFER TO STRUCTURAL BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR OVERHEAD BRACING HORZ JT REINFORCING @ 16" O.C. VERTICALLY REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR BOND BEAD PARTITION TYPE M2: FOAMED-IN-PLACE MASONRY WALL INSULATION ASSEMBLY MUST HAVE A R-VALUE OF AT LEAST 13 ONLY AT EXTERIOR KENNEL WALLS - REF. SPECIFICATION 04 20 00 1 PARTITION TYPE F1: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER OF 5/8" GYP BD BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. SLIP TRACK OR SLOTTED HEAD TRACK AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL. PARTITION TYPE F2: METAL STUDS WITH ONE LAYER OF 5/8" GYP BD, AND 2 1/2" ACOUSTICAL INSULATION FULL HEIGHT. (RE: UL DESIGN) BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR OVERHEAD BRACING HORZ JT REINFORCING @ 16" O.C. VERTICALLY SCHEDULED CEILING REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR BOND BEAD PARTITION TYPE M3: GROUT FILLED CMU. REFER TO STRUCTURAL BOTTOM OF DECK / FLOOR SYSTEM REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR OVERHEAD BRACING HORZ JT REINFORCING @ 16" O.C. VERTICALLY SCHEDULED CEILING REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR BOND BEAD PARTITION TYPE M4: CMU. WITH ONE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. HAT CHANNEL CONTINUOUS SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL.4"HORZ JT REINFORCING @ 16" O.C. VERTICALLY REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR BOND BEAD PARTITION TYPE M5: GROUT FILLED CMU. REFER TO STRUCTURAL THIS PARTITION IS ONLY TO BE USED AT KENNEL PARTITION WALL4'-8" TALLPREPARE TOP OF WALL TO RECEIVE STAINLESS STEEL SIDE PANEL THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:30:18 AMA0.10 PARTITION TYPES CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 PARTITION TYPE A1 PARTITION TYPE A2 PARTITION TYPE A3 PARTITION TYPE A4 PARTITION TYPE A5 PARTITION TYPE A6 PARTITION TYPE M1 PARTITION TYPE M2 PARTITION TYPE F1, F2PARTITION TYPE M3 PARTITION TYPE M4 №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 PARTITION TYPE M5 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 TYPE REMARKS LEGEND 1. WITH EGRESS DEVICE 2. MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER 3. FIRE DOOR 5. ELECTRICAL ROOM DOORS 6. KICK PLATE ON BOTH SIDES 7. ACCESS PANEL DOOR 8. WITH CLOSER 9. KNOXPAD LOCKS AT ALL MANUAL GATES 10. DOORS WIDTH TO ALLOW FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND FUTURE EQUIPMENT REPAIR A B A SINGLE DOOR Panel Panel Panel DOUBLE DOORS PANEL "A" WILL ALWAYS BE FROM LEFT HINGE SWINGING OUTWARD. BPanelAPanel DOOR PANEL LEGEND GENRAL NOTES 1. SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING DOORS AND DOOR HARDWARE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCY, INACCURACY OR CONFLICTING INFORMATION IN WRITING BEFORE EXECUTION OF WORK. 3. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE A CURRENT MIAMI-DADE NOA FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVALOR THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE PRODUCT APPROVAL ; LISTED DESIGN PRESSURES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED REQUIRED DESIGN PRESSURES SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. 4. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN WIND PRESSURES FOR OPENINGS. 5. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR PARTITION TAGS. SEE SHEET A0.11 FOR PARTITION TYPE SCHEDULE. DOOR SUPPLIER TO COORDINATE HM METAL FRAME THROAT DIMENSION FOR THE DOOR AND FRAME SUBMITTAL. 6. ALL EXTERIOR HM DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE GALVANIZED; G60 COATING MINIMUM. 7. ALL EXTERIOR HM DOORS SHALL HAVE A CLOSED CHANNEL TOP. 8. ALL METAL DOORS SHALL BE SEAMLESS (EDGE SEAMS WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH) WITH TOP AND BOTTOM CLOSURE CAPS. 9. ALL OPERABLE DOOR HANDLES SHALL BE LEVER TYPE. 10. EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 LBS. 11. INTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5.0 LBS. 12. ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL BE SELF CLOSING AND LATCHING. 13. THRESHOLD AT DOORWAYS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANCE. 14. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DOOR LOUVERS AND / OR ADDITIONAL UNDERCUTS WHEN REQUIRED. 15. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DOOR WIDTH WITH EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND FURTURE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES 1. ROOM AND DOOR REFERENCE NUMBERS ARE FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR FINAL ROOM & DOOR IDENTIFICATION FOR CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL DOOR SIZES & HARDWARE WITH OPENING PRIOR TO DOOR SUBMITTAL AND INSTALLATION. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 4. EXTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH ( CLASS 1 COATING ) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TO RECEIVE SPECIFIED COLOR. SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE AND BUILDING ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5. INTERIOR WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH. 6. DOORS WITH ELECTRIC STRIKES TO RECEIVE GROUT GUARDS WHEN FRAMES ARE GROUT FILLED OR RECEIVE FOAM INSULATION. 7. PROVIDE "NO STORAGE PERMITTED" SIGNAGE AT ALL ELECTRICAL AND LOW VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT ROOMS (I.T. / IDF / MDF / RADIO EQUIP.) 8. DOORS WITH ADA OPERATORS SHALL HAVE SAID DEVICES ON BOTH THE PUSH AND PULL SIDES OF THE DOOR. 9. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE AND BUILDING ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING COLORS. FINISH LEGEND AL- ALUMINUM CAL -CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FBG -FIBER GLASS HFG-HEAVY DUTY FENCE / GATE GL - GLASS G - GALVANIZED HC -WOOD HOLLOW CORE HM -HOLLOW METAL HG -HOLLOW METAL GALV HS -HM 24 GA. STEEL PF - PREFINISHED PL -PLASTIC LAMINATE PT- PAINTED PVDF - 70% RESIN COATING SS -STAINLESS STEEL HC -WOOD, HOLLOW CORE VL -VINYL WD -WOOD, SOLID CORE MATERIALS AL - Aluminum HM - Hollow Metal HG - Hollow Metal Galv SS - Stainless Steel WS - Wood, Solid Core WH - Wood, Hollow CoreHS- HM 24 Ga. Steel VL - Vinyl PL - Plastic Laminate PANEL FINISH AL - Aluminum VL - Vinyl FRP - Fiberglass WC - Wood, Solid Core HM - Hollow Metal WH - Wood Hollow Core HS - HM 24 Ga. Steel SST - Stainless Steel 003 SEE SCHED.4"2"SEE SCHED.2" FLOOR FIN. 001 SEE SCHED.2"2"SEE SCHED.2" 002 SEE SCHED.2"2"SEE SCHED.2" FRAME WRAPS WALL STRUCTURE INDUSTRY STANDARD FRAME DEPTHS; DOES NOT WRAP WALL STRUCTURE MASONRY FRAME 00H.CRE: DOOR SCHEDULERE: DOOR SCHEDULE RAILS#' Head Room4" RAIL OFFSET WALL OPENING OVERHEAD COILING DOOR PER SCHED.PER SCHEDULEFGPER SCHEDULE, TYP.PER SCHED. F PROVIDE UNDERCUT AS REQUIRED FOR THRESHOLD & MECH REQUIREMENTS (TYPICAL) PREFINISHED ALUMN MUNTINSEQEQPER SCHEDULE, TYP.PER SCHED. KICK PLATE TYP. NV 7'-0"PER SCHED.G1 KICK PLATE TYP. PER SCHED. 5"5"1'-0"5"3'-0" 2'-6" 6"4 1/2" FOLDING PANEL PARTITION (PAIRED PANEL SYSTEM)V.F9' - 0"25' - 9" CEILING RECESSED TRACK EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ PANEL STACK SPACE FP HC CONFIRM ALL DIMENSIONS WITH MANUF.REF. SCHEDULE 1'-2" CONFIRM ALL DIMENSIONS WITH MANUF. REF. SCHEDULE FLUSH PANEL NARROW VISION FULL GLASS PANEL TWO LITE IMPACT RESISTANT PRE-FINISHED METAL MOTORIZED COILING DOOR 1'-0" EQ 6" EQ 6" 6"PER SCHED.G2 KICK PLATE TYP. PER SCHED. 6" TWO LITE GL4 GL4 6"6" GL3 GL3 GL4 GL4 GENERAL NOTES - WINDOWS 1. ALL ALUMINUM FRAMES TO BE PRE-FINISHED ALUMINUM W/ SOLID PERIMETER FRAMING MEMBERS AND NOT OPEN PROFILE 2. PROVIDE SILICONE SEALANT OVER BACKER ROD AROUND ALL FRAMES AND LOUVERS 3. ALL FRAMES ARE FRONT SET U.N.O. 4. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS AS REQUIRED BY IBC 2015 OR LOCAL CODE OFFICIAL. 5. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION OF ALL FRAMES. 6. INSTALL ALUMINUM MINI BLINDS AT ALL PRIVATE OFFICE AND CONFERENCE ROOMS EXTERIOR WINDOWS . TYP. REF. SPECS. 7. PRIOR TO FABRICATION, COORDINATE FINAL WINDOW FRAME SYSTEM DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD VERIFIED ROUGH OPENING CONDITIONS. 8. ALL EXTERIOR ALUMINUM FRAMES, GLAZING AND LOUVERS MUST BE IMPACT RESISTANT GLAZING TYPE GLASS TYPE OUTER LITE INNER LITE DESCRIPTION GL1 GL2 1/4" TINTED OPACITY CLEAR 1/4" CLEAR FIRE RATED 9/16" LAMINATED INSULATED IMPACT AND WIND RESISTANT GLASS FIRE RATED GLAZING GL3 3/16" CLEAR TEMPERED GL4 1/4" CLEAR TEMPERED 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:28:19 AMA0.30 DOOR ASSEMBLY TYPES AND SCHEDULES CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 3/8" = 1'-0"2 DOOR FRAME TYPES 3/8" = 1'-0"1 Door Panel Types DOOR SCHEDULE Data Panel Panel Panel Frame Frame Types Frame General Mark Room Name Size Matl Finish Matl Finish Fire Rating HDWR RemarksWidth Height THK Head Jamb Sill GROUND LEVEL 101 RECEPTION 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. C201C CR 102A LOBBY 6'-0" 9'-0" 1 3/4" AL G1 CAL AL CAL SF-01 6/A7.71 2/A5.01 1/A0.35 WC714A CR 102B LOBBY 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS G2 PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 C700C CR 103 COPY/ WORK ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 104 FILE ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 103 105 TRAINING ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 203 106 MENS RESTROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 401 107 TRAINING ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 701R 108 TRAINING ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 701CR 110A CORRIDOR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 10/A0.35 5/A0.35 WC715 CR 110B CORRIDOR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 731 111 BREAK ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 112 SR. ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 101 113 ANIMAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 101 114 WOMENS RESTROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 401 115 ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICERS 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 101 116 CORRIDOR 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 10/A0.35 5/A0.35 WC714 CR 117 ADOPTION ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 118 RABIES QUARANTINE 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP NV PREFIN FRP PREFIN 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 119A KENNEL TECH OPEN AREA 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS G2 HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 10/A0.35 5/A0.35 WC205 CR 119B KENNEL TECH OPEN AREA 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 507 120 LAUNDRY ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 121 LOCKER ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 123 SHOWER 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP F PREFIN FRP PREFIN 001 10/A0.36 9/A0.36 7/A0.36 343F 124 SHOWER 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP F PREFIN FRP PREFIN 001 10/A0.36 9/A0.36 7/A0.36 343F 126 LOCKER ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F PL01 HM HM 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 127A SALLY PORT 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 10/A0.36 5/A0.35 WC715 CR 127B SALLY PORT 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 200CR 127C SALLY PORT 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 10/A0.36 5/A0.35 WC715 CR 128 EQUIPMENT STORAGE 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 503 129 TRAPS STORAGE 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 503 130 DOG WASH 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP F PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 401F 131A FREEZER 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 131B FREEZER 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV HM HM HM 002 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 503 132 ELECTRICAL 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 10/A0.36 5/A0.35 W795 133 WORK / MEDICAL AREA 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 134 DRUG STORAGE 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS NV HM HM HM 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 201 135 EUTHANASIA ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F HM HM HM 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 503 136A CORRIDOR 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS G2 HM HM HM 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 700 136B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 4/A0.36 8/A0.36 7/A0.36 WC715 CR 137 IT ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WS F PL01 HM PT 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 C201 CR 138 CUST. 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP F PREFIN FRP PREFIN 001 10/A0.36 9/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 201 140 DRY STOR. 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM NV HM HM HM 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 201 141 ADOPTION ROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 142 CATS 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 001 2/A0.36 1/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 143 KENNEL 2 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501F 144 CORRIDOR 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 C200C CR 145 KENNEL 1 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501F 146 KENNEL 4 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501F 147 KENNEL 3 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501F 148 CORRIDOR 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 500 149 KENNEL 5 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501F 150 KENNEL 6 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501F 151A CORRIDOR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 501 151B CORRIDOR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 16/A0.36 5/A0.35 WC205 CR 152A CORRIDOR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 501 152B CORRIDOR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 7/A0.35 16/A0.36 5/A0.35 WC205 CR 153 QUARANTINE 1 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" FRP G2 PREFIN FRP PREFIN 002 15/A0.36 13/A0.36 5/A0.35 45 MIN. 501F 154A CORRIDOR 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 500 154B CORRIDOR 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM G2 HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 5/A0.35 WC214 CR 155 QUARANTINE 2 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD G2 HM FRP HM 002 15/A0.36 13/A0.36 5/A0.35 45 MIN. 501F 156 STORAGE 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM F HM HM HM 002 15/A0.36 16/A0.36 7/A0.36 45 MIN. 207 LOUVER SCHEDULE Type Mark Qty Width Height Manufacturer Model Head Height Comments LV-1 1 6'-0" 2'-0"12'-0" LV-2 2 3'-6" 2'-0"<varies> LV-3 1 5'-0" 2'-0"12'-0" LV-4 3 2'-0" 1'-0"10'-6" SPECIAL OPENING DOOR SCHEDULE Data Panel Frame General Mark Room Name Size Matl Panel Finish Matl Type Finish Details on A0.35 UNO Fire Rating HDWR RemarksWidth Height THK Head Jamb Threshold SO108 TRAINING ROOM 25'-9" 9'-0" 1 3/4" REF. A0.20 REF. A0.20 REF. A0.20 4/A0.37 3/A0.37 7/A0.37 900 GROUND LEVEL S101 4'-0" 8'-0" 1 3/4" CHAIN LINK YG CHAIN LINK CHAIN LINK J001 9,8/A1.21 S102 4'-0" 8'-0" 1 3/4" CHAIN LINK YG CHAIN LINK CHAIN LINK J001 9,8/A1.21 SO127 SALLY PORT 14'-0" 10'-0" 1 3/4" -- HC ALUM HM 00H.C HM 16/A0.35 14/A0.35 001 №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 FP CORRIDOR 1 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 EQ 4'-4" EQ9'-2"12'-0" R.O. EQ DOOR WIDTH EQ DOOR HEIGHT6 A7.71 9 A0.45 1 A0.35 16 A0.45 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 SF-01NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM7'-9"2'-9" EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 10'-0" R.O. 5 A0.45 6 A0.45 4 A0.454 A0.45 GL1 GL1GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 SF-04NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM GL1 GL17'-10"1'-6" EQ EQ 12'-6" 5'-0" 2'-6" 2'-6" 2'-6" 4 A0.46 1 A0.46 3 A0.463 A0.46 GL2 GL2 GL2 GL2 GL2GL2GL2GL2 NOTE:60 MIN. FIRE RATED GLAZING SYSTEM GL2 GL2 GL2 GL2 GL2 GL2 GL2 7'-6"5'-4"3'-6"15 A0.36 16 A0.36 16 A0.36GL1 SF-09 NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT GLAZING 3'-4"6'-8"5'-4" 16 A0.36 16 A0.36 15 A0.36 GL2 HM-02NOTE:60 MIN. FIRE RATED GLAZING SYSTEM 7'-0" R.O.EQEQEQ5'-0" R.O. 2" EQ 2" EQ 2" 16 A0.45 10 A0.45 GL1GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1GL1 NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM 6 A7.71 4 A0.45 @SF-07 @SF-08 6 A7.71 4 A0.45 @SF-07 @SF-08 8'-7 235/256"11'-0"2'-2" 2'-0" 2'-0"7'-6 5/8"11'-0"11'-11 23/256" 6'-2" 1'-7" 9 4.76 0 6° 6 A7.71 1 A7.01 Sim 9 A0.45 9 A0.45 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1GL1GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1 GL1GL1GL1 GL1GL1 SF-06 NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM 1 9'-2"2'-8" R.O.EQ4'-4"EQ16 A0.45 3 A0.45 9 A0.45 GL1 GL1 GL1 NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM2'-0"VARIES REF. EXT. ELEVATIONEQ EQ 10'-0" GL1GL1 SF-11 4 A0.45 4 A0.45 5 A0.45 6 A0.45 NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM 6'-9 1/2"4'-3 1/2"3'-0"8 A0.36 SLIDING FIXED NOTE:60 MIN. FIRE RATED SLIDING WINDOWS SYSTEM HM-01 GL2 GL22'-0"10'-0"6'-0" LV-1 13 A0.45 11 A0.45 12 A0.45 12 A0.452'-0"12'-6"3'-6" LV-2 13 A0.45 11 A0.45 12 A0.4512 A0.45 10'-0" 2'-0" 5'-0" LV-3 13 A0.45 11 A0.45 12 A0.45 12 A0.45 GENERAL NOTES - WINDOWS 1. ALL ALUMINUM FRAMES TO BE PRE-FINISHED ALUMINUM W/ SOLID PERIMETER FRAMING MEMBERS AND NOT OPEN PROFILE 2. PROVIDE SILICONE SEALANT OVER BACKER ROD AROUND ALL FRAMES AND LOUVERS 3. ALL FRAMES ARE FRONT SET U.N.O. 4. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS AS REQUIRED BY IBC 2015 OR LOCAL CODE OFFICIAL. 5. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION OF ALL FRAMES. 6. INSTALL ALUMINUM MINI BLINDS AT ALL PRIVATE OFFICE AND CONFERENCE ROOMS EXTERIOR WINDOWS . TYP. REF. SPECS. 7. PRIOR TO FABRICATION, COORDINATE FINAL WINDOW FRAME SYSTEM DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD VERIFIED ROUGH OPENING CONDITIONS. 8. ALL EXTERIOR ALUMINUM FRAMES, GLAZING AND LOUVERS MUST BE IMPACT RESISTANT GLAZING TYPE GLASS TYPE OUTER LITE INNER LITE DESCRIPTION GL1 GL2 1/4" TINTED OPACITY CLEAR 1/4" CLEAR FIRE RATED 9/16" LAMINATED INSULATED IMPACT AND WIND RESISTANT GLASS FIRE RATED GLAZING GL3 3/16" CLEAR TEMPERED GL4 1/4" CLEAR TEMPERED 1 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-0" SF-10 4 A0.45 4 A0.45 5 A0.45 6 A0.45 GL1GL11'-0"9'-6"2'-0" 12 A0.45 12 A0.45 13 A0.45 11 A0.45 LV-4 9'-0" 2'-0" 5'-0" SF-12NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM 4 A0.45 4 A0.45 5 A0.45 6 A0.45 GL1 8'-6 1/2"11'-0"SF-032'-3"1'-6"GL1 GL1 GL1 2'-8" 1 NOTE:PROVIDE IMPACT RESISTANT STOREFRONT AND GLAZING SYSTEM 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:27:20 AMA0.31 STOREFRONT AND HOLLOW METAL FRAME CONFIGURATIONS CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 1/2" = 1'-0"1 SF-011/2" = 1'-0"5 SF-04 1/2" = 1'-0"15 HM-08 1/2" = 1'-0"6 SF-091/2" = 1'-0"12 HM-02 1/2" = 1'-0"8 SF-07, SF-08 1/2" = 1'-0"2 SF-06 1/2" = 1'-0"3 SF-021/2" = 1'-0"11 SF-11 1/2" = 1'-0"9 HM-01 1/2" = 1'-0"10 LV-11/2" = 1'-0"13 LV-21/2" = 1'-0"16 LV-3 №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 SF-101/2" = 1'-0"17 LV-04 1/2" = 1'-0"14 SF-12 1/2" = 1'-0"4 SF-03 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 THERMALLY BROKEN ALUM. DOOR FRAME ALUM. DOOR AS SCHED. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES (TYP.) EXTERIOR HEAD TRIM SEALANT 1/8" DIAM. POP RIVET INTERIOR HEAD TRIM SHIM AS REQD. PANCAKE STITCH SCREW 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD SPRAY FOAM INSULATION GWB CORNER BEAD PANEL CLIP HWH CLIP FASTENERS CONTINUOUS SEALANT WITH MARRIAGE BEAD TO VERTICAL PANEL JOINT SEALANT MTL. STUD BOX BEAM HEADER MTL. STUD AS REQUIRED BREAK METAL FLASHING TRANSITION MEMBRANE ALUM. DOOR AS SCHED. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUM. DOOR FRAME SEALANT 1/8" DIAM. POP RIVETS EXTERIOR JAMB TRIM TRANSITION MEMBRANE SEALANT TAPE PANCAKE FASTENER 1/8" DIAM. RIVETS SEALANT TAPE INTERIOR JAMB TRIM SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES (TYP.) SHIM AS REQD. 5/8" GWB CORNER BEAD 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD SPRAY FOAM INSULATION METAL STUD AS REQUIRED METAL STUD RUNNER BOTTOM PLATE 1 1/2" HAT CHANNEL FURRING 5/8" GWB (SEE FINISH PLAN) CLOSURE TRACK AS REQUIRED ALUM. DOOR AS SCHED. BOTTOM SWEEP & DRIP TRIM AS SCHED. THERMALLY BROKEN MTL. THRESHOLD AS SCHED. SET IN FULL BED OF SEALANT, TO COMPLY WITH ADA STANDARDS SLOPE 1/4"/FT. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUM. DOOR FRAME AS SCHED. BEYOND STRUCT. CONC. FLOOR SLAB FINISH FLOORING AS SCHED. 3/4" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL, RE: STRUCT. DOOR JAMB BEYOND EXTERIOR JAMB TRIM BEYOND FULLY INSULATED H.M. DOOR FRAME H.M. DOOR AS SCHED. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES (TYP.) PANEL CLIP HWH CLIP FASTENERS EXTERIOR HEAD TRIM SEALANT 1/8" DIAM. POP RIVET INTERIOR HEAD TRIM PANCAKE STITCH SCREWCONTINUOUS SEALANT WITH MARRIAGE BEAD TO VERTICAL PANEL JOINT SEALANT 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD SPRAY FOAM INSULATION GWB CORNER BEAD CAULK MTL. STUD BOX BEAM HEADER MTL. STUD AS REQUIRED FRAME ANCHOR BREAK METAL FLASHING TRANSITION MEMBRANE H.M. DOOR AS SCHED. FULLY INSULATED H.M. DOOR FRAME FRAME ANCHOR SEALANT 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD 1/8" DIAM. POP RIVETS EXTERIOR JAMB TRIM TRANSITION MEMBRANE PANCAKE FASTENER 1/8" DIAM. RIVETS SEALANT TAPE INTERIOR JAMB TRIM SPRAY FOAM INSULATION SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES (TYP.) METAL STUDS AS REQUIRED METAL STUD RUNNER BOTTOM PLATE 1 1/2" HAT CHANNEL FURRING 5/8" GWB (SEE FINISH PLAN) CLOSURE TRACK AS REQUIRED H.M. DOOR AS SCHED. BOTTOM SWEEP & DRIP TRIM AS SCHED. THERMALLY BROKEN MTL. THRESHOLD AS SCHED. SET IN FULL BED OF SEALANT, TO COMPLY WITH ADA STANDARDS SLOPE 1/4"/FT. H.M. FRAME AS SCHED. BEYOND STRUCT. CONC. FLOOR SLAB FINISH FLOORING AS SCHED. 3/4" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL, RE: STRUCT. DOOR JAMB BEYOND EXTERIOR JAMB TRIM BEYOND SEALANT 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD 1/8" DIAM. POP RIVETS EXTERIOR JAMB TRIM TRANSITION MEMBRANE PANCAKE FASTENER 1/8" DIAM. RIVETS SEALANT TAPE INTERIOR JAMB TRIM SPRAY FOAM INSULATION SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES (TYP.) 5/8" GWB (SEE FINISH PLAN) 5/8" GWB CORNER BEAD METAL STUDS AS REQUIRED METAL STUD RUNNER BOTTOM PLATE BONDING MATERIAL, PER DOOR MFR. ANCHOR PER MFR. REQUIREMENTS. COUNTER SINK ANCHOR INTO FRAME AND PATCH WITH MFR. PATCH KIT COLOR TO MATCH FRAME DOOR AS SCHED.1 1/2" HAT CHANNEL FURRING CLOSURE TRACK AS REQUIRED 8" GIRT 2" INSULATED METAL PANEL L-ANGLE GIRT CONNECTION PLATE OVERHEAD COILING DOOR GUIDE L-ANGLE DOOR MOUNT CEE COLUMN OVERHEAD COILING DOOR AS SCHEDULED NOTE: SALLY PORT IS UNCONDITIONED SPACE, NO NEED TO WEATHER SEAL THE INSULATED METAL PANELS ALUM. DOOR AS SCHED. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUM. DOOR FRAME SEALANT 1/8" DIAM. POP RIVETS EXTERIOR JAMB TRIM SEALANT TAPE SEALANT TAPE PANCAKE FASTENER 1/8" DIAM. RIVETS SEALANT TAPE INTERIOR JAMB TRIM SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES (TYP.) SHIM AS REQD. TILE, REF. FINISH PLANS 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD SPRAY FOAM INSULATION METAL STUD AS REQUIRED METAL STUD RUNNER BOTTOM PLATE 1 1/2" HAT CHANNEL FURRING CEMENT BACKER BOARD @ TILE LOCATION CLOSURE TRACK AS REQUIRED TRANSITION MEMBRANE 1 SEALANT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES (TYP.) PANCAKE STITCH SCREW SEALANT TAPE CONTINUOUS SEALANT WITH MARRIAGE BEAD TO VERTICAL PANEL JOINT SEALANT PANEL CLIP CLIP FASTENERS EXTERIOR HEAD TRIM SEALANT RIVET HEAD TRIM 8" CEE HEADER SHIM AS REQD. DOOR AS SCHED. SEALANT TAPE SPRAY FOAM INSULATION RIVET BREAK METAL CAP BONDING MATERIAL, PER DOOR MFR. ANCHOR PER MFR. REQUIREMENTS. COUNTER SINK ANCHOR INTO FRAME AND PATCH WITH MFR. PATCH KIT COLOR TO MATCH FRAME 8" CEE COLUMN DOOR JAMB BEYOND QP T.O. OPEN 10'-0" NOTE:SALLY PORT IS UNCONDITIONED, NO NEED TO WEATHER SEAL THE INSULATED METAL PANELS OVERHEAD COILING DOOR. RE: A0.30 10" CEE HEADER EMBOSSED INSULATED METAL PANEL WALL SYSTEM INSTALLED VERTICALLY ON PEMB STRUCT. PANEL CLIP CLIP FASTENERS SEALANT TAPE EXTERIOR METAL HEAD TRIM THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:22:08 AMA0.35 EXTERIOR DOOR DETAILS CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 3" = 1'-0"2 TYP. EXTERIOR ALUM. DOOR HEAD DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"9 TYP. EXTERIOR ALUM. DOOR JAMB DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"1 TYP. EXTERIOR ALUM. DOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"7 TYP. EXTERIOR H.M. DOOR HEAD DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"13 TYP. EXTERIOR H.M. DOOR JAMB DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"5 TYP. EXTERIOR H.M. DOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"10 TYP. EXTERIOR FRP DOOR JAMB DETAIL3" = 1'-0"14 OVERHEAD COILING DOOR JAMB DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"3 EXTERIOR ALUM. DOOR JAMB DETAIL3" = 1'-0"11 TYP. EXTERIOR FRP DOOR HEAD @ CONCRETE WALL DETAIL №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 1 1/2" = 1'-0"15 OVERHEAD COILING DOOR HEAD DETAIL THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 ←←ANIMAL SHELTER FACILITY ARCH FF : 100' -0" CIVIL FF: 4.20 VISITOR'S PARKING 25 TOTAL SPACES (3 ADA) FUTURE EXPANSION TRANSFORMER AND GENERATOR. PROVIDE BOLLARDS STAFF PARKING 13 TOTAL SPACES (1 ADA) SLIDING GATE ACCESS SLIDING GATE ACCESS SECURITY ACCESS PEDESTAL. REF. CIVIL & MEP EXISTING BUILDING TO REMAIN CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE FENCING AROUND EXISTING MONUMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION EXISTING MONUMENT TO REMAIN CHAIN LINK FENCE 36'-1" CHAIN LINK FENCE 36'-1" CHAIN LINK FENCE 36'-1"CHAIN LINK FENCE 34'-8"7'-0"7'-0"7'-0"7'-0"CHAIN LINK FENCE 34'-8"7'-5 11/16"55'-0"21'-4" 6'-1"76'-5"115'-3"19'-0"69'-2" 78'-9"137'-0 21/128"213'-0" A1.20 1 GATES BLVD.8 5 5 5 4 7 7 6 6 6 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 9 4 4 4 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 S101S102 11 / A1.20 12 / A1.2013 / A1.20SOD SODSOD NOTE: KEYNOTE NUMBERING IS FOR ORGANIZATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO REFERENCE A SPECIFIC CSI DIVISION 1 7'-0" TALL CHAIN LINK FENCE, RE: SPECS 2 FLOOR DRAIN, REF: PLUMBING 4 CONCRETE SIDEWALK, RE: CIVIL 5 ADA SIGN, RE: SPECS 6 DOG RUN RE: LANDSCAPE 7 FIRE ACCESS LANE, RE: CIVIL 8 TRASH ENCLOSURE, REF: A1.20 9 24' WIDE MOTORIZED ROLLING CHAIN LINK GATE, REF: A1.20 10 MONUMENT SIGNAGE 11 8' TALL CONCRETE WALL REF. SPECS 12 EQUIPMENT PAD WALL RE: MECHANICAL COORDINATE SIZE W/ MECHANICAL 1 GENERAL SITE PLAN NOTES 1. FFE OF 0'-0" IN THESE PLANS REFERS TO CIVIL ELEVATION XX.XX' NAVD OR XX.XX' NGVD. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCY, INACCURACY OR CONFLICTING INFORMATION BEFORE EXECUTION OF WORK. 4. DO NOT SCALE DIMENSIONS FROM DRAWINGS, ANY UNKNOWN DIMENSION SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM DESIGN PROFESSIONALS VIA REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI). 5. REFER TO CIVIL AND LANDSCAPE DWGS FOR ALL INFORMATION REGARDING SITE ELEMENTS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PAVING, GRADING, SITE DRAINAGE, PLANTINGS ECT. 6. ALL UNPAVED SURFACES SHALL SLOPED WITH A MINIMUM OF 6" TOP SOIL TO PREVENT WATER PONDING. CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO TOPSOIL INSTALLATION. 7. ALL CONCRETE EXTERIOR SURFACES THAT CONTACT THE BUILDING SHALL SLOPE A MINIMUM OF 1/4"/FT AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. 8. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR TYPICAL SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. 9. INSTALL SIGNAGE, STRIPING, AND RAMPS AS REQUIRED BY CODE FOR ALL HANDICAP PARKING SPACES. REFER TO THE ACCESSIBILITY ROUTE COMPLIANCE SHEET. PLAN GRAPHIC LEGEND EXISTING PAVING TO REMIAN PROPOSED ANIMAL SHELTER BUILDING EXISTING BUILDING TO REMAIN THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:20:25 AMA1.01 SITE PLAN CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 NORTHPLAN FUTUREEXPAN 1/16" = 1'-0"1 Site Plan Overall SITE PLAN KEY NOTES №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA T TS XETEFO SAREGISTE R E D ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 8'-0"PRECAST CONCRETE FENCE CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM WALL STYLE WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION PROVIDE SMALL OPENINGS AS NEEDED FOR SITE DRAINAGE. SLOPE PER CIVIL CHAIN LINK FENCE AT DOG RUN. TYP. CONC. SIDEWALK, RE: CIVIL CONCRETE POST FOUNDATION SOD RE: LANDSCAPE 6'-0"1 GRASS. RE: LANDSCAPE CURB & GUTTER FENCE. RE: A1.10 FOR TYPE CONCRETE MOW EDGE BETWEEN FENCE POST LOCATIONS RE: CIVIL SLOPE PER CIVIL CONCRETE POST FOUNDATION SOD 1 METAL PANEL 3/4" DIA. CANE BOLT 1/8" X 4" WIDE STEEL COVER PLATE, TYP. AT HINGE METAL PANEL 6'-8"4"5A1.20PREFINISHED CORNER TRIM, MATCH METAL PANEL FINISH PREFINISHED METAL COPING J TRIM 1 6" DIA. PAINTED GALV. SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE BOLLARD FILLED WITH CONCRETE AND CROWNED AT THE TOP RE: 1/A1.21 1/2" EXPANSION AROUND BOLLARD REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN, TYP.3'-4"6'-8"7 1/2"7 1/2"EQEQEQEQSTEEL HINGE, TYP. GALV. 3/8"x6" WIDE X 6'-8" STEEL PLATE 4x4 STEEL TUBE METAL GIRTS AT 2'-5" O.C. 2x4x1/4 STEEL TUBE 2x2x1/4 STEEL TUBE L2x2x1/4 TOP AND BOTTOM 4X4X1/4 STEEL TUBE 1/8" X 4" WIDE STEEL COVER PLATE HINGE PREFIN. METAL CLOSURE 4X2X1/4 STEEL TUBE 2X2X1/4 STEEL TUBE FLAT LINEAR MTL. WALL PANEL 3/4" DIA. CANE BOLT 3/4" X 4" LONG PIPE SLEEVE (BOTH SIDES) DOWELED EXPANSION JOINT REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS PREFIN. METAL CLOSURE FOUNDATION (REFER STRUCT.) 4X4X1/4 STEEL TUBE METAL GIRT METAL WALL PANELS 4X4X1/4 STEEL TUBE METAL WALL PANELS 1 1/2" HAT CHANNEL J TRIM HINGE 1/8" X4" WIDE STEEL COVER PLATE PREFIN METAL CLOSURE 1 WASTE DUMPSTER BY OTHERS SLOPE TO DRAINEQ EQ EQ EQ 2'-0" 3'-0" 8'-8" 3'-0" 16'-0" EQ 10' - 0" MIN. CLEAR EQ 12'-8"EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 2'-0"1'-0"3/4" x 4" LONG PIPE SLEEVE (BOTHS SIDES) DOWELED EXPANSION JOINT, REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS 4X4X1/4 STEEL TUBE A1.20 6 5A1.206" DIA. PAINTED GALV. SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE BOLLARD FILLED WITH CONCRETE AND CROWNED AT THE TOP. 1 FIN. FL. 0' -0"5'-0"4 1/8"10'-0" 3 1/2"2'-9"6"2'-8 1/2"6"2'-9"6" NOTE: FINAL BUILDING SIGNAGE TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN VERIFICATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1/4" PAINTED STL PLATE 3/4" THICK PAINTED ALUMINUM CUT LETTERS MOUNTED ON STEEL PLATE 6" TALL 3/4" THICK PAINTED ALUMINUM CUT LETTERS METAL PANEL ON 7/8" GALV. HAT CHANNELS CONCRETE WALL1'-0"2'-0"2'-0"CONCRETE FOUNDATION BY SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER / INSTALLER 1/4" PAINTED STL PLATE 9'-0" CONCRETE FOUNDATION BY SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER / INSTALLER2'-0" 2'-0" 1'-0"5'-0"5'-0"11"1'-0"2'-0"2'-0"CONCRETE FOUNDATION BY SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER / INSTALLER CONCRETE WALL 1/4" PAINTED STL PLATE 3/4" THICK PAINTED ALUMINUM CUT LETTERS MOUNTED ON STEEL PLATE THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:18:44 AMA1.20 SITE DETAILS CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 3/4" = 1'-0"7 PRECAST CONCRETE FENCE WALL 1" = 1'-0"3 FENCE - DOG YARD TO SIDEWALK 1" = 1'-0"2 FENCE - DOG YARD TO LANDSCAPE 1/2" = 1'-0"10 DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"9 DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE WALL SECTION 1/2" = 1'-0"8 DUMPSTER GATE ELEVATION 1" = 1'-0"5 DUMPSTER GATE SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 DUMPSTER GATE PLAN 3/16" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED DUMPSTER PLAN №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 3/8" = 1'-0"11 MONUMENT SIGN NORTH ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"12 MONUMENT SIGN SOUTH ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"13 MONUMENT SIGN WEST ELEVATION 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 OC1 OC2 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 2x2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE SYSTEMACT01 PG01 PAINTED, (1) LAYER 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GWB CEILING ON METAL FRAMING SYSTEM. SM-1 SPECIAL MATERIAL OVER 5/8" GWB CEILING ON METAL FRAMING SYSTEM. STR-1 EXPOSED STRUCTURE PAINTED BLACK. WD-1 6" WIDE ALUMINUM CLADDING SOFFIT OVER PEMB 1. DO NOT SCALE DIMENSIONS FROM DRAWINGS, ANY UNKNOWN DIMENSION SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM DESIGN PROFESSIONALS VIA REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI). 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCY, INACCURACY OR CONFLICTING INFO. PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF THE WORK. 4. REFER TO PARTITION INFORMATION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5. ALL SHAFTS PENETRATING SLABS SHALL BE RATED 2HR. 6. LIGHT FIXTURES ARE DIMENSIONED TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE, OR PROVIDE THE "CL" (CENTERLINE) SYMBOL, AND / OR LINE TYPE ON THE DIMENSION STRING AT EACH FIXTURE. 7. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRWGS FOR FIXTURE DESIGNATIONS AND TYPES. 8. FIXTURES SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN WALLS U.N.O. 9. CEILING GRIDS SHALL BE CENTERED IN ROOMS U.N.O. GENERAL RCP NOTES RCP GRAPHIC LEGEND 2x2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE SYSTEMACT02 INDICATES SOUND LID ABOVE SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING, RE: SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING 24" X 24" GYPSUM BOARD CEILING 2' X 4' RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE CEILING LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION RECESSED CAN LIGHT DOUBLE SURGERY LIGHT - MI1000 IV TRACK AND HANGER MEDICAL GAS OUTLET O - OXYGEN W - WASTE ANESTHESIA GAS DISPOSAL V - MEDICAL VACUUM +10'-0"CEILING HEIGHT OVERHEAD LIGHT - SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE EXAM LIGHT - M550 DOWNLIGHT - WALL WASHER SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER EXHAUST GRILL RETURN AIR DIFFUSER PG02 PAINTED, (1) LAYER 5/8" GWB CEILING ON METAL FRAMING SYSTEM. WALL PACK 1 A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0"A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0"A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0"A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0"A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 11'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 2 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG-GWB on Mtl. Stud 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG-GWB on Mtl. Stud 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG-GWB on Mtl. Stud 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 4 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 4 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG-GWB on Mtl. Stud 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- OPEN TO STRUCTURE 9'-0" EQ EQ PG01 FIN CLG 8'-6" 6" WIDE ALUMINUM CLADDING SOFFIT OVER PEMB A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0" A.F.F. CLNG- 2x2 ACT 9'-0"2'-0"2'-0"2'-0" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING PRE-FINISHED ALUM. CANOPY 1 PRE-FINISHED ALUM. AWNING 1 A.F.F. CLNG-GWB on Mtl. Stud 15'-0" 1 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:16:33 AMA3.10 GROUND LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 NORTH PLAN NORTH TRUE 1/8" = 1'-0"1 01_RCP №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 F.E.C. MENS RESTROOM 121 WOMENS RESTROOM 126 12 / A8.0210 / A8.029 / A8.02 LOCKER ROOM 122 LOCKER ROOM 125 SHOWER 123 SHOWER 124 11 / A8.02 121126124123 7'-10" 5'-6" 5'-6" 9'-2 9/16"11'-4 1/2"4'-2"6'-1"A261M182A130A130A130 F130 A230 A230A230 A130A130A130 A261A2301'-8" 3'-5" 7'-3" 1'-10" 7'-8 1/2"3'-8"F130F1303'-2" 5'-2" 1'-6"3'-1" 3'-6" 3'-1" 5'-2" ALIGN 2 22 2 6 3'-2" 5'-2" 1'-6" 2 2 1 1 TA-4 TA-2TA-3 TA-3 TA-3 TA-9 TA-3TA-9 TA-6 TA-6 TA-16 TA-11 TA-15 TA-1 A260 TA-11 TA-16 5 4 5 4 TA-1 1'-4"1'-3"4'-3"3'-3"3'-0" 5'-1" 1 10 / A8.02SIM9 / A8.02 SIM 12 / A8.02SIM11 / A8.02 SIM 3 / A8.02 2 / A8.024 / A8.021 / A8.02 A260 A160A260 A160F130 A161 A161A161 F130 F130F130F130105 A161 1 21062'-8" 3'-0" 5'-2" 1'-6" 1 TA-3 3'-0" 5'-4" 10'-0 5/8" TA-9 TA-2 TA-4 TA-13 MENS RESTROOM 106 STORAGE 105 TA-8 1 A7.01 2 A7.50 WORK / MEDICAL AREA 133 EUTHANASIA ROOM 135 DRUG STORAGE 1345 / A8.6512 / A8.6516 / A8.65 9 / A8.6510 / A8.65 13 / A8.656 / A8.6517 / A8.6519 / A8.6518 / A8.6514 / A8.65 Q P 9 134 135 133 2 E-101 E-102 E-103 E-104 E-116 7 9 E-106 E-107131B TA-1 TA-8 E-108 E-108 E-109 7 E-110TA-1 TA-8 E-106 E-111 7 E-107 E-108130 131AE-113 13 DOG WASH 130 FREEZER 131 WORK / MEDICAL AREA 133 E-116 5 / A8.02 8 / A8.026 / A8.027 / A8.02 F130 A260 A260 A261 WOMENS RESTROOM 114 1 2 114TA-4 TA-9 TA-3 TA-1 TA-2 TA-8 1'-6" 6'-5" 5'-7 1/2" 3'-0" 6'-2" 3'-0" TA-8 NOTE:REF. G0.1410'-4 3/16"1'-10"3 A7.01 1 A7.52 3 4 7 82 G SF-12 SF-11 SF-11 SF-11 1'-10 1/2" 5'-0" 5'-9" 5'-0" 12'-10 1/2" 7'-3" 10'-0" 8'-4" 6'-6" 10'-0" 9'-1" 6'-5" 10'-0" EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ SF-12 3 A7.01 3 4 7 82 J SF-12 SF-11 SF-11 SF-11 1'-10 1/2" 5'-0" 5'-9" 5'-0" 12'-10 1/2" 7'-3" 10'-0" 8'-4" 6'-6" 10'-0" 9'-1" 6'-5" 10'-0" SF-12 NOTE: KEYNOTE NUMBERING IS FOR ORGANIZATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO REFERENCE A SPECIFIC CSI DIVISION 1 TOILET PARTITION; SEE 'TP1' ON A0.22 2 FLOOR DRAIN, REF: PLUMBING 3 DRINKING FOUNTAIN, REF. PLUMBING 4 PRE-FINISHED METAL LOCKERS 15"X18"X36", REF. SPECIFICATIONS 5 ADA BENCH, REF. SPECIFICATIONS 6 HAND HELD SHOWER HEAD, REF. PLUMBING 7 MEDIUM SIZE REFRIGERATOR, (OFCI) REF. SPECS 8 PLASTIC LAMINATE UPPER AND LOWER MILLWORK WITH STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER 9 STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER WITH UTILITY SINK TA1 Bobrick B-5806 SERIES , STRAIGHT GRAB BAR 36" TA2 TA4 B-290 2436 WELDED FRAME MIRROR TA5 Bobrick B-221 CLASSIC SERIES SURFACE MOUNTED SEAT COVER DISPENSER TA-6 TA-8 Bobrick B-4288 CCONTURA SERIES DURFACE MOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSSER Bobrick B-5806 SERIES, STRAIGHT GRAB BAR 42" Bobrick B-3942 CLASSIC SERIES SEMI-RECESSED CONVERTIBLE COMBINATION TOWEL AND WASTE UNIT. TA3 Bobrick B-6727 ROBE HOOK TA-7 24"X60" FULL-LENGHT MIRROR, WALL MOUNTED TA-9 Bobrick B-2112 CLASSIC SERIES SURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER TA-15 TWO-WALL SHOWER GRAB BAR TA-16 REVERSIBLE FOLDING SHOWER SEAT CLASSIC FLAT TOP SURGERY TABLE AUTOCLAVE. REF. SPEC. MOVABLE SURGERY LIGHT. REF. SPEC. DOUBLE CEILING MOUNT LIGHT. REF. SPECS ZURN - WASTE FLUSH UNIT, REF. PLUMBING E-101 E-102 E-103 E-104 E-105 6' ASSEMBLY STAINLESS STEEL CAGES ASSEMBLY TOP: 3 - 24"W x 30"H BOTTOM: 2 - 36"W X 30"H E-107 RETRACTABLE POWER OUTLET. REF. ELECTRICAL E-106 STAINLESS STEEL TABLE E-108 FOLD UP EXAM TABLE REF. SPECS E-109 ECONOMY DOUBLE DOOR NARCOTIC CABINET (11"W x 4"D X 15"H). REF. SPECS E-110 INTERNAL DISPOSABLE CONTAINERS FOR SHARPS DISPOSAL E-111 ADA COMPLIANT GROOMING TUB. REF. SPECS. E-112 LARGE COMMERCIAL CHEST FREEZER - REF. SPECS E-113 CUSTOM MOVABLE POWDER COATED DOUBLE AND TRIPLE STACKED W/ GLASS BACK - REF. SPECS E-114 ONE DOUBLE TIER 18 GA STAINLESS STEEL CAT ISOLATION CAGE - REF. SPECS E-115 SST WALL MOUNTED SHELFE-117 CAGES E-118 CAGE WHEELSE-119 STAINLESS STEEL SHELVESE-120 STAINLESS STEEL TABLE W/ CABINETS E-121 UTILITY SINK. REF. SPECS E-116 E-114 E-114 E-114 E-114 E-114E-1142 9142 E-114 E-114E-115 ALIGN TYP.ALIGN TYP.CONTRACTOR TO ALIGN WINDOW FRAME TO CONDO FRAME CATS 142 E-115 2 E-115 1189 E-117 RABIES QUARANTINE 118 4 A7.50 15 I H 1413 SF-03 SF-06 11'-11"7 9/256"1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F 713 622 1444 T 713 622 1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PAUL BONNETTE NO. 16372 PROJECT NUMBER C:\@RevitLocals\CPA_ANIMAL SHELTER _ARCH_R22_pzoungranaGPD47.rvt11/14/2023 11:13:34 AMA4.01 CLERESTORY PLAN, ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AND EQUIPMENT LIST CITY OF PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICES 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 1/4" = 1'-0"1 STAFF RESTROOM / SHOWER / LOCKER1/4" = 1'-0"3 MENS RESTROOM 106 1/4" = 1'-0"2 ENLARGED MEDICAL AREA 1/4" = 1'-0"5 WOMENS RESTROOM 114 1/4" = 1'-0"9 CLERESTORY PLAN - NORTH KENNEL WALL 1/4" = 1'-0"8 CLERESTORY PLAN - SOUTH KENNEL WALL ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES ACCESSORY LEGEND EQUIPMENT LIST KEY NOTES 1/4" = 1'-0"4 CAT CONDO EQUIPMNENT1/4" = 1'-0"6 CAT QUARANTINE №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMITTING 1 11/13/2023 ADDENDUM #1 1/4" = 1'-0"7 ENTRY CLERESTORY PLAN 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS RELEASED FOR INTERIM REVIEW UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF NOT FOR REGULATORY APPROVAL, BIDDING, PERMIT, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. INTERIM REVIEW PAUL BONNETTE NO. 1637212637PAULD.BONN E TTEA TTS XETEFO SAREGIST E R ED ARC H I TECT3/9/202211/13/2023 SALLY PORT 127 SR. ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER 112 BREAK ROOM 111 ANIMAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR 113 CORRIDOR 110 IT ROOM 137 COPY/ WORK ROOM 103 WORK / MEDICAL AREA 133MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL 132 MENS RESTROOM 106 KENNEL TECH OPEN AREA 119 RABIES QUARANTINE 118 ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICERS 115 WOMENS RESTROOM 126 FILE ROOM 104 RECEPTION 101 MENS RESTROOM 121 CORRIDOR 109 LOBBY 102 CATS 142 TRAINING ROOM 107 TRAINING ROOM 108 WOMENS RESTROOM 114 CORRIDOR 116 KENNEL 1 145KENNEL 5 149 QUARANTINE 1 153 OAHU_1 OAHU_2 OACU_1 OACU_2 HVLS-1 EF-1 EF-2 DFCU_1 DACCU-1 FCU-2 FCU-1 FCU-3 ACCU_1ACCU_2ACCU-3 10"øA240 CFM TYP.2 8"øA200 CFM 8"øA200 CFM 6"øA120 CFM 8"x8"B 8"x8"B 190 CFM 12"x12"B 8"øA200 CFM TYP.2 8"øA150 CFM 12"x12"B 8"øA150 CFM TYP.4 8"øA150 CFM TYP.4 12"x12"B 12"x12"B 8"x8"B 6"øA100 CFM 15"x15"B 8"øA140 CFM 8"øA180 CFM 10"øA320 CFM 8"øA175 CFM 6"øA100 CFM 6"øA120 CFM 8"øA165 CFM 6"øA100 CFM 8"øA200 CFM 8"x8"B 135 CFM 6"øA120 CFM 8"x8"B 145 CFM 8"x8"B 190 CFM 10"x10"B 280 CFM 8"x8"B 150 CFM 8"x8"B 150 CFM 8"x8"B 150 CFM 8"x8"B 150 CFM 10"x10"B TYP. 2 8"x8"B 140 CFM 8"øA205 CFM 8"øA205 CFM 6"øA40 CFM EUTHANASIA ROOM 135 DRUG STORAGE 134 CUST. 138 8"øA130 CFM 8"øA130 CFM 6"øA115 CFM 10"øA235 CFM 10"øA235 CFM 8"øA140 CFM 8"øA150 CFM 10"x10"B 225 CFM DRY STOR. 139 16"x16"B 785 CFM 8"x8"B 210 CFM 6"x6"B 50 CFM 8"øA150 CFM 8"øA200 CFM 12"øA350 CFM 8"øA150 CFM 18"x12"C 225 CFM 18"x12"C 225 CFM 6"øA100 CFM 18"x12"D 6"øA100 CFM 6"øA100 CFM 22"x22"B 1700 cfm 1500 cfm 1465 cfm 1350 cfm 120 cfm 200 cfm 115 cfm 6"ø8"ø 195 cfm WL_1-2 WL_1-3 WL_1-1 WL_1-4 WL_1-5 12"x12"B 710 CFM 12"x12"B 710 CFM 12"x12"B 710 CFM 12"x12"B 710 CFM 15"x15"B 710 CFM 12"x12"B 710 CFM 6"x6"B 85 CFM 6"x6"B 85 CFM 12"x12"B 710 CFM 15"x15"B 710 CFM 8"øA180 CFM 8"øA175 CFM 8"øA175 CFM 8"øA190 CFM 6"øA100 CFM 6"øA100 CFM 14"øA660 CFM 14"øA660 CFM 14"øA660 CFM 14"øA660 CFM 14"øA660 CFM 14"øA660 CFM 14"øA660 CFM 3010 CFM 26"x16" 24"x16"48"x16"46"x16"36"x16"16"x16" M M M M M M M 1200 cfm WL_1-7 15"x15"EF-3 CO N WL_1-6 M4.13 M4.14 M3.9 M3.8 1500cfm 10"x12"16"x14"8"x8"B 140 CFM10"x10"20"x10"16"x10"8"x10"16"ø22"x22"B 22"x22"B B (TYP.2)10"ø18"x14"14"x14"12"x12"8"ø 16"x14"14"x10"10"x10"B 10"x10"B10"ø18"x14"8"ø12"x12"12"x12"18"x12"16"x14" 12"x12"16"x16"10"x10"6200 1685 cfm 5850 36"x16"28"x16" 16"x16" 10"x10" 14"øA660 CFM 16"x16"8"x8"16"x16" 16"x16" RTU-1 12"x10"M1.1 M1.1 M1.1 M1.1 M1.3 M1.3 M1.3 M1.3 M1.3 M1.3 3/4"ø-CON 3/4"ø-CON 3/4"ø-CON M2.2 M2.5 M2.7 M2.7 M2.7 M4.9 M4.10 M4.15 M4.15 M4.15 M4.15 M4.15 M2.4 TH TH TH M3.3 M3.3 TH TH TH M3.3 M3.3 M3.3 M3.6 M3.7 M3.7 M3.7 M3.7 M1.3 16"x12"16"x16"16"x14"8"x10"16"x16"16"x16"1350cfm 14"x12"14"x12"20"x10"16"x14"1700cfm 1550cfm 14"x12"16"x16"3/4"ø-CON 3/4"ø-CON M3.10 DFCU-2 M2.5 M4.10 M3.6 DACCU-2 M2.7 M3.3 3/4"ø-CON 3/4"ø-CON 3/4"ø-CON M2.2 M2.2 FD FD FD FD FD FDFDFDFDFDFDFD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD MENS RESTROOM 121 LAUNDRY ROOM 120 DRY STOR. 139 KENNEL 1 145 KENNEL 3 147 CORRIDOR 144 KENNEL 5 149 DOG RUN 488 CORRIDOR 154 DOG RUN 233 DOG WASH 130 EQUIPMENT STORAGE 128 TRAPS STORAGE 129 ADOPTION ROOM 117 ADOPTION ROOM 141 DOG RUN 230 DOG RUN 231 KENNEL 2 143 KENNEL 4 146 CORRIDOR 151 KENNEL 6 150 CORRIDOR 152 STORAGE 105 STORAGE 156 FREEZER 131 LOCKER ROOM 125 LOCKER ROOM 122 SHOWER 123SHOWER 124 CORRIDOR 148 8"x12"M1.5 8"ø10"x10"B 8"ø 1 1/2"ø-CON M1.6 EUH-1 EUH-2 T T FDFD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FDFD FDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFD 111111111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FD 1 1 1 16"x14"16"x14"8"x8"14"x12" 10"x12"10"ø10"ø18"x14"14"x12"10"x12"14"x12"1 1 1 FD FD 10"x10"1 TBPE Firm Registration No. 2234 DBR Project Number 9990 Richmond Avenue South Building, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77042 713.914.0888 p 713.914.0886 f NORTH PLAN NORTH TRUE FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F (713) 968-9333 T (713) 622-1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PROJECT NUMBER KEY PLAN WM LG GR GH 230107.000 SSAutodesk Docs://230107.000 - City of Arthur - Animal Shelter/230107 - CoA Animal Shelter - MEP22.rvt11/8/2023 5:24:05 PMM2.11 LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL PLAN PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICE 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00▯MECHANICAL KEYED NOTES M1.1 PROVIDE SPIN-IN FITTING WITH LOCKING QUADRANT BUTTERFLY DAMPER FOR ALL ROUND DUCT CONNECTIONS TO RECTANGULAR DUCT. TYPICAL. RE: 05/M6.01. M1.3 PROVIDE LOUVER AT APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND CONFIRM WITH ARCHITECTURAL FOR FINAL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATION, AND FINISH. PROVIDE 18" DEEP SHEET METAL PLENUM AT BACK OF LOUVER FOR DUCT ATTACHMENT. RE: DETAIL 11&12/M6.01. M1.5 ROUTE DRYER EXHAUST TO EXTERIOR WALL AND TERMINATE WITH DRYER VENT CAP AT 12" A.F.F. PROVIDE DRYER WALL BOX AT DRYER FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION. M1.6 ROUTE KITCHEN EXHAUST TO EXTERIOR WALL AND TERMINATE WITH EXHAUST WALL CAP WITH INTEGRAL BDD. M2.2 ROUTE 3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE FROM FAN COIL UNITS TO PLUMBING TAILPIECE LOCATED BELOW LAVATORY. COORDINATE EXACT CONNECTION LOCATION WITH PLUMBING. M2.4 ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE FROM ROOFTOP UNIT DOWN INTO BLDG AND TO PLUMBING FLOOR DRAIN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATION AS SHOWN. SLOPE PIPE 1/8" PER FOOT. SIZE AS INDICATED. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING. RE: DETAIL 22/M.601. M2.5 ROUTE REFRIGERANT PIPING FROM WALL MOUNTED DUCTLESS FAN COIL UNIT TO ASSOCIATED AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING. RE: DETAIL 19/M6.01. M2.7 ROUTE REFRIGERANT PIPING FROM AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS TO THE NEAREST EXTERIOR WALL AND INTO BLDG AND CONNECT TO ASSOCIATED INDOOR UNIT. PROVIDE 16 MIL ALUMINUM JACKETING ON ALL OUTDOOR REFRIGERANT PIPING. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT PIPING ROUTING. RE: DETAIL 19/M.601. M3.3 PROVIDE COMBINATION TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSOR AT APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. SENSOR SHALL BE INSTALLED AT SAME ELEVATION AS LIGHT SWITCHES. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. M3.6 PROVIDE WIRED WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER FOR DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONING UNIT. CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONING UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL AT SAME ELEVATION AS LIGHT SWITCHES. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. M3.7 PROVIDE MOTORIZED DAMPER INTERLOCKED WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON PLANS. DAMPER SHALL BE OPEN WHEN EQUIPMENT IS ON AND SHUT WHEN EQUIPMENT IS OFF. M3.8 PROVIDE NITROGEN DETECTOR AT 1' 0" AFF. DETECTOR SHALL BE AIRTEST MODEL TR-3200 OR APPROVED EQUAL. EF 1-3 SHALL MODULATE FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEED WHEN A CONCENTRATION OF 1PPM IS DETECTED. AN AUDIO AND VISUAL ALRM WILL SOUND WHEN A CONCENTRATION OF 3PPM IS DETECTED. DETECTOR SHALL BE INSTALED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND CALIBRATED ANUALLY. M3.9 PROVIDE CARNBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR AT 5' 0" AFF. DETECTOR SHALL BE AIRTEST MODEL TR-2000 OR APPROVED EQUAL. EF 1-3 SHALL MODULATE FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEED WHEN A CONCENTRATION OF 25PPM IS DETECTED. AN AUDIO AND VISUAL ALRM WILL SOUND WHEN A CONCENTRATION OF 100PPM IS DETECTED. DETECTOR SHALL BE INSTALED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND CALIBRATED ANUALLY. M3.10 PROVIDE CT-2100 DUAL CHANNEL CONTROLLER TO INTEGRATE BOTH GAS DETECTION SENSORS. CONTROLLER SHALL PROVIDE 0-10V SIGNAL TO EF-3. M4.9 PROVIDE PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNIT ON ROOF AT APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. PROVIDE UNIT WITH ROOF CURB TO MATCH ROOF SLOPE. PROVIDE ALL CLEARANCES AROUND UNIT AS REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL. RE: DETAIL 16&25/M.601. M4.10 PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED DUCTLESS FAN COIL UNIT AT APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. INSTALL UNIT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ON WALL. ROUTE CONDENSATE TO CONDENSATE MAIN AS SHOWN ON PLANS. M4.13 PROVIDE IN-LINE FAN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. SUSPEND FAN FROM STRUCTURE. PROVIDE NECESSARY DUCT TRANSITIONS FROM FAN INLET AND DISCHARGE. FAN SHALL OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY AT ITS LOW SPEED AND SHALL SWITCH TO HIGH SPEED WHEN PROMPTED BY THE CO2 DETECTOR RE: DETAIL 24/M6.01. M4.14 PROVIDE HVLS FAN CENTERED IN THE SALLY PORT. MOUNT 13 FT AFF FOLOWING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES. M4.15 PROVIDE HORIZONTAL HANDLING UNIT AT APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE ALL CLEARANCES AS REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURE. DUCT OUTSIDE AIR INTO RETURN DUCTWORK AS SHOWN. PLENUM BOX SHALL BE THE SAME HEIGHT AND WIDTH AS THE AHU RETURN AIR CONNECTION AND A MINIMUM DEPTH AS INDICATED. RE: DETAIL 14/M6.01. M2.11 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL PLAN №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMIT 1 11/10/2023 ADDENDUM #1 DUCTWORK TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (TYPICAL) MISC. GALV. ANGLE OR UNISTRUT CONNECT TO STRUCTURE IN AN APPROVED MANNER REFER TO DETAILS. NOTES: 1. DUCT SHALL BE LOCATED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE EXCEPT TO ALLOW MIN. 2" FOR EXTERNAL INSULATION. 2. MINIMUM BOTTOM OF PIPE OR BOTTOM OF DUCT ELEVATION IS 8" ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT. 3. INSTALLATION OF ALL SERVICES MUST BE COORDINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. MAS-02 PIPES LIGHT FIXTURE STRUCTURAL STEEL CEILING NOTES: THIS CONNECTION SHALL BE TYPICAL FOR ALL RECTANGULAR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS TO RECTANGULAR TRUNK DUCTS, INCLUDING SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE AIR AND EXHAUST DUCTS. BRANCH DUCT ALL BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT, USE YOUNG'S REGULATOR IN CEILING IF DAMPER IS NOT ACCESSIBLE. PARALLEL BLADE DAMPER SHALL BE USED IF BRANCH DUCT HEIGHT IS 9" OR LESS INSIDE. TRUNK DUCT AIR FLOW EA OR RA AIR FLOW SA OR OA 45° W VD 1/4 W (4" MIN.) MAS-06 ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION RE: FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZES ROUND DUCT RECTANGULAR DUCT TAP SUPPLY AIR DUCT LOCKING QUADRANT DAMPER ON INSULATION STAND-OFF (MIN. 1-1/4") USE YOUNGS RECTANGULAR IN CEILING IF DAMPER IS NOT POSSIBLE. SEAL ALL JOINTS 1/4 OF DIAMETER OF ROUND DUCT (4" MIN.) TRANSITION FROM RECTANGULAR DUCT TAP TO ROUND DUCT D SUPPLY AIR FLOW 45° VD DIMENSIONAL RELATIONSHIPS 1. ANGLE 'A' TO BE 15° OR LESS (BOTH SIDES) 2. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR B, C, & W. 3. VERTICAL DIMENSION TO BE MAINTAINED THRU F. 4. CHANGE IN VERTICAL DIMENSION TO OCCUR AFTER TURNS. A B C W F NOTES: VOLUME DAMPERS REQUIRED FOR LOW PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEMS ONLY. MAS-08 VD NOTES: 1. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS AND BENDS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 X ("D") MINIMUM 3'-0" AND MAXIMUM 6'-0" 2.TYPICAL OF ROUND DUCT CONNECTIONS TO RECTANGULAR DUCTS 3.ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH MASTIC AND FIBER CLOTH PER SPECIFICATIONS. MINIMUM 26 GAUGE DAMPER ROD INSIDE BEARING SECURELY ATTACH ROD TO DAMPER BLADE STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP INSULATION STUFFED UNDER STANDOFF ELEVATED REGULATOR DURO DYNE MODEL SRTS - 1 1/2 OR APPROVED EQUAL 1" INSULATION WITH VINYL VAPOR BARRIER U.L. 181 CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE DUCT 3/8"Ø ROD WITH NYLON BEARING STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP "1.5D" "D" MAS-09 STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP "D" STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP 1" INSULATION WITH VINYL VAPOR BARRIER U.L. 181 CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE DUCT NOTES: 1. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS AND BENDS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 X ("D") MINIMUM 3'-0" AND MAXIMUM 6'-0". 2. TYPICAL OF ROUND DUCT CONNECTIONS TO VAV BOXES FROM RECTANGULAR MAIN DUCTS. 3. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH MASTIC AND FIBER CLOTH PER SPECIFICATIONS. MAS-10 NOTES: 1. MOUNT OPERATOR CRANK AND CABLE PLATFORM ON TOP OF EXTERNAL INSULATION AT DAMPER. PIVOT AT ATTACHMENT OPERATOR CABLE EXTERNAL INSULATION EXTERNAL INSULATION REFER TO TYPICAL DETAIL FOR SPIN-IN CONNECTORS SET SCREW (EXTEND TO NEAREST ACCESS PANEL) FIXED END OF SLEEVE SLEEVE SPIN-IN FITTING DAMPER SHAFT DAMPER BLADE MAS-11 EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION W/ VAPOR BARRIER HANGER WIRE TABS SUPPORT SLOT FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE DETAIL A 315 CONCEALED YOUNG'S REGULATOR SPRING WASHER GYPSUM BOARD CEILING 7/8" CHANNEL IRON 3/8" SQUARE ROD LOCK NUT 3/8" UNIVERSAL JOINT REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS COORDINATE MOUNTING TYPE AND FRAME DETAILS WITH CEILING RE: DETAIL A DAMPER MAS-14 RUSKIN #BD6 SPRING LOADED DIAL TYPE PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPER (FACTORY SET FOR 0.25" W.G.) ANGLE IRON FRAME AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR DAMPER MOTORS. EXTERIOR WALL RE: ARCH. FOR WALL CONST. AND FLASHING DETAILS. LOUVER. RE: ARCH. RELIEF AIR 18" OPERATOR 1/2" REMOVABLE SCREEN MESH RELIEF DAMPER OUTSIDE AIR COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY ARCH. LOUVER. RE: ARCH DUCT CONNECTION ANGLE IRON FRAME AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR DAMPER MOTORS. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER REFER TO ARCH. PLANS FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION AND FLASHING DETAILS DAMPER MOTOR 12" MIN. CEILING DRYER RE: ARCH. BACK DRAFT DAMPER PROVIDED WITH DRYER EXTERIOR WALL CAULK AND SEAL WALL CAP LINT TRAP PROVIDE CLAMP AT CONNECTION TO UNIT AND DUCT. FLEXIBLE DUCT TO DRYER (3'-0" OVERALL LENGTH). MAS-66 FLOAT SWITCH OR EXTEND SECONDARY DRAIN TO VISIBLE LOCATION AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT, 3/4" MINIMUM SIZE. CHROME ESCUTCHEON PLATE AT CEILING PENETRATION. RED WOOD OR TREATED WOOD SLEEPERS WITH RIBBED NEOPRENE PADS TOP & BOTTOM PROVIDE AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN BENEATH FAN COIL UNIT. PAN SHALL BE 3" LARGER THAN UNIT ON EACH SIDE FLEX CONNECTION REFER TO REFRIGERANT PIPING DETAIL MD VD STRUCTURE ABOVE EXTEND INSULATED PRIMARY CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE TO DRAIN, 3/4" MIN. SIZE. RE: TRAP DETAIL. RA DUCTVD VD DOOR FOR FILTER SECTION OA DUCT NOTE: ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL WITH MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS. OA DUCT UNIT SHALL BE SUSPENDED IN PLENUM SPACE. REFER TO DETAIL FOR SUSPENDING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FROM STRUCTURE. NOTE: PROVIDE CLEARANCE AROUND UNIT FOR AIR FLOW AND SERVICE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT 6" CONCRETE PAD 8-0" MINIMUM CLEARANCE NEOPRENE VIBRATION ISOLATORS (TYP. 4) T T WALL BRACKET CEILING BRACKET HEATER BRACKET(TYP.) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE: • WALL-MOUNTED THERMOSTAT • LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL TRANSFORMER • UNIVERSAL WALL AND CEILING-MOUNTED BRACKET • AUTOMATIC RESET THERMAL CUT-OUT • ADJUSTABLE DISCHARGE • REMOTE SUMMER FAN SWITCH EUH EUH WALL MOUNTED T-STAT WALL MOUNTED T-STAT NOTE: PROVIDE FAN U.L RADIATION DAMPER FOR FIRE RATED CEILING. EXHAUST DUCT FLEXIBLE CONNECTION EXHAUST GRILLE PROVIDED W/ EXHAUST FAN CEILING GALVANIZED ALL THREAD RODS FAN CABINET MOUNTING CLIP VIBRATION ISOLATORS SUSPENDED FAN FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE COMPRESSOR AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT FILTER DRYER SLOPE SUCTION LINE TO DRAIN OIL TO COMPRESSOR SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP.) SIGHTGLASS MOISTURE INDICATOR THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE W/ ADJUSTABLE SUPER HEAT & EQUALIZER DX COIL AT FAN COIL UNIT. LOOP TO PREVENT LIQUID FROM DRAINING INTO COMPRESSOR WHEN COMPRESSOR IS LOCATED BELOW EVAPORATOR. RS RL NOTE: 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. TYPICAL FOR EACH SEPARATE REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT. 3. PROVIDE FILTER DRYER ON ALL SYSTEMS. 4. USE "ACR" HARD DRAWN COPPER REFRIGERANT PIPE. PROVIDE 4" SECTION OF INSULATION AT SUPPORT FOR REFRIGERANT LINE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION GALVANIZED ANGLE IRON SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE GALVANIZED SUPPORT ROD SIZED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. GALVANIZED PIPE SADDLE INSULATED REFRIGERANT SUCTION PIPE REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE NOTE: PROVIDE SUPPORTS AT 3'-0" ON CENTER MAX. AND WITHIN 1'-0" OF ALL CHANGES IN PIPE DIRECTION. GALVANIZED PIPE CLAMP SCHEDULE 40 GALV. STL. PIPE SLEEVE. GROUT IN PLACE METAL ESCUTCHEON PLATE BOTH SIDES (RE: SPECS) CUT TO FIT PIPE TIGHTLY. FASTEN TO WALL WITH S.S. FLAT HEAD SCREWS. INSULATION AND METAL JACKET PIPE RIGIDLY MOUNTED TIGHT TO WALL CAULK WITH DOW CORNING 732 RTV INSULATION SADDLE RE: ARCH. FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION UNISTRUT ANCHORED TO WALL SLOPE 1/8"/FT HORIZONTAL RUN TO FLOOR DRAIN OR ROOF DRAIN H SHORT NIPPLE SAME SIZE AS CASING CONNECTION WITH CAPPED TEE FITTINGS (MIN. 3/4"∅). UNION COOLING COIL DRAIN CONNECTION NOTE: 1. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 1" AIR GAP AT FLOOR DRAIN, FLOOR SINK, OR ROOF DRAIN. 2. ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED WITH MALLABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS. H = FAN OUTLET PRESSURE (IN. W.C.) + 1/2 IN. (MINIMUM) 1/2-IN. MINIMUM INSULATE INTERIOR CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH FIRE RATED ELASTOMERIC INSULATION (25/50) MPI-34 NOTE: 1. HANGER SPACING ALONG LENGTH OF UNIT TO BE AS FOLLOWS: MINIMUM - 2 HANGERS MAXIMUM SPACING 6'-0" 2. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SEISMIC CABLE BRACING TO RESIST MOTION IN ALL LATERAL DIRECTIONS. 3. REFER TO SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL GUIDELINES FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, CHAPTER 8. SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT 1/8" ANGLE 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" UP TO 38" WIDE UNIT 2"x2"x37" UPTO 48"WIDE UNIT 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" OVER 48" WIDE HANGER ROD STRUCTURAL STEEL WITH FIREPROOFING 2 NUT & LOCK WASHER CABLE EYELET DUAL U-BOLT CABLE CLAMPS MAX. 1 SPRING ISOLATOR SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL WELDED TO STEEL BEAM TYPE III SEISMIC AIRCRAFT CABLE 3" BOLT SAME SIZE AS HANGER ROD FASTENING DEVICE SEE NOTE #3 PROVIDE INSULATED MOTOR HOUSING TRANSITION VIBRATION ISOLATORS (TYPICAL OF 4) GALVANIZED ALL THREAD SUPPORT RODS ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE SIZED PER MFG. RECOMMENDATIONS (TYPICAL OF 4) MOUNT MOTOR & ACCESS DOOR PARALLEL WITH FLOOR FLEXIBLE CONNECTION DUCT SIZE RE: FLOOR PLAN FAN CABINET CEILING SD SD NOTES: 1. REFER TO ARCH. FOR ROOF & FLASHING DETAILS 2. ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL WITHMALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS. CEILING SUPPLY AIR DUCT ROUTE CONDENSATE AS INDICATED ON PLANS ROOF TOP UNIT REFER TO SCHD. CANT STRIP SLOPED ROOF FRAMED OPENING RETURN AIR DUCT COVER OPENINGS W/ 1/2" MESH SCREEN OUTSIDE AIR HOOD SET DAMPER OA CFM AS SCHEDULED INSULATED FULL PERIMETER ROOF CURB SUPPLIED W/ UNIT FLEX (TYP.) 4'-0" MIN. PHOTOELECTRIC DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR PER NFPA 90A BY DIV. 26/28 BASE CURB ROOF TOP UNIT ADAPTER FRAME TEMPORARY COVER NOTES: 1. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS AS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. ACCESS PANEL CEILING DUCT INSULATION FIRE RATED WALL DUCT SECURE SUPPORT ANGLES TO SLEEVE ONLY "S" DRIVE CLIP (BREAKAWAY) CONNECTION 1-1/2 HR. U.L. LISTED FIRE DAMPER TYPE "C" "CR", "CO" OR RUSKIN IBD-2 OR EQUAL. 2 X 2 X 1/8" STEEL SUPPORT ANGLE OVERLAP WALL MINIMUM 1" SLEEVE (16 GAUGE MINIMUM) BUTT HINGE ACCESS DOOR TO BE FIELD INSTALLED BEFORE INSULATION NON-HARDENING SEALANT (TYP.) NOTES: 1. MINIMUM 12" X 12" ACCESS PANEL SIZE. 2. DUCT ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH FIRE, SMOKE OR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE FIRE, SMOKE OR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER CATCH MAY BE RELEASED W/ THE FIRE DAMPER IN A CLOSED POSITION AND THE FUSIBLE LINK REPLACED. EACH DOOR SHALL BE STENCILED WITH BLACK 3/8" HIGH "FIRE DAMPER ACCESS", "SMOKE DAMPER ACCESS" OR BEFORE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER ACCESS" AS REQUIRED. DUCT ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 3. SEALANTS SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE JOINT AS REQUIRED FOR TIGHTNESS. SEALANTS USED SHOULD BE NON-HARDENING AND HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF NOT OVER 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NOT OVER 50. FIG. B FIG. A FIG. C NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE STRUCT. ENGR. APPROVAL FOR ANY AND ALL PIPE MOUNTING DETAILS TO CONCRETE OR STEEL STRUCTURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO ALL MAXIMUM SPAN DISTANCES PER SPECIFICATIONS FOR HANGER SPACING. RE: 230529 CEILING SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE PER STRUCT. ENGR.'S RECOMMENDATIONS GALV. ALL THREAD ROD. VERIFY ROD DIAMETER WITH MECHANICAL LOADING REQUIREMENTS PER PIPE SIZE. INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD PER SPECS. RE: 230529 CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION ALONG FULL SHIELD LENGTH PIPE INSULATION PER SPECS. RE: 230719 CLEVIS HANGER ADHERE BOTTOM OF INSULATION TO SHIELD WITH MASTIC. PROVIDE 1/8" THICK MASTIC OVER FULL CONTACT SURFACE OF SHIELD. SD SD REFER TO STRUCTURAL ANGLE IRON FRAME SUPPLY AIR ALL AROUND DUCT CEILING 4'-0" MIN. STRUCTURE ROOF DRAIN CONDENSATE TO CANT STRIP ROUTE FLEX DETECTOR PER NFPA 90A PHOTOELECTRIC DUCT SMOKE RE: ARCHITECTURAL INSULATED ROOF FOR SCHEDULED WITH DAMPER SET OUTSIDE AIR HOOD GASKETED & WITH UNIT CURB SUPPLIED O/A CFM NOTE: 1. ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL WITH MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS. RETURN AIR DUCT. COVER OPENINGS WITH 1/2" MESH SCREEN SECURE W/ SS STRAPS AND SUSTAIN STRESS LIMITATIONS SPECIFIED IN THE IBC FOR MINIMUM ULTIMATE 2. SUPPORTS FOR ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO DESIGN WIND SPEED. FASTENERS. MINIMUM (2) SIDE-BY-SIDE #14 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS AT EACH STRAP END BY DIV. 26/28 MHW-02 TBPE Firm Registration No. 2234 DBR Project Number 9990 Richmond Avenue South Building, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77042 713.914.0888 p 713.914.0886 f FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F (713) 968-9333 T (713) 622-1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PROJECT NUMBER KEY PLAN WM LG GR GH 230107.000 SSAutodesk Docs://230107.000 - City of Arthur - Animal Shelter/230107 - CoA Animal Shelter - MEP22.rvt11/9/2023 8:21:36 AMM6.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICE 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 NOT TO SCALE1TYP. MEP INSTALLATION DETAIL. NOT TO SCALE2RECTANGULAR BRANCH DUCT TAP NOT TO SCALE3RECTANGULAR TAP TO ROUND TRANSITION NOT TO SCALE4DUCTWORK TEE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE5SPIN-IN DETAIL NOT TO SCALE6CONICAL SPIN-IN DETAIL NOT TO SCALE7REMOTE SPIN-IN DAMPER OPERATOR NOT TO SCALE8DAMPER CONTROL DETAIL NOT TO SCALE11RELIEF LOUVER MOUNTING NOT TO SCALE12INTAKE LOUVER MOUNTING NOT TO SCALE13DRYER EXHAUST TO WALL CAP NOT TO SCALE14FAN COIL UNIT MOUNTING (DX) NOT TO SCALE15CONDENSING UNIT MOUNTING ON GRADE NOT TO SCALE17ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE18CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN NOT TO SCALE19REFRIGERANT PIPING SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE20REFRIGERANT PIPE HANGER NOT TO SCALE21PIPE ENTRY THRU EXTERIOR WALL NOT TO SCALE22COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN NOT TO SCALE23SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT DETAIL NOT TO SCALE24IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN DETAIL NOT TO SCALE25ROOF TOP UNIT MOUNTED ON SLOPED ROOF NOT TO SCALE16BASE CURB DETAIL NOT TO SCALE9HORIZONTAL FIRE DAMPER NOT TO SCALE10FIRE DAMPER ACCESS DOOR NOT TO SCALE26PIPE HANGER DETAIL (1-PIPE) NOT TO SCALE27HIGH WIND - ROOFTOP UNIT №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMIT 1 11/10/2023 ADDENDUM #1 1 TBPE Firm Registration No. 2234 DBR Project Number 9990 Richmond Avenue South Building, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77042 713.914.0888 p 713.914.0886 f FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F (713) 968-9333 T (713) 622-1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PROJECT NUMBER KEY PLAN WM LG GR GH 230107.000 SSAutodesk Docs://230107.000 - City of Arthur - Animal Shelter/230107 - CoA Animal Shelter - MEP22.rvt11/9/2023 10:52:28 AME5.01 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICE 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMIT 1 11/10/2023 ADDENDUM #1 1 F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C. OC1 ←←OC1 OC2 OC2 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 OC2 OC2 OC2 OC2 OC1 OC1 OC1 DC DCCR DC SALLY PORT 127 SR. ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER 112 BREAK ROOM 111 ANIMAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR 113 EUTHANASIA ROOM 135 DRUG STORAGE 134 CORRIDOR 110 IT ROOM 137 COPY/ WORK ROOM 103 MENS RESTROOM 121 WORK / MEDICAL AREA 133 MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL 132 DRY STOR. 139 MENS RESTROOM 106 LAUNDRY ROOM 120 KENNEL TECH OPEN AREA 119 RABIES QUARANTINE 118 ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICERS 115 WOMENS RESTROOM 126 FILE ROOM 104 RECEPTION 101 CORRIDOR 109 LOBBY 102 CATS 142 DRY STOR. 139 TRAINING ROOM 107 WOMENS RESTROOM 114 CORRIDOR 116 KENNEL 3 147 KENNEL 1 145 KENNEL 5 149QUARANTINE 1 153 OC1 OC1 LV OC1 LV LV LV LV OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 LV OC1 OC1 OC1 OC1 LV LV OC1OC1 LV LV LV LV OC1 OC1 LV LV W2 OC1 OC1 X X2 D8ED8 MEME W2X X W2 W2 LV X W2 B BE A A M M Q Q B B K K N N P P I I 5 5 F FEE C C 2 2 3 3 4 4 7 7 8 8 9 9 1 1 16 16 D D O O H H 6 6 G.5 G.5 14 14 AEA BB BB B BEB BE BB BB BB W2 BBBE BBBE OC1 FE FE FE AE FE AE LV LV LV LV A AE A H A GE GE LV LV LVabcdecccc b c b cc LV LVX X W1W1 W1 W1 W1 W2 X W1 W1 W1 W1 W1 W1 W1 W2 X X X AEAE CE CE CECE CE CE CE CE C C C C C C C CE OC1 HA-1 D12 D12 D12E HA-3 HA-2HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 HA-2 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 E6.1 BEB B B CECEC C CE CE C D12E D12 D12 B AEA AEA AEA CE CE CE CE C CC CE CE CE CE CECE D9D9 C C CECE C D8 C OC1 c V4 a V4V4V4EV4V4E aaaaaaa V4 a a D4E e V4D4EV4V4EV4V4EV4 eeeeeeeee D8ED8 bb D8ED8 bb D8ED8 bb D8E b b D8ED8 dd D8ED8 dd D8ED8 dd D8ED8 dd D8E dd d d HA-5 HE H HE H HE H H BE F F F FFE c TRAINING ROOM 108 CORRIDOR 144 CORRIDOR 144 CORRIDOR 144 DOG RUN 488 CORRIDOR 154 DOG RUN 233 CUST. 138 DOG WASH 130 EQUIPMENT STORAGE 128 TRAPS STORAGE 129 ADOPTION ROOM 117 ADOPTION ROOM 141 DOG RUN 230 DOG RUN 231 KENNEL 2 143 KENNEL 4 146 CORRIDOR 151 KENNEL 6 150 CORRIDOR 152 STORAGE 105 STORAGE 156 FREEZER 131 LOCKER ROOM 125 LOCKER ROOM 122SHOWER 123 SHOWER 124 CORRIDOR 148 CE CE CE CE d d d d CE CE CE CE d d d d D DE DE DE DEDEDDD V8E V4 V4E V4E V8E V4E V4E V4E DE DE IE IE IE IE eeee IE IE IE IE aaaa 1 1 GE GE GE GE LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES: A. CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PERFORMANCE DESCRIPTION INDICATED IN THE LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE FOUND ON SCHEDULE SHEETS. B. MULTIPLE SWITCHES SHOWN TOGETHER SHALL BE GANGED UNDER A COMMON COVER PLATE. C. PROVIDE LABELING OF ALL CONTROL DEVICES, SWITCH PACKS, LIGHT FIXTURES, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. D. LIGHTING FIXTURE LOCATIONS SHOWN TAKE PRECEDENT IN CEILING LOCATION TO ALL OTHER TRADES. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING OTHER TRADES DO NOT IMPACT SPACING AND/OR OVERLAYMENT OF OTHER DEVICES WHERE LIGHT FIXTURES MUST BE INSTALLED. E. REFERENCE SYMBOLS LEGEND FOR LIGHT SWITCH DEVICE NOMENCLATURE AND SWITCH-LEG ASSOCIATIONS. F. ALL 2X2, 2X4 FIXTURES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED GRID CEILING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH (2) SECONDARY SUPPORT WIRES ANCHORED DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURE. G. PROVIDE ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES WITH UNSWITCHEDHOT LEG AS DEFINED IN NEC 700.12. H. ROUTE AN UNSWITCHED HOT LEG TO ALL LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED AS EMERGENCY. HOT LEG SHALL ORGINATE FROM CIRCUIT SERVING NORMAL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THAT SPACE. UNSWITCHED HOT LEG SHALL CONNECT TO THE NORMAL POWER SERVING SENSING LUG ON THE EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. I. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT TO ALL EXIT SIGNS. TBPE Firm Registration No. 2234 DBR Project Number 9990 Richmond Avenue South Building, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77042 713.914.0888 p 713.914.0886 f NORTH PLAN NORTH TRUE FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F (713) 968-9333 T (713) 622-1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PROJECT NUMBER KEY PLAN WM LG GR GH 230107.000 SSAutodesk Docs://230107.000 - City of Arthur - Animal Shelter/230107 - CoA Animal Shelter - MEP22.rvt11/9/2023 2:43:12 PMEL2.11 LIGHTING PLAN PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICE 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 EL2.11 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 LIGHTING PLAN KEYED NOTES ROUTE HOMERUN THROUGH LIGHTING RELAY PANEL.E6.1 №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMIT 1 11/10/2023 ADDENDUM #1 F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C. M J J J J J J J J M M M J J J J J J J M M JM JJ JJ JJ JM JJJ J SALLY PORT 127 SR. ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER 112 BREAK ROOM 111 ANIMAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR 113 EUTHANASIA ROOM 135 DRUG STORAGE 134 CORRIDOR 110 IT ROOM 137 COPY/ WORK ROOM 103 MENS RESTROOM 121 WORK / MEDICAL AREA 133 MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL 132 DRY STOR. 139 MENS RESTROOM 106 LAUNDRY ROOM 120 KENNEL TECH OPEN AREA 119 RABIES QUARANTINE 118 WOMENS RESTROOM 126 FILE ROOM 104 RECEPTION 101 MENS RESTROOM 121 CORRIDOR 109 LOBBY 102 CATS 142 DRY STOR. 139 TRAINING ROOM 107 TRAINING ROOM 108 WOMENS RESTROOM 114 CORRIDOR 116 KENNEL 3 147 KENNEL 1 145 KENNEL 5 149 QUARANTINE 1 153 DPA ATSMTS HA TLA LA MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH NEW GAS GENERATOR REFER TO DRAWING E4.01 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NEW POWER COMPANY TRANSFORMER REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS ACCU_1ACCU_2ACCU-3 WP GFCI FCU-1 HB DFCU_1 DACCU-1 E4.2 42" GFCI 42" GFCI GFCI GFCI 42" GFCI 42" GFCI 42" GFCI GFCI E4.2 42" GFCI 42" GFCI WP GFCI FCU-3 42" GFCI 42" GFCI GFCI GFCI 42" GFCI FCU-2 WP GFCI WP GFCI WP GFCI WP GFCI WP GFCI WP GFCI WP GFCI WP GFCI WP GFCI OACU_1 OACU_2 WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI 42" GFCI 42" GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI GFCI A A M M Q Q B B K K N N P P I I 5 5 F FEE C C 17 17 2 2 J J G G 3 3 4 4 7 7 8 8 9 9 1 1 16 16 D D L L O O H H 11 11 13 13 6 6 G.5 G.5 14 14 15 15 42" GFCI 42" GFCI 42" GFCI GFCI GFCI GFCI 42" GFCI42" GFCI 42"60A/3P/NF GFCI 42" GFCI 42" GFCI 50A/2P 42" GFCI LA-1,3 LA-5,7,9 LB-1,3,5 LB-7,9,11 LB-13,15,17 LA-2,4 E5.13 E3.4 E5.2 HB-1,3,5 LOAD BANK VERIFY LOCATION E5.12 E5.12 E5.12 E5.12 LA-15 EF-1 LB-10,12 LB-6,8 LB-2,4 EF-2 LB EF-3 WP GFCI LB-14 LB-20,22,24 141618 20 22 24 LB-19 LB-21 LB-23 LB-29 LB-31 LB-25LB-33 LB-35LB-37 LB-27 42" 42" 42" LB-39 LB-41 LB-30 LB-32 LB-34LB-36 LA-17 LA-25 LA-27 LA-29 LA-31 LA-33 LA-35 LA-37 E4.11 LA-16 LA-18 LA-20 LA-22 LA-24 LA-26 LA-13 E1.3 E1.3 LA-28 LA-30 LA-32 HB-2,4,6 LA-34 LA-36 LA-38 LA-39 LA-41 30A/NF/3P HB-7,9,11HB-8,10,12 LB-16,18 ICE MAKER LB-38 LA-43 E5.7 LA-44 LA-21 LA-23 E4.10 LA-6 E4.12 E4.13 LA-8 LA-14 LB-26,28 DFCU-2 E5.13 LA-45 LA-47,49 DACCU-2 LIGHTING RELAY PANEL LA-51 LA-53 E4.14 EWH HB-13 42" GFCI LB-40 HOOD E5.2 LA-55 E5.15 LA-57 E5.15 LB-42 LA-46,48 E5.16 Gas Meter PLUMBING SOLIDS INTERCEPTOR AND TEST WELL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING AND CIVIL CONTRACTORS FOR CENTERPOINT ENERGY AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR CONDUITS ROUTED UNDERGROUND IN THIS AREA. E5.17 LA-59 36"AFF WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI 36"AFF WP GFCI KENNEL 1 145 KENNEL 3 147 CORRIDOR 144 CORRIDOR 144 CORRIDOR 144 KENNEL 5 149 DOG RUN 488 CORRIDOR 154 DOG RUN 233 CUST. 138 DOG WASH 130 EQUIPMENT STORAGE 128 TRAPS STORAGE 129 ADOPTION ROOM 117 ADOPTION ROOM 141 DOG RUN 230 DOG RUN 231 KENNEL 2 143 KENNEL 4 146 CORRIDOR 151 KENNEL 6 150 CORRIDOR 152 ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICERS 115 STORAGE 105 STORAGE 156 FREEZER 131 LOCKER ROOM 125 LOCKER ROOM 122 SHOWER 123 SHOWER 124 CORRIDOR 148 HB-14,16,18 CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR EXACT POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR WASHER AND DRYER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. LA-50,52,54 HB-15,17,19 EUH-130A/3P/NF EUH-2 HB-21,23,25 30A/3P/NF 1 1 1 80" 1 A. ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN ARE NOT EXACT. ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK, CASEWORK, AND GENERAL ELEVATION VIEWS. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT, OUTLET BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES FOR ALL TECHNOLOGY, LOW VOLTAGE, ACCESS CONTROL SECURITY, SURVEILLANCE, AND OTHER DIVISION 27/28 SCOPE. REFER TO DIVISION 27/28 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL WORK REQUIRED. OMISSION OF THIS SCOPE FROM DIV 26 SCOPE OF WORK IS PROHIBITED. C. HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE NOT EXACT, AND THE EXACT POINT OF CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT MAY VARY. COORDINATE EXACT ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD AND WITH FINAL SUBMITTALS FOR ALL DIV. 21/22/23 EQUIPMENT. D. PROVIDE LABELING OF ALL DEVICES, CONDUIT, PANELS, AND JUNCTION BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. E. MINIMIZE ROOF PENETRATIONS. WHERE ABLE, ROUTE ALL CONDUIT FOR ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT THROUGH ROOF CURB. CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING NECESSARY WATER PROOFING AROUND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH ROOFING INSTALLER. F. ALL RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN RESTROOMS, JANITOR CLOSETS, MECHANICAL ROOMS, ELEVATOR PITS OR SHAFTS, ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ROOMS, SERVING ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAINS OR VENDING MACHINES, LOCATED WITHIN 6' OF A SINK, LOCATED ABOVE A WET COUNTERTOP OR IN A KITCHEN OR COFFEE BAR SHALL BE GFCI. FEED-THRU GFCI/GFI IS PROHIBITED, ALL GFCI/GFI DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH INDIVIDUAL TEST/RESET FEATURES. G. MULTI-WIRE HOME RUNS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRALS FOR ALL CIRCUITS. SHARING CONDUIT IS PERMISSIBLE WHERE TOTAL CONDUCTOR AMPACITY DERATING HAS BEEN PERFORMED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE NEUTRAL IS CONSIDERED CURRENT-CARRYING. H. LABEL ALL CIRCUITS AT ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND OUTLETS (AS DEFINED BY NEC) WITH TYPE-WRITTEN LABEL IDENTIFYING CIRCUIT ON THE BACK OF DEVICE COVER PLATES OR ON COVER OF JUNCTION BOX. IF A BOX HAS MULTIPLE CIRCUITS WITHIN, LABEL ALL CIRCUITS. GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: TBPE Firm Registration No. 2234 DBR Project Number 9990 Richmond Avenue South Building, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77042 713.914.0888 p 713.914.0886 f NORTH PLAN NORTH TRUE FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F (713) 968-9333 T (713) 622-1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PROJECT NUMBER KEY PLAN WM LG GR GH 230107.000 SSAutodesk Docs://230107.000 - City of Arthur - Animal Shelter/230107 - CoA Animal Shelter - MEP22.rvt11/9/2023 10:20:51 AMEP2.11 POWER PLAN PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICE 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00▯ELECTRICAL KEYED NOTES E1.3 PROVIDE HUBBELL, FLOOR BOX MODEL #CFBS1R4CFB WITH SUB-PLATES #S1R4SPDUPLEX. COORDINATE DEVICE COVER/FINISH WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. ROUTE (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR POWER BELOW SLAB. TURN UP IN WALL AND ROUTE TO PLENUM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. E3.4 PROVIDE GROUND BUS FOR USE BY TELECOM UTILITY. E4.2 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR DRINKING FOUNTAIN AT THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE REMOTE GFCI TEST BUTTON ADJACENT TO DRINKING FOUNTAIN AT NORMAL RECEPTACLE HEIGHT IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. E4.10 PROVIDE L5-30R TWIST LOCK RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO TOP OF LADDER RACK AT REAR SIDE OF EQUIPMENT RACK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. E4.11 QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO TOP OF LADDER RACK AT REAR SIDE OF EQUIPMENT RACK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. E4.12 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED 48"AFF FOR CONNECTION TO SECURITY SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM. E4.13 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED 48"AFF FOR CONNECTION TO SECURITY SYSTEM INTRUSION CONTROL SYSTEM. E4.14 PROVIDE POWER FOR GAS DETECTION PANEL, FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. E5.2 PROVIDE POWER TO HOT WATER CIRCULATION PUMP AND TIME SWITCH ON INDICATED CIRCUIT. PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR EACH DEVICE. E5.7 PROVIDE RETRACTABLE CORD REEL CENTERED ABOVE TABLE. PROVIDE HARDWIRED CONNECTION AT CEILING IN COORDINATION WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SELECTED EQUIPMENT. REFER TO DRAWING E6.01, DETAIL 18. E5.12 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING FOR PROVIDE CONNECTION TO MOTORIZED DAMPER WITH DISCONNECTING MEANS AT EACH DAMPER. E5.13 MOUNT JUNCTION BOX HIGH AT UNIT WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING ROUTED TO SPLIT SYSTEM DACCU-1 MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR. THIS UNIT RECEIVES ITS POWER FROM EXTERIOR UNIT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ON ROUTING CONDUIT WITH MECHANICAL PIPING. E5.15 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WITH 120 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR CONNECTION TO AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVES. REFER TO DETAIL 12 ON DRAWING E6.02 AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS. E5.16 30 AMP, 2 POLE, NON-FUSE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR CONNECTION TO MOTORIZED DOOR PROVIDED WITH RAISE/LOWER DOOR CONTROL. COORDINATE WITH DOOR INSTALLER FOR EXACT MOTOR SIZE, AMPERAGE AND PHASE. E5.17 JUNCTION BOX FOR POWER TO INTERCEPTOR ALARM PANEL. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. EP2.11 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 POWER PLAN EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH 2015 IFC SECTION 510, "EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE". THIS CODE REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO THE ENTIRE BUILDING. A REPORT OF RADIO COMMUNICATION COVERAGE SHALL BE TURNED INTO THE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. BASED ON THE RESULTS OF THE REPORT, IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT THERE IS INSUFFICIENT RADIO COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE E.R.R.C. SYSTEM SHALL BE ADDED. №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMIT 1 11/10/2023 ADDENDUM #1 F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.F.E.C.CRCR CR CRCR CRCRCR CR CRCRM J J J J J J J J J J S L-1 S L-1 S L-2 S L-2 M M M J J J JJ J J J M M JM JJ JJ JJ J M JJJ J DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DCDC DC DC DCCR DC DC CRCRCR DC DC DC DC DC J J J ACP 18 3 15 A D M Q B K N P 4 7 812 G J 12 IH O 5 9 FE C 16 14 11 6 13 SALLY PORT 127 SR. ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER 112 BREAK ROOM 111 ANIMAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR 113 EUTHANASIA ROOM 135 DRUG STORAGE 134 CORRIDOR 110 IT ROOM 137 COPY/ WORK ROOM 103 WORK / MEDICAL AREA 133 MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL 132 DRY STOR. 139 MENS RESTROOM 106 LAUNDRY ROOM 120 KENNEL TECH OPEN AREA 119 RABIES QUARANTINE 118 WOMENS RESTROOM 126 FILE ROOM 104 MENS RESTROOM 121 CORRIDOR 109 CATS 142 DRY STOR. 139 TRAINING ROOM 107 TRAINING ROOM 108 WOMENS RESTROOM 114 CORRIDOR 116 KENNEL 3 147 KENNEL 1 145 KENNEL 5 149 QUARANTINE 1 153 CORRIDOR 144 DOG RUN 488 CORRIDOR 154 DOG RUN 233 CUST. 138 DOG WASH 130 D2 D2 D2D2 D2 D2 D2 127A D2 D2 D2 D2 127C 119A 127B D2 D2 T4.7 10 10 M M Q Q K K N N P P 12 12 I I 5 5 F FEE C C 17 17 2 2 J J G G 3 3 4 4 7 7 8 8 9 9 1 1 16 16 D D L L O O H H 11 11 13 13 6 6 G.5 G.5 14 14 15 15 D2 102A ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICERS 115 AP-1 AP-1 FSD-2 D2 D2 FSD-2 STORAGE 105 RECEPTION 101 LOBBY 102 CORRIDOR 144 EQUIPMENT STORAGE 128 TRAPS STORAGE 129 ADOPTION ROOM 117 ADOPTION ROOM 141 DOG RUN 230 DOG RUN 231 KENNEL 2 143 KENNEL 4 146 CORRIDOR 151 KENNEL 6 150 CORRIDOR 152 STORAGE 156 FREEZER 131 LOCKER ROOM 125 LOCKER ROOM 122 SHOWER 123 SHOWER 124 CORRIDOR 148 T5.12 T5.12 T5.13 D2 D2 AV-1 D2 AV-1 D2 T5.14 T5.14 T2.11 2 154B WM +11'WM +11' WM +11' WM +11' WM +11' WM +11'WM +11' WM +11' WM +11' WM +11' 144 116 101 136B 137 WM +11' S101 D2 +80" 1 AV-C AV-C 1 1 1. ALL TECHNOLOGY DEVICES, OUTLETS AND CABLE/CONDUIT PATHWAYS SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND ARE NOT MEANT TO SHOW THE EXACT LOCATION OR ROUTE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR EXACT ROUTE, MOUNTING HEIGHT, AND LOCATION BEFORE INSTALLATION, AND SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO MAKE ANY FIELD ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY TO AVOID COLLISIONS AND MEET THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 2. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES, SIZED PER DIV 27/28 SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE PROVIDED (BY DIV 26) FOR ALL TECHNOLOGY SYSTEM DEVICES MOUNTED ON WALL, FLOOR, AND OPEN OR SOLID FINISH CEILING. CONDUITS/SLEEVES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL CABLES ROUTED IN WALLS, OR THROUGH FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS, OR THROUGH INACCESSIBLE CEILING PLENUM, OR THROUGH SPACES WITH EXPOSED CEILING DECK. 3. CABLES FOR DIFFERENT APPLICATIONS (DATA, AUDIO, VIDEO, SECURITY, ETC.) OR OF DIFFERENT MEDIA TYPE (COAX, UTP, ETC.) SHALL BE ROUTED IN SEPARATE PATHWAYS IN J-HOOKS, CONDUITS, SLEEVES, CORES, ETC. THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE PATHWAY. 4. BUSHINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH END OF THE CONDUITS BEFORE CABLES BEING PULLED THROUGH. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN EACH CONDUIT INSTALLED AND LEAVE ONE FOR FUTURE PULLING AFTER CABLE INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. 5. NO NETWORK DATA CABLE RUN SHALL EXCEED 295 FEET IN TOTAL LENGTH INCLUDING UP/DOWN AND SERVICE LOOPS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR PROPER PATHWAY PLANNING. GENERAL FLOOR PLAN NOTES: O O T6.14 T6.14 T6.2 T6.2 T6.2 T6.2 T6.1 T6.1 T6.1 T6.5 T6.5 T6.17 T6.17 T7.1 T7.1 T7.1 T6.3 TBPE Firm Registration No. 2234 DBR Project Number 9990 Richmond Avenue South Building, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77042 713.914.0888 p 713.914.0886 f NORTH PLAN NORTH TRUE FILE NAME:PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT NAME SHEET NUMBER www.pgal.com Houston, TX 77042 Suite 200 3131 Briarpark Dr. PGAL, Inc. F (713) 968-9333 T (713) 622-1444 SHEET TITLE REGISTRATION DRAWING HISTORY CONSULTANT ARCHITECT CLIENT DATE STAMP: PROJECT NUMBER KEY PLAN WM LG GR GH 230107.000 SSAutodesk Docs://230107.000 - City of Arthur - Animal Shelter/230107 - CoA Animal Shelter - MEP22.rvt11/13/2023 11:07:56 AMT2.11 TECHNOLOGY PLAN PORT ARTHUR ANIMAL SERVICE 3615 GATES BLVD PORT ARTHUR, TX, 77642 CITY OF PORT ARTHUR T (409) 983-8100 Copyright © 2023 444 4th St, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1005964.00 T2.11 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 TECHNOLOGY PLAN ▯TECHNOLOGY KEYED NOTES T4.7 ALL NEW CATEGORY 6 CABLING IS TO ORIGINATE FROM IT ROOM 142. T5.12 PROVIDE LG 86” UR640S SERIES FLAT PANEL DISPLAY WITH PEERLESS AV WALL MOUNT SA771PU OR OWNER APPROVED EQUIVALENTS. T5.13 PROVIDE MIDDLE ATLANTIC WALL MOUNT EQUIPMENT RACK EWR SERIES PIVOTING WALL RACK - EWR-12-22SD OR OWNER APPROVED EQUIVALENT. WALL RACK RESERVED FOR TRAINING ROOM AV EQUIPMENT. T5.14 TRAINING ROOM AV INPUT (AV-1) ARE TO CONSIST OF EXTRON DTP HDMI TRANSMITTER WALL PLATE. PROVIDE EXTRON SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE TO EXTRON MATRIX SWITCHER SYSTEM IN AV EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE. T6.1 PROVIDE 12" OVERHEAD LADDER RACK. MOUNT AT 96" AFF. (TYPICAL) T6.2 PROVIDE 3/4" GRADE A/C FIRE RESISTANT PLYWOOD ON WALL, WITH GRADE A SIDE FACING OUT. INSTALL PLYWOOD TO PROVIDE COVERAGE BETWEEN 6" AND 102"" AFF ON WALL. T6.3 (2) 4-IN UNDERGROUND COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES ENTRANCE CONDUITS TERMINATED TO 4" AFF T6.5 PROVIDE 4"W X 20"L PRIMARY BONDING BUSBAR (PBB). MOUNT AT 90" AFF. T6.14 PROVIDE 19"W X 84"H 2-POST EQUIPMENT RACK. (TYPICAL) T6.17 POWER OUTLET MOUNTED TO LADDER RACK (BY DIV 26) REF: ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. T7.1 PROVIDE 6" WIDE VERTICAL CABLE MANAGER. (TYPICAL) T2.11 3/8" = 1'-0" 2 TECHNOLOGY PLAN - ENLARGED IT ROOM №. DATE DESCRIPTION 10/27/2023 100% CD SET - BIDDING & PERMIT 1 11/10/2023 ADDENDUM #1 1 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 03 - 1 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 DOCUMENT 00 00 03 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00 01 01 TITLE PAGE 00 01 03 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 04 DRAWINGS INDEX 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE 00 01 08 BIDDING DOCUMENTS INVITATION TO BID CONSTRUCTION OF ANIMAL SHELTER TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION A - CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AGREEMENT SECTION B - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS SECTION C - INFORMATION TO BIDDERS SECTION D - BID SECTION E - BID BOND SECTION F - GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION G - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION H - PAYMENT BOND SECTION I - PERFORMANCE BOND SECTION J - NOTICE OF AWARD SECTION K - NOTICE TO PROCEED SECTION L - INSURANCE SECTION M - QUALIFICATION STATEMENT SECTION N - NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT SECTION O - AFFIDAVIT SECTION P - CONFLICT OF INTEREST SECTION Q - SB 252 CHAPTER 2252 CERTIFICATION SECTION R - HOUSE BILL 89 VERIFICATION SECTION G - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 35 00 PGAL CAD FILE TRANSFER POLICY - ARCHITECTURE 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 42 00 REFERENCES 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 56 39 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 01 56 61 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 01 57 23 TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 03 - 2 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 20 00 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION (Including 28 page report) DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03 05 80 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER/RETARDER 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03 36 60 COLORED CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 04 20 00 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 72 00 CAST STONE MASONRY DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 41 16 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CABINETS 06 64 00 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELING DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 11 13 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07 19 00 WATER REPELLANTS 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 19 FOAMED IN-PLACE INSULATION 07 27 26 FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER 07 41 13.16 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANEL 07 42 13.19 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 METAL WALL PANELS 07 46 00 ALUMINUM SIDING AND SOFFITS 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 10 FLEXIBLE FLASHING 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 03 - 3 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 19 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 16 29 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) DOORS AND FRAMES 08 21 16 ALUMINUM FRAMES 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 33 10 OVERHEAD COILING DOOR 08 41 13 IMPACT-RESISTANT ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 80 00 GLAZING 08 91 19 FIXED LOUVERS DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 24 00 CEMENT PLASTERING 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 30 00 TILING 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 61 16 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING 09 65 00 RESILIENT BASE 09 65 10 POLYPROPYLENE MINERAL COMPOSITE CORE FLOORING 09 67 23 EPOXY FLOORING 09 84 36 SOUND-ABSORBING CEILING UNITS 09 84 40 ACOUSTICAL METAL WALL PANELS 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 96 00 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10 11 00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 10 14 16 PLAQUES 10 14 19 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 21 13.17 PHENOLIC CORE TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 22 39 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS 10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 44 13 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 51 13 METAL LOCKERS City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 03 - 4 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11 20 00 ANIMAL CARE EQUIPMENT 11 23 00 COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT 11 30 13 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11 45 00 PROVISIONS FOR OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 11 52 24 FLAT SCREEN TV MOUNTS DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12 21 13 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12 24 13 ROLLING WINDOW SHADES 12 48 13 ENTRANCE MATS 12 93 13 BICYCLE RACKS DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13 34 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS DIVISIONS 14 AND 21 NOT USED DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 22 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING 22 02 01 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 22 05 16 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 07 16 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 10 00 PLUMBING PIPING 22 11 19 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 30 00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 - MECHANICAL 23 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC 23 02 01 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 23 05 26 VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR SPEED CONTROL FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT - HVAC 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 23 07 13 DUCT INSULATION 23 07 16 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 03 - 5 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 23 09 63 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 31 13 METAL DUCTWORK 23 33 00 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 23 34 00 HVAC FANS 23 34 39 HIGH-VOLUME, LOW-SPEED PROPELLER FANS 23 37 13 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 23 41 00 AIR FILTERS 23 72 13 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR - HEAT WHEEL 23 81 26 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 82 19 FAN COIL UNIT 23 82 39 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 02 01 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 26 05 19 WIRE, CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS 26 05 26 GROUNDING 26 05 33 RACEWAYS 26 05 73 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 26 06 34 LOW VOLTAGE RACEWAY SYSTEM 26 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 22 22 LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 26 24 13 SWITCHBOARDS 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 28 13 FUSES 26 28 16 SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 29 01 MOTORS AND STARTERS 26 29 26 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND WIRING 26 32 13.23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) 26 41 13.13 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 26 43 13 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD) - SERVICE ENTRANCE 26 43 13.13 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD) - STANDARD INTERRUPTING 26 51 19 LIGHTING FIXTURES - LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS 27 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 05 28 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 05 43 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 11 00 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM FITTINGS 27 13 00 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 27 51 29 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 03 - 6 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 28 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM 28 10 00 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 31 00 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM 28 46 00 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 31 00 00 EARTHWORK UNDER BUILDING PAD 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING 31 20 00 EARTH MOVING 31 31 16 TERMITE CONTROL 31 50 00 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31 63 29 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 01 90 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 32 17 13 PARKING BUMPERS 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 31 00 WELDED WIRE STEEL FENCING 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 32 31 20 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 50 PRE-CAST CONCRETE FENCE 32 80 00 IRRIGATION 32 91 00 LANDSCAPE SITE PREPARATION 32 91 19 LANDSCAPE GRADING AND DRAINAGE 32 91 50 TOPSOIL 32 91 60 GENERAL USE COMPOST 32 92 00 TURFS AND GRASSES 32 91 50 PLANTING 32 94 00 PLANTING MIX 32 95 00 TREE PRESERVATION DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES 33 41 00 STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 1 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 SECTION 04 20 00 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes concrete masonry units (CMUs), with mortar, grout, steel reinforcing bars, joint reinforcement, foamed-in place block insulation, and accessories where indicated. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 03 Section “Cast-In-Place Concrete”. 2. Division 04 Section “Cast Stone Masonry”. 3. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants”. 4. Division 09 Section “Painting”. 5. All sections of work affecting or affected by work of this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28 days. 1. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry from average net-area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method) according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 2. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to ASTM C 1314. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according to ASTM C 109 for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and ASTM C 91 for air content. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 2 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. C. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines only minimum standards and requirements. Refer to the Drawings and other sections of the specifications for additional requirements. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect/Engineer and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated. C. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required. D. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate. E. Masonry Standard: Comply with Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602, unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. F. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, per ASTM C 780. 3. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix required, per ASTM C 1019. 4. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, per ASTM C 1314. G. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Division 04 Section "Quality Control" for mockups. 1. Build sample panels for typical wall in sizes approximately 48 inches long by 48 inches high by full thickness. 2. Include each type of masonry unit. 3. Clean one-half of exposed faces of panels with masonry cleaner indicated. 4. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 5. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of masonry units, mortar, and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 3 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. a. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained, and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for use with dispensing silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls and hold cover securely in place. B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect the base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 4 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing cleaning. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product and manufacturer selection: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products or manufacturers by one of those specified, or Architect approved equal. Other products must meet or exceed the specifications, manufacturers must have a minimum of five (5) years experience manufacturing products meeting or exceeding the specifications and comply with Division 01 Section “Substitution Procedures” to be considered. 2.2 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units where such defects will be exposed in the completed Work. 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. B. CMUs: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength of 1900 psi. 2. Density Classification: Lightweight, unless indicated or directed otherwise. 3. Size: 8 inches x 16 inches by depths indicated on Drawings. 4. Faces: a. Smooth. 5. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to any one (1) of the following, or Architect approved equal, in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 2.1: a. Building Products Corporation. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 5 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 b. Headwaters Construction Materials. c. Oldcastle Architectural Products Group. d. Texas Building Products e. Trenwyth Industries, Inc. 2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of Portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. D. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. 1. Approved Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following, or Architect approved equal: a. Lafarge North America, Inc.; Lafarge Mortar Cement, or Architect approved equal, in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 2.1. E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. G. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 1. Approved Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following, or Architect approved equal, or Architect approved equal, in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 2.1: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80. b. GCP Applied Technologies; Morset. c. BASF Corp. - Construction Chemicals; Trimix-NCA. H. Water: Potable. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 996, Grade 60. B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 6 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1. Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon. 2. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 3. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 4. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: 0.148-inch diameter. 5. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 6. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units. C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods, unless indicated or directed otherwise. 2.6 BLOCK INSULATION A. Foamed-In-Place Masonry Insulation: Two component thermal insulation produced by combining a plastic resin and catalyst foaming agent surfactant which, when properly ratioed and mixed, together with compressed air produce a cold-setting foam insulation in the hollow cores of hollow unit masonry walls: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread, smoke developed, and fuel contributed of 0, 5 and 0 respectively. 2. Combustion Characteristics: Must be noncombustible, Class A building material. 3. Thermal Values: R-Value of 4.91/inch @ 32 degrees F mean; ASTM C177. Filled 8 inch block shall have an R of 13. 4. Sound Abatement: Minimum Sound Transmission Class ("STC") rating of 53 and a minimum Outdoor Indoor Transmission Class ("OITC") rating of 44 for 8 inch wall assembly (ASTM E 90. B. Approved Product/Manufacturer: “Core-Fill 500” manufactured by Tailored Chemical Products, Inc., Hickory, NC; Phone: (800) 627-1687, or Architect approved equal, in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 2.1. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and hold reinforcing bars in the center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 7 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1. Approved Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following, or Architect approved equal: a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; D/A 810, D/A 812 or D/A 817. b. Heckmann Building Products, Inc.; No. 376 Rebar Positioner. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; #RB or #RB-Twin Rebar Positioner. d. Wire-Bond; O-Ring or Double O-Ring Rebar Positioner. 2.8 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following, or Architect approved equal: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc b. EaCo Chem, Inc. c. ProSoCo, Inc. 2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use masonry cement mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated. 1. For reinforced masonry, use Type S. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 8 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1 3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. For the record, prepare a written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 9 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 7. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more than 1/16 inch except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for warpage of units. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. 2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch. 3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. 5. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more than 1/16 inch from one masonry unit to the next. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 10 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 4-inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. I. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells of CMUs solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to provide 1/2-inch clearance between end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors 48 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow CMUs as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 3. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 11 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint) unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by the manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns, offsets, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.7 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods: 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of CMUs on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. 3.8 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during construction. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 12 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until the entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION A. General: Install foamed-in-place insulation from interior, or as specified, prior to installation of interior finish work and after all masonry and structural concrete work is in place; comply with manufacturer's instructions. B. Installation: Fill all open cells and voids in hollow concrete masonry walls where shown in drawings to achieve an R 13. The foam insulation shall be pressure injected through a series of 5/8 inch to 7/8 inch holes drilled into every vertical column of block cells (every 8 inches on center) beginning at an approximate height of four (4) feet from finished floor level. Repeat this procedure at an approximate height of ten (10) feet above the first horizontal row of holes (or as needed) until the void is completely filled. Patch holes with mortar and score to resemble existing surface. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide testing and inspection as required by Owner or Architect in accordance with Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements". B. Testing Prior to Construction: One (1) set of tests. C. Testing Frequency: One (1) set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. D. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for compressive strength. E. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. F. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Test mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength. G. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 7 days and at 28 days. 3.11 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 13 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. 3.12 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess masonry waste that cannot be salvaged as described above and other masonry material waste and dispose legally from the Owner's property. END OF SECTION 04 20 00 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 1 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes metal fabrications and their related components which are not necessarily individually described and are furnished and installed in accordance with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications and as required to complete the work. 1. Metal fabrication items include, but are not limited to the following: a. Rough hardware, miscellaneous framing, bracing, supports, angles, clips, channels, and plates indicated or required to complete Work. b. Steel framing and support for countertops, mechanical and electrical equipment, and for applications where framing and support are not specified in other sections. c. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete which are not specified in other sections. d. Steel pipe bollards. e. Steel tube posts, gate frames, with galvanized steel plate. Hinges, girts, diagonal bracing, angles, metal panels, trim, and accessories indicated or required to complete the Dumpster Enclosure. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section: 1. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry. 2. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete. C. Related Requirements: 1. Work of all sections, including Division 01 Sections, as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 degrees F, ambient; 180 degrees F, material surfaces. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 2 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Paint products. 2. Grout. 3. As requested by the Owner, Architect, or Engineer. B. Shop Drawings: 1. For off-the-shelf items: Show all layouts, sizes, methods of construction and installation, including sizes and types of all fastening devices. 2. For custom fabricated items: Submit design calculations for the materials and their connections designed by the Contractor, prior to or with the shop drawings. Calculations shall bear the seal of a Registered Professional Engineer, licensed in the State where the Project is located. Shop drawings containing connections for which calculations have not been received will be returned unchecked as an incomplete submittal. Design Calculations will be retained for the Architect’s file and will not be approved or returned. C. Samples: As noted or requested by the Owner, Architect, or Engineer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines only minimum standards and requirements. Refer to the Drawings, and other specification sections for additional requirements. Bring all conflicts and dis-crepancies to the attention of the Architect and Engineer and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. For the fabrication of metal fabrications which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding prior to cleaning, treating, and application of surface finishes and including zinc coatings. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36. B. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type304. C. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 283, Grade C or D. D. Rolled-Stainless-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 3 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing. F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight, Schedule 40, unless otherwise indicated. G. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Material: Cold-rolled steel, ASTM A 1008, structural steel, Grade 33; 0.0528-inch minimum thickness; unfinished. H. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47. 2.3 NONFERROUS METALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6. B. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632, Alloy 6061-T6. C. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26, Alloy 443.0-F. D. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B 455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (extruded architectural bronze). E. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass) or No. C84400 (leaded semired brass). F. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze). 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. 1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 3. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver. 4. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type, unless otherwise indicated; ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27 cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed. C. Post-Installed Anchors: 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 (A1) stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 4 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 D. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. B. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. E. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. F. Concrete: Comply with requirements on Structural Drawings or specified in Division 03. 2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercutting or overlapping. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. E. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 24 inches o.c. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 5 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and support not specified in other sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 2.9 STEEL PIPE BOLLARDS A. Fabricate steel pipe bollards from 6 inch diameter galvanized Schedule 40 steel pipe, unless indicated otherwise. Provide in lengths indicated or required. 2.10 DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE A. Enclosure Posts: 4 inch x 4 inch x 1/4 inch thick steel tube posts with 1/4 inch thick steel welded top closure plate at height above grade as indicated in Drawings. B. Gate Frames: 1. Top and Sides: 4 inch x 4 inch x 1/4 inch thick steel tube frame with mitered corners with galvanized 3/8 inch x 6 inch wide x 6 feet-8 inch steel plate with five (5) heavy duty hinges of type and size recommended by the Fabricator and spaced and attached to steel plate and gate frame as detailed in Drawings and recommended by Fabricator to suit application. 2. 2 inch x 4 inch x 1/4 inch thick steel tube mid rail and diagonal brace as detailed in Drawings. 3. Metal girts at 2 feet-5 inches o.c. as detailed in Drawings. 4. 2 inch x 2 inch x 1/4 inch thick top and bottom angles as detailed in Drawings C. Metal Panels: Prefinished of type and size as detailed in Drawings and recommended by Fabricator to suit application. D. Trim: Prefinished metal coping and corner trim, of type and size as detailed in Drawings and recommended by Fabricator to suit application and to match metal panels. Provide J Trim of type and size as detailed in Drawings and recommended by Fabricator to suit application. E. Gate Stops: 3/4 inch diameter x 4 inch long pipe sleeves (both sides) as detailed in Drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 6 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 F. Cane Bolts: 3/4 inch diameter cane bolts (both sides) as detailed in Drawings. 2.11 OTHER METAL FABRICATIONS A. Other metal fabrications and their related components are not necessarily individually described. Metal fabrications not described shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the intent of the drawings and specifications and as required to complete the work. 2.12 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Galvanize all metal fabrications after assembly where intended to be exposed to weather. 2.13 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Shop prime iron and steel items, or unless indicated otherwise. B. Shop prime with zinc-rich primer. Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel", for shop painting. C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below: 1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning", 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning". 3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Division 09 Section "Painting": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning". 4. Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of ornamental metal. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 7 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWI and the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercutting or overlapping. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.3 STEEL PIPE BOLLARDS INSTALLATION A. Install bollards as indicated. B. Fill bollards with concrete after installation and round, unless indicated or directed otherwise. C. Paint bollards in color selected by Architect under Division 09 Section "Painting". 3.4 DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE A. Fabricate Dumpster Enclosure and gates as detailed in the Drawings and approved by Architect through Fabricator’s submittals, of product data, samples, shop drawings prior to fabrication. B. Install Dumpster Enclosure gate posts in 3,000 psi concrete footings in diameter and depths indicated on Drawings. Install exposed portion of bollards and gate posts at height above finished grade indicated. Fill bollards with concrete and round off top to shed water. Paint exposed part of pipe bollards, gate posts, and gates in color selected by Architect under Division 09 Section "Painting". 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. END OF SECTION 05 50 00 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 1 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 SECTION 07 42 13 - FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions, if any, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes flush-profile, concealed fastener lap-seam metal soffit panels, with related metal trim and accessories where indicated. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 05 Section “Cold-Formed Metal Framing”. 2. Division 05 Section “Metal Fabrications” 3. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants”. 4. All sections of work affecting or affected by work of this Section 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site in accordance with Division 01 Section “Project Management and Coordination”. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, metal panel Installer, metal panel manufacturer's representative, structural-support Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal panels. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal panel installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Examine support conditions for compliance with requirements, including alignment between and attachment to structural members. 5. Review flashings, special details, penetrations, openings, and condition of other construction that affect metal panels. 6. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and tests and inspections if applicable. 7. Review temporary protection requirements for metal panel assembly during and after installation. 8. Review of procedures for repair of metal panels damaged after installation. 9. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 2 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. 2. Accessories: Include details of the flashing, trim, and anchorage systems, at a scale of not less than 3 inches = 1 feet-0 inches (1:5). C. Calculations: 1. Include calculations with registered engineer seal, verifying panel and attachment method resist wind pressures imposed on it pursuant to applicable building codes. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of metal panel indicated with factory-applied finishes. 1. Include Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Metal Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal panel accessories. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and Manufacturer. B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines only minimum standards and requirements. Refer to the Drawings and other sections of the specifications for additional requirements. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 3 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in Architectural Sheet Metal Products. D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation 1. Build mockup of typical metal soffit panel assembly as shown on Drawings, including supports, attachments, and accessories. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Remove strippable protective covering on metal panels as panels are being installed. Do not leave the film on installed panels 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Galvalume Substrate Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including rupturing or perforating. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 4 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 b. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years and 6 months from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, chipping, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Specifications are based on specified product, or Architect approved equal. Other manufacturers must have a minimum of five (5) years experience manufacturing products equivalent to those specified and comply with Division 01 Section “Substitution Procedures” to be considered. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide metal soffit panel system meeting performance requirements as determined by application of specified tests by a qualified testing facility on manufacturer's standard assemblies. B. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of indicated loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, as determined by ASTM E 1592: 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on uniform pressure, importance factor, exposure category, and basic wind speed indicated on the Drawings. a. Wind Negative Pressure: Certify capacity of metal soffit panels by actual testing of proposed assembly. 2. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/180 of the span. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from variations in both ambient and internal temperatures. Accommodate movement of support structure caused by thermal expansion and contraction. Allow for deflection and design for thermal stresses caused by temperature differences from one side of the panel to the other. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 5 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 2.3 CONCEALED-FASTENER, LAP-SEAM METAL PANELS A. General: Provide factory-formed metal panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. B. V-Groove-Profile, Concealed-Fastener Metal Soffit Panels: Formed with vertical panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced (4-1/4 inches between grooves) between panel edges. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Berridge Manufacturing Company, San Antonio, TX; Phone: (800) 669-0009; Vee-Panel, or Architect approved equal in accordance with Paragraph 2.1. 2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 792, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755. a. Nominal Thickness: 0.024 inch. b. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. c. Finish: Smooth. d. Color: As scheduled, selected by Architect from manufacturer's available colors, or to match Architect’s sample. 3. Coverage: 12-3/4 inches 4. Panel Height: 0.375 inch. 5. Thickness: 3/8 inch 6. Venting: Venting provides 6.46 square inches of Net Free Vent Area (NFVA) per linear foot of panel. 7. Panel Length: Available from the factory in continuous lengths to a maximum of 40 feet. 8. Fasteners: Concealed 9. Location: Soffits indicated on the Drawings. 10. Approved Product/Manufacturer: Vee-Panel Soffit Panels manufactured by Berridge, San Antonio, TX; Phone: (800) 669-0009, or Architect approved equal in accordance with Paragraph 2.1. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C 645, cold-formed, metallic- coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653, G90 hot-dip galvanized coating designation or ASTM A 792, Class AZ50 aluminum-zinc-alloy coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system. B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless otherwise indicated. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 6 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. C. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels. D. Panel Fasteners: Concealed fasteners as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Where exposed fasteners cannot be avoided utilize self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads with heads matching color of metal panels by means of factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM or PVC sealing washers for exposed fasteners. E. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant type recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish. 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. C. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 7 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant and to comply with SMACNA standards. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.6 FINISHES A. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Steel Panels and Accessories: 1. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat applied by panel manufacturer on a continuous coil coating line, with a top side dry film thickness of 0.75± 0.05 mil over 0.2± 0.05 mil primer coat, to provide a total dry film thickness of 0.95± 0.10 mil. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions a. Color: As scheduled, selected by Architect from manufacturer's available colors, or to match Architect’s sample. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 8 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 3.2 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels. 2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. Do not begin installation until air- or water-resistive barriers and flashings that will be concealed by metal panels are installed. 3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds. 6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition. 7. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws. 8. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe- and conduit-penetrating panels. B. Fasteners: 1. Steel Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. D. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib. Apply panels and associated items true to line for neat and weathertight enclosure. 2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal panels. 3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer. 4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 5. Flash and seal panels with weather closures at perimeter of all openings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 9 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 E. Watertight Installation: 1. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal lapped joints of metal panels, using sealant or tape as recommend by manufacturer on side laps of nesting-type panels; and elsewhere as needed to make panels watertight. 2. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 3. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. F. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal panel manufacturer. G. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks, and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and achieve waterproof performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect completed metal panel installation, including accessories. C. Remove and replace metal panels where tests and inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional tests and inspections, at Contractor's expense, are performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 FORMED METAL SOFFIT PANELS 07 42 13 - 10 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. After metal panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. C. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 42 13 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 1 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 SECTION 13 34 19 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes a single-story, single-span, single slope, rigid-frame-type pre-engineered metal building of the nominal length, width, eave height, and roof pitch indicated. 1. Exterior walls are covered with field-assembled wall panels attached to framing members using exposed fasteners. Endwalls are not expandable. 2. Roof system consists of the manufacturer's standard standing-seam insulated roof. 3. Manufacturer's standard building components and accessories may be used, provided components, accessories, and complete structure conform to design indicated and specified requirements. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Concrete floor and foundations and installation of anchor bolts are specified in Division 03 Section "Concrete Work." 2. Sealants and caulking are specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealers." 3. Finish hardware and provisions for masterkeying are specified in Division 08 Section "Finish Hardware." 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Engineer, design, fabricate and erect the pre-engineered metal building system to withstand loads from winds, gravity, structural movement including movement thermally induced, and to resist in-service use conditions that the building will experience, including exposure to the weather, without failure. 1. Design each member to withstand stresses resulting from combinations of loads that produce the maximum allowable stresses in that member as prescribed in MBMA's "Design Practices Manual." B. Design Loads: Basic design loads, as well as auxiliary and collateral loads, are indicated on the drawings. 1. Basic design loads include live load, wind load, and seismic load, in addition to the dead load. C. Structural Framing and Roof and Siding Panels: Design primary and secondary structural members and exterior covering materials for applicable loads and combinations of loads in accordance with the Metal Building Manufacturers Association's (MBMA) "Design Practices Manual." 1. Structural Steel: Comply with the American Institute of Steel Construction's (AISC) "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" for design requirements and allowable stresses. 2. Light Gage Steel: Comply with the American Iron and Steel Institute's (AISI) "Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members" and "Design of Light Gage Steel Diaphragms" for design requirements and allowable stresses. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 2 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 3. Welded Connections: Comply with the American Welding Society's (AWS) "Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction" for welding procedures. D. Building Accessories: Provide metal building system accessories that comply with the following criteria: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with the Steel Door Institute's SDI-100 for types, styles, and design requirements and with ANSI A115 for hardware preparation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data consisting of metal building system manufacturer's product information for building components and accessories. C. Shop drawings for metal building structural framing system, roofing and siding panels, and other metal building system components and accessories that are not fully detailed or dimensioned in manufacturer's product data. 1. Structural Framing: Furnish complete erection drawings prepared by or under the supervision of a professional engineer legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Include details showing fabrication and assembly of the metal building system. Show anchor bolts settings and sidewall, endwall, and roof framing. Include transverse cross-sections. 2. Roofing and Siding Panels: Provide layouts of panels on walls and roofs, details of edge conditions, joints, corners, custom profiles, supports, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Include transverse cross-sections. 3. Building Accessory Components: Provide details of metal building accessory components to clearly indicate methods of installation including the following: a. Personnel doors: Provide elevations and details of each type of door and frame, including anchors and reinforcement; show location and installation requirements for finish hardware. Provide schedule of doors and frames using the same reference numbers for details and openings as those indicated on the drawings; include complete hardware schedule. b. Overhead Coiling Service Doors: Provide fully dimensioned details of construction, including 1/4-inch scale elevations of door units and not less than 3/4-inch scale details showing door curtain, guides, counterbalance, and method of operation. c. Sheet Metal Accessories: Provide layouts at 1/4-inch scale. Provide details of ventilators, louvers, gutters, downspouts, and other sheet metal accessories at not less than 1-1/2-inch scale showing profiles, methods of joining, and anchorages. D. Wiring diagrams from the manufacturer of motor operated overhead service doors detailing power, signal, and control systems differentiating clearly between field-installed and manufacturer-installed wiring. E. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's color charts or chips showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for metal roofing and siding panels with factory-applied finishes. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 3 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 F. Samples for verification purposes of roofing and siding panels. Provide sample panels 12-inch long by actual panel width, in the profile, style, color, and texture indicated. Include clips, battens, fasteners, closures, and other panel accessories. G. Installer certificates signed by metal building manufacturer written certification certifying that the installer complies with requirements included under the "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Professional engineer's certificate prepared and signed by a Professional Engineer, legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located, verifying that the structural framing and covering panels meet indicated loading requirements and codes of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where standards or requirements of this Section are in conflict with those noted on the Contract Drawings, or the Building Code, the more stringent requirements shall govern. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. Failure to do so will not relieve the Contractor from performing the Work correctly at no additional expense to the Owner. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer to erect the pre-engineered metal building who has specialized in the erection and installation of types of metal buildings systems similar to that required for this project and who is certified in writing by the metal building system manufacturer as qualified for erection of the manufacturer's products. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide pre-engineered metal buildings manufactured by a firm experienced in manufacturing metal buildings systems that are similar to those indicated for this project and have a record of successful in-service performance. D. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain the metal building system components, including structural framing, wall and roof covering, and accessory components, from one source from a single manufacturer. E. Design Criteria: The drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements of the pre-engineered metal building system. Metal building systems having equal performance characteristics with deviations from indicated dimensions and profiles may be considered, provided deviations do not change the design concept or intended performance. The burden of proof for equality is on the proposer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver prefabricated components, sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so they will not be damaged or deformed. Package wall and roof panels for protection against transportation damage. B. Handling: Exercise care in unloading, storing, and erecting wall and roof covering panels to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight ventilated covering. Store metal wall and roof panels so that water accumulations will drain freely. Do not store panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting or other surface damage. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 4 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1.7 WARRANTY A. Roofing and Siding Panel Finish Warranty: Furnish the roofing and siding panel manufacturer's written warranty, covering failure of the factory-applied exterior finish on metal wall and roof panels within the warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents. 1. Warranty period for factory-applied exterior finishes on wall and roof panels is 20 years after the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering metal building systems that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: 1. American Buildings Co. 2. American Steel Building Co., Inc. 3. Behlen Manufacturing Co. 4. Bigbee Steel Buildings, Inc. 5. Butler Manufacturing Co. 6. Ceco Buildings Division. 7. Dean Steel Buildings, Inc. 8. Garco Building Systems. 9. Kirby Building Systems, Inc. 10. LMB Steel Structures, Inc. 11. MBCI, an NCI Building Systems company. 12. Mesco Metal Buildings Corp. 13. NCI Group, Inc. 14. Package Steel Buildings Corp. 15. Pascoe Building Systems. 16. Rigid Global Buildings. 17. Southern Structures, Inc. 18. Space Master Buildings. 19. Star Buildings Division, H. H. Robertson Co. 20. United Structures of America. 21. Varco-Pruden Buildings. 22. Whirlwind Steel Buildings, Inc. 23. Red Dot 2.2 MATERIALS A. Hot-Rolled Structural Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A 36 or A 529. B. Steel Tubing or Pipe: Comply with ASTM A 500, Grade B, ASTM A 501, or ASTM A 53. C. Steel Members Fabricated from Plate or Bar Stock: Provide 42,000 psi minimum yield strength. Comply with ASTM A 529, ASTM A 570, or ASTM A 572. D. Steel Members Fabricated by Cold Forming: Comply with ASTM A 1011, Grade 50. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 5 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 E. Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet: Comply with requirements of ASTM A 366 or ASTM A 568. F. Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet: Comply with requirements of ASTM A 568 or ASTM A 569. G. Structural Quality Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Comply with ASTM A 446 with G90 coating complying with ASTM A 525. Grade to suit manufacturer's standards. H. Bolts for Structural Framing: Comply with ASTM A 307 or ASTM A 325 as necessary for design loads and connection details. I. Translucent Panels: Glass-fiber reinforced polyester translucent plastic glazing panels complying with ASTM D3841, Type CC2, general purpose, Grade 2, weather resistant, crinkle finish both sides, weighing not less than 8 oz. per sq. ft. Match configuration of adjacent metal panels. 1. Color: White. 2. Mastic: Nonstaining saturated vinyl polymer as recommended by panel manufacturer for sealing laps. J. Thermal Insulation: Glass fiber blanket insulation, complying with ASTM C 991, of 0.5 lb per cu. ft. density, thickness as indicated, with UL flame spread classification of 25 or less, and 2 inch wide continuous vapor-tight edge tabs. 1. Type: ASTM C665, Type 1 2. R-Values (minimum): R-30 for roof. R-19 for walls. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: a. Flame Spread: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. 4. Size/Thickness: 6 inch (R-19) vinyl faced over purlin, plus 8 inch (R-25) unfaced in insulation cavity; unless indicated otherwise on drawings. Vinyl side towards attic/plenum space. 5. Use Gymguard insulation on the Roof/ceiling where no liner panels are specified. 6. Approved Manufacturers/Products: a. CertainTeed Corp. (AcoustaTherm). b. Guardian Fiberglass, Inc.(Thermal Control Batts). c. Johns-Manville (Thermal-SHIELD Thermal Insulation). d. Knauf (Thermal Batt Insulation). e. Owens-Corning (Thermal Batt Insulation). K. Vapor Barrier: Vinyl film. 1. Retainer Strips: 26-gage (0.0179-inch) formed galvanized steel retainer clips colored to match the insulation facing. 2. Shall be either a vinyl film (3.2 mil thickness) or vinyl reinforced polyester (VRP) film (3 mil approximate thickness). Vinyl reinforced polyester facing is recommended when air temperatures of 30 degrees F or below are anticipated during shipment or erection. 3. Shall have an Underwriters’ Laboratories flame spread rate of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. 4. Shall have a water vapor transmission value of 1.00 perms for vinyl film facing and 0.02 perms for VRP facing. 5. Color: Shall be white. 6. Width: Shall be 78 inches so as to provide a 3-inch tab projecting beyond each side of the fiberglass blanket. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 6 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 L. Paint and Coating Materials: Comply with performance requirements of the federal specifications indicated. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, compliance with compositional requirements of federal specifications indicated is not required. 1. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead-free, universal primer, selected by the manufacturer for resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. Comply with FS TT-P-645. 2. Shop Primer for Galvanized Metal Surfaces: Zinc dust-zinc oxide primer selected by the manufacturer for compatibility with substrate. Comply with FS TT-P-641. 2.3 STRUCTURAL FRAMING A. Rigid Frames: Fabricate from hot-rolled structural steel shapes. Provide factory-welded, shop-painted, built-up "I-beam"-shape or open-web-type frames consisting of tapered or parallel flange beams and tapered columns. Furnish frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members. Factory drill for field-bolted assembly. 1. Provide length of span and spacing of frames indicated. Slight variations in length of span and frame spacing may be acceptable if necessary to meet manufacturer's standard. 2. Provide rigid frames at endwalls where indicated. B. Primary Endwall Framing: Provide the following primary endwall framing members fabricated for field-bolted assembly: 1. Endwall Columns: Manufacturer's standard shop-painted, built-up factory-welded "I"-shape or cold-formed "C" sections, fabricated from 14-gage (0.0747-inch) steel. 2. Endwall Beams: Manufacturer's standard shop-painted "C"-shape roll-formed sections fabricated from 16-gage (0.0598-inch) steel. C. Secondary Framing: Provide the following secondary framing members: 1. Roof Purlins, Sidewall and Endwall Girts: "C"-or "Z"-shaped sections fabricated from 16 gage (0.0598-inch) shop-painted roll-formed steel. Purlin spacers shall be fabricated from 14-gage (0.0747-inch) cold-formed galvanized steel sections. 2. Eave Struts: Unequal flange "C"-shaped sections formed to provide adequate backup for both wall and roof panels. Fabricate from 16-gage (0.0598-inch) shop-painted roll-formed steel. 3. Flange and Sag Bracing: 1-5/8- by 1-5/8 inch angles fabricated from 16-gage (0.0598-inch) shop-painted roll-formed steel. 4. Base or Sill Angles: Fabricate from 14-gage (0.0747-inch) cold-formed galvanized steel sections. 5. Secondary endwall structural members, except columns and beams, shall be the manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from 14-gage (0.0747-inch) cold-formed galvanized steel. D. Wind Bracing: Provide adjustable wind bracing using 1/2 inch diameter threaded steel rods; comply with ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 572, Grade D. Locate interior end bay bracing only where indicated. E. Bolts: Provide shop-painted bolts except when structural framing components are in direct contact with roofing and siding panels. Provide zinc-plated or cadmium-plated bolts when structural framing components are in direct contact with roofing and siding panels. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 7 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 F. Shop Painting: Clean surfaces to be primed of loose mill scale, rust, dirt, oil, grease, and other matter precluding paint bond. Follow procedures of SSPC-SP3 for power-tool cleaning, SSPC-SP7 for brush-off blast cleaning, and SSPC-SP1 for solvent cleaning. 1. Prime structural steel primary and secondary framing members with the manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer. 2. Prime galvanized members, after phosphoric acid pretreatment, with manufacturer's standard zinc dust-zinc oxide primer. 2.4 ROOF AND WALL PANEL COMPONENTS A. Metal Roof Panels: 1. Panel Profile: Two (2) inch high by 3/4 inch wide rib by 16 inch wide, striated concealed fastener panel. 2. Metal Roof System: Vertical leg, concealed fastener, standing seam, utilizing male and female rib configurations, with factory applied hot-melt mastic in female rib, continuously locked together by an electrically powered mechanical seaming device during installation. 3. Gauge: Minimum 24 gauge (UL 90 rated) 4. Substrate: Galvalume® steel sheet, Grade “D” minimum yield of 50,000 PSI. 5. Clips: Two (2) piece floating clip, 18 gauge base, 24 gauge top, with factory applied mastic, with two (2) fasteners to structural. Comply with FM 1-90 requirements. 6. Texture: Striations. 7. Finish: Premium fluorocarbon coating produced with Kynar 500® (20 year warranty) in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's available colors. 8. Touch-up Paint: ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products, Quincy, MA; Galvax Zinc-rich Cold Galvanizing Coating manufactured by Alvin Products, Inc., Lawerence, MA; or paint complying with military specification MILP-21035A, Type I or II. 9. Approved Product / Manufacturer SuperLok® architectural structural (double-lock) standing seam metal roof system manufactured by MBCI, Houston, TX; (281) 445-8555, or Architect approved equal. B. Metal Wall Panels (MWP-1) 1. Panel Profile: One and one quarter (1 ¼”) inch high by 26 inch wide, exposed fastener panel. 2. Gauge: 24 gauge 3. Substrate: Galvalume Plus® steel sheet, Grade “D” minimum yield of 50,000 PSI. 4. Texture: Striations 5. Finish: Premium fluorocarbon coating produced with Kynar® 500 (20 year warranty) in color selected by Architect from manufacturer’s available colors. C. Metal Wall/Soffit Panels (MWP-2) 1. Panel Profile: One (1) inch high by 12 inch wide, flush face concealed fastener panel. 2. Gauge: 24 gauge 3. Substrate: Galvalume Plus® steel sheet, Grade “D” minimum yield of 50,000 PSI. 4. Texture: Striations 5. Finish: Premium fluorocarbon coating produced with Kynar® 500 (20 year warranty) in color selected by Architect from manufacturer’s available colors. 6. Approved product manufacturer: FW 120-2 Metal Wall Panel Manufacturer by MBCI, Houston, TX or Architect approved equal. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 8 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 2.5 ROOF ACCESSORIES A. Eave Gutters: Roll-formed 24 gauge steel sheet in 10 foot or longest practical length, with gutter straps, fasteners and joint sealant. Snap-on gutter straps shall be provided for ease in erection at a maximum spacing of 5 feet-0 inches. Design of the gutter will permit rapid installation or removal after roof and wall sheets are in place. Gutter shall screen the eave ends of roof sheets from view. No portion of the gutter will protrude under the roof panels. Color shall be as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full line. B. Downspouts: Shall be 24 gauge steel sheet in 10 foot or longest practical length, rectangular shaped with 16 gauge boot to 6’-0” above finished grade. Downspouts shall have a 45 degree elbow at the bottom and shall be supported by attachment to the wall covering at 10 feet maximum spacing. Color shall be same as wall panels. 2.7 ROOF INSULATION SYSTEM (AT CONDITIONED SPACE) A. Batt or Roll Thermal Insulation: 1. Type: ASTM C665, Type 1. 2. R-Values (minimum): R-30, total. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: a. Flame Spread: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. 4. Size/Thickness: 6 inch vinyl faced over purlin, plus 8 inch unfaced in insulation cavity; unless indicated otherwise on drawings. Vinyl side towards attic/plenum space. 5. Approved Manufacturers/Products: a. CertainTeed Corp. (AcoustaTherm) b. Guardian Fiberglass, Inc.(Thermal Control Batts) c. Johns-Manville (Thermal-SHIELD Thermal Insulation) d. Knauf (Thermal Batt Insulation) e. Owens-Corning (Thermal Batt Insulation). B. Vapor Barrier Facing: 1. Shall be either a vinyl film (3.2 mil thickness) or vinyl reinforced polyester (VRP) film (3 mil approximate thickness). Vinyl reinforced polyester facing is recommended when air temperatures of 30 degrees F or below are anticipated during shipment or erection. 2. Shall have an Underwriters’ Laboratories flame spread rate of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. 3. Shall have a water vapor transmission value of 1.00 perms for vinyl film facing and 0.02 perms for VRP facing. 4. Color: Shall be white. 5. Width: Shall be 78 inches so as to provide a 3-inch tab projecting beyond each side of the fiberglass blanket. C. Provide thermal break on top of purlin to separate structural steel and girders from aluminum roof panels. 2.8 ROOF INSULATION SYSTEM (AT CONDITIONED SPACE AT EXPOSED CEILING) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 9 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 A. System shall have an insulation R-value of 30 and an installed thickness of 8 inches. Roof system shall be a double layer system. A thermal block shall be applied where there is no existing thermal break. The Thermal break shall be 1 inch Snap-R™ thermal block. System components shall meet the following minimum specifications: 1. Steel Strap: a. 80 KSI tempered, high-tensile-strength steel, galvanized, primed and painted the specified color on the exposed side. Minimum size shall be 0.015 x 3/4 inch x continuous length. b. The strap color shall be: White. 2. Fasteners: a. #12 x 3/4 inch plated Tek 2 screws, up to 1/4 inch thick, painted to match the specified color for light gauge steel. b. #12 x 1-1/4 inch plated Tek 4 screws painted to match the specified color for heavier gauge steel, up to 3/8 inch thick. c. Special fasteners for wood, concrete and other structure types as recommended by manufacturer shall be used when appropriate. 3. Liner Fabric: a. Shall be woven reinforced high-density polyethylene yarns coated on both sides with a continuous white polyethylene film. The fabric shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less and smoke density index of 50 or less based on ASTM E84 test standards. This material shall be manufactured in large custom pieces by extrusion welding from roll goods. Pieces shall be fabricated to substantially fit the large defined building areas with minimum practical sealing to be done on job site. Fabric shall be folded to allow for rapid pullout on the strap support system. b. Liner fabric perm rating shall be: 0.025 grains/hr · sq. feet (based on ASTM E 96, procedure B, “non-inverted water method.”) c. Fabric grade and color shall be: Standard white. 4. Sealants: Shall be manufacturer’s extruded fast-tack solvent-based vapor barrier sealant, synthetic rubber adhesive for sealing vapor barrier laps and/or pressure sensitive 3/4 inch wide by 1/32 inch thick extruded vapor barrier sealant. 5. Insulation: a. Shall be fiberglass blanket or batt insulation meeting Federal specifications HH-1-588B, Form B, Type 1 or other insulation form as may be recommended and submitted by the system manufacturer and approved by the Architect during submittals. b. Insulation shall be installed in two (2) layers with the lower level being 5 inches thick and the upper level being 3 inches thick for a total R-Value of 30. 6. Insulation Hangers: Shall be manufacturer’s “FAST-R” hangers for supporting insulation between wall girts and roof purlins if roof pitch is over 4:12. 7. Thermal Break (Block): Thermal break shall be: Manufacturer’s 1 inch polystyrene “Snap-R” thermal block. The selection shall be provided as thermal break where there is no existing thermal break. 8. Retention Netting: Galvanized poultry wire netting of size and type recommended to suit application. B. Approved Manufacturer: Insulation system shall be “Simple Saver System” as manufactured by Thermal Design Inc., Madison, NE; (800) 255-0776, or comparable product. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 10 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 2.8 FABRICATION A. General: Design prefabricated components and necessary field connections required for erection to permit easy assembly and disassembly. 1. Fabricate components in such a manner that once assembled, they may be disassembled, repackaged, and reassembled with a minimum amount of labor. 2. Clearly and legibly mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals. B. Structural Framing: Shop-fabricate framing components to indicated size and section with base plates, bearing plates, and other plates required for erection, welded in place. Provide holes for anchoring or connections shop-drilled or punched to template dimensions. 1. Shop Connections: Provide power riveted, bolted, or welded shop connections. 2. Field Connections: Provide bolted field connections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Framing: Erect framing true to line, level, plumb, rigid, and secure. Level base plates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with double-nutted anchor bolts. Use a nonshrinking grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base line elevation. Moist cure grout for not less than 7 days after placement. B. Purlins and Girts: Provide rake or gable purlins with tight-fitting closure channels and fascias. Locate and space wall girts to suit door and window arrangements and heights. Secure purlins and girts to structural framing and hold rigidly to a straight line by sag rods. C. Bracing: Provide diagonal rod or angle bracing in roof and sidewalls as indicated. 1. Movement-resisting frames may be used in lieu of sidewall rod bracing, to suit manufacturer's standards. 2. Where diaphragm strength of roof or wall covering is adequate to resist wind forces, rod or angle bracing will not be required. D. Framed Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical and electrical work. Securely attach to building structural frame. 3.2 ROOFING AND SIDING A. General: Arrange and nest sidelap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line. Protect factory finishes from damage. 1. Field cutting of exterior panels by torch is not permitted. 2. Provide weatherseal under ridge cap. Flash and seal roof panels at eave and rake with rubber, neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 11 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 B. Standing-Seam Roof Panel System: Fasten roof panels to purlins with concealed clip in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install clips at each support with self-drilling fasteners. 2. At end laps of panels, install tape calk between panels. 3. Install factory-calked cleats at standing-seam joints. Machine-seam cleats to the panels to provide a weathertight joint. C. Wall Sheets: Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concrete and elsewhere as necessary for waterproofing. Handle and apply sealant and backup in accordance with the sealant manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Align bottom of wall panels and fasten panels with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws. Fasten window and door frames with machine screws or bolts. When building height requires two rows of panels at gable ends, align lap of gable panels over wall panels at eave height. 2. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress neoprene washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 3. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls. D. Sheet Metal Accessories: Install gutters, downspouts, ventilators, louvers, and other sheet metal accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting. Adjust operating mechanism for precise operation. E. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Install doors and frames straight, plumb, and level. Securely anchor frames to building structure. Set units with 1/8-inch maximum clearance between door and frame at jambs and head and 3/4-inch maximum between door and floor. Adjust hardware for proper operation. F. Overhead Coiling Doors: Set doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mold stops, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Adjust moving hardware for proper operation. G. Thermal Insulation: Install insulation concurrently with installation of roof panels in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Install blankets straight and true in one-piece lengths with both sets of tabs sealed to provide a complete vapor barrier. Locate insulation on underside of roof sheets, extending across the top flange of purlin members and held taut and snug to roofing panels with retainer clips. Install retainer strips at each longitudinal joint, straight and taut, nesting with roof rib to hold insulation in place. H. Cleaning and Touch-Up: Clean component surfaces of matter that could preclude paint bond. Touch up abrasions, marks, skips, or other defects to shop-primed surfaces with same type material as shop primer. I. Translucent Panels: Attach plastic panels to structural framing in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 1. Provide end laps of not less than 6 inches and side laps of not less than 1-1/2 inch corrugations for translucent roofing panels. 2. Align horizontal laps with adjacent roofing panels. 3. Seal intermediate end laps and side laps of translucent panels with translucent mastic. 4. Clean panels in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter Issue for Addendum #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/10/23 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 13 34 19 - 12 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 END OF SECTION 13 34 19 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 10 -1 SECTION 00 01 10 – TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 26 02 00 Basic Materials and Methods for Electrical 26 02 01 Coordination Drawings 26 05 19 Wire, Cable and Related Materials 26 05 26 Grounding 26 05 33 Raceways 26 05 73 Short Circuit Coordination Study Arc Flash Hazard Analysis 26 06 34 Low Voltage Raceway System 26 08 00 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 26 22 22 Low Voltage Harmonic Mitigating Distribution Transformers 26 24 13 Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 28 13 Fuses 26 28 16 Safety and Disconnect Switches 26 29 01 Motors and Starters 26 29 26 Miscellaneous Electrical Controls and Wiring 26 32 13.23 Natural Gas Engine-Driven Standby Generating System (350 KW) 26 41 13.13 Lightning Protection System 26 43 13.13 Surge Protective Devices (SPD) - Standard Interrupting 26 43 13 Surge Protective Device (SPD) - Service Entrance 26 51 19 Lighting Fixtures - Light Emitting Diode (LED) DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS 27 02 00 Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems 27 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 27 05 28 Pathways for Communications Systems 27 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications Systems 27 11 00 Communications Room Fittings 27 15 00 Communications Horizontal Cabling 27 41 16 Integrated Audio-Video System and Equipment 27 51 29 Emergency Radio Communication Enhancement System DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 02 00 Basic Materials and Methods for Safety and Security Systems 28 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods for Fire Alarm 28 10 00 Access Control System 28 20 00 Video Surveillance System 28 31 00 Intrusion Detection System 28 46 00 Fire Alarm System with Electronic Audio and Visual Devices END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -1 SECTION 26 02 00 -BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B.The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore,shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A.The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases,all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B.This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation;including every article,device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item)reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include,but are not limited to,materials,labor,supervision,transportation,storage,equipment,utilities,all required permits,licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual,Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C.The approximate locations of Electrical items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets,apparatus,etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building,and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer,who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. D.Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E.All discrepancies within the Contract Documents discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding,where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid;the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -2 F.It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G.It is the intent of the above "Scope"to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved;however,it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope"but shown on the Drawings,or specified later,or necessary for a complete and functioning electrical system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H.The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. I.Contractor shall participate in the commissioning process;including but not limited to meeting attendance,completion of checklists and participation in functional testing. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A.General Conditions B.Supplementary Conditions C.Division One 1.4 COOPERATION WITH TRADES A.Cooperation with trades of adjacent,related,or affected materials or operations shall be considered a part of this work in order to affect timely and accurate placing of work and bring together in proper and correct sequence,the work of such trades. 1.5 REFERENCES A.National Electrical Code (NEC) B.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C.Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.(UL) D.Insulated Cable Engineer's Association (ICEA). E.National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). F.Institute of Electrical and Electronic's Engineers (IEEE). G.American National Standards Institute (ANSI). H.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). I.International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -3 1.6 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A.All work fairly implied as essential to the complete functioning of the electrical systems shown on the Drawings and Specifications shall be completed as part of the work of this Division unless specifically stated otherwise.It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to establish the types of the systems,but not set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. In case of doubt as to the work intended,or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof,the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for supplementary instructions,Drawings,etc. B.Contractor shall review all pertinent Drawings and adjust his work to all conditions shown there on. Discrepancies between Plans,Specifications,and actual field conditions shall be brought to the prompt attention of the Architect. 1.Approximate location of transformers,feeders,branch circuits,outlets,lighting and power panels,outlets for special systems,etc.,are indicated on the Drawings. However,the Drawings,do not give complete and accurate detailed locations of such outlets,conduit runs,etc.,and exact locations must be determined by actual field measurement. Such locations will,at all times,be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.Communicate with the Architect and secure his approval of any outlet (light fixture,receptacle,switch,etc.)location about which there may be the least question. Outlets obviously placed in a location not suitable to the finished room or without specific approval,shall be removed and relocated when so directed by the Architect. Location of light fixtures shall be coordinated with reflected ceiling plans. C.Additional coordination with mechanical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of mechanical equipment,fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances,conflicts or equipment locations. 1.7 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A.The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. 1.8 CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATIONS A.An approved contractor for the work under this division shall be: 1.A specialist in this field and have the personnel,experience,training,and skill,and the organization to provide a practical working system. 2.Able to furnish evidence of having contracted for and installed not less than 3 systems of comparable size and type that have served their Owners satisfactorily for not less than 3 years. 3.Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. Persons performing electrical work shall be required to be licensed.Onsite supervision,journeyman shall have minimum of journeyman license.Helpers, apprentices shall have minimum of apprentice license. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -4 1.9 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A.The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy,or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division One for additional requirements. B.The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.10 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A.General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents,including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article,unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B.Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive,but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C.Indicated:The term "Indicated"is a cross-reference to details,notes or schedules on the Drawings,to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown","Noted", "Scheduled","Specified"and "Detailed"are used in lieu of "Indicated",it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material,and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D.Directed: Where not otherwise explained,terms such as "Directed","Requested", "Accepted",and "Permitted"mean by the Architect or Engineer. However,no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E.Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information,applications,inquiries,reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed"will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed"by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F.Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Furnish"is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site,ready for unloading,unpacking,assembly, installation,etc.,as applicable in each instance. G.Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Install"is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection, placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection, cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. H.Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Provide"is used to mean "Furnish and Install",complete and ready for intended use,as applicable in each instance. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -5 I.Installer: Entity (person or firm)engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub- contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site,including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection,placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection,cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers)be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J.Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations,contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor,or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K.Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance,the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated,the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances),or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits.In complying with requirements,indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements.Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI)for decision before proceeding. L.Abbreviations and Symbols:The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances,and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established,principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated,graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook,chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.11 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver products to the project properly identified with names,model numbers,types, grades,compliance labels,and other information needed for identification. B.Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment,pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C.Damaged equipment shall be promptly removed from the site and new,undamaged equipment shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -6 1.12 SUBMITTALS A.Coordinate with Division 01 for submittal timetable requirements,unless noted otherwise within thirty (30)days after the Contract is awarded.The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of a complete set of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material.The submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period.The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30)day time limit.The Architect and Engineer will retain a copy of all shop drawings for their files.All literature pertaining to items subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. Submittals shall be placed in one electronic file in PDF 8.0 format and bookmarked for individual specification sections.Individual electronic files of submittals for individual specifications shall not be permitted.Each submittal shall include the following items: 1.A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project,Architect,MEP Engineer,General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2.An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3.A list of variations page with a listing all variations,including unfurnished or additional required accessories,items or other features,between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations,then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors,then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 4.Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation,size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings,Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5.Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4"=1'-0",as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6.Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7.Sufficient pictorial,descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8.Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9.Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". B.Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -7 C.Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D.Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED",the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E.Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1.REVIEWED: Contractor need take no further submittal action,shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2.REVIEWED AS NOTED: Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted,and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3.NOT APPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings.Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved.Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4.REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5.CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material,equipment or method of installation.The Contractor’s stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6.MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material,equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -8 F.Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. G.Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. H.Furnish detailed shop drawings,descriptive literature,table of contents listing all items being submitted at the beginning of each submittal package,physical data and a specification critique for each section indicating "compliance"and/or "variations"for the following items: 1.Switchboards 2.Distribution Panelboards 3.Panelboards 4.Wiring Gutters 5.Heavy Duty Disconnect Switches 6.Lighting Fixtures 7.Lighting Contactors 8.Time Clocks 9.Lighting Control System 10.Photocells 11.Wiring Devices and Plates 12.Conduit and Fittings 13.Wire 14.General Purpose Dry Type Transformers 15.Harmonic Mitigating Type Transformers 16.Emergency Generator 17.Automatic Transfer Switches 18.Sound Reinforcing System 19.Fire Alarm System 20.Surge Protection Devices (SPD) 21.Lightning Protection I.Refer to each specification section for additional requirements. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1,include the following information for equipment items: 1.Description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. 3.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -9 4.Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0"or larger;detailing major elements,components,and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems,installations,and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to)the following: 1.Indicate the proposed locations of pipe,duct,equipment,and other materials. Include the following: a.Wall and type locations. b.Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c.Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d.Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment,including tube removal, filter removal,and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e.Equipment connections and support details. f.Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g.Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h.Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i.Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j.Valve stem movement. k.Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2.Indicate scheduling,sequencing,movement,and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3.Prepare floor plans,elevations,and details to indicate penetrations in floors,walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4.Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations,air distribution devices,light fixtures,communication systems components,and other ceiling-mounted items. B.This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include,but not be limited to: voltage,ampacity,capacity,electrical and piping connections,space requirements,sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. C.By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended,in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS A.Prepare Record Documents in accordance with the requirements of Division 00 and Division 01,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 26. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -10 B.The Contractor shall maintain a separate set of clearly and legibly marked Record Drawings on the job site to record all changes and modifications,including,but not limited to the following:work details,alterations to meet site conditions,and changes made by "Change Order"notices.Mark the drawings with colored pencil(s).These shall be available for review by the Owner,Architect or Engineer during the entire construction stage. C.The Record Drawings shall be updated concurrently as construction progresses,and in no case less frequently than a daily basis.They shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work,precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct,locations of all concealed valves,controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents.All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. D.Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. E.If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of Record Drawings,the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect.Delivery of Record Documents is a condition of final acceptance.Record Drawings shall be furnished in addition to Shop Drawings. F.The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of the record documents in PDF format and one (1)full size set of Record Drawing prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work.The drawings shall have the name(s)and seal(s)of the Engineer(s)removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY:____________________________ (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY:____________________________ (SIGNATURE) 1.16 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A.Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -11 B.Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C.Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D.Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include,but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 26. 1.17 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements,unless noted otherwise bind together in “D ring type”binders by National model no.79-883 or equal,binders shall be large enough to allow 1/4”of spare capacity. Three (3)sets of all approved shop drawing submittals,fabrication drawings,bulletins,maintenance instructions,operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and ed for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Electrical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 26 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall,likewise,be bound with bulletins. B.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 26,include the following information for equipment items: 1.Identifying names,name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2.Fault Current calculations and Coordination Study. 3.Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. 4.Fabrication drawings. 5.Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable,i.e.,description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations,performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. 7.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions,servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 8.Equipment name plate data. 9.Wiring diagrams. 10.Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 11.Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 12.Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. 13.Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -12 C.Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D.Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. 1.18 OPERATOR TRAINING A.The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of onsite training in three 4 hour shifts. B.Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel,prepare a typed outline in triplicate,listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction,and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C.Refer to other Division 26 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.19 SITE VISITATION A.Visit the site of the proposed construction in order to fully understand the facilities, difficulties and restriction attending the execution of the work. B.Before submitting a bid,it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. C.Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied;verify locations of utility services,and determine requirements for connections. D.Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.20 WARRANTY A.The undertaking of the work described in this Division shall be considered equivalent to the issuance,as part of this work,of a specific guarantee extending one year beyond the date of completion of work and acceptance by Owner,against defects in materials and workmanship.Materials,appliances and labor necessary to effect repairs and replacement so as to maintain said work in good functioning order shall be provided as required. Replacements necessitated by normal wear in use or by Owner's abuse are not included under this guarantee. B.All normal and extended warranties shall include parts,labor,miscellaneous materials, travel time,incidental expenses,freight/shipping,refrigerant,oils,lubricants,belts,filters and any expenses related to service call required to diagnose warranty problems. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -13 1.21 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A.Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer,as appropriate for the specific purpose intended,will be at Architect/Owner’s risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages,losses and expense,including attorney’s fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B.Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator,the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60)days of receipt,after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60)day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C.When transferring documents in electronic media format,Engineer makes no representations as to the long-term compatibility,usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages,operating systems,or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D.Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor’s sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect,Engineer or any consultant. E.The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE)has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect’s written consent. 1.It is agreed that “MEP”hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement Between Architect and Owner. 2.If the client,Architect or Owner of the project requires electronic media for “record purposes”,then AutoCAD/Revit documents will be prepared by Engineer on electronic media such as removable memory devices,flash drives or CD’s. These documents can also be submitted via file transfer protocols.AutoCAD/ Revit files will be submitted with all title block references intact to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings.Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. 3.At the Architect/Owner’s request,Engineer will assist the Contractor in the preparation of the submittals and prepare one copy of AutoCAD/Revit files on electronic media or submit through file transfer protocols.The electronic media will be prepared with all indicia of documents ownership removed.The electronic media will be prepared in a “.rvt”or “.dwg”format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -14 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A.The names and manufacturers and model numbers have been used in the Contract documents to establish types of equipment and standards of quality. Where more than one manufacturer is named for a specific item of equipment,only one of the specified manufacturers will be considered for approval. Where only one manufacturer is mentioned with the phrase "or approved equal",Contractor may submit an alternate manufacturer for consideration,provided the following conditions are met: 1.Submit alternate equipment with complete descriptive data in shop drawing form. Provide sample of equipment upon request for review by Architect. Samples will be returned if requested in writing. 2.Alternate equipment must be equal from the standpoint of materials,construction and performance. 3.Alternate submittal must be presented to the Engineer/Architect ten (10)days prior to bid date for approval. B.The Architect and Engineer shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment,materials and methods. 2.2 PRODUCT LISTING A.Products used on this project shall be listed by Underwriters'Laboratories. 2.3 ACCESS DOORS A.Wherever access is required in walls or ceilings to concealed junction boxes,pull boxes, equipment,etc.,installed under this Division,furnish a hinged access door and frame with flush latch handle to another Division for installation. Doors shall be as follows: 1.Plaster Surfaces:Milcor Style K. 2.Ceramic Tile Surfaces:Milcor Style M. 3.Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4.Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. 2.4 EQUIPMENT PADS A.Provide 4-inch-high concrete pads for indoor floor mounted equipment.Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum of 6 inch beyond the equipment. Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish,equivalent to the floor. External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4"radius,unless shown otherwise. B.Provide 6-inch-high concrete pads for all exterior mounted equipment.Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum of 6 inch beyond the equipment. Provide a 4-foot monolithic extension to the pad in front of the equipment for service when mounted on a non-finished area (i.e.landscape,gravel,clay,etc.)Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish. External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4" radius,unless shown otherwise. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -15 C.Provide a minimum 6-inch-high,steel reinforced concrete pad for generators.Pads shall be sized 6”larger that the outside perimeter dimensions.Provide a 4-foot monolithic extension to the pad around the equipment for service when mounted on a non-finished area (i.e.landscape,gravel,clay,etc.).Refer to structural details.Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish. External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4"radius, unless shown otherwise.The generator shall be bolted to the concrete pad per the manufacturers details. D.Provide steel reinforced concrete pad for utility transformers.Pads shall comply with Utility Company Standards. 2.5 ESCUTCHEONS A.Provide heavy chrome or nickel plated plates,of approved pattern,on conduit passing through walls,floors and ceilings in finished areas. Where conduit passes through a sleeve,no point of the conduit shall touch the building construction. Caulk around such conduit with sufficient layers of two hour rated firesafing by Thermafiber 4.0 P.C.F. density,U.S.G.fire test 4/11/78 and seal off openings between conduit and sleeves with non-hardening mastic prior to application of escutcheon plate.Escutcheons shall be Gravler Sure-Lock,or approved equal. 2.6 SPACE LIMITATIONS A.Equipment shall be chosen which shall properly fit into the physical space provided and shown on the drawings,allowing ample room for access,servicing,removal and replacement of parts,etc. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearances in accordance with Code requirements. Physical dimensions and arrangement of equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.7 PAINTING A.All factory assembled equipment for electrical work,except light fixtures,that normally is delivered with a factory applied finish shall be delivered with a hard surface factory applied finish such as baked-on machinery enamel which will not require additional field painting. The finish shall consist of not less than 2 coats of medium gray color paint USA No.61 Munsell Notation 8-3G,6.10/0.54 enamel. This Contractor shall protect this finish from damage due to construction operations until acceptance of the building. He shall be responsible for satisfactorily restoring any such finishes or replacing equipment that becomes stained or damaged. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -16 2.8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A.Conduit Systems: Provide adequate marking of major conduit which is exposed or concealed in accessible spaces to distinguish each run as either a power or signal/communication conduit. Except as otherwise indicated,use orange banding with black lettering. Provide self-adhesive or snap-on type plastic markers. Indicate voltage for that raceway. Locate markers at ends of conduit runs,on pull boxes,on junction boxes,near switches and other control devices,near items of equipment served by the conductors,at points where conduit passes through walls or floors,or enters non- accessible construction and at spacings of not more than 50 feet along each run of conduit. Switch-leg conduit and short branches for power connections do not have to be marked,except where conduit is larger than ¾inch. Branch circuit conduits,junction boxes and pull boxes shall be marked with a permanent marker indicating panel name and branch circuit numbers. B.Underground Cable Identification: Bury a continuous,preprinted,bright colored plastic ribbon cable marker with each underground cable (or group of cables),regardless of whether conductors are in conduit,duct bank,or direct buried. Locate each directly over cables,6 to 8 inches below finished grade. C.Identification of Equipment: 1.All major equipment shall have a manufacturer’s label identifying the manufacturer’s address,equipment model and serial numbers,equipment size,and other pertinent data. Care shall be taken not to obliterate this nameplate in any way.Provide black back plate with white letters and numbers for normal equipment.Provide red back plate with white letters and numbers for optional emergency equipment.Provide yellow back plate with white letters and numbers for Life safety equipment. 2.A black-white-black laminated plastic engraved identifying nameplate shall be secured by stainless steel screws to each automatic transfer switch,switchboard, distribution panel,motor control center,motor starter panels and panelboards. a.Identifying nameplates shall have ¼inch high engraved letters and shall contain the following information: 1)Name 2)Voltage 3)Phase 4)“3”or “4”wire,and 5)Where it is fed from. b.An example of a panelboard nameplate is: Center Panel –1HB 480/277 volt,3 phase,4 wire Center Fed from DP2 c.An example of an automatic transfer switch nameplate is: Center ATS #2 480/277 volt,3 phase,4 wire,4 pole Center Fed from MSB and DPE 3.Each feeder device in a switchboard,distribution panel,and motor control center device shall have a nameplate showing the load served in ½inch high engraved letters. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -17 4.A black-white-black laminated plastic engraved identifying nameplate shall be secured by screws to each transformer,safety switch,disconnect switch,individual motor starter,enclosed circuit breaker,wireway,and terminal cabinet. a.Identifying nameplates shall have 1/4 inch high engraved letters and shall indicate the equipment served. b.An example of a disconnect switch is: AHU-1. 5.Prohibited Markings: Markings which are intended to identify the manufacturer, vendor,or other source from which the material has been obtained are prohibited for installation within public,tenant,or common areas within the project. Also, prohibited are materials or devices which bear evidence that markings or insignias have been removed.Certification,testing (example,Underwriters’Laboratories, Inc.),and approval labels are exceptions to this requirement. 6.Warning Signs: Provide warning signs where there is hazardous exposure associated with access to or operation of electrical facilities. Provide text of sufficient clarity and lettering of sufficient size to convey adequate information at each location;mount permanently in an appropriate and effective location. Comply with recognized industry standards for color and design. 7.Operational Tags: Where needed for proper and adequate information on operation and maintenance of electrical system,provide tags of plasticized card stock,either preprinted or hand printed. Tags shall convey the message,example:  “DO NOT OPEN THIS SWITCH WHEN BURNER IS OPERATING.” PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A.Trenching and backfilling and other earthwork operations required to install the facilities specified herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of Division 2 (95%of maximum standard density). Where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas,the backfill shall be compacted to a condition equal to that of adjacent undisturbed earth and the surface of the area restored to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operations. Provide a minimum of 3”of sand underneath all conduits. The plans indicate information pertaining to surface and sub-surface obstructions;however, this information is not guaranteed. Should obstructions be encountered whether or not shown,the Contractor shall alter routing of new work,reroute existing lines,remove obstructions where permitted,or otherwise perform whatever work is necessary to satisfy the purpose of new work and leave existing surfaces and structures in a satisfactory and serviceable condition. All work shall comply with OSHA Standards. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP AND CONCEALMENT A.The work of this Section shall be performed by workman skilled in their trade. Installation shall be consistent in completeness whether concealed or exposed. Each item of electrical work shall be concealed in walls,chases,under floors and above ceilings except: 1.Where shown to be exposed. 2.Where exposure is necessary to the proper function. 3.3 SLEEVES,CUTTING AND PATCHING A.This section shall be responsible for placing sleeves for all conduit passing through walls, partitions,sound walls,beams,floors,roof,etc. Sleeves through below-grade walls shall use water-tight fitting manufactured by O-Z/Gedney. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -18 B.All cutting and patching will be done under another Division,but this Section will be responsible for timely performance of this work and layout of holes and setting sleeves. C.All un-used sleeves shall be sealed with 2 hour UL approved fire sealant manufactured by “3M”or approved equal. D.Refer to 26 05 33 for additional requirements. 3.4 ELECTRICAL GEAR A.Install all electrical equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code and as shown on the drawings. B.Lighting contactors,time clocks,fire alarm equipment,security equipment disconnect switches,etc.mounted in mechanical/electrical rooms shall be mounted at a working height not requiring a ladder,when wall space is available. Installation of these devices at greater elevations shall be approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a coordination sketch of each mechanical/electrical room noting locations and mounting heights of all electrical devices (note bottom and top elevations)shown to be installed. Sketches shall be provided to the Engineer for review and the general contractor for coordination with other trades working in these rooms. C.Fire retardant back boards secured to drywall studs may be used for contactors,time clocks,fire alarm equipment,security equipment,and disconnect switches 60 amp or smaller.All other wall mounted devices shall be mounted to unistrut.Unistrut shall be securely mounted to the floor and structural ceiling.Toggle bolts or anchor bolts attached to drywall is not acceptable. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean lighting fixtures and equipment. B.Touch-up and refinish scratches and marred surfaces on panels,switches,starters,and transformers. 3.6 CORROSIVE AREAS A.In areas of a corrosive nature,which include but are not limited to the following:pool equipment rooms,cooling towers and areas subject to salt air,etc.,provide NEMA 4 X stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced enclosures for contactors,panel boards,controllers, starters,disconnects and materials used as supporting means (i.e.plastibond unistrut, pipe,fittings).The use of spray on coating may be acceptable in some applications. 3.7 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A.Tests and inspection requirements shall be coordinated with Division I. B.Date for final acceptance test shall be sufficiently in advance of completion date of contract to permit alterations or adjustments necessary to achieve proper functioning of equipment prior to contract completion date. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 00 -19 C.Conduct re-tests as directed by Architect on portions of work or equipment altered or adjusted as determined to be necessary by final acceptance test. No resultant delay or consumption of time as a result of such necessary re-test beyond contract completion date shall relieve Contractor of his responsibility under contract. D.Put circuits and equipment into service under normal conditions,collectively and separately,as may be required to determine satisfactory operation. Demonstrate equipment to operate in accordance with requirements of these specifications. Perform tests in the presence of Architect. Furnish instruments and personnel required for tests. E.Final Inspection: 1.At the time designated by the Architect,the entire system shall be inspected by the Architect and Engineer.The contractor or his representative shall be present at this inspection. 2.Panelboards,switches,fixtures,etc.,shall be cleaned and in operating condition. 3.Certificates and documents required hereinbefore shall be in order and presented to the Architect prior to inspection. 4.Panel covers,junction box covers,etc.,shall be removed for visual inspection of the wire,bus bars,etc. 5.After the inspection,any items which are noted as needing to be changed or corrected in order to comply with these specifications and the drawings shall be accomplished without delay. F.The contractor shall provide a thermographic test using an independent testing laboratory using an infrared scanning device.This test shall include but not limited to all switchboards,distribution panelboards,panelboards,automatic transfer switches and other electrical distribution devices.This test shall be conducted to locate high temperature levels. This test shall be conducted between 3 to 8 months after occupancy, but not beyond the one year warranty period. Submit test to the architect and engineer using test reporting forms. All unacceptable conditions shall be corrected prior to the end of the warranty period. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COORDINATION DRAWINGS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 01 -1 SECTION 26 02 01 -COORDINATION DRAWINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions 01 31 00 and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. 1.2 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.The Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating the Mechanical,Electrical,Plumbing, Communications,Electronic Safety/Security and Fire Protection systems within the building. B.The Contractor shall coordinate a three-dimensional (3D)model of the building which includes the Mechanical,Electrical,Plumbing,and Fire Protection systems.The Mechanical,Electrical,Plumbing,and Fire Protection Contractors shall prepare their work and generate 3D models which will be given to the Contractor for coordination. The Contractor will be provided with the REVIT model that was used to generate the contract documents,this file may be used as the background file. The Contractor shall replace the systems drawn with the actual shop drawing models. The Contractor is not limited to using REVIT,but may use any 3-D software in generating and combining the coordination model. C.Submitting the contract drawings as coordination drawings will not be acceptable. D.The model shall include detailed and accurate representations of all equipment to be installed based upon the reviewed equipment submittals. E.The Contractor shall hold a 3-D coordination meeting with all sub-contractors present to review the model and discuss coordination of the installation of the building systems. F.Upon completion of the coordination meeting,the Contractor shall submit the 3-D model and 1/4"scale drawings for review. G.The model shall detail major elements,components,and systems in relationship with other systems,installations,and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work,including (but not necessarily limited to)the following: 1.Indicate the proposed locations of pipe,duct,equipment,and other materials. Include the following: a.Wall and type locations. b.Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c.Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d.Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment,including tube removal, filter removal,and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e.Equipment connections and support details. f.Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g.Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COORDINATION DRAWINGS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 02 01 -2 h.Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i.Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j.Valve stem movement. k.Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2.Indicate scheduling,sequencing,movement,and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3.Prepare floor plans,elevations,and details to indicate penetrations in floors,walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4.Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations,air distribution devices,light fixtures,communication systems components,and other ceiling-mounted items. H.Sequence of Coordination 1.Below is hierarchy of model elements and the sequencing by which the models will be coordinated: a.Structural and Architectural model b.Miscellaneous steel c.Perform preliminary space allocation d.Identify hard constraints (locations of access panels,lights,A/V space requirements,etc.) e.Main and medium pressure ducts from the shaft out f.Main graded plumbing lines and vents g.Sprinkler mains and branches h.Cold and hot water mains and branches i.Lighting fixtures and plumbing fixtures j.Smaller sized ducts and flex ducts k.Smaller size cold water and hot water piping,flex ducts,etc. I.The Contractor shall not install any item until the coordination has been completed and reviewed by the Construction Manager,Owner,and A/E team. J.This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include,but not be limited to: voltage,ampacity,capacity,electrical and piping connections,space requirements,sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. K.By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended,in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 19 -1 SECTION 26 05 19 -WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide 600 volt building wire,cable and connectors and 300 volt wire,cable and connectors. B.WORK INCLUDED: Include the following Work in addition to items normally part of this Section. 1.Wiring for lighting,dimming controls and power. 2.Automatic Control Wiring. 3.Connection of equipment shown. 4.​Fire Alarm System.​ 5.​Voice Communications and Sound System.​ 6.​Mineral Insulated Cable (MI)​ C.WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1.Heating,ventilating,and air conditioning equipment. 2.Structured cabling system. 3.Coaxial cables 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.UL 83 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables B.ASTM B3 -Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code D.All wire cable and connectors shall be UL approved. E.NEMA F.NEMA Bulletin 119 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.600 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE 1.Southwire 2.Encore 3.Cerro B.300 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE 1.Westpenn 2.Beldon 3.Alpha 4.Tappan -Southwire C.FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS 1.AFC Modular Cable Systems City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 19 -2 2.Kaf-Tech D.CONNECTORS 1.Ilsco 2.Cooper 3.AMP -TYCO 4.Burndy 5.Ideal 6.3M 7.O.Z.Gedney 8.Thomas &Betts 9.Buchanan 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not limited to: 1.Cutsheets of wire,cable and connectors to indicate the performance,fabrication procedures,product variations,and accessories. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: A.National Electrical Code. B.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRING A.All wire shall be new and continuous without weld,splice,or joints throughout its length. It must be uniform in cross-section,free from flaws,scales and other imperfections. B.WIRE MATERIAL: Conductors shall be soft drawn,annealed copper. Aluminum wiring is not acceptable unless otherwise noted on drawings. C.TYPES: 1.Provide type ​​​“THHN/THWN-2”​​​insulation for all buried feeders and service entrance conductors. 2.Provide type “THHN/THWN-2”insulation for all branch circuits and above grade feeders. 3.All wire No.8 and larger shall be stranded.All wire No.10 and smaller shall be stranded or solid. 4.Provide type "XHHW"or other 90 degrees insulation wiring for branch circuit wiring installed through continuous rows of fixture bodies. 5.All 300-volt cable including but not limited to telephone,fire alarm,data,CATV and security shall be UL listed for use in return air plenums. 6.All dimming conductors shall be 300 volt,75 C plenum rated.Dimming conductors shall be solid.Stranded conductors are not acceptable. D.CONDUCTOR SIZES 1.Feeder conductors shall be sized for a maximum of 2%drop in rated voltage at scheduled load. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 19 -3 2.Branch circuit conductors shall be sized for a maximum 3%drop in the rated voltage to the longest outlet on the circuit. 3.Minimum wire shall be 12 AWG,unless otherwise shown on Drawings or required by Code. 4.Minimum wire size for 0-10v dimming controls shall be 18 AWG for conductors not exceeding 300 feet circuit length (one-way)and 16 AWG for those exceeding 300 feet (one-way). E.COLOR CODING:No.6 or larger shall use tape for color coding.No.8 and smaller wire shall be color coded in accordance with the governing authority requirements or as follows: 120/208 Volt Neutral:White Phase A:Black Phase B:Red Phase C:Blue Ground:Green 277/480 Volt Neutral:Gray Phase A:Brown Phase B:Purple Phase C:Yellow Ground:Green 120/240 Volt Neutral:White Phase A:Black Phase B:Orange Phase C:Blue Ground:Green 0-10 Volt dimming conductors Purple (source) Pink (common) 2.2 GROUNDING A.Permanently connect all conduit work,motors,starters,and other electrical equipment to grounding system in accordance with NFPA 70. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE A.Do not pull wire into conduit until Work of an injurious nature is completed. Where two or more circuits run to a single outlet box,each circuit shall be properly tagged.Wyreze or approved equal may be used as a lubricant where necessary. B.Splices shall be fully made up in outlet boxes with compression crimp-on type splice connectors. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 19 -4 C.Joints and splices will not be permitted in service entrance or in feeders. Joints in branch circuits will be permitted where branch circuits divide,and then shall consist of one through-circuit to which the branch shall be spliced. Joints shall not be left for the fixture hanger to make. Connect joints and splices with Buchanan Series "2000"solderless connectors complete with insulating caps or properly sized twist on wire nuts.“Wago” push-in connectors are not acceptable. D.All stranded conductors shall be furnished with lugs or connectors. E.Connectors furnished with circuit breakers or switches shall be suitable for copper wire termination. F.“Sta-Cons”shall be used to terminate stranded conductors on all switches and receptacles. G.All stranded #10 and small conductors shall be terminated with an approved solderless terminal if the device or light fixture does not have provisions for clamp type securing of the conductor. H.The jacket for all travelers used on 3-way and 4-way switches shall be pink. I.Route conductors for 480Y/277 systems in a separate raceway.Do not combine with 208Y/120 volt or 120/240 volt systems. J.Emergency circuits shall not be routed with normal conductors. 3.2 BALANCING SYSTEM A.The load on each distribution and lighting panel shall be balanced to within 10%by proper arrangement of branch circuits on the different phase legs. Provide written documentation showing results. Submit with O &M manuals. 3.3 LOW VOLTAGE WIRING A.Low voltage wiring,including dimming conductors,shall be plenum rated.All wiring in mechanical rooms,electrical rooms,drywall ceiling,inaccessible areas,underground, plaster ceiling,inside concealed walls areas exposed to occupant view,and other areas subject to physical damage shall be run in conduit. B.Low voltage wiring shall be routed in separate raceways from power wiring systems. C.Sleeves shall be placed in the forms of concrete,masonry and fire rated walls,floor slabs and beams,for the passage of wiring. Sleeves should be set in place a sufficient time ahead of the concrete work so as not to delay the work. Sleeves shall be rigid galvanized steel. D.Provide Caddy J-hooks supported independently from other system to support cable at 4- foot on center or closer if required by manufacturer. E.Provide a junction box to make up all joints and splices. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 19 -5 F.Provide dimming conductors for all lighting circuits located in spaces with dimmer switches and theatrical lighting as indicated on the drawings and as specified. 3.4 CABLE SUPPORTS A.Provide cable supports in all vertical raceways in accordance with Article 300-19 of NFPA 70. 3.5 DEFECTS A.Defects shall include,but are not to limited to,the following: 1.Tripping circuit breakers under normal operation. 2.Improperly connected equipment. 3.Damaged,torn,or skinned insulation. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 26 -1 SECTION 26 05 26 -GROUNDING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. 1.2 SCOPE A.WORK COMBINED WITH OTHER SECTIONS: Combine the work specified herein with the following Sections to form a single responsibility for the Work: 1.Electrical. 2.Basic materials and methods. B.Provide electrical service,equipment and wiring device grounding as shown,scheduled and as specified. C.The types of grounding include,but not limited to,the grounding bonding of all equipment devices,building steel piping,and as required by the National Electrical Code, Local Inspection Department and Power Company. 1.3 STANDARDS A.National Electrical Code (NFPA-70) B.Local municipal and State codes that have jurisdiction. C.NECA 1.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES A.Provide grounding products manufactured by Copperweld and Cadweld. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not limited to the following: 1.Cut sheets of ground rods,clamps and connectors. 2.Grounding system diagram. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A.Provide all materials required to construct a complete grounded electrical system. B.GROUND RODS: Ground rods shall be 3/4"inch diameter by 10 feet long construction with copper jacket and a steel core. C.CLAMPS: Ground clamps shall be copper except for steel or iron pipes in which the clamps shall be galvanized iron. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 26 -2 D.CONDUCTORS: Conductors shall be connected by means of an approved pressure connector or clamp. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.GENERAL: Install grounding system as shown and specified to ensure a properly grounded system. B.SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM: Provide a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground bus of each switchboard. Route a separate grounding electrode conductor in conduit from each ​​main gutter​​to the ground rod grid,incoming cold water piping system,​​and to the "lightning protection system"(250 -106 of NEC) under ground bonding loop​​. Provide a bonding jumper around water meter. The grounding electrode conductor shall be stranded copper,98%conductivity and shall be run continuous without splices or joints and installed at least 12"below grade. C.BUILDING STEEL AND PIPING SYSTEM: Install a bonding jumper between building steel and metallic piping systems to bond them to the electrical grounding system. D.NEUTRAL: The neutral shall be grounded only at the service entrance and other separately derived systems. The neutral shall be kept separate from the grounding system and shall not be used as a ground. E.GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED ALTERNATING CURRENT SYSTEM 1.TRANSFORMERS: The center point (neutral)of each wye connected transformer shall be bonded to the case and the grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the grounded conductor (neutral). 2.STANDBY EMERGENCY GENERATOR: The generator neutral shall be bonded to the generator when a 4-pole switched neutral automatic transfer switch is specified. F.GROUNDING CONDUCTOR: A grounding conductor and metallic conduit system shall bond all equipment served by the electrical system. Provide a flexible bonding jumper for isolated metallic piping and ductwork and around expansion fittings and joints. G.CONDUIT GROUNDING BUSHING:Conduit terminating in equipment that has a ground bus such as switchboards,panelboards,etc.,shall have grounding bushings installed.Ground each conduit by means of a grounding bushing and to the ground bus in the equipment. H.MOTORS: The frame of all motors shall be grounded. I.SPECIAL GROUNDING: Provide a #6 AWG copper grounding conductor for each telephone board,television system,etc. Terminate the grounding conductor on ground bus and to the building electrical grounding system. Refer to 800-40(d)and 820-40(d)of the NEC. J.REMOTE PANELBOARDS: Provide a grounding electrode conductor all remote panels as required by the NEC and shown on drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 26 -3 K.LIGHTING FIXTURES: Flexible fixture whips containing a green grounding conductor shall be used to connect light fixtures. Flexible fixture whips shall not exceed ten feet. L.RECEPTACLES: All receptacles shall be grounded using the branch circuit grounding conductor. Receptacles shall use an approved grounding yoke. 3.2 TESTING A.Perform a ground resistance test using a biddle analog or digital portable earth/ground resistance tester.The system resistance shall not exceed 5 Ohms.Provide additional electrodes as required (refer to 250-84 and 250-56 of the most current edition NEC).Test shall not be conducted following wet weather.Provide personal instruments to conduct these tests and submit certified test for review.Test shall be verified by Engineer. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -1 SECTION 26 05 33 -RACEWAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide electrical raceways and fittings as shown,scheduled and specified. B.The types of raceways and fittings required are as follows: 1.Rigid hot-dipped galvanized steel conduit (GRC)(RMC) 2.Intermediate hot-dipped galvanized steel conduit (IMC) 3.Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) 4.PVC (Sch.40 &80) 5.Flexible metal conduit (FMC) 6.Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit (LFMC) 7.PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit (GRCC) 8.Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI C80.1 -American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC) 2020. B.ANSI C80.3 -American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing --Steel (EMT- S)2020. C.ANSI C80.5 -American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -- Aluminum (ERMC-A)2020. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. E.UL 6 -Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel Current Edition,Including All Revisions. F.UL 6A -Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Aluminum,Red Brass,and Stainless Steel Current Edition,Including All Revisions. G.UL 360 -Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Current Edition,Including All Revisions. H.UL 651 -Schedule 40,80,Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings Current Edition,Including All Revisions. I.UL 797 -Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel Current Edition,Including All Revisions. J.UL 1242 -Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit-Steel Current Edition,Including All Revisions. K.NEMA FB-1 L.NEMA TC3 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -2 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Raceways 1.Allied 2.Republic 3.Prime Conduit (Carlon) 4.Wheatland Tube 5.Cantex 6.Western Tube 7.Robroy Industries B.Fittings 1.Appleton 2.Crouse Hinds 3.Steel City 4.O.Z.Gedney 5.Carlon 6.Raco,Inc. 7.Bridgeport C.Boxes 1.RACO 2.Thomas and Betts 3.EATON 4.Crouse-Hinds 5.Appleton D.Surface 1.Hubbell 2.Wiremold 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Product data shall include but not be limited to: 1.Cutsheets for raceways,fitting,solvents,primers,etc. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.NFPA 70 B.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A.Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (GRC/RMC) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards: a.Article 344 -NFPA 70. b.Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit,galvanized after fabrication.Products shall comply with UL 6 and ANSI C80.1.All threads shall be galvanized after cutting.A uniform zinc coating shall be applied to the inner and outer walls. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -3 c.Fittings shall be threaded and shipped with thread protectors.Set Screw are not acceptable.Die Cast Fittings are not acceptable. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Outdoor or Exterior (Exposed) b.Indoors,Conditioned Spaces c.Unconditioned Spaces d.Underslab (Void Form Slab):where not in contact with earth –only permitted where indicated on plan. e.Underslab (Suspended Slab):Permitted –only where indicated on plan. 3.Prohibited Locations:Underground,Corrosive environments,Underslab (Slab on Grade),Foundation penetrations. 4.Specific Uses:Exposed Exterior installations,where within or attached to masonry or concrete,where subject to damage. B.Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards: a.Article 342 -NFPA 70. b.Conduit shall be similar to rigid steel conduit except thinner wall. c.Fittings shall be threaded hot-dipped galvanized and shipped with thread protectors.Set Screw or Die Cast Fittings are not acceptable d.Products shall comply with UL 1242. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Outdoor or Exterior (Exposed) b.Indoors,Conditioned Spaces c.Unconditioned Spaces d.Underslab (Void Form Slab):not in contact with earth only as indicated on plan. e.Underslab (Suspended Slab):only where indicated on plan. 3.Prohibited Locations:Corrosive Environment,Underground,Underslab (Slab on Grade),Foundation Penetrations 4.Specific Uses:Exposed exterior locations,Rooftops exposed to sunlight C.Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards: a.Article 358 -NFPA 70. b.EMT shall be made of hot-dip galvanized strip steel.The interior shall be coated with a corrosion-resistant lubricant for ease of wiring pulling. c.Shall utilize steel insulated throat,set-screw connectors and steel set-screw couplings in all indoor conditioned spaces. d.Shall utilize steel insulated throat,threadless,watertight compression type connectors and steel threadless watertight compression type coupling in all non-conditioned spaces and in grout filled CMU walls. e.Products shall comply with UL 797 and ANSI C80.3. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Indoors,Conditioned Spaces b.Unconditioned Spaces 3.Prohibited Locations:Corrosive Environment,Underground,Underslab (all types), Wet or Damp Locations,Exteriors,Within Concrete,foundation penetrations. 4.Specific Uses:Primary use conduit for indoor spaces,where conditioned. Unconditioned locations shall require use of insulated throat water tight fittings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -4 D.Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC Schedule 40 &80) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards: a.Article 352 and 300.6 -NFPA 70. b.Conduit shall be schedule 40 or 80 polyvinyl chloride (PVC),UV stabilized, rated for 90°C conductors. c.Fittings shall be solvent weld socket type. d.Products shall comply with UL 651. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Underground (Earth,outside foundation perimeter) b.Underslab (Slab on Grade):only where indicated on plan. c.Under Driveways,roadways,or vehicular crossings,and where required by Utility Company:PVC Schedule 80 1)PVC Schedule 40 allowed where concrete encased. 3.Prohibited Locations:return air Plenums,interstitial spaces,Outdoor or Exterior (Exposed),Unconditioned spaces,corrosive environments,underslab (suspended or void form),foundation penetrations. 4.Specific Uses:For use underground or underslab (Slab on grade).Underground use is approved for all locations where transiting a project site,not underneath any foundation.For locations under the footprint of building/foundation,use only authorized where indicated on drawings. E.Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC/Greenfield) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards: a.Article 348 -NFPA 70. b.Spirally wound continuously interlocked zinc coated strip steel. c.Fittings shall be one screw for smaller than 1-1/2-inch,two screw for 1-1/2- inch and larger,double clamp steel or malleable iron,either cadmium plated or hot-dip galvanized. d.Products shall comply with UL 360. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Indoors,Conditioned Spaces. 3.Prohibited Locations:outdoors/Exterior,unconditioned spaces, Corrosive,Wet, Concrete,underslab(all types),underground,foundation penetrations. 4.Specific Uses and Applications:For use in connection to rotating equipment within conditioned spaces,including plenums. Also permitted for use with empty raceways in walls for use with Low Voltage,AV,telecom cabling. F.Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit (LFMC/Seal Tite) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards a.Article 350 -NFPA 70. b.Spirally wound continuously interlocked zinc coated strip steel with a UV stabilized polyvinyl chloride (PVC)outer jacket bonded to the conduit. c.Fittings shall be compression type,malleable iron,with insulated throat,either cadmium plated or hot-dip galvanized.Plastic is not acceptable. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Outdoor or Exterior (Exposed) b.Indoors,Conditioned Spaces c.Unconditioned Spaces 3.Prohibited Locations:Concrete,corrosive,underground,underslab (all types), foundation penetrations. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -5 4.Specific Uses and Applications:Primary use is connection to rotating equipment at unconditioned spaces.Transformer Primaries and Secondaries (excluding service transformer). G.PVC Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (GRCC/Plastibond) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards: a.Article 344 and 300.6 -NFPA 70. b.Conduit shall be same as rigid metal conduit with a factory-applied 40-mil- thick covering of polyvinyl chloride (PVC)bonded to the metal,coated inside and outside. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Outdoor or Exterior (Exposed):except for stub-ups and penetrations. b.Corrosive Environment:required throughout 1)Where corrosive environments exist,such as pools,pool pump room, corrosive chemical storage,GRCC shall be provided throughout,up to the point of sealed penetration into a non-corrosive environment. c.Underground (Earth,outside foundation perimeter):Required at bends of 15° or greater,Penetrations through concrete,Stub-ups through foundation or grade at concrete. d.Foundation Penetrations 3.Prohibited Locations:extended runs exposed to sunlight,Plenums,Underslab except for penetrations (all foundation types). 4.Specific Uses:For use at Cooling Towers,Pools,Pool Decks,Pool pump rooms, chemical storage,corrosive environments. H.Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 1.Construction,Materials,Codes,Standards: a.Article 344 -NFPA 70. b.Rigid aluminum (alloy 6063-T1)conduit shall be manufactured using 6063 Alloy in temper designation T-1. c.Fittings for rigid aluminum conduit shall be threaded aluminum shipped with thread protectors.Set Screw or Die Cast Fittings are not acceptable d.Products shall comply with UL 6A and ANSI C80.5. 2.Permitted for use in the following locations: a.Outdoor or Exterior (Exposed) b.Indoors,Conditioned Spaces c.Unconditioned Spaces 3.Prohibited Locations:Corrosive environments,underground,within concrete, underslab (all types),foundation penetrations. 4.Specific Uses and Applications:Exposed Exterior such as rooftops or canopies. 2.2 PULL BOXES A.Exterior in-ground pull boxes shall be concrete or polymer as manufactured by Brooks, Dalworth,Hubbell Quazite,or approved equivalent.Covers shall include identification of systems contained. B.Where located in Roadways,Parking Lots,or Traffic zones,Pullboxes shall be rated to accept a minimum 25,000 lb.load. C.All Pullboxes shall be sized based on NEC wire-bending requirements at each individual location. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -6 D.Covers shall include identification of systems contained,such as: 1.Electrical 2.Telecom 3.Communications 4.Others,as required. E.Pull boxes in pole bases shall be as manufactured by Carlon. F.Pullboxes shall be provided in all raceway systems upon exceeding the following conditions: 1.The equivalent of 270°in conduit bends,or after (3)90°bends. 2.Any 400ft of linear conduit or duct bank continuous segments. 3.Where required to make transitions to prevent the damaging of conductor insulation. 2.3 WIREWAYS A.Wireways shall be made of not less than 16-gauge sheet steel for 4 inch and 6 inch square sizes and 14 gauge steel for 8 inch and 12 inch square sizes. Couplings end plates,and knockouts shall be furnished as required. Each section of wireways shall be rigidly supported. B.The finish shall be ANSI-49 gray epoxy paint applied by a cathodic electrode position paint process over a corrosion resistant phosphate preparation for NEMA 1 wireways. Provide galvanized steel for NEMA 3R wireways. NEMA 3R wireways and auxiliary gutters are for horizontal mounting only. 2.4 BUSHINGS A.Provide nylon bushing on end of all low voltage cabling system conduits (sleeves,rough- ins,etc.). B.Provide Grounding Bushing as required in 26 05 26 -Grounding. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PROVIDE CONDUIT AS FOLLOWS: A.GENERAL:The Drawings are diagrammatic and are intended to show the general location of outlets,devices,fixtures,and arrangement and control of circuits.The Contractor shall determine exact locations by actual measurement of the building or by reference to the Architectural Drawings. B.Raceways shall not be routed below or within slab-on-grade,foundations,or below grade of suspended slab structures,unless specifically noted or indicated otherwise on plan. C.EMT in sizes up to 4 inches when concealed or not exposed to damage and located indoors only.(EMT is not acceptable in wet and damp location.) D.MINIMUM SIZE:​3/4 inch​. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -7 E.Flexible conduit of any type shall not be used except for connections to rotating or vibrating equipment,or where use for low voltage raceways. All conduit shall be provided as a rigid type conduit for homeruns,runs between termination boxes,outlets, etc. F.Fixture whips:Refer to ​26 51 19​for additional information. G.Of such size,and so installed that conductors may be drawn in without injury or excessive strain. H.Where entering panels,pull boxes,junction boxes,or outlet boxes,shall be secured in place with lock nuts inside and outside,and insulated bushings inside. I.Have Red seal type VCC or approved equal cable supports in risers,as required by NFPA 70. J.Have ends reamed after cutting and application of die. K.Keep conduit corked and dry during construction and swab out before conductors are pulled. L.Have bends and offsets made with approved tools.Bends or offsets in which the pipe is crushed or deformed shall not be installed. M.Have O.Z.Gedney or approved equal expansion fittings where crossing building expansion joints. N.Fixtures in finished areas having suspended acoustical ceilings shall be connected to outlet boxes of lighting grid by flexible metal conduit;length not to exceed ten feet (six feet if using 3/8”manufactured fixture “whips”). O.Outlet boxes in partitions shall never be set back-to-back.They shall be offset to prevent undue noise transmission from room to room. P.Each entire conduit system shall be installed complete before any conductors are drawn in.Every run of conduit shall be finished before covering up to guard against obstructions and omissions. Q.Sleeves shall be placed in the forms of concrete,masonry and fire rated walls,floor slabs and beams,for the passage of conduits.Sleeves should be set in place a sufficient time ahead of the concrete work so as not to delay the work.Sleeves shall be rigid galvanized steel with a minimum thickness of 1.07MM and set to extend 4”above slab. R.All pipe penetrations through walls and concrete floors shall be fire rated by applying USG Thermafiber in the space between the concrete and the pipe.The fire rating shall be additionally sealed by using 3M brand model CP 25 or 303 fire barrier caulk and putty. All fire rating material shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer`s printed instructions. S.All conduit shall be cleaned and swabbed to remove all foreign matter and moisture prior to pulling wire and cable.All boxes in which conduits terminate shall be cleaned of all concrete mortar and other foreign matter. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -8 T.Provide #30 nylon pulling line in all conduits in which permanent wiring is not installed. U.All conduit shall be securely fastened and supported using hot galvanized malleable iron one-hole pipe straps,clamps,hanger or other means approved by the engineer.Supports shall be as required per NEC.Tie wire shall not be used as support or securing means. Support conduit independently of ceiling hanger wire.Use all thread rods to support outlet boxes,junction boxes and conduit. V.Contact the Architect and Engineer for an installation review before covering any below grade or above grade conduit. W.All new outlets shall be flush mounted.In remodeled areas where wall construction prohibits flush mounting,provide Hubbell 2400 series,unless noted otherwise.Verify exact location and routing with architect before installation. X.Contractor shall not penetrate waterproof barriers without using proper fitting to maintain barriers.This shall include exterior walls and slabs.Coordinate with Architect for proper methods. 3.2 CONDUIT ROUTING A.Conduit shall be concealed and by using the shortest practicable route between outlets, including where located on CMU walls. B.Conduit may be exposed in electrical and mechanical rooms,and central plants,or other industrial type facilities such as warehouses or production plants. C.Install risers,drops,offsets to avoid ductwork and structural components.Ductwork and structural systems shall take precedence to conduit. D.Any exposed and visible conduit shall be parallel and perpendicular based on the lines of the building (such as ceiling lines,wall blocking lines,or architectural feature lines) using structural systems to conceal conduit visibility at all opportunities. E.Concealed conduit shall be run in as direct manner as possible,using long bends.All bend radii shall be 12x conduit diameter.Condulets in lieu of elbows where ease of installation and appearance warrant their use –confirmation with architect is required for this use. F.Conduit shall be continuous,with no more than (4)quarter bends between terminals, cabinets,boxes,or pullboxes is acceptable.Contractor is expected to provide wireway or boxes at appropriate intervals,in accordance with NFPA 70 for wire bending space.All conduit shall be electrically continuous throughout,including across boxes and cabinets. Terminals of all conduit shall be provided with double lock nuts and bushing,or terminated on conduit hubs.Use of Running Threads prohibited. 3.3 CONDUIT CORROSION PROTECTION A.Branch circuit conduits installed in concrete slabs on fill or grade shall be positioned in a manner to ensure complete concrete cover. In no case shall such conduits be exposed below or above the slab surfaces,or penetrate the waterproof membrane. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -9 B.At locations where metallic conduits pass through slabs on grade or transitions below grade,PVC coated rigid galvanized conduit shall be used.​​ C.Conduit installed in the air gap between the water-resistant barrier and finish brick shall not exceed 2-ft.in length. 3.4 EXPANSION JOINTS A.Install approved expansion fitting in all conduit runs in excess of 150 feet or when crossing building expansion joints. 3.5 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A.Provide an approved galvanized outlet box with adequate volume for number of conductors installed. B.Provide standard galvanized switch boxes of the required number of gangs. Switch boxes where conduit is exposed shall be handy boxes or approved equal. C.Outlet boxes for receptacles shall be similar to Universal 52151 with suitable raised cover. Receptacle boxes where conduit is exposed shall be handy boxes or approved equal. D.Weatherproof boxes shall be FS or FD.Provide these boxes in all non-conditioned areas, exterior areas and natatoriums. E.Outdoor boxes shall be NEMA 3R,with conduit connections made by Myers Hubs. F.See notes and details on Drawings for special box requirements. G.Provide junction boxes required to facilitate installation of the various conduit systems. Provide support boxes required for risers,each complete with approved cable supports as described elsewhere in this Division. H.Outlet boxes for drywall shall be standard galvanized 4"square boxes with the appropriate device cover.Secure all outlet boxes with a backing brace connected to two adjacent studs.Mounting brackets with a single ear to rest against the backing sheet rock are not acceptable. I.Provide floor outlet fittings for telephone to match fittings for duplex floor receptacles. J.Provide 3-1/2”deep gangable masonry boxes in all masonry wall (CMU). Steel City GW-135-G or approved equal. K.Provide shallow 4”x4”boxes in all demountable partitions. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -10 L.Metallic boxes located in fire rated walls or partitions shall be separated by a minimum horizontal distance of 24 in. This minimum separation distance between metallic boxes may be reduced when “Wall Opening Protective Materials”(CLIV)are installed according to the requirements of their Classification. Metallic boxes shall not be installed on opposite side of walls or partitions of staggered stud construction unless “Wall Opening Protective Materials”are installed with the metallic boxes in accordance with Classification requirements for the protective materials. M.Junction,pull boxes,condulets,gutters,disconnects,contactors,etc.,above 2-foot x 2- foot grid ceilings shall be mounted within 18-inches of ceiling grid.Above 2-foot x 4- foot grid ceiling they shall be mounted within 30-inches of ceiling grid.All junction box, pull box,gutter openings shall be side or bottom accessible. N.Junction boxes are prohibited above drywall or plaster ceilings except for lighting;and those must be mounted directly over light fixture opening.Route power,PA,fire alarm conduits to nearest lay-in ceiling. 3.6 THRU-WALL SEALS A.Provide O.Z.Gedney “Thru-wall”seals for all conduits passing through concrete structure below grade,above grade,and floor penetrations below grade. These prevent moisture from entering the building. B.Straight sleeves are not acceptable. 3.7 PULL BOXES A.Interior Pull boxes shall be provided for conduit systems as required and shall be constructed of galvanized steel of not less than gauge and size specified by National Electrical Code.Size pull boxes per Article 314.28 -NFPA 70. B.Where two or more feeders pass through a common pull box,they shall be tagged to indicate clearly their electrical characteristics,circuit number,and panel designation. C.Exterior in-ground pull boxes shall have open bottoms with sand and rock beds below box for drainage of water.Provide closed bottom boxes where specified.Closed bottom boxes shall be provided with sumps for portable pump to allow for extracting water. Refer to details on the drawings. D.Pull boxes mounted in pole bases shall be coordinated with the pour of the pole base and shall be flush with finished footing. 3.8 WIREWAYS A.Wireways shall be installed as indicated or required and locations shall be coordinated with architect. B.Wiring in wireways shall be neatly bundled,tied and suitably tagged. 3.9 UNDERGROUND DUCTBANK SYSTEM A.DUCT SYSTEM City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 RACEWAYS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 33 -11 1.The duct system shall consist of Schedule 40 PVC or type 1-EB PVC conduits encased in ​​red​​concrete as detailed on the drawings.Use rigid conduit for stub-ups and the last ten feet at the end of each ductbank.Duct lines shall be laid to a minimum grade of 4 inches per 100 feet and shall be free from either horizontal or vertical waves.Duct lines shall be straight unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Duct lines shall be installed so that the top of concrete in encased duct lines is not less than 24 inches below finished grade or finished paving at any point.Changes in direction or runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees,either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished by long sweep bends having a minimum radius of curvature of 5 feet.The long sweep bends may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections and/or combinations thereof using five degree angle couplings.Conduit shall be thoroughly cleaned before using or laying.During construction and after the duct line is completed,the ends of the conduit shall be plugged to prevent water washing mud into the conduits.Particular care shall be taken to keep the conduits clean of concrete,dirt,and any other substance during the course of construction. 2.Each single conduit of the duct bank shall be completely encased in steel reinforced concrete as indicated.The thickness of concrete encasement indicated is the minimum thickness,and may be increased to fit the actual shape of trench. 3.Concrete for duct bank envelopes shall be standard 2000 psi concrete mix as described in Division 03,​and be colored deep red for permanent marking of underground electrical work. The concrete red pigment shall be pure inorganic natural metallic base pigment,approved by the Engineer before use. Organic pigments will not be permitted. The approved pigments shall be mixed four pounds per yard of cement​. a.Envelopes may be poured directly against sides of trenches if the "cut"is clean,even and free of loose material.All loose dirt and extraneous material shall be removed from the trenches before and during the pouring of concrete to ensure sound envelopes.Concrete shall be carefully spaded during pouring to eliminate all voids under and between the conduit and honeycombing of the exterior surfaces.Power driven tampers of agitators shall not be used,unless specifically designed for the application,in order to ensure that the water- tightness of the conduits is not destroyed. b.Generally,each run of envelopes shall be poured in one continuous operation. Where more than one pour is necessary,each pour shall terminate in a vertical plane.Partial pours shall not terminate in horizontal or angular planes. B.For normal underground installation see Section 26 02 00,paragraph 3.1 for Excavating and Backfilling. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 73 -1 SECTION 26 05 73 -SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.The Contractor shall furnish short-circuit and protective device coordination studies as prepared by the equipment manufacturer. B.The Contractor shall furnish short-circuit and protective device coordination studies for the electrical power system,including all existing and newly installed electrical equipment.The analysis and study shall include all distribution branches,and begin at the main building disconnect switch,or main 12KV feeder breaker,whichever is the higher main disconnect device for the structure to be studied. C.Provide a complete short circuit study,equipment interrupting or withstand evaluation, and protective device coordination study for the power distribution system.Normal operating method,alternate operation,and operations which could result in maximum fault conditions shall be thoroughly addressed in the study.The study shall assume all motors operating at rated voltage and speed.Electrical equipment bus impedance shall be assumed as zero.Short circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties shall be calculated on the basis of maximum available fault current at the switchboard busses and motor control centers (where installed). D.A protective device coordination study shall be performed to determine appropriate relay settings.The study shall include all distribution switchboards,motor control centers (where installed,and panel board main circuit breakers.Panel board branch circuit devices need not be considered.The phase over current and ground fault protection shall be included as well as setting for all other adjustable protective devices. E.An equipment evaluation study shall be performed to determine the adequacy of circuit breakers,controllers,surge arresters,busways,switches,and fuses by tabulating and comparing the short circuit ratings of these devices with the available fault currents. F.Any problem areas or inadequacies shall be promptly brought to the ENGINEERS attention. G.The Contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace,reference Article 130.3 and Annex D. 1.2 REFERENCES A.Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc.(IEEE): 1.IEEE 141 -Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 2.IEEE 242​-Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 3.IEEE 399​-Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis 4.IEEE 241​-Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 73 -2 5.IEEE 1015 -Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 6.IIEEE 1584 -Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations B.American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1.ANSI C57.12.00 –Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,Power,and Regulating Transformers 2.ANSI C37.13 –Standard for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures 3.ANSI C37.010 –Standard Application Guide for AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis 4.ANSI C37.41 –Standard Design Tests for High Voltage Fuses,Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches,Fuse Disconnecting Switches and Accessories. C.The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code,latest edition 2.NFPA 70E -Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW/APPROVAL A.The short-circuit and protective device coordination studies shall be submitted to the design Engineer prior to receiving final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and/or prior to release of equipment drawings for manufacturing.If formal completion of the studies may cause delay in equipment manufacturing,approval from the Engineer may be obtained for preliminary submittal of sufficient study data to ensure that the selection of device and characteristics will be satisfactory. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR CONSTRUCTION A.A.The results of the short-circuit,protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies shall be summarized in a final report.No more than five (5)bound copies of the complete final report shall be submitted.For large system studies,submittals requiring more than five (5)copies of the report will be provided without the section containing the computer printout of the short-circuit input and output data. Additional copies,where required,shall be provided on CD in PDF format. B.The report shall include the following sections: 1.One-line diagram 2.Descriptions,purpose,basis and scope of the study 3.Tabulations of circuit breaker,fuse and other protective device ratings versus calculated short circuit duties 4.Protective device time versus current coordination curves,tabulations of relay and circuit breaker trip unit settings,fuse selection 5.Fault current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for interpretation of the computer printout 6.Incident energy and flash protection boundary calculations 7.Recommendations for system improvements,where needed 8.Executive Summary. 9.Equipment manufacturer’s information used to prepare study 10.Assumptions made during study. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 73 -3 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A.The short-circuit,protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies shall be conducted under the supervision and approval of a Registered Professional Electrical Engineer skilled in performing and interpreting the power system studies.The Registered Professional Electrical Engineer shall be a full-time employee of the Engineering Services Organization. PART 2 -PRODUCT 2.1 STUDIES A.The Contractor shall furnish short-circuit and protective device coordination studies as prepared by the equipment manufacturer. B.The Contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace,reference Article 130.3 and Annex D. 2.2 DATA COLLECTION A.The Contractor shall furnish all data as required by the power system studies.The Engineer performing the short-circuit,protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies shall furnish the Contractor with a listing of required data immediately after award of the contract.The Contractor shall expedite collection of the data to assure completion of the studies as required for final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and/or prior to the release of the equipment for manufacturing. B.Source combination may include present and future motors and generators. C.Load data utilized may include existing and proposed loads obtained from Contract Documents provided by Owner or Contractor. D.Include fault contribution of existing motors in the study,with motors <100 hp grouped together.The Contractor shall obtain required existing equipment data,if necessary,to satisfy the study requirements. 2.3 SHORT-CIRCUIT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE EVALUATION STUDY A.Use actual conductor impedances if known. If unknown,use typical conductor impedances based on IEEE 141-1993. B.Transformer design impedances shall be used when test impedances are not available. C.Provide the following: 1.Calculation methods and assumptions 2.Selected base per unit quantities 3.One-line diagram of the system being evaluated 4.Source impedance data,including electric utility system and motor fault contribution characteristics 5.Typical calculations 6.Tabulations of calculated quantities 7.Results,conclusions,and recommendations. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 73 -4 D.Calculate short-circuit momentary and interrupting duties for a three-phase bolted fault at each: 1.Electric utility’s supply termination point 2.Incoming switchgear 3.Low voltage switchgear 4.Motor control centers 5.Branch circuit panelboards 6.Other significant locations throughout the system. E.For grounded systems,provide a bolted line-to-ground fault current study for areas as defined for the three-phase bolted fault short-circuit study. F.Protective Device Evaluation: 1.Evaluate equipment and protective devices and compare to short circuit ratings 2.Adequacy of switchgear,motor control centers,and panelboard bus bars to withstand short-circuit stresses 3.Adequacy of transformer windings to withstand short-circuit stresses 4.Cable and busway sizes for ability to withstand short-circuit heating 5.Notify Owner in writing of any new or existing circuit protective devices improperly rated for the calculated available fault current. 2.4 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY A.Proposed protective device coordination time-current curves shall be graphically displayed on log-log scale paper. B.Include on each curve sheet a complete title and one-line diagram with legend identifying the specific portion of the system covered. C.Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting maximum symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which device is exposed. D.Identify device associated with each curve by manufacturer type,function,and,if applicable,tap,time delay,and instantaneous settings recommended. E.Plot the following characteristics on the curve sheets,where applicable for this project: 1.Electric utility’s protective device 2.Medium and low voltage fuses including manufacturer's minimum melt,total clearing,tolerance,and damage bands 3.Low voltage equipment circuit breaker trip devices,including manufacturer’s tolerance bands 4.Transformer full-load current,magnetizing inrush current,and ANSI transformer withstand parameters 5.Conductor damage curves 6.Ground fault protective devices,as applicable 7.Pertinent motor starting characteristics and motor damage points 8.Other system load protective devices for the largest branch circuit and the largest feeder circuit breaker in each motor control center. F.Provide adequate time margins between device characteristics such that selective operation is provided,while providing proper protection. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 73 -5 2.5 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS A.The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed according to the IEEE 1584 equations that are presented in NFPA 70E-2004,Annex D. B.When appropriate,the short circuit calculations and the clearing times of the phase overcurrent devices will be retrieved from the short-circuit and coordination study model. Alternative methods shall be presented in the proposal. C.The flash protection boundary and the incident energy shall be calculated at all significant locations in the electrical distribution system (switchboards,switchgear, motor-control centers,panelboards,busway and splitters)where work could be performed on energized parts. D.The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall include all significant locations in 240 volt and 208 volt systems fed from transformers equal to or greater than 75 kVA. E.Safe working distances shall be specified for calculated fault locations based upon the calculated arc flash boundary considering an incident energy of 1.2 cal/cm2. F.The Arc Flash Hazard analysis shall include calculations for maximum and minimum contributions of fault current magnitude.The minimum calculation shall assume that the utility contribution is at a minimum and shall assume a minimum motor load. Conversely,the maximum calculation shall assume a maximum contribution from the utility and shall assume motors to be operating under full-load conditions. G.Arc flash computation shall include both line and load side of main breaker calculations, where necessary. H.Arc Flash calculations shall be based on actual overcurrent protective device clearing time.Maximum clearing time will be capped at 2 seconds based on IEEE 1584-2018 section B.1.2. 2.6 REPORT SECTIONS A.Input Data: 1.Short-circuit reactance of rotating machines 2.Cable and conduit materials 3.Transformers 4.Circuit resistance and reactive values. B.Short-Circuit Data: 1.Source fault impedance and generator contributions 2.X to R ratios 3.Asymmetry factors 4.Motor contributions 5.Short circuit kVA 6.Symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. C.Recommended Protective Device Settings: 1.Phase and Ground Relays: a.Current transformer ratio City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 73 -6 b.Current setting c.Time setting d.Instantaneous setting e.Specialty non-overcurrent device settings f.Recommendations on improved relaying systems,if applicable 2.Circuit Breakers: a.Adjustable pickups and time delays (long time,short time,ground) b.Adjustable time-current characteristic c.Adjustable instantaneous pickup d.Recommendations on improved trip systems,if applicable. D.Incident energy and flash protection boundary calculations 1.Arcing fault magnitude 2.Device clearing time 3.Duration of arc 4.Arc flash boundary 5.Working distance 6.Incident energy 7.Hazard Risk Category 8.Recommendations for arc flash energy reduction PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD ADJUSTMENT A.The Contractor shall adjust relay and protective device settings according to the recommended settings table provided by the coordination study.Field adjustments shall be completed by the engineering service division of the equipment manufacturer under the Startup and Acceptance Testing contract portion. B.Make minor modifications to equipment as required to accomplish conformance with short circuit and protective device coordination studies. C.Notify Owner in writing of any required major equipment modifications. D.Following completion of all studies,acceptance testing and startup by the field engineering service division of the equipment manufacturer,a 2-year warranty shall be provided on all components manufactured by the engineering service parent manufacturing company. 3.2 ARC FLASH WARNING LABELS A.The vendor shall provide a 3.5 in.x 5 in.thermal transfer type label of high adhesion polyester for each work location analyzed. B.The label shall have an orange header with the wording,“WARNING,ARC FLASH HAZARD”,and shall include the following information: 1.Location designation 2.Nominal voltage 3.Flash protection boundary 4.Hazard risk category 5.Incident energy City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SHORT CIRCUIT COORDINATION STUDY ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 05 73 -7 6.Working distance 7.Engineering report number,revision number and issue date. C.Labels shall be machine printed,with no field markings. D.Arc flash labels shall be provided in the following manner and all labels shall be based on recommended overcurrent device settings. 1.For each 600,480 and applicable 208 volt panelboards,one arc flash label shall be provided. 2.For each motor control center,one arc flash label shall be provided. 3.For each low voltage switchboard,one arc flash label shall be provided. E.Labels shall be field installed by the engineering service division of the equipment manufacturer under the Startup and Acceptance Testing contract portion. 3.3 ARC FLASH TRAINING A.The equipment vendor shall train personnel of the potential arc flash hazards associated with working on energized equipment (minimum of 4 hours).Maintenance procedures in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E,Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces,shall be provided in the equipment manuals. The training shall be certified for continuing education units (CEUs)by the International Association for Continuing Education Training (IACET). END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE RACEWAY SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 06 34 -1 SECTION 26 06 34 -LOW VOLTAGE RACEWAY SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish and install a complete raceway system for telephone system,consisting of cabinets,conduit,junction boxes,etc.This shall include but not limited to fire alarm, access control,structured cabling,audio-video,intercommunications,sound reinforcing, intrusion detection,telephone. 1.3 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A.Section 26 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Electrical B.Section 26 05 33 -Raceways C.Section 26 05 19 -Wire,Cable and Related Materials 1.4 WORK NOT INCLUDED A.Cabling B.Equipment C.Division 27 D.Division 28 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A.Conduit -Refer to Section 26 05 33. B.Backboards -3/4"X 4'X 8'fire rated plywood painted white. C.Outlet Boxes -Refer to Section 26 05 33. D.Pull and junction boxes -Refer to Section 26 05 33. E.Floor Boxes -Refer to Section 26 05 33. F.Cabinets -Consult low voltage system installer/supplier. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE RACEWAY SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 06 34 -2 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Refer to Section 26 05 33 for underground service entrance. B.Provide pull boxes in telephone conduit runs spaced not greater than 100 ft.apart,and on backboard side of runs with more than two right angle bends. C.Place telephone label on pull and junction boxes. D.Provide pull wire in each telephone run. E.Provide plywood backboards and duplex receptacle in the telephone equipment room. Confirm location on jobsite prior to installation. F.All terminal cabinets/backboards and conduit shall be sized per the recommendations of the telephone system installer. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -1 SECTION 26 08 00 -COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract Documents,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications,apply to this section. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 019100 B.Section 23 09 63 -Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) 1.3 SUMMARY A.The commissioning of the lighting system and associated controls shall be performed by an impartial technical firm hired by the owner or shall be performed by the installing contractor if the owner has not hired a commissioning firm. The commissioning provider shall be certified under one or more of the following certifications: 1.CxA -Certified Commissioning Authority -ACG 2.CBCP -Certified Building Commissioning Professional -AEE 3.CCP -Certified Commissioning Professional -BCA 4.CPMP -Certified Process Management Professional -ASHRAE 5.BSC -Building System Commissioning Certification -NEBB B.The commissioning provider (Commissioning authority)shall be responsible for leading the entire construction team through the commissioning process including,but not limited to,conducting the commissioning kick-off meeting,preparing the commissioning plan, preparing pre-functional checklists,preparing functional test scripts,participation in functional testing and preparation of required documentation and reports. 1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES A.Contractor:Responsibilities of the Contractor as relate to Commissioning Process include,but are not limited to the following: 1.Facilitate coordination of Commissioning work by Commissioning authority. 2.Attend Commissioning meetings or other meetings called by Commissioning authority to facilitate the Commissioning Process. 3.Review Functional Performance Test procedures for feasibility,safety,and impact on warranty,and provide Commissioning authority with written comment on same. 4.Provide all documentation relating to manufacturer’s recommended performance testing of equipment and systems. 5.Provide Operations &Maintenance data to Commissioning authority for preparation of checklists and training manuals. 6.Provide As-built drawings and documentation to facilitate Testing. 7.Assure and facilitate participation and cooperation of Sub Contractors and equipment suppliers as required for the Commissioning Process. 8.Certify to Commissioning authority that installation work listed in Pre-Functional Checklists has been completed. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -2 9.Install systems and equipment in strict conformance with project specifications, manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures,and Pre-Functional Checklists. 10.Provide data concerning performance,installation,and start-up of systems. 11.Provide copy of manufacturers filled-out start-up forms for equipment and systems. 12.Ensure systems have been started and fully checked for proper operation prior to arranging for Testing with Commissioning authority.Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority written certification that each piece of equipment and/or system has been started according to manufacturer’s recommended procedure,and that system has been tested for compliance with operational requirements. a.Contractor shall carry out manufacturer’s recommended start-up and testing procedures,regardless of whether or not they are specifically listed in Pre- Functional Checklists. b.Contractor is not relieved of obligation for systems/equipment demonstration where performance testing is required by specifications,but a Functional Performance Test is not specifically designated by Commissioning authority. 13.Coordinate with Commissioning authority to determine mutually acceptable date of Functional Performance Tests. 14.Provide qualified personnel to assist and participate in Commissioning. 15.Provide test instruments and communications devices,as prescribed by Commissioning authority,required for carrying out Testing of systems. 16.Proprietary test equipment required by the manufacturer,whether specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment.Manufacturer shall provide the test equipment,demonstrate its use,and assist in the commissioning process.Proprietary test equipment shall become the property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. 17.Ensure deficiencies found in the Commissioning Issues Log are corrected within the time schedule shown in the Commissioning Plan. 18.Provide Commissioning authority with all submittals,start-up instructions manuals,operating parameters,and other pertinent information related to Commissioning Process.This information shall be routed through Architect. 19.Provide commissioning authority with a certificate of readiness to show systems are ready to schedule functional testing. 20.Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Training Program outline for each system. 21.Coordinate and provide training of Owner’s personnel. 22.Prepare Operation &Maintenance Manuals and As-Built drawings in accordance with specifications;submit copy to Commissioning authority in addition to other contractually required submissions.Revise and resubmit manuals in accordance with Design Professionals and Commissioning authority’s comments. 23.Commissioning requires participation of this Division Subcontractors to ensure that systems are operating in manner consistent with Contract Documents. All costs associated with the participation of Contractor,Sub-Contractors,Design Professionals,and Equipment Vendors in the Commissioning Process shall be included as part of the Construction Contract. B.Subcontractors and vendors shall prepare and submit to Commissioning Agent proposed Startup procedures to demonstrate proper installation of systems,according to these specifications and checklists prepared by Commissioning authority. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -3 C.Electrical contractor shall provide a letter certifying the installed lighting controls meet documented performance criteria specified in the commissioning plan within 90 days of substantial completion. 1.5 COMMISSIONING PLAN A.Commissioning Process tasks and activities: 1.Commissioning kick-off meeting:Conducted by commissioning authority and attended by construction team and design team. 2.Pre-functional checklists:Prepared by the commissioning authority and filled out by subcontractors performing the work that is applicable. 3.Site visits to review installation of applicable systems and progress of checklist documentation performed and reported by commissioning authority. 4.Functional testing: Commissioning authority shall conduct functional testing with assistance of applicable subcontractors and document successful results as well as deficiencies (issues). Functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components,systems,and system-to-system interfacing in accordance with plans and specifications. 5.Preliminary commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue a preliminary commissioning report to the owner that has results of the first round of functional testing including deficiencies discovered. 6.Systems manual: Commissioning authority shall compile the systems manual using submittal data provided by the general contractor and applicable subcontractors. 7.Final commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue final commissioning report documenting the entire process and final results of functional testing. Report shall include final testing and balancing report. B.Electrical System Equipment to be tested 1.Occupancy sensors. 2.Time switch controls 3.Daylighting controls. 4.Electrical Service and Distribution System. C.Testing functions and conditions 1.Daylighting control devices a.Verify the devices have been calibrated,properly located and adjusted. b.Loads adjust to light level set points in response to daylight. c.Location of calibration equipment is accessible to authorized personnel only. 2.Time switches a.Verify schedule,time,date and programming is accurate. b.Verify override time limit is set,battery is installed and switch operates the lights that are specified in the design documents. c.All specified lights can be turned on and off by area control switch. d.Manual override switch allows only the lights in the space where the switch is located turn on or remain on until next scheduled shut off. 3.Occupant sensors: a.Certify the sensor has been located and aimed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. b.For projects with fewer than seven sensors,each sensor shall be tested. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -4 c.Fore projects with more than seven occupant sensors,testing shall be done for each unique combination of sensor type and space geometry. Where multiples of each combination are provided not less than 10 percent shall be tested. d.Verify correct operation of status indicators. e.Controlled lights turn off or down to the permitted level with in the required time. f.For auto-on sensor,the lights turn-on to the permitted level when an occupant enters space. g.Verify the lights are not incorrectly turned-on by movement in adjacent areas or by HVAC operation. D.Performance criteria 1.Daylighting controls shall maintain specified light levels within 5%of design. 2.All time switches shall be accurate to time on cellular network devices. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 NO PRODUCTS SUPPLIED PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A.This Division has startup responsibilities and are required to complete sub-systems so COMPLETE SYSTEMS are fully functional.Insuring they meet design requirements of Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures and testing do not relieve or lessen this responsibility or shift this responsibility,in whole or in part,to Commissioning Agent or Owner. B.Coordinate with other Sub-Contractors and equipment vendors to set aside adequate time to address Pre-Functional Checklists,Functional Performance Tests,Operations & Maintenance Manual creation,Owner Training,and associated coordination meetings. C.Commissioning authority will also conduct site inspections at critical times and issue Cx Field Reports with observations on installation deficiencies so that they may be issued by Architect as deemed appropriate. 3.2 WORK PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING A.Complete all phases of the work so the systems can be started,adjusted,balanced and otherwise tested. B.See pertinent specification sections in this Division,which outline responsibilities for start-up of equipment with obligations to complete systems,including all sub-systems so that they are fully functional. C.Assist Commissioning Agent with all information pertaining to actual equipment and installation as required complete the full commissioning scope. D.Contractor shall prepare startup procedures to demonstrate compliance with pre- functional checklists,and coordinate scheduling for completion of these checklists. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -5 E.A minimum of seven (7)days prior to date of system startup,submit to Commissioning Agent for review,detailed description of equipment start-up procedures which contractor proposes to perform to demonstrate conformance of systems to specifications and Checklists. 3.3 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING A.Attend meetings related to the Commissioning Process;arrange for attendance by personnel and vendors directly involved in the project,prior to testing of their systems. B.Provide skilled technicians to startup and test all systems,and place systems in complete and fully functioning service in accordance with Contract Documents. C.Provide skilled technicians,experienced and familiar with systems being commissioned, to assist Commissioning authority in commissioning process. 3.4 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A.Complete corrective work in a timely manner to allow expeditious completion of Commissioning Process. If deadlines pass without resolution of identified problems, Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve the problem. Costs thus incurred will be Contractor’s responsibility. 3.5 PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS (PFC) A.Contractor shall complete Pre-Functional Checklists to validate compliance with Contract Documents installation and start-up requirements,for this Division’s systems. B.Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. 3.6 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING (FPT) A.Contractor,in cooperation with Commissioning Agent,shall conduct Functional Performance Testing to validate compliance with Contract Documents. B.Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. C.Provide commissioning authority with a certificate of readiness to show systems are ready to schedule functional testing. D.Assist Commissioning authority in Functional Testing by removing equipment covers, opening access panels,etc. Furnish ladders,flashlights,meters,gauges,or other inspection equipment as necessary. E.Sampling 1.Multiple identical pieces of non-life-safety or otherwise non-critical equipment may be functionally tested using a sampling strategy. 2.Significant application differences and significant sequence of operation differences in otherwise identical equipment invalidates their common identity.A small size or capacity difference,alone,does not constitute a difference.It is noted that no sampling by Subs is allowed in pre-functional checklist execution. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -6 3.A common sampling strategy is the “xx%Sampling -yy%Failure Rule”,defined by the following example. a.xx =the percent of the group of identical equipment to be included in each sample. b.yy =the percent of the sample that if failing,will require another sample to be tested. c.The example below describes a 20%Sampling -10%Failure Rule. d.Randomly test at least 20%(xx)of each group of identical equipment.In no case test less than three units in each group.This 20%,or three,constitute the “first sample.” e.If 10%(yy)of the units in the first sample fail the functional tests,test another 20%of the group (the second sample). f.If 10%of the units in the second sample fail,test all remaining units in the whole group. g.If at any point,frequent failures are occurring and testing is becoming more troubleshooting than verification,the CxA may stop the testing and require the responsible Sub to perform and document a checkout of the remaining units,prior to continuing with functionally testing the remaining units. F.Re-Testing And Failure To Remedy Deficiencies 1.Despite Contractor’s best efforts to ensure systems are problem-free,it is expected that some deficiencies will be found during initial inspection of Pre-functional Checklist,and during initial Functional Testing;such deficiencies are expected to be minimal. 2.It is Contractor’s responsibility to remedy identified deficiencies,both in Pre- functional Checklist and in Functional Testing phases of work,in a timely and thorough manner. 3.It is Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all deficiencies are corrected prior to requesting a re-inspection or re-test of systems and equipment.Do not request re- inspection or re-test until deficiencies are corrected. a.At his discretion,CxA may agree to re-testing systems or equipment where deficiencies remain which are beyond Contractor’s control to resolve expeditiously. b.Typically such re-testing of incomplete systems and equipment will take place only if remaining deficiencies are minor in scope and nature,and are of such nature that they cannot be resolved in a timely manner (such as those due to difficulties in obtaining parts,or where Owner has requested a change that has delayed work,etc.) 4.CxA will carry out a second re-inspection or re-test of systems and equipment subsequent to receiving Contractor’s request. a.If CxA finds deficiencies identified in initial inspection or test have not been remedied (with exception of un-resolvable deficiencies in 3.b.above),and such remaining deficiencies are significant enough to require additional inspection or re-testing,Contractor will be back-charged for CxA’s expenses, and time at a rate of $150.00 per hour and $100.00 expenses,for a third and any subsequent re-inspections and re-tests. G.Deferred Testing City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -7 1."Seasonal Commissioning”pertains to testing during peak heating or cooling seasons when HVAC equipment is operating at full-load or heavy-load conditions. Initial commissioning will be done as soon as contract work is completed, regardless of season.Seasonal Commissioning under full-or heavy-load conditions other than the current season will be handled at later time by GC and CxA. 2.If adequate load may be artificially placed upon heating or cooling equipment, CxA,at his discretion,may perform functional testing during non-peak load periods. 3.GC is to provide services of personnel and participate in seasonal testing process in the same manner as he would in non-seasonal testing. 4.Until off-season commissioning can be accomplished,Owner may retain an amount from GC’s payment sufficient to cover the cost of off-season testing. 5.Unforeseen Deferred Tests:If any check or test cannot be completed due to building structure,required occupancy condition,or other reason,execution of checklists and functional testing may be delayed upon approval of Owner.Tests shall be conducted in same manner as seasonal tests,as soon as possible.Services of required parties will be negotiated.Make final adjustments to Operation and Maintenance Manuals and record drawings due to unforeseen deferred tests. 6.GC is to provide services of personnel and participate in deferred testing in the same manner as he would for normal commissioning. 3.7 TRAINING A.The following requirements are in addition to Operations &Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B.Contractor shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling,and ultimately to ensure that training is completed. C.The training agenda (plan)shall include,at a minimum,the following elements: 1.Purpose of equipment. 2.Principle of how the equipment works. 3.Important parts and assemblies. 4.How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5.Most likely failure modes,causes and corrections. 6.On site demonstration. D.Commissioning Agent shall be responsible for overseeing and approving content and adequacy of training of Owner personnel for all installed systems. Provide Commissioning Agent with training plan two weeks before planned training. 3.8 OPERATIONS &MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.The following requirements are in addition to Operations &Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B.Contractor shall compile and prepare documentation for equipment and systems specified in this Division,and shall deliver documentation to Contractor for inclusion in Operation &Maintenance Manuals,in accordance with requirements of Division 01,prior to training Owner personnel. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 08 00 -8 C.Provide Commissioning authority with a single,electronic copy of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for review. Commissioning authority’s copy of O&M manuals shall be submitted through Architect. D.Operation and maintenance manuals shall include,service agency contact information, maintenance requirements,controls system settings and a narrative of how each system is intended to operate,including set points. 3.9 DOCUMENTATION A.Commissioning authority shall provide documentation of process as follows: 1.Preliminary commissioning report including test procedures,results of testing, itemization of deficiencies,deferred tests and climatic conditions required for performance of deferred tests. Preliminary commissioning report shall be issued to owner to demonstrate the first pass of testing has occurred and to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes. 2.Final commissioning report shall include the final test and balance report,final results of functional testing,disposition of deficiencies discovered during testing, including the details of corrective measures used and functional testing procedures used for repeatability of testing in the future. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 22 22 -1 SECTION 26 22 22 -LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide 480 -208Y/120 volt 3 phase,4 wire transformers as shown,scheduled and as specified. B.The type of transformers required are dry-type harmonic mitigating transformers. 1.2 STANDARDS A.Products shall be designed,manufactured,tested and installed in compliance with applicable ANSI/IEE and NEMA standards. 1.All low voltage transformers shall be UL listed and labeled. 2.All low voltage transformers 15 kVA and larger shall meet or exceed post-January 1,2016 U.S.DOE efficiency requirements ​Energy,10 C.F.R.§431.196(a)(2) (2015)​regardless of whether transformer date of manufacture is pre or post January 1,2016. 3.All low voltage transformers 15 kVA and larger shall be tested for efficiency in accordance with U.S.DOE test methods ​Energy,10 C.F.R.§431,Subpart K, Appendix A (2015)​. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Power Quality International,Inc.(PQI) 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: 1.Cutsheets of transformers with sound and load ratings,dimensions,weights, impedance rating,insulation type,temperature rise,phase displacement and tap configurations. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.National Electrical Code. B.Local,municipal,and/or state codes that have jurisdiction. 1.6 DESIGN OBJECTIVES A.The design of the electrical distribution system,as described by this specification and detailed in the accompanying electrical drawings,provides for control of the harmonic currents that are generated by non-linear electronic loads.These design objectives,and the various standards that apply,are detailed herein as follows: 1.To reduce the ‘penalty losses’that are produced by harmonic currents,which would otherwise result in an increase in the cost-of-power,apparatus heating and the cost of air-conditioning,within economic limits. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 22 22 -2 2.To limit harmonic current injection into the Point of Common Coupling (PCC),as required in IEEE 519 ,Section 10.4,Table 10.3. 3.To limit positive,negative and zero sequence harmonic currents in the distribution system so that the Individual Harmonic Distortion of Voltage (IHDv)levels do not exceed 3%at the loads and the Total Harmonic Distortion of Voltage (THDv) levels do not exceed 5%at the loads,as recommended in IEEE 519​,Section 6.6, Paragraph 2. 4.To limit zero sequence harmonic currents in the neutral conductors so that their ratings are not exceeded and Common Mode Noise (CMN)​​neutral-ground voltage​​ levels do not exceed 5 volts at the loads,as recommended by CBEMA.Where computers and/or audio/visual devices are interconnected into a communications ‘network’,to limit the difference in CMN to <2 volts at all loads,as recommended by EPRI. 1.7 FACTORY TESTING A.The manufacturer shall provide linear and non-linear efficiency test on each transformer. Transformers not meeting the following criteria will not be used on this job. The data shall be included in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. The tests shall be conducted between 0%and 100%full load and shall be plotted for each transformer. 1.Linear Load Efficiency:Transformer shall ​meet or exceed​post-January 1,2016 U.S.DOE efficiency requirements ​Energy,10 C.F.R.§431.196(a)(2)(2015)​ regardless of whether transformer date of manufacture is pre or post January 1, 2016.Proof of compliance Type Tests,for each transformer type and rating,must be based on U.S.DOE test methods ​Energy,10 C.F.R.§431,Subpart K,Appendix A (2015)​.Type Test are required with each submission. 2.Non-Linear Load Efficiency:This requirement is defined as meeting the efficiency requirements of NEMA TP1-2002 under non-linear loading,which has 100%THDI and a harmonic profile that is based on IEEE 519,Table 4.3 - ‘Spectrum of Typical Switch Mode Power Supplies’. Proof of compliance Type Tests,for each transformer type and rating,must be based on the Voltage and Current Difference Loss Measurement Method using laboratory grade CTs and 0.1%accuracy Wattmeters OR shall be calculated in accordance with IEEE C57.110.Type Tests are required with each submission.The Power In –Power Out Measurements Method is not an acceptable test method due to the limitations associated with CT,PT and WattMeter accuracy. 1.8 FACTORY NAME PLATES A.Provide two (2)–name plates per transformer indicating all code required items (i.e. kVA voltage,phase etc.). Name plates shall also include,phase shift and a name as indicated on transformer schedule or one-line diagram. The name plates shall be located on a non removable section of the outer shell. 1.9 ALTERNATES A.In the event the contractor wishes to propose an alternative to the specified Harmonic Mitigating Transformers and/or Zero Sequence Harmonic Filters,the contractor shall provide the engineer with a detailed alternate Harmonic Mitigation Plan,which includes a schedule of proposed replacement devices that will meet all of the requirements described in this specification.The equipment proposal from the non-specified vendor(s) shall include the following information: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 22 22 -3 1.Evidence of significant relevant application experience. 2.Quantitative performance data including before/after effect on voltage distortion at the loads that demonstrates the vendor’s capability to achieve the harmonic treatment called for in this specification. 3.Product technical specification and installation wiring diagram. 4.Pertinent product application information. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Type ‘DV’,Single Output,Harmonic Filtering Distribution Transformers (Dry Type) shall be provided for all transformers indicated with a zero (0),thirty (30),fifteen (15), forty-five (45),twenty (20)and forty (40)degree primary to secondary phase shifts. B.Harmonic mitigating transformers with Wye configured primary windings are not acceptable. C.Harmonic mitigating transformers without zig-zag configured secondary windings that completely cancel zero-sequence flux under balanced load conditions are not acceptable. 2.2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A.The design of the harmonic filtering transformers,described in this Specification,shall be optimized for harmonic rich environments that are characterized by high neutral currents. These transformers shall: 1.Provide an ultra-low zero sequence impedance path for all load-generated zero sequence harmonic currents,including I3,I9,I15,I21,etc. 2.Provide for the cancellation of the 5th,7th,etc.positive and negative sequence harmonic currents,at the units’primary bus,when 0°and 30°(15°and 45°)phase- shifting units are used in combination. 3.Provide for the cancellation of the 5th,7th,11th,13th,etc.positive and negative sequence harmonic currents,at the units’primary bus,when 0°,20°and 40°phase- shifting units are used in combination. 4.Provide for the cancellation of 5th,7th,11th,13th,17th,19th,etc.positive and negative sequence harmonic currents,at the units’primary bus,when 0°,15°,30° and 45°phase-shifting units are used in combination. 5.Harmonic cancellation shall be by electromagnetic means only.No capacitors or electronics shall be used. 6.Reduce voltage and current distortion and imbalance at the primary terminals of the unit. 7.Reduce current crest factor at the primary terminals of the unit. 8.Reduce average and peak phase current on the primary terminals of the unit. 9.Reduce system losses. 10.Improve system power factor. 11.Reduce voltage distortion in the secondary sub-system. 2.3 DEVICE CONFIGURATION A.Type:ANN B.Insulation Class:220°C City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 22 22 -4 C.Temperature Rise:150°C D.System Frequency:60 Hertz E.Primary Voltage:480 Volts Delta (Wye configured primary is not acceptable) F.Secondary Voltage:208/120 Volts Zig-Zag with two (2)windings per core leg for 0 degree phase shift and 208/120 Volt modified zig-zag with three (3)windings per core leg for 30,15,45,20 and 40 degree phase shifts. G.Phase:Three Phase H.Rating:as scheduled on drawings I.Primary-Secondary Phase-Shift:as scheduled on drawings 2.4 TRANSFORMER CHARACTERISTICS A.Key Requirements 1.Positive &negative sequence impedance:standard % 2.Zero sequence reactance at 60Hz:<0.3 % 3.Zero sequence impedance at 60Hz:<0.9 % 4.Crest Factor suitability:5 5.BIL:10,000 Volts (windings 1000V 6.Capability to deliver full nameplate kVA to loads of K-factor up to:30 7.Neutral connection shall be rated at two times the ampacity of the secondary phase current. B.Basic Requirements: 1.Built to the following Standards:CSA C9-M1981,CSA22.2 No.47-1977,UL 506, IEEE C57.110,and NEMA ST 20 2.Three-phase,common core construction 3.Convection air-cooled 4.Copper or Aluminum Windings 5.Insulation Class:R(200 degree C) 6.Magnetic field at 1.5 feet:max.0.1 Gauss 7.Full load Efficiency at 170°C 8.Magnetizing Inrush Current:max.10 times full load rating 9.Taps: 2 x ±2.5% 10.Sound level: per C57.12.91 11.Enclosure:ventilated,drip-proof NEMA-1 ​​totally enclosed​​ 12.Finish:PQI white power coat 13.Anti-vibration pads shall be used between the core and the enclosure 2.5 VENDOR INFORMATION A.Evidence of significant relevant application experience. B.Quantitative performance data including before/after effect on voltage distortion at load panels that demonstrates the capability to achieve the harmonic mitigation called for in this specification. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 22 22 -5 C.Product technical specification. D.Pertinent product application information. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.General:Install transformer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,and recognized industry practices. B.Housekeeping Pad: Provide a nominal 3-½"high,2500 PSI (28 Day)concrete reinforced pad with number 6 welded wire mesh. The pad shall conform to the shape of the transformer and extend at least 3 inches beyond the length and width of the transformer. All corners of the pad shall be rounded. C.Mounting: Install floor mounted transformers on properly sized rubber-in-shear vibration isolators.Trapeze mounted transformers shall use rubber-in-shear hangers. Wall mounted transformers shall not be mounted directly to the wall without vibration isolation. D.Connection:Route conductors in a minimum of 2 feet of flexible steel conduit to transformer enclosure.Provide grounding conductor sized per NEC,connected to the building grounding electrode system. 3.2 FIELD TESTING A.Insulation,Tests: Prior to energization,check transformers windings for continuity and test the insulation resistance. Tests shall be made using a Biddle Megger or equivalent test instrument,per manufacturers’recommendations. Continuity Check Primary Pass /Fail Secondary Pass /Fail H1-H2 X1-X0 H2-H3 X2-X0 H3-X1 X3-X0 Insulation Resistance Test (1000V,DC) Connections Megohms High to Low,Gnd Low to High,Gnd High,Low to Gnd B.Tap Setting: Measure current and voltage under load conditions to provide correct tap settings. Tap Setting Primary Voltage Reading Secondary Voltage Reading H1-H2 X1-X0 H2-H3 X2-X0 H3-X1 X3-X0 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LOW VOLTAGE HARMONIC MITIGATING DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 22 22 -6 C.Receptacle Tests:At the furthest receptacle from each panel serving a computer or copier,a power quality meter shall be used to determine the following: Receptacle Test Panel Name (Fed From) Circuit Number Room Name or Number Location Inside Room Voltage (Line-Neutral) THDV Voltage (Neutral-Ground) Current (Phase) THDI D.Conduct all tests 3 to 6 months after building occupation. Submit all tests for Engineer’s review. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -1 SECTION 26 24 13 -SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide switchboards as shown,scheduled and as specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA PB 2 -Deadfront Distribution Switchboards 2011. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C.UL 891 -Switchboards Current Edition,Including All Revisions. D.UL 977 -Fused Power-Circuit Devices Current Edition,Including All Revisions. E.Products shall be designed,manufactured,tested and installed in compliance with applicable standards. F.Products shall conform to all applicable UL standards and shall be UL-labeled. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide one of the following manufacturers: 1.General Electric Company/ABB 2.Square D Company 3.Siemens 4.Eaton 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: 1.Cut sheets of all enclosures,instrumentation,fusible switches,bussing,rating, capacities,features,wiring and bussing diagrams,schedules,coordination study and all accessories clearly labeled. 2. Manufacturer of electrical gear shall provide Fault Current,Selective Coordination and Arc Flash Study in order to provide breaker settings,confirm interrupting ratings,and confirm selective coordination compliance for the electrical system.Submit interrupting ratings for all switchboards in submittals. Emergency systems as defined in NEC 700 and 701 shall have overcurrent protection devices that are selectively coordinated to the emergency sources.The switchboard shall be fully rated. a.Refer to specification section 26 05 73 for additional requirements. 3.Manufacturer to include in the submittal all trip curves and all literature indicating the interrupting rating characteristics of equipment being supplied. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -2 1.National Electrical Code. 2.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A.General 1.Furnish and install the service entrance switchboard as herein specified and shown on the associated electrical drawings.The switchboard shall meet UL 891 and NEMA PB 2 and be furnished with an Underwriters`Laboratories label. The service to the switchboard will be as shown on the plans. B.Enclosure Construction 1.The switchboard shall be dead front with front and rear accessibility required. The switchboard framework shall consist of steel channels bolted to the frame to rigidly support the entire shipping section for moving on rollers and floor mounting. The framework is to be formed of code gauge steel,rigidly welded and bolted together to support all cover plates,bussing and component devices. Each switchboard shall have an open bottom for installation and termination of conduit. Bottom conduit areas are to be clearly shown and dimensioned on the shop drawings. The wireway front covers shall be hinged to permit easy access to the branch device load side terminals. All front covers shall be screwed on and removable. The entire switchboard enclosure shall be painted. The paint finish shall be medium light gray,ANSI 61 or #49,applied by the electrode position process over an iron phosphate pre-treatment. The minimum depth of the switchboard shall be 24". The switchboard shall be nominal 90 inches high mounted on 1-1/2 inches high by 3 inches deep steel channel running under the front rear and center horizontal depth.Provide NEMA 1 enclosure when installed indoors,unless otherwise noted. Provide NEMA 3R enclosures when installed outside. NEMA 3R enclosures shall be treated with the same process indicated above except that all exterior parts shall be galvannealed steel. All exterior hardware shall be zinc-plated steel. C.Bussing 1.The switchboard bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL 891 temperature rise. The bus shall be plated copper. The phase and neutral through bus shall have an ampacity as shown on the plans and shall be braced to have a short circuit current rating of 65,000 RMS symmetrical amperes.Tapered bus is not acceptable. The horizontal bus shall be fully rated for the entire switchboard length. The vertical shall be sized for a minimum of 2,000 amperes (or sized to match the horizontal bus if the service is less than 2,000A)and as required to comply with UL 891 14.31. Full provisions for the addition of future sections shall be provided.Vertical buss for distribution shall be full height for future breaker additions.Bussing shall include all necessary hardware to accommodate splicing for future additions. The through bus supports,connections and joints are to be bolted with grade 5 minimum hex heads bolts and Belleville washers to minimize maintenance requirements. Provide a full length ground bus. D.Short Circuit Current Rating City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -3 1.Each switchboard,as a complete unit,shall be given a single short circuit current rating by the manufacturer.Such rating shall be established by actual tests by the manufacturer,in accordance with UL specifications,on equipment constructed similarly to the subject switchboard. The switchboard shall be rated for 65,000 amperes minimum fault current. E.Main Lugs Only 1.The incoming service lateral/feeder shall enter the switchboard from below unless otherwise noted on the drawings.The incoming main lugs shall be mechanical type for copper conductors and compression type for Aluminum conductors.They shall be sized for multiple sets of the incoming cables to terminate the conductors to meet the wire sizes and ampacity shown. 2.The incoming busway feeder from the power company`s pad mounted transformers shall enter the main switchboard from above. The incoming main bus flange shall be directly attached to the incoming vertical bus of the switchboard. F.Main Circuit Breaker Lugs 1.The incoming service lateral/feeder shall enter the switchboard from below unless otherwise noted on the drawings.The incoming conductors shall be terminated using mechanical type lugs for copper conductors and compression type for Aluminum conductors.They shall be sized for multiple sets of the incoming cables to terminate the conductors to meet the wire sizes and ampacity shown. G.Main Switch 1.The incoming service lateral/feeder shall enter the switchboard from below unless otherwise noted on the drawings.The incoming conductors shall be terminated using mechanical type lugs for copper conductors and compression type for aluminum conductors.They shall be sized for multiple sets of the incoming cables to terminate the conductors to meet the wire sizes and ampacity shown. 2.The main switch shall be of the fusible bolted pressure contact type or high pressure contact switches with ratings as shown on the associated drawings. Pressure contacts are to be made by firmly bolting blades to both top and bottom stationary contacts.These switches shall have quick-break Kineamatic-Action mechanisms,inter-phase barriers and arcing equipment.Switches shall be manually operated and have an electric trip mechanism which is piloted by the output of ground fault sensing circuitry.Power for the electric trip circuit shall be obtained from a control transformer connected from phase to phase on the line side of the switch.The electric trip coil shall be designed to operate at 55%of rated voltage.In accordance with UL 977,switches shall have an interrupting rating of 12 times the continuous rating.The operating mechanism shall immediately be in a condition to open the switch. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -4 3.The ground fault protection system shall include a current sensor and appropriate relaying equipment.The current sensor shall enclose all phase and neutral conductors of the circuit to be monitored.The current sensor frame shall be so constructed that one leg can be opened to allow removal of sensor without disturbing the cables or requiring drop-links in the bussing.A test winding shall be provided to simulate the flow of ground fault current through the current sensor,in order to test the complete system,including sensor pickup,relaying equipment and electric trip mechanism of the switch.The ground fault relay shall be solid state construction and have adjustable pick-up for ground fault currents from 100 amperes to 1,200 amperes.Settings for individual relays shall be per the coordination study.Time delay provided by the ground fault relay circuitry shall be nominally 0.1 second and shall be permanently calibrated to preclude tampering after installation. H.Overcurrent Devices 1.General: All protective devices shall be individually or group mounted,arranged for stationary mounting. 2.Main Circuit Breakers shall be molded case for sizes less than 1,600 amps and insulated case for larger sizes.Main breakers shall be stationary mounted.The circuit breaker shall be 100%rated (unless otherwise noted on drawings),3-pole device with ampere rating as shown on the drawings and additional features as listed below. a.The breaker case shall be constructed from high dielectric strength,glass- reinforced insulating material.All breakers shall be provided with padlock capabilities to facilitate lockout/tag-out procedures. b.Insulated Case breakers shall be manually operated using a two-step store energy device and shall be provided with a handle for charging the spring mechanism.Provide on/off push buttons for opening and closing the circuit breaker. c.The breaker shall be equipped with a solid-state programmer,flux shift trip device,and current sensors to control the breaker operation under overload and fault conditions. The solid-state electronic programmer shall have the following features and tripping functions. 1)Adjustable current setting 2)Adjustable long-time delay 3)Adjustable short-time pickup and delay 4)Adjustable ground fault pick-up 5)Adjustable ground fault delay 6)Fault trip indicators for ground fault,overloads and short circuits 3.Molded Case Circuit Breakers 800 amps or larger: The circuit breaker shall be 100%rated (unless otherwise noted on drawings),3 pole device with ampere rating as shown on the drawings and additional features as listed below. a.The breaker case shall be constructed from high dielectric strength,glass- reinforced insulating material. b.The breaker shall be manually operated and provided with a handle for opening a quick-make quick-break mechanism. c.The breaker shall be stationary-mounted within the switchboard. d.The breaker shall be equipped with a solid-state programmer,flux shift trip device,and current sensors to control the breaker operation under overload and fault conditions. The solid-state electronic programmer shall have the following features and tripping functions. 1)Adjustable current setting City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -5 2)Adjustable long-time delay 3)Adjustable short-time pickup and delay 4)Adjustable ground fault pick-up where indicated on the drawings to provide two levels of ground fault. 5)Adjustable ground fault delay,overloads and short circuits where indicated on the drawings to provide two levels of ground fault. 6)Fault trip indicators for ground fault.where indicated on the drawings to provide two levels of ground fault. 4.Molded Case Circuit Breakers less than 800 amps: The circuit breakers shall be 80%rated (unless otherwise noted on drawings),3 pole device with ampere rating as shown on the drawings and additional features as listed below. a.The breaker case shall be constructed from high dielectric strength,glass- reinforced insulating material. b.The breaker shall be manually operated and thermal magnetic. c.The breaker shall be stationary-mounted within the switchboard. d.Where spaces are shown,all mounting hardware and bus connectors shall be included. The only item to be included with the activation of the space is the circuit breaker. 5.Bolted Pressure Contact Switches or High Pressure Contact Switches: a.The branch switch shall be of the fusible bolted pressure contact type with ratings as shown on the associated drawings.Pressure contacts are to be made by firmly bolting blades to both top and bottom stationary contacts.These switches shall have quick-break Kineamatic-Action mechanisms,inter-phase barriers and arcing equipment.Switches shall be manually operated and have an electric trip mechanism which is piloted by the output of ground fault sensing circuitry.Power for the electric trip circuit shall be obtained from a control transformer connected from phase to phase on the line side of the switch.The electric trip coil shall be designed to operate at 55%of rated voltage.In accordance with UL 977,switches shall have an interrupting rating of 12 times the continuous rating.The operating mechanism shall immediately be in a condition to open the switch. b.The ground fault protection system shall include a current sensor and appropriate relaying equipment. The current sensor shall enclose all phase and neutral conductors of the circuit to be monitored. The current sensor frame shall be so constructed that one leg can be opened to allow removal of sensor without disturbing the cables or requiring drop-links in the bussing. A test winding shall be provided to simulate the flow of ground fault current through the current sensor,in order to test the complete system,including sensor pickup,relaying equipment and electric trip mechanism of the switch. The ground fault relay shall be solid state construction and have adjustable pick-up for ground fault currents from 100 amperes to 1200 amperes. Settings for individual relays shall be 200 amperes. Time delay provided by the ground fault relay circuitry shall be nominally .1 second and shall be permanently calibrated to preclude tampering after installation. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -6 6.Fusible Switches: The fusible switches shall be quick-make,quick-break and shall be group mounted in panel-type construction. Switches of 30-800 amperes shall have plug-on line side connections and shall have built in fuse pullers (30-100A units). Each switch is to be contained in a separate steel enclosure. The enclosure will employ a hinged cover for access to the fuses which will be interlocked with the operating handle to prevent opening the cover when the switch is in the "ON" position. This interlock shall be constructed so that it can be released with a standard electrician`s tool for testing fuses without interrupting service. The units shall have padlocking provisions in the "OFF"position and the operating handle position shall give positive switch position indication,i.e.:red for "ON"and black for "OFF". Switches shall pass industry standard I2T with-standability tests and fuse tests. Provide positive pressure rejection type fuse clips for use with UL class "JJ"fuses 600 amp and smaller. I.Arc Energy Reduction Switch 1.Provide arc energy reduction switch for each breaker rated 1,200 amps or larger to comply with 240.87 of the NEC.Switch shall be equipped with a pad lockable cover with a blue LED pilot light that illuminates when system is activated.Locate switch and cover recessed mounted adjacent to the breaker it is serving.Provide Label.Provide all hardware required.Provide remote mount when indicated on the drawings. J.Instruments 1.Provide a Schneider Electric PM 8000 or approved equal digital power logic meter.A factory trained representative shall program the meter.Programming shall include under voltage,over voltage,voltage sags and swells,phase loss and other items required by the owner. 2.Provide current and potential transformers required. 3.Provide optional ethernet communication card for ethernet connections to the Building Automation System (BAS).Communication protocol shall include BACnet or Modbus TCP over ethernet.Connect to the BAS before energizing the switchboard. 4.Install in the incoming section after the main circuit breaker. K.Infrared Viewing Ports 1.Provide infrared viewing ports for incoming main connection,main breakers, feeder connections for devices rated at 1,200 amps and more,busway and bus connections. L.​​Space Heaters (Unconditioned Spaces and Exterior Units)​​ 1.Provide factory-installed space heaters in each vertical section.Provide with field adjustable humidistat control to set humidity range for anticipated environmental conditions.Provide unit with factory mounted transformer for 120V control power with appropriate overcurrent fusing. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATIONS A.General:Install switchboards,including electrical connections,in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions,NFPA 70 and recognized industry practices. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -7 B.Housekeeping Pads:Mount switchboards on 4-inch high reinforced concrete housekeeping pads for indoor locations.Refer to Section 26 02 00. C.Prior to energizing the switchboard,the manufacturer shall test all ground fault interrupters to verify proper operation.Contractor shall contact manufacturer for this test at least two weeks in advance. D.All connections within switchboard whether field connected or factory assembled shall be tested and verified for proper torque valves per the manufacturer’s instructions. E.Contractor shall make electronic adjustments to circuit breaker trips units as per the coordination/selective study.A manufacturer’s field service representative or qualified third part service company approved by owner and engineer may also set the breakers. This shall be performed prior to close out of job site.A report shall be submitted to certify the breaker setting have been set according. F.Digital meters shall be configured as directed by the owner for monitoring.The logs shall be cleared at substantial completion.Date and time shall be set. G.Switchboards shall be cleaned inside and out to remove dust and debris prior to energizing. H.Infrared Scanning:After Substantial Completion by not more than 2 months after Final Acceptance,perform an infrared scan of each switchboard. Remove fronts if not equipped with viewing ports to make joints and connections accessible to a portable scanner. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION OF CONDUCTORS AND SWITCHGEAR ELEMENTS A.Identify main,feeder and branch circuit conductors at each outlet point where such conductor terminates. Identify feeder bundles passing through a junction or support box within enclosures. B.Identify by use of permanent type bands,Brady or T &B. Employ a definite number or letter code uniform throughout each conductor. C.Nameplates: 1.The switchboard will be supplied with a 3"x 6"master nameplate and individual nameplates for each main and branch overcurrent device. The nameplates shall be white and black 1/2"high lettering. D.Fuses: 1.Install fuses of the rating and class as shown in each switch as scheduled on drawings.Fuses shall be Bussmann current limiting fuses.Refer to Section 26 28 13 -Fuses. 3.3 OPERATIONS PERSONNEL TRAINING A.Provide a training session for the owner’s operations personnel.Training session shall be performed by a qualified person who is knowledgeable in the subject/equipment.Submit a training agenda two (2)weeks prior to the proposed training session for review and approval.Training session shall include at the minimum: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SWITCHBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 13 -8 1.Purpose of equipment. 2.Principle of how the equipment works. 3.Important parts and assemblies. 4.How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5.Most likely failure modes,causes and corrections. 6.On site demonstration. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PANELBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 16 -1 SECTION 26 24 16 -PANELBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide panelboards as shown,scheduled and as specified herein. B.The types of panelboards include: 1.Panelboards. 2.Power distribution panelboards. 3.Load centers 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI C12.1 -Electric Meters -Code for Electricity Metering 2022. B.ANSI C12.20 -American National Standard for Electricity Meters -0.1,0.2,and 0.5 Accuracy Classes 2018,with Errata. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D.UL 50 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition,Including All Revisions. E.UL 67 -Panelboards Current Edition,Including All Revisions. F.UL 489 -Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Current Edition,Including All Revisions. G.UL 943 -Ground fault Circuit Interrupters H.NEMA PB 1 -Panelboards I.NEMA PB 1.1 -General Instructions for Proper Installation,Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less J.NEMA,ABI,Molded Car Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches K.Federal Spec W-P 115,Rev C,Panel,Power Distribution L.NEMA KSI,Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600V) 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide one of the following manufacturers: 1.General Electric Company/ABB 2.Square D Company 3.Siemens 4.Eaton City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PANELBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 16 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: 1.Cutsheets of all enclosures,circuit breakers,fusible switches,bussing,rating, schedules and all accessories clearly labeled. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1.NFPA 70 2.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A.General 1.Provide power distribution and panelboards as indicated in the panelboard schedule and as shown on the plans.Load centers are acceptable for use in dwelling units.Power distribution panelboards shall be equipped with fusible switches or circuit breakers as shown on the schedule. Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic,molded case circuit breakers of frame and trip ratings as shown on the schedule. B.Busing Assembly and Temperature Rise 1.Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main breaker shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule.Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests with maximum hot spot temperature on any connector or bus bar not to exceed 65°C.rise above 40°C ambient.Heat rise test shall be conducted in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67.The use of conductor dimensions will not be accepted in lieu of actual heat tests.All current carrying parts of the bus shall be tin or silver plated copper. 2.Bus structure shall be isolated. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers shall be distributed phase or phase sequence type and shall accept bolt-on circuit breakers for lighting and appliance panelboards. 3.The lugs for terminating conductors shall be rated at 75°C on all panel boards and circuit breakers. 4.Provide a non-insulated bare copper ground bus.Provide an isolated ground copper bus in each panel serving isolated ground circuits as indicated on panel schedule or one-line diagram.Provide a full size copper neutral bus in each panelboard enclosure.Provide a 200%neutral buss when served by a harmonic mitigating transformer and any K4 or higher rated transformers. C.Distribution Panelboards 1.Provide arc energy reduction switch for each overcurrent device rated 1,200 amps or larger to comply with 240.87 of the NEC.Switch shall be equipped with a pad lockable cover with a blue LED pilot light that illuminates when system is activated.Locate switch and cover recessed mounted adjacent to the switch it serves or remote as indicated on the plans.Provide label and all required hardware. Remote switch(es)shall be flush mounted in wall near entry to the room. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PANELBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 16 -3 2.Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated,braced and protected connectors. The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be flush with each other. Large,permanent,individual circuit numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a uniform position. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between “ON”and “OFF”. Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers. Circuit breakers shall be of the frame size,trip setting and interrupting capacity as indicated on the drawings.Circuit breakers shall be rated 65,000 AIC unless otherwise noted on plans. 3.All fusible switches shall be quick-make,quick-break with visible blades and dual horsepower ratings.Switch handles shall physically indicate “ON”and “OFF” positions.Switches shall be lockable only in the “OFF”position and accept three industrial type heavy duty padlocks.Switch covers and handles shall be interlocked to prevent opening in the “ON”position.A means shall be provided to permit authorized personnel to release the interlock for inspection purposes. Switches shall include positive pressure rejection type fuse clips for use with UL Class R fuses or Class J fuses and be UL labeled for 200,000 AIC. D.480/277 Volt Panelboards 1.Main breakers shall be vertically mounted.Branch mounted main breakers are not acceptable.Provide electronic trip mains with long term,short term and instantaneous trips as indicated on drawings and required for selective coordination. 2.Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on thermal-magnetic,molded case circuit breakers. Breakers shall be 1,2 or 3 pole with an integral crossbar to assure simultaneous opening of all poles in multiple circuit breakers. Breaker shall have an over- center,trip-free,toggle-type operating mechanism with quick-make,quick-break action and positive handle indication. Handles shall have “ON”,“OFF”and “TRIPPED”positions. Circuit breakers shall be UL listed in accordance with UL Standard 489 and shall be rated 277 volt ac (single pole,15-30 amperes)or 480Y/277 volts ac (2 and 3 pole)with continuous current ratings as noted on the plan. Interrupting ratings shall be a minimum of 18,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 277 volts ac (single pole)or 480Y/277 volts ac (2 and 3 pole)unless otherwise noted on plans. E.240 Volt Panelboards 1.Main breakers shall be vertically mounted.Branch mounted main breakers are not acceptable.Provide electronic trip mains with long term,short term and instantaneous trips as indicated on drawings and required for selective coordination. 2.Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on thermal-magnetic,molded case circuit breakers. Breakers shall be 1,2,or 3 pole with an integral crossbar to assure simultaneous opening of all poles in multiple circuit breakers. Breakers shall have an overcenter,trip-free,toggle-type operating mechanism with quick-make,quick- break action and positive handle indication. Handles shall have "ON","OFF"and "TRIPPED"positions. 3.Circuit breakers shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 489 and shall be rated 240 volts ac maximum with continuous current rating as noted on the plans. 4.Branch circuit breakers feeding convenience outlets shall have sensitive instantaneous trip settings of not more than 10 times the trip settings of the breaker to prevent repeated arcing short resulting from frayed appliance cords. Single pole 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers shall be UL listed as "Switching Breakers"at 120V ac and carry the SWD marking. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PANELBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 16 -4 5.UL Class A 5mA ground fault circuit protection shall be provided on all receptacle circuits serving wet areas and on all 120V ac branch circuits as specified on the plans or panelboard schedule. This protection shall be an integral part of the branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch circuit wiring.Tripping of a branch circuit breaker containing ground fault circuit interruption shall not disturb the feeder circuit to the panelboard. A single pole circuit breaker with integral ground fault circuit interruption shall require no more panelboard branch circuit space than a conventional circuit breaker. 6.UL Class B 30mA ground fault circuit protection (GFEP)shall be provided on all equipment circuits requiring ground fault protection.This protection shall be an integral part of the branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch circuit wiring. 7.Provide Shunt Trip Breakers including control power for circuits under cooking hoods and other equipment having this requirement. 8.Provide Breakers with Switched Neutral circuits with common trip for gasoline pumps and other equipment having this requirement. 9.Circuit breakers shall be rated 10,000 AIC at 240V unless otherwise noted on plans or served by transformers greater than 150 kVA. 10.Provide 200%sized neutral bus with panels served from a non-linear transformer and any K4 or higher rated transformers.This shall be a UL approved assembly. F.Cabinets and Fronts 1.The panelboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet.The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as specified in UL 50 for cabinets.Wiring gutter space shall be in accordance with UL 67 for panelboards.The box shall be fabricated from galvanized steel or equivalent rust resistant steel.Provide stainless steel front cover for all panels located in all Pool Equipment rooms,Food Labs,Snack Bars, Culinary Arts,Kitchens and Life Skills rooms.All NEMA-1 panels shall have hinged front covers.The front cover shall have a door with hinges,latch and a lock.The piano hinged front covers door-in-door shall allow full access to the circuit breaker gutter area without having to remove the entire front cover.All panelboard lock shall be keyed alike.Circuit breaker and fusible distribution panels shall have four-piece trims.A welded circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door.Provide NEMA 1 enclosure where installed indoors unless otherwise noted.Provide NEMA 3R enclosure where installed outside or in a sprinkled area. G.Safety Barrier 1.The distribution panelboard interior assembly shall be dead front with panelboard cover removed.Main lugs or main breakers shall have a barrier.The barrier in front of the main lugs shall be hinged to a fixed part of the interior.The end of the bus structure opposite the mains shall have barriers. H.Integrated Equipment Short Circuit Rating City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PANELBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 16 -5 1.Each panelboard,as a complete unit,shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater than the integrated equipment rating shown on the panelboard schedule or on the plans.This rating shall be established by testing with the over- current devices mounted in the panelboard.The short circuit tests on the over- current devices and on the panelboard structure shall be made simultaneously by connecting the fault to each over-current device with the panelboard connected to its rated voltage source.Method of testing shall be per UL 67​.The source shall be capable of supplying the specified panelboard short circuit current or greater. Testing of panelboard over-current devices for short circuit rating only while individually mounted is not acceptable.Also,testing of the bus structure alone is not acceptable.Panelboards shall be marked with their maximum short circuit current rating at the supply voltage and shall be UL listed. I.​Metering​ 1.Provide a branch circuit meter to meter the branch circuits indicated on the drawings.It shall provide kW,kVA,kWh and kVAh.It shall be mounted in the panelboard or externally mounted next to the panel.Communication protocol shall include BACnet and Modbus TCP over ethernet.Connect to the Building Automation System.Program to notify building owner if the load exceeds values set by the energy code indicated on the load analysis.This shall comply with 220.12 Exception No.1 of the 2020 NEC. 2.Provide a panelboard meter to meter the entire panel as indicated on the drawings. It shall include per phase and total kW,kVA,accumulated kWh,kVAh,power factor,peak demand,frequency,current and voltage It shall be mounted in the panel board or externally mounted next to the panelboard.Communication protocol shall include BACnet and Modbus TCP over ethernet.Connect to the Building Automation System.Program to notify building owner if the load exceeds values set by the energy code indicated on the load analysis.This shall comply with 220.12 Exception No.1 of the adopted version of the NEC.Connect the meter to the building automation system before entergizing.1 3.Meters shall be provided with an accuracy of 1.0% and shall be certified to ANSI C12.1 or ANSI C12.20 as applicable. J.Load Centers 1.Provide load centers where indicated. 2.Load centers shall have mains ratings and branch circuit breaker ratings of the size and number as indicated on drawings.Load centers shall be plug-on type construction.All current carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated copper. Terminals for feeder conductors to mains and branch neutral shall be UL listed as suitable for the type conductor specified.The load center bus assembly shall be enclosed in steel cabinet.The size of the wiring gutters and gauge steel shall be in accordance with UL 50 and UL 67.Fronts shall include door and be provided with a directory for circuit identification.Load center boxes and fronts shall have corrosion resisting phosphate treatment and a gray baked enamel finish.Load centers shall be UL listed and meet Federal Specification W-P-115B as Type I, Class 2. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PANELBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 16 -6 3.All breakers shall be full width,plug-on-type,toggle action with quick-make, quick-break mechanism.Provide Square D ‘QO’,GE 'THQL'breakers or approved equal.Piggy-back or half width breakers are not acceptable.Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between “ON”and “OFF”when the breaker is tripped.All multi-pole breakers shall be single operating handle,common trip variety.Branch circuit breakers feeding convenience outlets shall have sensitive,instantaneous trip in order to give “flash protection”for frayed,stranded wire cords.QWIK-GARD circuit breakers with ground fault circuit interrupters shall be used in accordance with the National Electrical Code.Circuit breakers shall be UL listed and meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN,Class 1.Provide ARC Fault circuit interrupter breaker to comply with 210.12 of the NEC. 4.Provide Surge Protection Device with a minimum of 100 kA. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.General: Install panelboards,including electrical connections,in accordance with manufacturers written instructions,NFPA 70 and recognized industry practices. B.All panels shall be mounted to unistrut.Unistrut shall be securely mounted to the floor and structural ceiling.Toggle bolts or anchor bolts attached to drywall is not acceptable. C.Housekeeping Pads: Mount floor mounted panelboards on 4 inch high concrete housekeeping pads. D.Fuses: Install fuses of the rating and class as shown in each fusible distribution panel scheduled on drawings. E.Conduits: Stub up three one inch conduits to an accessible location above the ceiling for each recessed panelboard. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A.Nameplate: Each panelboard shall have an engraved bakelite nameplate. Nameplates shall be white with black letters and show panel designation. Nameplates shall be attached with stainless steel screws.Refer to Section 26 02 00,paragraph 2.8(C). B.Directory Card: Cardholders and directory cards shall be furnished for circuit identification in panelboards. Cardholder shall be located on inside of panel door and shall be in a metal frame with clear plastic front. Circuit lists shall be typewritten. Circuit descriptions shall include location and name of each item of equipment served. Spares and spaces shall be written in erasable pencil for future use. Circuit directory shall show the room served by each circuit. The final graphs/signage room numbers shall be used. Do not use Architectural numbering on plans. C.Replacement Components:Where circuit breakers or fuses are applied in compliance with the series combination ratings marked on the equipment by the manufacturers,the equipment enclosure(s)shall be legibly marked in the field to indicate the equipment has been applied with a series combination rating.The marking shall be readily visible and state "caution -Series Rated System."(NEC 110-22).Nameplate shall also identify replacement components. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PANELBOARDS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 24 16 -7 D.Replacement Components:Nameplate shall identify replacement components. 3.3 INFRARED SCANNING A.After Substantial Completion by not more than 2 months after Final Acceptance,perform an infrared scan of each panelboard.Remove fronts if not equipped with viewing ports to make joints and connections accessible to a portable scanner.Submit a copy the owner and engineer for review.If O&M manuals are submitted prior to performance of infrared scan,contractor shall submit a signed letter to verify the scan has been arranged.Letter shall indicate the scan provider and the date It will be performed. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -1 SECTION 26 27 26 -WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide wiring devices as shown,scheduled,required and as specified. B.The types of wiring devices required include: 1.Switches 2.Receptacles 3.Occupancy Sensors 4.Digital Timer Switches 5.Coverplates 6.Floor Boxes 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FS W-C-596 -Connector,Electrical,Power,General Specification for 2014h,with Amendments (2017). B.FS W-S-896 -Switches,Toggle (Toggle and Lock),Flush Mounted (General Specification)2014g,with Amendment (2017). C.NEMA WD 1 -General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices 1999 (Reaffirmed 2020). D.NEMA WD 6 -Wiring Devices -Dimensional Specifications 2021. E.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. F.UL 20 -General-Use Snap Switches Current Edition,Including All Revisions. G.UL 498 -Attachment Plugs and Receptacles Current Edition,Including All Revisions. H.UL 943 -Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition,Including All Revisions. I.UL 1310 -Class 2 Power Units Current Edition,Including All Revisions. J.UL 1699 -Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.All wiring devices shall comply with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6 as well as FS W- C-596 and FS W-S-896 as applicable. B.All switches shall comply with UL 20 as applicable. C.All receptacles shall comply with UL 498 as applicable. D.All GFCI receptacles shall comply with UL 943. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -2 E.All USB charging receptacles shall comply with UL 1310. F.All AFCI receptacles shall comply with UL 1699. 1.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Hubbell B.Leviton C.Pass &Seymour 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1.Cut sheets of all devices indicating NEMA configuration,rating,materials,color, and all accessories. 2.Cut sheets of all coverplates indicating materials,color and any engraving specified on drawing or in the specifications. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.National Electric Code. B.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A.GENERAL 1.Provide factory assemble wiring devices with the rating type and color as required and specified for the service indicated. 2.Provide matching one-piece multiple gang plates where switches are ganged. 3.Provide wall plates for each receptacle furnished. 4.Architect reserves the right to select wiring device styles and colors to match wall finish. 5.Wall plates shall be of same manufacturer as devices. 2.2 SWITCHES A.Provide specification grade White decora style rocker switches where indicated on the Drawings.Provide "Red"switches for switching emergency lighting circuits where switching is indicated.Coordinate exact locations with architect. 1.Wall switches shall be 20 amp,120-277 volt and shall be Hubbell Decorator Series,Leviton,Decora or Pass &Seymor Decorator,as follows: ROCKER/DECORATOR SWITCHES HUBBELL LEVITON P&S SINGLE POLE DS120 5621-2 2621 DOUBLE POLE DS220 5622-2 2622 THREE WAY DS320 5623-2 2623 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -3 FOUR WAY DS420 5624-2 2624 MOMENTARY CONTACT HBL1557 1257 1251 THREE POSITION,TWO CIRCUIT MAINTAINED CONTACT HBL1385 1285 1225 KEY TYPE LOCKABLE BARREL KEY OR CORBIN STYLE HBL1221-RKL 1221-2KL PS20AC1-KL PROVIDE WITH EXTRA KEYS HBL1209RKL 2KL 4609 DISCONNECT SWITCH /INSTA HOT HBL7810DS MS303-DSS 7803 2.Dimmers:Provide Lutron DIVA or equal where required.Wall Box dimmers shall be sized to handle the load.Provide Phase dimmers to control LED lamps when 0-10V drivers are not provided. 3.Light Handle Switches:Provide Leviton 5649-2 or P&S 2625 lighted handles to switch emergency lights where noted on the drawings. 2.3 RECEPTACLES A.Provide specification grade,Decora type ​White​ receptacles where indicated on the drawings.Provide “Red”receptacles for receptacles on emergency power.Coordinate exact location with architect. 1.Receptacles shall be Hubbell,Leviton,or Pass &Seymour as follows: DECORATOR /DECORA RECEPTACLES HUBBELL LEVITON P&S DECORATOR DUPLEX 20A,125V NEMA 5-15R SELF GROUNDING DR20 16362 26342 DECORATOR SIMPLEX 20A,125V NEMA 5-15R SELF GROUNDING ---1635 26361 ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX 20A, 125V ORANGE NEMA 5-20R IG20DRx 16362-IG IG26362 CLOCK HANGER 15A-125V BROWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL PLATE WITH HANGER HBL5235 5361-CH S3733-SS GFCI DUPLEX 20A,125V SELF TESTING,FEED THRU CAPABLE, TAMPER RESISTANT FOR LOCATIONS REQUIRING TAMPER RESISTANT INSTALLATION OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS GFRST20 GFTR2 2097TR GFCI DUPLEX 20A,125V SELF TESTING,FEED THRU CAPABLE, TAMPER/WEATHER RESISTANT FOR INSTALLATION IN DAMP/WET LOCATION OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS GFTWRST20 GFWR2 2097TRWR TAMPER RESISTANT DUPLEX 20A,DR20WHITR 16362-SG TR26362 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -4 125V NEMA 5-20R SURGE PROTECTION 20A,125V DUPLEX,BLUE NEMA 5-20R WITH AUDIBLE ALARM HBL5362SA 7380-W 5362SP USB CHARGER TYPE DUPLEX 20A, 125V TAMPER RESISTANT,DUAL USB TYPE A PORTS MIN.OF 5A USB OUTPUT,TAMPER RESISTANT USB20A5x 5A OUTPUT T5832* 3.6A OUTPUT 2097TRUSBA4* 2.1A OUTPUT PLUG LOAD CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES 20A,125V TAMPER RESISTANT WITH TWO CONTROLLED FACE DR20C2WHITR 16352-2PW TR26362CDW PLUG LOAD CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES 20A,125V TAMPER RESISTANT WITH ONE CONTROLLED FACE DR20C1WHITR 16352-1PW TR26362CHW ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLES AF20TRW AFTR2-W AF202TRW GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER /ARC FAULT DUAL FUNCTION AFGF20TR AGTR2-W AFGF202TR 2.4 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A.Provide White dual technology wall mounted sensors,provide one of the following: 1.Single Pole: a.NLIGHT CONTROLS OR EQUAL. 2.Double Pole: a.NLIGHT CONTROLS OR EQUAL. 3.Dimmer: a.NLIGHT CONTROLS OR EQUAL B.Provide dual technology ceiling sensor with low voltage controlling switch and power pack. 1.Single Button: a.NLIGHT CONTROLS OR EQUAL. C.Provide Ultra Sonic Ceiling sensor for restrooms. 1.NLIGHT CONTROLS OR EQUAL. 2.5 DIGITAL TIMER SWITCHES A.NLIGHT CONTROLS OR EQUAL. B.The time switch shall provide audible notification and visual notification (blink the room lights)prior to turning lights off. C.The time switch shall have a 12-hour manual override setting. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -5 2.6 COVERPLATES A.Furnish and install coverplates on all outlet boxes.Oversize (Jumbo)coverplates are not acceptable. B.Coverplates shall be smooth nylon and 302/304 smooth stainless steel in kitchen and coffee bar areas. C.Provide Hubbell WP Series,Bell,Carlon or Leviton NEMA 3R weatherproof coverplates on all exterior wiring devices.Enclosure shall be suitable for wet locations when in use. D.Coverplates shall be Hubbell SS Series,Leviton,Pass &Seymour 302/304 smooth stainless steel on all receptacles 30 amps and larger. E.Stainless steel device plates shall be provided at locations with tile or stone walls. 2.7 FLOOR BOXES A.Floor boxes with surface activation shall be cast iron as manufactured by Hubbell or equal by Wiremold 880CS/CM series and as indicated below: 1.Slab at grade (dual level,fully adjustable type 1). a.Single gang:#B-2436 w/#SB-3083 carpet flange. b.Two gang:#B-4233 w/#SB-3084 carpet flange. c.Three gang:#B-4333 w/#SB-3085 carpet flange. 2.Slab above grade (shallow,fully-adjustable,type II) a.Single gang:#B-2421 w/#SB-3083 carpet flange. b.Two gang:#B-2422 w/#SB-3084 carpet flange. c.Three gang:#B-2423 w/#SB-3085 carpet flange. 3.Cover plates shall have brass finish as follows: a.#S-3825 for duplex flap for duplex receptacles. b.#S-3826 for data/communications. B.PVC floor boxes manufactured by Hubbell or equal shall be as follows: 1.Provide CFBS1R4CFB dual service cast iron body floor box with PVC riser. Provide CFBS1R4CUP adjustable mounting cup,S1R4SP2X2DUPLEX sub-plate for (1)Duplex and (2)RJ-45 Keystone jacks OR S1R4SP2X2STYLE for (1)GFCI duplex,USB or Surge Device &(2)Keystone jacks,OR S1R4SPQUAD sub-plate with (4)20A simplex receptacles,single and dual circuit wiring capability.Provide with CFBS1R4CVR cover,Color to be chosen by Architect. a.Maximum finished floor thickness (above top of box collar)with maximum adjustability is 1-1/2-inches at 5-inch,at 6-inches maximum adjustability is 1/2". C.Floor boxes,recessed activation type,meet UL 514A scrub water requirements,shall be stamped steel with corrosion resistant finish,UL Listed for slab-on-grade installations,or stamped steel for above-grade installations as manufactured by Hubbell or equal by Wiremold RFB2-11 series and as indicated below: 1.Recessed Activation Slab at grade: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -6 a.Two gang:#CFB2G30CR or CFB2G30RCR (provisions for round cover), capable of up to 2”entry per gang.Flush flange,Surface flange and Furniture Feed cover availability.Surface Type Covers shall not exceed 0.15”rise. Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past 0.15”rise b.Four Gang:#CFB4G30CR or CFB4G30RCR (provisions for round cover), capable of up to 2”entry per gang.Flush flange,Surface flange availability. Cover shall not exceed 0.15”rise.Surface Type Covers shall not exceed 0.15” rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past the 0.15”rise. c.Six Gang:#CFB6G30CR or CFB6G30RCR (provisions for round cover), capable of up to 2”entry per gang.Flush flange,Surface flange availability. Surface Type Covers shall not exceed 0.15”rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall maintain the 0.15”rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past the 0.15”rise. d.Ten Gang AV: #CFB10G55CR or CFB10G55RCR (provisions for round cover),with minimum (2)2”KO’s,multiple front and back ¾”to 1-1/2” concentric KO’s..Flush flange,Surface flange availability.Cover shall not exceed 0.15”rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past the 0.15”rise. 2.Recessed Activation Slab above grade a.Two Gang:#CFB2G30 or CFB2G30R (provisions for round cover),capable of up to 2”entry per gang.Flush flange,Surface flange and Furniture Feed cover availability.Surface Type Covers shall not exceed 0.15”rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past the 0.15”rise. b.Four Gang:#CFB4G30 or CFB4G30R (provisions for round cover),capable of up to 2”entry per gang.Flush flange,Surface flange availability.Cover shall not exceed 0.15”rise.Surface Type Covers shall not exceed 0.15”rise. Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past 0.15”rise. c.Six Gang:#CFB6G30 or CFB6G30R (provisions for round cover),capable of up to 2”entry per gang.Flush flange,Surface flange availability.Surface Type Covers shall not exceed 0.15”rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall maintain the 0.15”rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past the 0.15”rise d.Ten Gang AV:#CFB10G55 or CFB10G55R (provisions for round cover), with minimum (2)2”KO’s,multiple front and back ¾”to 1-1/2”concentric KO’s..Flush flange,Surface flange availability.Cover shall not exceed 0.15” rise.Covers with provisions for cable egress,when in use,shall not exceed/extend past the 0.15”rise. 3.Service Fittings a.Surface Style Rectangular for use with carpet,tile,VCT and other engineered floors,available with or without carpet insert and offer system’s furniture feed type cover providing (1)1-inch and (1)2-inch threaded openings b.Flush Style Rectangular for use with tile,finished concrete or Terrazzo floors, available with or without carpet insert and offer system’s furniture feed type cover providing (1)1-inch and (1)2-inch threaded openings c.Rectangular covers shall be powder coated in variety of common finishes, Aluminum,Black,Brass,Bronze and Satin Nickel. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -7 d.Round Covers for use with all floor types Shall provide cable egress doors and systems furniture feed type cover providing (1)¾-inch and (1)2-inch threaded openings Round covers shall be plated metal in variety of finishes except Black (powder coated)Brushed Aluminum,Brass Plated,Bronze Plated,Satin Nickel Plated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS A.Unless noted to the contrary on plans,or directed otherwise during the progress of the Work,wiring devices shall be set as follows: 1.Switches 42"above finished floor. 2.Wall mounted receptacles shall be installed vertically at 15 inches to the bottom outlet above finished floor unless otherwise noted or as required by local codes. 3.Wall telephone outlets shall be mounted 15 inches to the bottom above finished floor unless otherwise noted.Mount even with wall mounted receptacles. 4.At locations above counters,set devices at 6 inches above to the centerline counter tops,verify exact mounting height with the architect. 3.2 INSTALLATION (REFER TO 26 05 33 FOR OUTLET BOX SPECIFICATIONS). A.Wall switches shall be set in a suitable steel box and shall be installed on the strike side of the door as finally hung,whether so indicated on the Drawings or not. B.Receptacles shall be installed in a suitable steel box. C.The Architect reserves the right to relocate wiring device up to a distance of 5 feet from the location shown,before rough-in,without additional cost. D.Provide multi-gang device covers at locations where devices gang together. E.Device locations are indicated schematically on the drawings along with the type and mounting height.Final locations and mounting heights shall be coordinated with the Architect on the jobsite,and with shop drawings of equipment;including equipment to be furnished and installed by the Owner.Devices installed in walls covered with vinyl, fabric wallpaper or other special finishes shall be coordinated and verified with the Architect on the job site. F.Stranded wire termination to switches,receptacles,devices and miscellaneous control devices shall be with an approved solderless terminal if clamp type securing is not possible (i.e.Sta-Con crimp on fork tongue connectors;Burndy Type TP-F). G.Provide keyed switches in all common areas not monitored by the faculty (i.e.gym, corridors,cafeteria,commons natatoriums). H.All 15 amp and 20 amp receptacles shall be tamper-resistant type. I.All 20A,120V receptacles in food service areas shall be GFCI. J.Provide GFCI circuit breakers for all drinking fountain branch circuits where GFCI receptacles are not indicated on plan. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 WIRING DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 27 26 -8 K.Provide ARC Fault circuit interrupters (AFCI)as required to comply with article 210.12 of NFPA 70.This shall include but not be limited to dwelling units and dormitories. AFCI breakers may be used. L.Provide ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI)/ARC Fault circuit interrupter (AFCI)dual function receptacles to comply with articles 210.8,210.12 and 406.4 of NFPA 70. M.Contractor shall indicate the circuit serving each wiring device.Provide a typewritten label located on the inside face of the coverplate for all recessed mounted devices and on the outside of the coverplate on all surface mounted devices. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FUSES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 28 13 -1 SECTION 26 28 13 -FUSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide fuses as shown and scheduled and indicate by this specification section and other specifications sections. B.The type of fuses include: 1.600 volt current limiting. 2.250 volt current limiting. 1.2 STANDARDS A.ANSI B.UL 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Eaton Bussmann B.Mersen 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: 1.Cutsheets of all fuses showing ratings and fuse curves. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1.National Electrical Code. 2.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CURRENT -LIMITING FUSES A.General: Provide 200,000 amp interrupting capacity current limiting fuses of the ampacity and voltage indicated and scheduled. B.Mains,Feeders and Branch Circuits 1.Circuits 601 to 6000 ampere shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN HI-CAP Time Delay Fuses KRP-C.Fuses shall employ "O"ring as positive seals between the end bells and the glass melamine fuse barrel.The terminals shall be peened.Fuses shall be time-delay and must hold 500%of rated current for a minimum of 4 seconds,clear 20 times rated current in .1 seconds or less and be listed by Underwriters`Laboratories Inc.,with an interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes r.m.s.symmetrical.The fuses shall be UL Class L. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FUSES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 28 13 -2 C.Class J Fuses 1.Circuits 0 to 600 ampere shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual Element Fuses LPJ.All dual-element fuses shall have separate overload and short-circuit elements.Fuse shall incorporate a spring activated thermal overload element having a 284 degree Fahrenheit melting point alloy and shall be independent of the short-circuited clearing chamber.The fuse must hold 500%of rated current for a minimum of 10 seconds and listed by Underwriters' Laboratories Inc.,with an interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes rRMS symmetrical. The fuses shall be UL Class J. 2.Motor Circuits -All individual motor circuits rated 600 amperes or less shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK LPJ.The fuses for 1.15 service factor motors shall be installed in ratings approximately 125%of motor full current except where high ambient temperatures prevail,or where the motor drives a heavy revolving part which cannot be brought up to full speed quickly,such as large fans. Under such conditions the fuse should be 150%to 200%of the motor full load current.Larger H.P.Motor shall be protected by BUSSMANN Type KRP-C HI-CAP Time-Delay Fuses of the rating shown on the drawings.1.0 service factor motors shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual- Element Fuses LPJ installed in ratings approximately 115%of the motor full load current except as noted above.The fuses shall be UL Class LPJ or L.Circuit breaker panels shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual-Element LPJ as shown on the drawings.The fuses shall be UL Class J. D.Class RK1 Fuses 1.Circuits 0 to 600 ampere shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual Element Fuses LPN-RK (250 volts)or LPS-RK (600 volts).All dual-element fuses shall have separate overload and short-circuit elements.Fuse shall incorporate a spring activated thermal overload element having a 284 degree Fahrenheit melting point alloy and shall be independent of the short-circuited clearing chamber.The fuse must hold 500%of rated current for a minimum of 10 seconds and listed by Underwriters'Laboratories Inc.,with an interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. The fuses shall be UL Class RK1. 2.Motor Circuits -All individual motor circuits rated 600 amperes or less shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual Element Fuses LPN-RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts). The fuses for 1.15 service factor motors shall be installed in ratings approximately 125%of motor full current except where high ambient temperatures prevail,or where the motor drives a heavy revolving part which cannot be brought up to full speed quickly,such as large fans. Under such conditions the fuse should be 150%to 200%of the motor full load current. Larger H.P.Motor shall be protected by BUSSMANN Type KRP-C HI-CAP Time-Delay Fuses of the rating shown on the drawings.1.0 service factor motors shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual-Element Fuses LPN-RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts)installed in ratings approximately 115%of the motor full load current except as noted above.The fuses shall be UL Class RK1 or L. 3.Circuit breaker panels shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual- Element LPN-RK (250 volts)or LPS-RK (600 volts)as shown on the drawings. The fuses shall be UL Class RK1. 2.2 SPARES A.Upon completion of the building the contractor shall provide the owner with spare fuses as shown below. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FUSES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 28 13 -3 1.10%(minimum of 3)of each type and rating of installed fuses shall be supplied as spares. 2.BUSSMANN spare fuse cabinets -Catalog No.SFC -shall be provided to store the above spares. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Fuses:Fuses shall not be installed until equipment is ready to be energized.This measure prevents fuse damage during shipment of the equipment from the manufacturer to the job-site or from installation.All fuses shall be furnished and installed by the electrical contractor.All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer. B.All fuses shall be installed in fuse holders. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 28 16 -1 SECTION 26 28 16 -SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide safety and disconnect switches as shown,scheduled and as specified herein. 1.2 STANDARDS A.Products shall be designed,manufactured,tested and installed in compliance with applicable standards. 1.NEMA KS1 -Enclosed switches 2.Federal specification W-S-865C-Heavy duty switches B.Products shall conform all applicable UL standards,including UL98 (standard for safety, enclosed and dead front switches)and shall be UL-labeled. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide one of the following manufacturers: 1.General Electric Company/ABB 2.Square D Company 3.Siemens 4.Eaton 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: 1.Cutsheets of switches with ratings,physical dimensions and all accessories clearly labeled. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1.National Electrical Code. 2.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A.Furnish and install heavy duty type safety switches with the number of switched poles as indicated on the plans and specifications. All safety switches shall be NEMA Heavy Duty Type HD,and Underwriters Laboratories listed. 2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A.Switch Interior City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 28 16 -2 1.All switches shall have switch blades that are fully visible in the "OFF"position when the door is open. Switches shall have removable arc suppressor where necessary,to permit easy access to line side lugs. Lugs shall be front removable and UL listed for 60ºC and 75ºC copper or aluminum cables. All switches blades and contacts shall be plated copper. Adjust fuse block to accept Class J fuses. B.Switch Mechanism 1.Switches shall have a quick-make and quick-break operating handle and mechanism,which shall be an integral part of the box,not the cover. Padlocking provisions shall be provided for locking in the "OFF"position with at least three padlocks. Switches shall have a dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door when the handle is in the "ON"position,and to prevent closing of the switch mechanism with the door open. A means shall be provided to permit authorized personnel to release the interlock for inspection purposes. Handle position shall indicate if switch is "ON"or "OFF". C.Neutral 1.Provide a solid neutral with the safety switch where a neutral is present in the circuit. D.Ratings 1.Switches shall be horsepower rated for ac and/or dc as indicated by the plans. The fused switches shall have Class R rejection fuse clips or adjusted for Class J fuses. UL listed short circuit ratings of the switches,when equipped with Class R fuses, shall be 200,000 symmetrical amperes. E.Enclosures 1.Indoor switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 enclosures. 2.Outdoor switches,switches located in wet areas or sprinkled areas shall be furnished in NEMA 3R enclosures. 3.Switches installed in wet areas such as cooling tower areas shall be NEMA 4X stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced polyester. 4.Switches installed in kitchens shall be stainless steel. 5.Switches installed in areas of a corrosive nature and subjected to salt air shall be NEMA 4X stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced polyester. F.Electrical Interlock Contacts 1.Provide electrical interlock contacts on all disconnect switches serving motors in which remote VFDs are serving the motor.Provide conductors from contacts to the safe circuit inside the VFD.De-energizing the disconnect switch shall signal VFD to stop. G.Service Entrance 1.Switch shall be suitable for use as service entrance equipment when installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A.Install safety and disconnect switches,including electrical connections,and fuses in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions,NEC and recognized industry practices. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 28 16 -3 B.Location: Install switches within sight of controllers. C.Hubs: Provide bolt-on hubs for rainproof or wet area applications. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A.Nameplate:Each disconnect switch shall have an engraved bakelite nameplate. Nameplates shall be white with black letters and show equipment served. Nameplates shall be attached with stainless steel screws. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 MOTORS AND STARTERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 29 01 -1 SECTION 26 29 01 -MOTORS AND STARTERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide manual motor starters as shown,scheduled and as specified herein. B.All integral motor starters furnished under Division 23 requirements shall be installed under Division 26 requirements unless noted otherwise on the plans. C.Refer to 26 29 13 for motor starter specifications.​ 1.2 STANDARDS A.Products shall be designed,manufactured,tested and installed in compliance with applicable standards. B.Products shall conform to all applicable UL standards and shall be UL-labeled. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide one of the following manufacturers: 1.General Electric Company/ABB 2.Square D Company 3.Siemens 4.Eaton 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: 1.Cutsheets of all enclosures,switches,overloads,ratings,and all accessories clearly labeled. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1.National Electrical Code. 2.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.GENERAL: Refer to the Drawings for starter requirements for each motor. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 MOTORS AND STARTERS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 29 01 -2 2.2 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A.GENERAL: Manual starters shall consist of a manually operated toggle switch equipped with melting alloy type thermal overload relay. Thermal unit shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. Starter shall be inoperative if thermal unit is removed. Contacts shall be double break,silver alloy,visible from both sides of starter. Manual starters shall be square "D"class 2510 or 2512 or approved equal. Provide the size and number of poles shall be as shown and required by equipment served. Furnish red pilot light as indicated. B.ENCLOSURES: All manual motor starter enclosures shall be NEMA 1,general purpose enclosures,unless shown otherwise. Provide NEMA 3R enclosure where installed outside or in a sprinkled area. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF MOTORS A.GENERAL: Mount electric motors which are not factory installed. B.MOTOR CONNECTIONS: Provide electrical and grounding connections to motors as indicated. Connections as follows: 1.Not less than 18 inch length of Sealtite,extending from motor connection box to motor branch circuit conduit on outdoor and wet locations. Provide Greenfield for inside dry locations. 2.Install connections mechanically secure,assuring electrical continuity,proper and effective grounding. C.INSTALLATION OF MOTOR STARTER 1.Install motor starters in accordance with the manufacturer`s written instructions, the applicable requirements of the NEC and the NECA`s "Standard of Installation",and recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended function. 2.Combination starter disconnects and starters mounted in ceiling plenums shall be installed 18”above ceiling grid. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND WIRING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 29 26 -1 SECTION 26 29 26 -MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND WIRING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. 1.2 SCOPE A.Provide the various miscellaneous control devices,wiring and additional branch circuits as required,shown and specified. B.The types of miscellaneous control devices and wiring include but not limited to the following. 1.Contactors 2.Relays 3.Photocells 4.Time switches 5.Relay Panels 6.Additional control wiring and safety devices as shown and specified. 7.Connect power from fire alarm relays to starters to shut down air handling units. C.WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1.Various control devices,of an electrical nature,for the safe operation and temperature control of the heating,ventilating,air conditioning and plumbing systems provided under Division 22 and Division 23. 2.All control wiring and conduit shall be furnished under Division 23. All power wiring 120 volt or larger shall be provided by Division 26. 3.Refer to building controls specification,Division 23 for scope of work required to be performed by Division 26 (electrical contractor). 4.Specification 26 05 19 -Wire,Cable and Related Materials. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA ICS 2 -Industrial Control and Systems Controllers,Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts 2008 (Reaffirmed 2020). B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C.UL 508 -Industrial Control Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. D.UL 916 -Energy Management Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. E.UL 924 -Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND WIRING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 29 26 -2 1.NFPA 70 2.Local municipal or state codes that have jurisdiction. 3.UL 916 4.UL 924 1.5 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide one of the following manufacturers: 1.LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND RELAYS a.General Electric Company/ABB b.Square D Company c.Automatic Switch Company d.Eaton e.Siemens 2.PHOTOCELLS AND TIME SWITCHES a.Tork,Inc. b.Intermatic time controls 3.RELAY PANELS a.Wattstopper 1)LMCP b.Cooper/Eaton 1)ControlKeeper PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A.GENERAL: This Section shall outline the basic installation of electric devices,conduit, boxes,fittings,and wiring required for complete interconnection of several systems,this may not reflect every required appurtenance. It does not cover integral parts of mechanical equipment. B.CONTACTORS AND RELAYS: Provide control wiring,contactors,and relays with the ampere-rating and number of poles as shown,specified,and required for a complete and functioning system: 1.Rated at 600 volts,60 hertz. 2.Continuously rated contacts for all types of ballast and tungsten lighting,resistance and motor loads. Contacts shall be sized as scheduled or noted. 3.Shall have totally enclosed,double-break silver-cadmium-oxide power contacts. Auxiliary arcing contacts are not acceptable. Contact inspection and replacement shall be possible without disturbing line or load wiring. 4.The contactor shall have straight-through wiring with all terminals clearly marked. 5.The contactor shall be approved per UL 508 and/or CSA,and be designed in accordance with NEMA ICS 2-21 1B. 6.They shall be industrial-duty rated for applications to 600 volts maximum. 7.The contactor shall have provisions for factory or field addition of: a.Four (4)N.O.or N.C.auxiliary contacts rated 6 amperes continuous at 600 volts. b.Single or double circuit,N.O.or N.C.,30 or 60 ampere 600 volt power-pole adder. 8.The contactor shall have a NEMA type 1 enclosure unless otherwise noted. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND WIRING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 29 26 -3 9.Control power to the contactor 120V control circuit shall be provided from the nearest panelboard 120V circuit. If the 120V control power circuit is not shown, provide a control power transformer for 120 volt control power and a 120 volt coil when required for control. Provide primary and secondary fuses on the control power transformer. 10.Electrically Held Lighting -Contactor coils shall be continuously rated and encapsulated.Electrically held contactors are not to be used unless specifically shown on the plans. 11.Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors -Coil-clearing contacts shall be supplied so that the contactor coils shall be energized only during the instance of operation. Both latch and unlatch coils shall be encapsulated. All contactors shall be mechanically held unless noted otherwise on the plans. 12.Provide 2-wire or 3-wire control modules as required to operate lighting contactors. 13.Provide hand-off-automatic controls (H-O-A)for each lighting contactor. 14.Provide relays and contactors to shut down air handling units. C.Photocells for Stand-alone controls (not part of relay panel controls):Provide a specification grade self-contained,weatherproof,photoelectric control that shall be mounted on an FS type weatherproof junction box.The photocell shall: 1.Switch "ON"at dusk and "OFF"at dawn. 2.Adjustable from 2 to 50 foot-candles. 3.Rated at 2,000 watts. 4.Use 1"diameter cadmium sulphide cell. 5.Have a 2-minute delay to prevent false switching. D.TIME SWITCHES: Provide a 7-day digital time clock with battery back-up feature installed in a NEMA 3R enclosure. E.Control wiring shall be not less than #14 AWG type THWN/THHN and shall be color coded and labeled with Brady markers throughout.Bundle multiple conductors with Ty- Raps. F.Relay Panels 1.Rated 277V,60Hz. 2.Panel operating voltage of 120-277V 3.Uses any of the following relays: a.Mechanically Latching Relays b.Multi-pole Relays 4.15A,20A,and 30A rated relays available 5.Basic Capabilities: a.7-Day Clock b.Capable of being set for 7 different day types per week c.Includes automatic holiday shutoff feature d.Has program backup to restore operations after power failure e.Can be expanded to include override switches f.On-board programming and processing 6.Each individual relay can be individually or group programmable to operate based on user-provided parameters,manual switch operation,photocells and sensors,or automatic program routines. 7.Rated for minimum of 10 million operations. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND WIRING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 29 26 -4 8.Contains occupant warning features to flash relays prior to time-out to notify occupants of change of state. 9.Capable of interfacing with other systems via RS-232,RS-485,or Ethernet. 10.Capable of interfacing with occupancy sensors for zone control. 11.Capable of Switch-Masking or Lockout features for user-operated switches. 12.Provide Locking Hinged Enclosures as suitable for relay panel environment.At a minimum,all relay panels shall be NEMA 1,and may be included with the relay panel assembly from the manufacturer.Provide enclosures to house relay panels where NEMA 1 is insufficient,as follows: a.Outdoors and unconditioned spaces:NEMA 3R b.Central Plants,or any plant with process water systems:NEMA 4/12 c.Outdoors,Within 50-miles of saltwater coastlines:NEMA 4X 13.Dimming Modules shall be furnished with each relay panel,where dimming is required,per plan. 14.Pushbutton switches manufactured as compatible with the relay panel to either be used as override switches,or general control switches. 15.Provide photocells for use by relay panels for exterior ambient light monitoring: a.1 per relay panel,when relay panels are stand alone b.1 per building,when relay panels are networked PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install miscellaneous electrical controls and wiring to provide a functioning system. B.Install contactor and relays in electrical/mechanical rooms unless otherwise noted. C.Install photocells on the roof unless otherwise directed by the architect. Coordinate any roof penetrations with all other trades and shield from other light sources. D.Provide miscellaneous connections for signs and other furnished equipment as shown on the Drawings. E.Provide NEMA 3R/4/4X/12 enclosures where located outside. F.Provide low-voltage cabling between relay panels and all control devices.Cabling shall be furnished by contractor as required by panel manufacturer,including Cat5,Cat6, Belden,dimming pairs,or other as required by the manufacturer.Pre-terminated cabling by manufacturer is acceptable. G.All Low-Voltage cabling,for all systems,shall be neatly routed using J-Hooks.Cabling is installed above a hard ceiling,conduit shall be used to traverse the hard-ceiling segments. H.Install photocells high on North Facing walls,or in accordance with manufacturer installation. 3.2 DIVISION 22,23,27 AND 28 MISCELLANEOUS POWER AND CONTROLS A.Install electrical devices not an integral part of system equipment providing conduit, boxes,fittings,wiring,circuit breakers,disconnecting means and other devices. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND WIRING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 29 26 -5 B.Contractor is responsible for providing all line voltage power to devices that require electrical power to operate. Contractor shall terminate line voltage power to termination points.Contractor shall coordinate between all trades to determine sizing and quantities of line voltage circuits to adequately power and control devices. Provide circuits from nearest low voltage panel using spare circuits provided,if device requires power not already available or indicated. C.Provide GFCI receptacle with weather proof cover within 25 feet of all heating,air conditioning and refrigeration equipment. 3.3 OPERATIONS PERSONNEL TRAINING A.All relay panels require manufacturer technician time to meet with owner,set programming conditions,time of day operations,and ensure owner-intended operations are met,based on whichever is most appropriate based on project size: 1.8-Hours per relay panel 2.The amount of time required to successfully meet the criteria of this section and result in a fully working system,accepted by the Owner. B.A one-time recommissioning site visit,4 Hours in time,by a manufacturer technician anytime between 90 and 120 days of building occupancy to adjust and reprogram (as required)the system based on owner input.This meeting shall be scheduled by the manufacturer and can only be declined by the owner. C.Provide a training session for the owner’s operations personnel.Training session shall be performed by a qualified person who is knowledgeable in the subject/equipment.Submit a training agenda two (2)weeks prior to the proposed training session for review and approval.Training session shall include at the minimum: 1.Purpose of equipment. 2.Principle of how the equipment works. 3.Important parts and assemblies. 4.How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5.Most likely failure modes,causes and corrections. 6.On site demonstration. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -1 SECTION 26 32 13.23 -NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B.SCOPE 1.Provide a standby electric generating system manufactured by Cummins ​​​C350N6​​​ series electric set rated for continuous standby service at ​​​350 kW,437 kVA​​​ at 0.8 power factor,3-phase,​​​480Y/277​​​ volts,60 cycle.The system shall be a package of new and current equipment consisting of: a.A natural gas engine driven electric plant in a (weather-protective housing)to provide emergency electric power. b.Automatic transfer switch(es)to provide automatic starting and stopping of the plant and switching of the emergency load. c.Mounted accessories as specified. d.Control wiring. e.Provide oversized alternator as specified. f.Load bank. g.Manual transfer switch and docking station. 1.2 PERMITS,TEST INSPECTIONS A.This system shall be completely built,tested and shipped by a manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the production of such equipment for the past ten years and who has parts and service facilities locally available so that there is one source of supply and responsibility. The performance of the electric plant shall be certified by an independent testing laboratory as to the plant's full power rating and voltage and frequency regulation. The complete system shall bear a seal showing that it is prototype test supported. 1.3 REQUIREMENTS A.Level 1 applications are legally required emergency systems. B.The electric generating system must meet all requirements of NFPA 110 (latest edition) including design specifications,prototype tests,one-step full-load pickup,and installation acceptance.Engine-generator system to provide source of power for Level 1 applications. 1.4 STANDARDS A.Equipment shall meet the latest versions of the following codes: 1.NFPA 30 2.NFPA 37 3.NFPA 70 4.NFPA 99 5.NFPA 101 6.NFPA 110 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -2 7.IEEE C62.41.1 8.IEEE 446 9.NEMA MG 1,ICS 10.ANSI 11.UL 1008 12.UL 2200 13.MIL-STD 461 C -Part 9,IEC 801.2,IEC 801.3,IEC 801.5,IEC 1000-4-2,3,6 - RFI and EMI Performance. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Provide a specification compliance document noting any deviations to the specification. Document shall be a copy of the specification noting Comply,Deviate,or Exception to each section with detailed explanation for each deviation and exception. B.Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1.Catalog cut sheets with all equipment,accessories and devices including all ratings. 2.Interconnection wiring diagrams. 3.Complete bill of materials. 4.Certified performance tests. 5.Sizing report using manufacture software confirming the engine an alternator complies with the size required to supply the connected load.Submit alternate generator if the proposed unit will not comply.The generator shall not exceed 85% of rated load. C.Operation and Maintenance Data 1.Submit under provisions of Division One. 2.Furnish three copies of the manuals and books listed below in substantial three- ring binders for each unit: a.Operating Instructions: Describe and illustrate all switchgear controls and indicators and engine and general controls. Include instructions for operating transfer switch equipment under normal and emergency conditions when engine generator is running. b.Parts Books: Illustrate and list all assemblies,subassemblies and components, except standard fastening hardware (nuts,bolts,washers,etc.). c.Preventative Maintenance Instructions: Describe the daily,weekly,monthly, biannual and annual maintenance requirements and include a complete lubrication chart. d.Routine Test Procedures: Describe procedures for engine,radiator,all electronic and electrical circuits,and the generator. e.Troubleshooting Chart: Describe and list all troubles,probable causes,and suggested remedies. f.Recommended Spare Parts List: List all consumables anticipated to be required during routine maintenance and testing. List special tools, maintenance materials and replacement parts. g.Wiring Diagrams and Schematics: Show function of all electrical components. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A.Deliver,store,protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division One. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -3 B.Accept units on site on skids. Inspect for damage. C.Protect equipment from dirt and moisture by securely wrapping in heavy plastic. 1.7 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide products complying with these specifications and produced by the following: 1.Generator Manufacturer a.Cummins 2.Automatic Transfer Switches a.ASCO b.Cummins Power Generation 1.8 ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIERS A.All equipment provided shall be supplied by an authorized distributor of the manufacturer who has been continuously engaged in the distribution of industrial grade power system products for a minimum of 15 years.The supplier shall provide initial start-up services, conduct field acceptance testing,and warranty service. The supplier shall be authorized to perform warranty service on all products provided. B.The supplier shall maintain a minimum of 6 factory trained and qualified field technicians within 50 mile of the job site,a proper supply of spare parts for the supplied equipment,a shop with overhaul capabilities;and be able to provide 24 hour,7 days per week,365 days per year field service capability. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ENGINE A.The engine shall be radiator cooled,natural gas fueled,4 cycle,​​10​​ cylinder.It shall have a total piston displacement of not less than ​​1,159​​ cubic inches and develop not less than ​​530​​ brake horsepower at its operating speed.A radiator air discharge duct flange shall be provided for a connecting duct to allow all heated air and gases to be discharged out of the building,or enclosure,through one opening.The radiator cooling system shall be rated at 104 degrees F ambient against an external restriction of 0.5 inch water column. Engine cooling air requirements shall not exceed ​​35,141​​ CFM. B.The engine shall be of 1-piece cast alloy iron construction with cast alloy iron heads. Valves shall be overhead and free to rotate. Valves shall be hard chrome-cobalt alloy faced with replaceable valve seat inserts of solid chrome-cobalt alloy.The crankshaft shall be forged steel. Main bearings provided between all cylinders. The connecting rods shall be forged steel with connecting rod bearings.Provide full-flow,replaceable oil filter with bypass.Oil pressure gauge shall be included. C.The engine shall be equipped with adjustable isochronous electronic governor with speed regulation 5.0 percent,no load to full load main output circuit breaker,fuel carburator system with automatic fuel shut-off and a reusable air element air cleaner and natural gas fuel train. D.Provide a 12 volt electrical system and electric starter. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -4 E.​​208 VAC​​ thermostatically controlled water jacket heater system (​​4,000​​ watts)shall be provided.Contractor shall install normal power to the heater. F.Provide the following safety shutdown fault devices: 1.Low oil pressure 2.Over-speed 3.Over-crank 4.High temperature (with low water level) G.Provide the following alarms: 1.Low engine temperature (indicating jacket heater malfunction) 2.Marginally high engine temperature 3.Marginally low oil pressure 4.Flashing light for control switch in "Stop"position. H.Generator main circuit breaker shall be UL listed,set-mounted,factory connected, molded case type with electronic trip unit.Submittals shall demonstrate that the circuit breaker provides proper protection for the alternator by a comparison of the trip characteristic of the breaker with the thermal damage characteristic of the alternator. Field circuit breakers shall not be acceptable for generator overcurrent protection.(Lugs on breaker shall match “ATS”lugs).Provide ground fault alarm for breakers rated 1000 amps and larger to comply with Article 700.6 (D)of the National Electrical Code I.Provide output breaker for load bank. 2.2 ALTERNATOR A.Rating ​​​​​​352 kW,440 kVA​​​​​​,at 0.8 power factor,​​​​​​105​​​​​​ degrees Celsius,​​​​​​480Y/277​​​​​​ volts,60 Hz at 1800 rpm. B.The alternator shall be a single bearing revolving field type,2/3 pitch,4-pole and shall be completely brushless.No commutator or commutator brushes shall be allowed. The main alternator and exciter shall be vacuum impregnated. The alternator shall be directly connected to the engine through a rigid coupling to insure permanent alignment.Voltage regulation shall be within plus or minus 1%of rated voltage,from no load to full load. Voltage recovery to rated voltage after acceptance of 100%of rated load in one step shall occur within 10 seconds. Provide a permanent magnet generator (PMG)excitation system.Motor starting capability shall be a minimum of ​​144​​ kVA. Rating for non-linear loads shall not be less than ​​175​​​ kW at 0.8 power factor.The generator set shall be capable of sustaining a minimum of 90%of rated no load voltage with the specified kVA load at near zero power factor applied to the generator set.The instantaneous voltage dip shall be less than 10%of rated voltage when full load and rated power factor are applied to the alternator.Stable or study-state operation is defined as operation with terminal voltage remaining constant within plus or minus 1%of rated voltage.Temperature rise shall be within rating as defined by NEMA MG1-22.40.Radio interference reduction shall exceed requirements for general civilian or commercial applications with TIF less than 50 and wave form deviation less than 0.06 line to line. C.Provide a 120 volt anti-condensation heater (minimum of 100 watts)to prevent condensation during non-operating periods. Heater shall be thermostatically controlled and rated for continuous use for the frame.Provide normal power to the heater. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -5 D.Overload Rating: Capable of withstanding a three phase load of 300%rated current for 10 seconds,150%of rated current for 60 seconds and 105%rated current for 60 minutes with field set for normal rated load excitation,and capable of withstanding an overspeed of 125%. E.Performance Criteria: 1.Wave form Deviation: Less than 5%. 2.Crest Factor: 1.41 +/-0.07. 3.Form Factor: 1.11 +/-0.05. 4.Total Harmonic Distortion: 5%. 5.Single Harmonic Distortion: 3%. 6.Telephone Interference Factor: 50%maximum. 7.Dynamic Balance: Less than 1 mil displacement peak to peak. F.Enclosure: NEMA MG1,open drip-proof. G.Neutral Ground: As shown on drawings. 2.3 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS A.Provide comprehensive monitoring and control system integral to the Generator Set control to guard the electrical integrity of the alternator and power system.Provide single and 3-phase fault current regulation,so that downstream protective devices have the maximum current available to quickly clear fault conditions,without subjecting the alternator to potentially catastrophic failure conditions.Include provisions to either prevent over voltage due to single phase faults,or to shut down the generator set if line to neutral voltage on any phase exceeds 115%for more than 0.5 second. Acceptable methods are a 100%rated,600 volt circuit breaker mounted in the generator enclosure. Provide Square D size as indicated on drawings with handheld programmer or inherent protection provided by microprocessor-based AmpSentry protection. Submittals shall demonstrate that the protective device provides proper protection for the alternator by a comparison of the trip characteristic of the breaker with the thermal damage characteristic of the alternator. Field circuit breakers shall not be acceptable for generator overcurrent protection. B.A Generator Control Panel mounted on top of the alternator shall contain the following: 1.Run-stop-remote switch 2.Charge rate ammeter 3.Oil Pressure Digital Readout 4.Coolant Temperature Digital Readout 5.Remote start-stop terminals 6.Running time meter 7.Full A.C.Digital Display (A.C.ammeter,A.C.voltage,phase selector switch, frequency meter,and voltage adjustment.) All parameters shall have a readout of not less than 2.5%accuracy. 8.Red alarm lights shall be provided for each fault and alarm condition. 9.Two sets of spare terminals shall be provided for customer selected faults. 10.An Emergency Shutdown contact shall be provided through which customer's push button or other momentary-closing switch contacts shall shutdown the generator set engine. 11.A fault reset switch contacts shall shutdown the generator set engine. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -6 12.A fault reset switch shall be provided to clear fault indications and allow restarting of the engine after shutdown faults. 13.The control design shall be such that the fault indication shall remain until reset. The fault indicator memory shall not be dependent on the presence of either AC or DC voltage and shall retain the fault status memory even through complete removal and replacement of the starting batteries. 14.A battery warning that includes load testing the battery on each crank shall be provided. 15.The fault reset function shall operate only when the RUN-STOP-REMOTE switch is in the STOP position. 16.All devices for interconnection and compatibility with digital accuracy and response shall be provided. Digital panels shall comply with electromagnetic interference requirements of Minimum Standard 461C -Part 9,and IEC Standard 801.2,801.3 and 801.4.indication of voltage level 17.Include a full wave rectified automatic digital voltage regulation system matched and prototype tested by the engine manufacturer with the governing system provided.It shall be immune from misoperation due to load-induced voltage waveform distortion and provide a pulse width modulated output to the alternator exciter.The voltage regulation system shall be equipped with three-phase RMS sensing and shall control buildup of AC generator voltage to provide a linear rise and limit overshoot.The system shall include a torque-matching characteristic, which shall reduce output voltage in proportion to frequency below an adjustable frequency threshold.Torque matching characteristic shall be adjustable for roll-off frequency and rate;and be capable of being curve-matched to the engine torque curve with adjustments in the field. 18.The automatic voltage regulator shall be temperature compensated,solid-state design and include overvoltage and overexcitation protection functions.The voltage regulator shall be equipped with three phase RMS sensing.The regulator shall control buildup of AC generator voltage to provide a linear rise and limit overshoot.Overvoltage protection shall sense the AC generator output voltage and (in the event of regulator failure or loss of reference),shut down regulator output on a sustained overvoltage of one (1)second duration. Overexcitation protection shall sense regulator output and shutdown regulator output if overloads exceed ten (10)seconds in duration.Both overvoltage and overexcitation protection shutdowns shall be latched,requiring the AC generator to be stopped for reset. 19.The regulator shall include an under frequency rolloff torque-matching characteristics,which shall reduce output voltage in proportion to frequency below a threshold of 58-59 Hz.The torque-matching characteristics shall include differential rate of frequency change compensation to use maximum available engine torque and provide optimal transient load response. Regulators which use a fixed volts per hertz characteristic are not acceptable. 20.An electronic governor system shall provide automatic isochronous frequency regulation.The governing system dynamic capabilities shall be controlled as a function of engine coolant temperature to provide fast,stable operation at varying engine operating temperature conditions. 21.All analog and digital metering shall be true-RMS indicating,and shall not be disrupted by non-linear load generated waveform distortion. 22.Digital metering set shall indicate generator RMS voltage and current,frequency, output current,output kW,kW-hours,and power factor. Generator output voltage shall be available in line-to-line neutral voltages and shall display all three phase voltages (line to neutral or line-to-line)simultaneously. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -7 23.An under frequency sensing and protection system shall be provided which causes a shutdown of the generator set if true RMS frequency falls below 90%of rated frequency for more than 10 seconds. 24.The control system provided shall withstand the surge voltage produced by a 70A DC battery charging alternator operating at full load when the battery bank is disconnected.The test shall be successfully completed without tripping protective circuit breakers or blowing fuse protective devices. 25.All switches,lamps and meters shall be oil-tight and dust-tight and the enclosure door shall be gasketed. 26.All switches shall be provided with fully illuminated back-lit labels and all metering shall be individually lighted to allow for easy reading of functions in a completely dark room. 27.The field connections shall be made on permanently labeled terminal blocks, which are designed and tested by the manufacturer of the generator set to be suitable for use without wire termination lugs. Provisions shall be made for future addition of DIN-rail mounted components. 28.Control panel and interconnection enclosures shall be UL 508 listed as a unit assembly. 29.Communications: a.Alarm Relay Mode: Provide Form C alarm contacts that can be individually linked to alarm or status outputs from the generator set to external devices. 30.Interface to Site Monitoring System: Provide necessary electronic components and wiring to interface with and communicate the analog and digital status information to an owner provided site monitoring system. Include in this contract all work required for translation of proprietary protocol required to achieve this interface, and all licensing or other fees associated with this interface.Provide ethernet connection for integrating into modbus protocol. 2.4 ELECTRIC PLANT MOUNTING A.The plant shall be provided with shock or anti-vibration mounts with the plant. Provide Korfund LKD spring-type isolators or type EU pads. Vibration isolation may be integrally a part of the generator set to the skid package. The plant’s integral base shall have forklift sockets. Battery rack shall be integral part of plant base. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A.All accessories needed for the proper operation of each plant shall be furnished. These shall include,but not limited to,the following: 1.Critical rated side inlet silencers with installation attachments for mounting within the set housing,flexible exhaust connection. 2.Belt driven battery charging alternator. 3.Lead acid starting batteries 4.Battery cables. 5.Fully automatic 120 volt,10 amp battery charger.Cummins model number A048G602 or approved equal. 6.Natural Gas Fuel Train consisting of: a.Dry fuel strainer b.12 VDC fuel solenoid valve c.Pounds-to-ounces primary gas pressure reducing regulator d.UL Listed braided metallic flexible fuel line City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -8 7.An oil drain valve with hose extension shall be provided for draining oil at the side of the plant. 8.Detailed operation and maintenance manuals with parts list. 2.6 REMOTE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR A.Cummins No.0300-5929 shall be provided for flush mounting at inside location remote from the generator set located by the fire alarm control remote annunciator panel in the front administration office area. 2.7 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A.Scope 1.Provide open transition automatic transfer switches (ATS)with the number of poles,amperage,voltage and withstand current ratings as shown on the plans. Each automatic transfer switch shall consist of an inherently double throw power transfer switch unit and a control module interconnected to provide complete automatic operation. B.Codes and Standards 1.UL 1008 -Transfer Switch Equipment 2.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code 3.NFPA 99 -Health Care Facilities Code 4.NFPA 110 -Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems C.Acceptable Manufacturers 1.Cummins Power Generation 2.ASCO 3.Caterpillar D.Mechanically Held Transfer Switch 1.The transfer switch unit shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only one of two possible positions,normal or emergency. 2.All main contacts shall be silver composition.Switches rated 600 amperes and above shall have segmented,blow-on construction and be protected by separate arcing contacts. 3.Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. A manual operating handle shall be provided for maintenance purposes. 4.Designs utilizing components of molded-case circuit breakers,contactors,or parts thereof are not acceptable. E.Microprocessor Control Panel 1.The control panel shall direct the operation of the transfer switch.The panel's sensing and logic shall be controlled by a built-in microprocessor. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -9 2.Operator Panel. Each transfer switch shall be provided with a control panel to allow the operator to view the status and control operation of the transfer switch. The operator panel shall be a sealed membrane panel rated NEMA 3R/IP53 or better (regardless of enclosure rating)that is permanently labeled for switch and control functions.The operator panel shall communicate with the engine generator, including display of all engine and alternator data,and other transfer switch data in the power system. The operator panel shall allow starting and stopping of the generator set via the transfer switch operator panel in both test and emergency modes. F.Enclosure 1.The ATS shall be furnished in a NEMA type 3R enclosure,for exterior use. G.Voltage and Frequency Sensing 1.The voltage of each phase of the normal source shall be monitored,with pickup adjustable from 85%to 100%of nominal,and dropout adjustable from 75%to 98%of pickup setting. 2.Single-phase voltage sensing of the emergency source shall be provided,with pickup voltage adjustable from 85%to 100%of nominal and independent frequency sensing with pickup adjustable from 90%to 100%of nominal. H.Time Delays 1.A time delay shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals.Adjustable from 0 to 6 seconds. 2.A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency,adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency. 3.A time delay shall be provided on retransfer to normal,adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes.Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if emergency source fails and normal source is acceptable. 4.A time delay shall be provided on shutdown of engine generator for cool down, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. I.Additional Features 1.A set of DPDT gold-flashed contacts rated 10 amps,32 VDC shall be provided for a low-voltage engine start signal. 2.A momentary-type test switch shall be provided to simulate a normal source failure. 3.One set of auxiliary contacts rated 10 amps,250 VAC shall be provided. 4.Position indicating lights shall be provided. 5.An in-phase monitor or delayed transition shall be provided for motor load applications. 6.Provide a field-programmable control which shall periodically start and run the generator with or without transferring the load for a preset time period,then re- transfer and shut down the generator after a preset cool-down period. J.Withstand and Closing Ratings 1.The ATS shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 1008 and be labeled in accordance with that standard's 3 cycle,long-time ratings.ATS’s that are tested and labeled with specific breaker ratings only are acceptable.If current limiting fuses are utilized,provide current limiting fuses and disconnect switch mounted in or on Automatic Transfer Switch. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -10 K.The ATS manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of company- employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United States.The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must be on call 24 hours a day,365 days a year. 2.8 LOAD BANK A.Electrical Connection:Power source to load bank connection is 3-phase,3-wire plus ground.Additional control wire connections for remote control as required. B.Load Bank Rating: 1.Capacity:​100​ kW,1.0 p.f. 2.Load Steps:​10​ KW load step resolution 3.Voltage:​​480​​ VAC,3-ph.,3-W 4.Frequency:60 Hertz 5.Air intake temperature:155°F maximum (radiator air outflow) 6.Airflow requirements:Radiator air outflow 7.Duty Cycle:Continuous 8.Air temp.rise:100°F,nominal 9.Air back pressure:0.25 -0.50"water column C.Load Bank Design: 1.General:The load bank shall be a completely self-contained unit which includes all resistive load elements,load control devices,load element branch circuit fuse protection,main load bus and terminals,control terminals,system protection devices and enclosure of required type. 2.The load bank shall be the manufacturer's standard product that has been investigated,tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories as a system for the purpose intended. 3.Enclosure:Type 3R,welded sheet steel,UL approved finish painted consisting of an epoxy primer and a polyurethane top coat,consisting of a power section,for installation and wiring of the load elements and a control section for installation and wiring of control components.The control section is to be physically and thermally isolated from both the hot load elements and the heated airflow. Mounting adapters suitable for the installation method selected shall be supplied with the load bank.The exhaust of the load bank shall be screened and,if installed outdoors,louvers shall be provided. 4.Load elements:Load elements shall be UL listed,labeled or recognized,Simplex Power Web Open wire,helically wound,chromium alloy,thermally derated to 60%.5%tolerance,2%balance.0.995 p.f.element wire mechanically supported over entire length such that if a wire should break,the broken wire segments will not short to adjacent conductors or to ground.Load elements are individually serviceable and replaceable in the field without major disassembly of the load bank. 5.Load element short circuit protection:Branch circuit fuses,per each 50 kW load branch circuit.Fuses shall be 200,000 A.I.C current limiting type. 6.Load control:One magnetic contactor per each fused branch circuit. 7.Load bank power wiring shall be 150°C insulated. 8.Main terminals:Plated bus bar with a hole pattern to accept customer supplied cable 9.Control wiring shall be 105°C insulated. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -11 10.Control power shall be derived internally from the main load bus.Control and protective circuits shall operate at 120V via control power transformer or line- neutral circuit and shall be fused. 11.System protection:The load bank shall include a comprehensive protection system to protect against overheating.The system shall function to disconnect the load elements from the power source and activate an alarm upon sensing a loss of cooling airflow,or an exhaust air temperature greater than 300 degrees Fahrenheit. 12.The load bank shall be installed ​​adjacent to the generator on a concrete pad​​. 13.Load bank shall automatically connect to the generator when the running load is less than 30%and automatically disconnect when the load exceeds 50%. 2.9 OUTDOOR WEATHER-PROTECTIVE HOUSING A.Generator set housing shall be provided factory-assembled to generator set base and radiator cowling.Housing shall provide ample airflow for generator set operation at rated load in the ambient conditions previously specified.The housing shall have hinged side- access doors and rear control door.All doors shall be lockable.All sheet metal shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer’s standard color using a two-step electro-coating paint process,or equal,meeting the performance requirements specified below.All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted. The painting process shall result in a coating that meets the following requirements: 1.Primer thickness,0.5 -2.0 mils. Top coat thickness,0.8 -1.2 mils. 2.Gloss,per ASTM D523,80%plus or minus 5%. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50%. 3.Crosshatch adhesion,per ASTM D3359,4B-5B. 4.Impact resistance,per ASTM D2794,120-160 inch-pounds. 5.Salt spray,per ASTM B117,1000+hours. 6.Humidity,per ASTM D2247,1000+hours. 7.Water soak,per ASTM D2247,1000+hours. B.Painting of hoses,clamps,wiring harnesses,and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable.Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. C.A 120 VAC heater with thermostat shall be provided within the generator set control panel to eliminate condensation.Contractor shall provide 120 volt,20 amp circuit. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -12 2.10 OUTDOOR SOUND ATTENUATED WEATHER-PROTECTIVE HOUSING A.The generator set shall be provided with a factory-installed housing to allow the generator set to operate at full rated load in the ambient conditions previously specified. The enclosure shall reduce the sound level of the generator set while operating at full rated load to an maximum of ​72.7​ dBA,which shall be an eight-position average of any location 7 meters from the geometric center point of the generator set in a free field environment.Housing configuration and materials used may be of a suitable design which meets application needs,except that acoustical materials used shall be oil and water resistant.No foam materials shall be used unless they can be demonstrated to have the same durability and life as fiberglass.The acoustical housing shall match the standard footprint of the standard housing-ready generator set base.The enclosure shall include hinged doors for access to both sides of the engine and alternator,and the control equipment.Key-locking and pad lockable door latches shall be provided for all doors. Door hinges shall be stainless steel.The enclosure shall be provided with an exhaust silencer which is mounted inside of the enclosure and allows the generator set package to meet specified sound level requirements.Silencer and exhaust shall include a rain cap and rain shield.All sheet metal shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer’s standard color using a two-step electro coating paint process,or equal,meeting the performance requirements specified below.All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted.The painting process shall result in a coating which meets the following requirements: 1.Primer thickness,0.5-2.0 mils. Top coat thickness,0.8-1.2 mils. 2.Gloss,per ASTM D523,80%plus or minus 5%. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50%. 3.Crosshatch adhesion,per ASTM D3359,4B-5B. 4.Impact resistance,per ASTM D2794,120-160 inch-pounds. 5.Salt spray,per ASTM B117,1000+hours. 6.Humidity,per ASTM D2247,1000+hours. 7.Water soak,ASTM D2247,1000+hours. B.Painting of hoses,clamps,wiring harnesses,and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable. Fasteners used shall be corrosion-resistant and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. C.A 120 VAC heater with thermostat shall be provided within the generator set control panel to eliminate condensation.Contractor shall provide 120 volt,20 amp circuit. 2.11 MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH A.Scope 1.Provide a four-pole manual transfer switch and docking station.Refer to drawings for voltage and ampacity.Provide 65,000 A.I.C. B.Codes and Standards 1.The manual transfer switches and accessories shall conform to the requirements of: a.UL 1008 Listed for Optional Standby Transfer Switches (Manual Transfer Switches) b.IEC 60947-6-1 Low –Voltage Switchgear and Controller c.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code d.NFPA 99 –Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -13 e.IEEE Standard 446 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications f.UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment g.International Standards Organization ISO 9001:2008 h.RoHs compliant (Restriction of Hazardous Substances) i.Seismic qualification –International Building Code &OSHPD to SDS level of 2.5 C.Acceptable Manufacturers 1.ASCO 300 Series 2.Trystar 3.Eaton 4.Russelectric D.Mechanically Held Transfer Switch 1.The transfer switch unit shall be manually operated and mechanically held. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only one of three possible positions,Source 1,Source 2,or Center Off.Fused disconnect type switches shall not be acceptable.Provide line side lugs. 2.The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and temperature rise at the contacts is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life. 3.All main contacts shall be silver composition.Switches rated 600 amperes and above shall have segmented blow-on construction for high withstand current capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts. 4.Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. 5.All transfer switches and mechanical operating mechanism shall be the product of the same manufacturer. E.Docking Station 1.The docking station shall include phase color camlocks with flip covers and mechanical lugs for hard wiring conductors.Each camlock shall be rated at 400 amps and 600 volts.Camlocks colors shall match appropriate voltage indicated in specification Section 26 05 19. 2.Provide the following camlocks and lugs: a.400 amps or less –1 set of camlocks per phase and neutral. Lugs shall be 3/0 thru 600 KCMIL b.400A –1 set per phase/neutral c.600A –2 set per phase/neutral d.800A -2 set per phase/neutral e.1200A –3 set per phase/neutral f.1600A –4 set per phase/neutral g.2000A –5 set per phase/neutral h.2500A –7 set per phase/neutral i.3000A –8 set per phase/neutral j.4000a –10 set per phase/neutral F.Enclosure 1.Provide NEMA 1 enclosures for interior and NEMA 3R or NEMA 4X for exterior locations. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -14 2.Provide Manual Transfer Switch with integral docking station when indicated. Provide double doors to allow access to camlocks and lugs. 3.Provide 120 volt,125 watt thermostat controlled heat strip with disconnect for outdoor or non-conditioned locations. G.Accessories 1.Provide Aux contacts to be connected to the permanent generator annunciator. 2.Provide labeling indicating required phase rotation and bonding requirements. H.Installation 1.Manual Transfer Switches shall be wall mounted 2.Docking Stations larger than 800 amp shall be mounted on a 6”concrete reinforced pad. 3.Combination Manual Transfer Switch and Docking larger than 800 amp shall be mounted on a 6”concrete reinforced pad. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install generator and housing on a minimum 6 inch high reinforced concrete housekeeping pad.Provide blockouts as required.Bolt the generator to the pad.The pad shall be designed by a structural engineer.Provide working clearances and operational air flow clearances as required by the manufacturer. B.Install the load bank on a minimum 6 inch high reinforced concrete housekeeping pad. Provide blockouts as required.Bolt the load bank to the pad.The pad shall be designed by a structural engineer.Provide working clearances as required by the manufacturer. C.Provide all power wiring,control wiring,additional contacts and relays required for a complete installation.All conduit shall be in a two-hour enclosure.Underground conduits shall be concrete encased.The wall mounted dual rate battery shall be taken offline during the starting of the generator.The generator belt driven alternator shall charge the batteries when the generator is running. D.Provide conduit and wire routed from the auxiliary contacts in the automatic transfer switch to the elevator controller.The purpose of this wiring is to signal the elevator controller when it is connected to emergency power. E.Install generator set and transfer switches in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. F.The generator shall be installed as a separately derived system.Contractor shall connect the generator neutral to a grounding electrode.Provide a bonding jumper from the ground bar to neutral. G.Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section ​​26 02 00​​. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -15 3.2 WARRANTY A.The complete standby electric power system,including engine-generator set equipped with set exerciser,and running time meter,shall be warranted for a period of five years from the date of initial start-up. Multiple warranties for individual components (engine, alternator,controls,etc.) will not be acceptable. Satisfactory warranty documents must be provided. This warranty shall be as detailed in available written documents. In the judgement of the specifying authority,the manufacturer supplying the warranty for the complete system must have necessary financial strength and technical expertise with all components supplied to provide adequate warranty support. All items of the engine, generator,and controls that are warranted in the first year shall be covered for the full five year term of the warranty. Warranty coverage shall include parts,labor,and travel for the full term of the warranty. B.Extensions of warranty term up to 10 years from start-up and inclusion of comprehensive terms shall be available for one year after start-up. 3.3 TESTS A.Factory production model tests: Before shipment of the equipment,the generator set shall be tested under rated load and power factor for performance and proper functioning of control and interfacing circuits. Testing at unity power factory only (resistance banks only)is not acceptable,since kW output is affected by the higher generator efficiency at unity power factor,and the kVAR for motor starting and regulation loads is not correlatable between unity and rated power factor.Other tests shall include: 1.Single step load pickup per NFPA 110. 2.Transient response and steady state governing. 3.Safety Shutdowns. 4.Prototype tests in accordance with NFPA 110 level 1 have been done on a complete and functional set.Component level type tests will not substitute for this requirement. B.The engineer shall be notified in advance of these test and shall have the option of witnessing these tests. Certified copies of test results shall be forwarded to the engineer for review. C.Field Test After Installation: 1.The complete installation shall be initially started and checked out for operational compliance by factory-trained representative(s)of the engine-generator set and transfer switch manufacturer.The engine lubrication oil and antifreeze,as recommended by the manufacturer for operation under environmental conditions specified,shall be provided by the engine-generator set supplier. 2.Upon completion of initial start-up and system checkout,the supplier of the generator set shall perform a field test,with the engineer notified in advance,to demonstrate load carrying capability,stability,voltage,and frequency. The engineer shall be present during the field test. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 NATURAL GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN STANDBY GENERATING SYSTEM (350 KW) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 32 13.23 -16 3.The generator shall be run for four hours continuously with all available facilities emergency load connected to its output;in addition,the generator set supplier must provide a portable load bank to supplement any existing load to enable full load testing. Load shall not exceed 50%of generator-set rating for first 1/2 hour during first initial run for proper engine break-in. Records shall be maintained throughout this period to record water temperature,oil pressure,ambient air temperature, voltage,current,frequency,kilowatts,and power factor. The above data shall be recorded at 15 minute intervals throughout the test. There shall be a 10 minute unloaded run at the conclusion of the test to allow engine to cool before shutdown. Three copies of the field test data shall be furnished to the engineer. The contractor shall make all necessary hook-ups to accomplish field tests and shall furnish all fuel necessary for field test and start-up. 3.4 OPERATIONS PERSONNEL TRAINING A.Provide a training session for the owner’s operations personnel.Training session shall be performed by a qualified person who is knowledgeable in the subject/equipment.Submit a training agenda two (2)weeks prior to the proposed training session for review and approval.Training session shall include at the minimum: 1.Purpose of equipment. 2.Principle of how the equipment works. 3.Important parts and assemblies. 4.How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5.Most likely failure modes,causes and corrections. 6.On site demonstration. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 41 13.13 -1 SECTION 26 41 13.13 -LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A.The General Conditions,Supplementary General Conditions,Division 1 and the Section entitled "Electrical Work -General Requirements"apply to all work herein. B.Objective: To provide safety for the building and occupants by preventing damage to building structure caused by lightning. 1.2 STANDARDS A.Comply with these following specifications and standards of the latest issue form a part of this specification: 1.Lightning Protection Institute Installation Standard,LPI-175 2.Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.Installation Requirements,UL 96A 3.National Electrical Code (NEC),NFPA 70 4.National Fire Protection Association Lightning Protection Code,NFPA 780 5.U.S.Bureau of Standards 1.3 SCOPE A.The work covered in this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, materials,and items of service required for the completion of a functional and unobtrusive lightning protection system as approved by the engineer,and in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the applicable Contract Drawings. Provide Class I materials for roof levels less than 75 feet and Class II for roof levels 75 feet or greater. B.If any departure from the Contract Drawings or submittal drawings covered below are deemed necessary by the Contractor,details of such departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practical to the engineer for approval. C.Provide a ground loop using bare #2/0 copper conductor. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.The lightning protection system shall conform to the requirements and standards for lightning protection systems of the LPI,UL,NFPA and NEC.Upon completion, application shall be made to the Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.for inspection and certification. B.The system to be furnished under this specification shall be the standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of lightning protection equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest approved design.The equipment shall be UL listed and properly UL labeled. 1.5 QUALIFIED MANUFACTURERS: A.Robbins Lightning,Inc. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 41 13.13 -2 B.Advanced Lightning Technology C.Thompson Lightning Protection D.Harger Lightning Protection E.East Coast Lightning Equipment F.nVent ERICO 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.Complete shop drawings showing the type,size and locations of all grounding,down conductors,through-wall assemblies,roof conductors and air terminals shall be submitted to the engineer for approval. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION EQUIPMENT A.All materials shall be copper and bronze and of the size,weight and construction to suit the application and used in accordance with LPI,UL,NEC and NFPA.Class I sized components are required for roof levels not exceeding 75 feet in height Class II size components shall be required for roof levels over 75 feet in height.Bolt-type connectors and splicers shall be utilized on Class I and Class II structures.Pressure squeeze clamps are not acceptable.All mounting hardware on the roof shall be stainless steel and on the facade shall be brass and/or copper. B.Aluminum Components -Aluminum materials may not be used except on roofs that utilize aluminum roofing components.The entire roof lightning protection system shall utilize aluminum components to insure compatibility on aluminum metal roofs or aluminum parapet caps.However,the downleads and grounding shall utilize copper with bimetal transition occurring at the through roof assembly with and approved bimetal through roof assembly.Copper is acceptable as a bimetal transition. 2.2 MATERIALS A.All equipment used in this installation shall be UL listed and properly UL labeled.All equipment shall be new,and of a design and construction to suit the application where it is used in accordance with accepted industry standards and LPI,UL,NFPA and NEC code requirements. B.Air terminals shall be nickel-tipped copper,having a copper base.Air terminals shall be spaced not more than twenty feet apart.Provide flathead air terminals on the roof in areas where accidental implement may occur. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 41 13.13 -3 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.The installation shall be accomplished by an experienced installation company that is UL listed,a member of the Lightning Protection Institute,United Lightning Protection Association qualified,and an employer of Certified Master Installers of lightning protection systems.A Certified Master Installer shall directly supervise the work. B.All equipment shall be installed in a neat,workmanlike manner.The system shall consist of a complete conductor network at the roof and include air terminals,connectors, splicers,bonds,copper down leads and proper ground terminals. C.Copper downlead cables shall be utilized. D.Provide a ground test well at all ground rod locations. E.Where conductors are run in metal conduit for protection,the conductor shall be bonded to the entrance and exit point of the conduit or approved methods to maintain electrical continuity. F.Down conductors shall be attached to ground devices in accordance with the specific provisions of the Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.,Code.All-down conductors shall be concealed.Any exposed conductors shall be approved by Architect. G.All metals of conductance within six feet of the lightning protection system shall be securely bonded and made a part thereof.Where stack or chimney is present,tinned covered non-corrosive air terminals and conductors shall be used.Metal water pipes shall be bonded to the grounding system. 3.2 COORDINATION A.The lightning protection installer will work with any other trades present to insure a correct,neat and unobtrusive installation. B.It shall be the responsibility of the lightning protection installer to assure a solid bond to the main water service and to assure interconnection with other ground systems. 3.3 COMPLETION A.Upon completion of the installation,the lightning protection installer shall secure and deliver to the owner the Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.Master Label certification or the Lightning Protection Institute Certified System certification.The system will not be accepted without the UL Master Label plate or the LPI certification certificate. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD)-STANDARD INTERRUPTING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13.13 -1 SECTION 26 43 13.13 -SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD)-STANDARD INTERRUPTING LPART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Specify the electrical and mechanical requirements for a non-modular high-energy surge protective device system (SPD). The specified system shall provide effective high energy surge current diversion and be suitable for application in IEEE C62.41.1 Category A,B and C3 environments,as tested by IEEE C62.11,IEEE C62.45. B.The system shall be constructed using multiple surge current diversion modules utilizing metal oxide varistors (MOV)computer matched to +/-1-volt variance and tested for manufacturer’s defects. The modules shall be designed and constructed in a manner that ensures surge current sharing. Use of gas tubes,silicon avalanche diodes or selenium cells are unacceptable.Devices shall utilize a minimum of three (3)MOV’s fuse links pair per phase.This will allow greater than 50%redundant protection in if a MOV fails. C.Third Party Test Report verifying surge current rating,longevity,testing,and filtering capabilities shall be provided with submittal. 1.2 STANDARDS A.The specified system shall be designed,manufactured,tested and installed in compliance with the following codes and standards: 1.Canadian Standards Association (CSA or CUL) 2.American National Standards Institute and 3.Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE C62.11,IEEE C62.41.1, IEEE C62.41.2 and IEEE C62.45) 4.Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 1100 Emerald Book 5.Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 94 (FIPS PUB 94) 6.National Electrical Manufacturer Association (NEMA LS-1 1992) 7.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 20,NFPA 70,NFPA 75 and NFPA 780) 8.National Electric Code 9.Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1449 and UL 1283) 10.International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC 801) 11.International Standards Organization (ISO)Company certified ISO 9001 for manufacturing,design and service 12.EMC Directive 89/336/EEC -CE compliant B.The systems individual units shall be UL/ANSI Listed and labeled under UL 1449 (Fourth Edition)Standard for Surge Protection Devices Type 2 20kA with a nominal discharge current of 20kA and the surge ratings shall be permanently affixed to the SPD. The units shall also be listed and labeled to UL 1283 for type 2 locations Standard for Electromagnetic Interference Filters,and CSA/CUL Listed. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Southern Tier Technologies City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD)-STANDARD INTERRUPTING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13.13 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: 1.Cutsheets of surge protection devices with ratings,physical dimensions and all accessories clearly labeled. 2.Device labels shall be clearly indicated in cutsheets. 3.All standards and listings,as specified in section 1.2A-B,shall be clearly labeled in cutsheets provided. 4.Cutsheets shall clearly outline that design requirements of this specification have been met. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified. The specified system shall be tested at the component and fully assembled level,under surge conditions with AC power applied for a minimum of 1 hour. Testing shall include but not be limited to quality control checks, dielectric voltage withstand test per UL and CSA requirements,UL ground continuity tests and operational and calibration tests. B.The unit shall be designed and manufactured in the USA by a qualified manufacturer of surge protection equipment and Active Tracking Filters. The manufacturer shall have been engaged in the design and manufacture of such products for a minimum of 10 years. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ENCLOSURE A.The specified system shall be provided in a heavy duty NEMA 4 or better dust-tight,drip-tight enclosure with no ventilation openings. 2.2 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION (FUSING) A.Individual surge components shall be fused to prevent violent failure.The fusing shall be UL listed and shall be capable of interrupting up to 200kA symmetrical fault current with 480VAC applied.Replaceable fusing is unacceptable.Overcurrent protection that limits specified surge currents is not acceptable.Devices that utilize a single fuse to protect two or more suppression paths are not accepted. 2.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.Protection Modes: 1.The SPD shall provide protection as follows:All modes,L-N or L-L,L-G and N-G (where applicable)Note:L =Line,G =Ground,N =Neutral B.UL 1449 Ratings: 1.The maximum UL 1449 listed surge ratings for each and/or all of the specified protection modes shall not exceed the following in any mode of protection: System Voltage Voltage Protection Rating L-N L-L N-G L-L 120/240 600-volts 700-volts 700-volts 1200-volts 120/208 600-volts 700-volts 700-volts 1200-volts City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD)-STANDARD INTERRUPTING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13.13 -3 240 1200-volts 1000-volts 277/480 1200-volts 1200-volts 1200-volts 1800-volts 480 1800-volts 1800-volts C.Noise Attenuation: 1.The unit shall be UL 1283 Listed as an electromagnetic interference filter in type 2 locations. The filter shall provide insertion loss with a maximum of 60 dB from 100 KHz to 100 MHz per 50 Ohm Insertion Loss Methodology from MIL 220A. The system shall provide up to 120 dB insertion loss from 100 KHz to 100 MHz when used in a coordinated facility system. D.Life Cycle Testing: 1.The SPD system shall be duty life cycle tested to survive 6,000 20kV,10kA Surges,per IEEE C62.41.1 Category C3 surge current with less than 5% degradation of clamping voltage. 2.4 CONNECTIONS A.Provide 60”wire leads #10 AWG or UL 1449 tested size. 2.5 STANDARD FEATURES A.Unit Status Indicators: 1.Red and green solid state indicators with printed labels shall be provided on the front cover to redundantly indicate on-line unit status including N-G monitoring. The absence of the green light and the presence of the red light shall reliably indicate that surge protection is reduced and service is needed to restore full operation. B.Dry Contacts for remote monitoring: 1.Electrically isolated Form C dry contacts,one normally open and one normally closed set standard on all units for remote monitoring. C.Undervoltage detection: 1.Unit shall be equipped with 70%undervoltage detection capability. D.Phase Loss Monitoring: 1.Unit shall be equipped with phase loss monitoring. E.Power Loss Monitoring: 1.Unit shall be equipped with power loss monitoring. 2.6 TESTING A.Component Testing and Monitoring: 1.Unit shall include an on-line circuit which tests and redundantly monitors individual components in all protection modes including neutral to ground (where applicable).Units that require external test sets or equipment are not acceptable. 2.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A.Storage Temperature: -55 to +85 C (-67 to +187 F) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD)-STANDARD INTERRUPTING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13.13 -4 B.Operating Temperature: -40 to +60 C (-40 to 140 F) C.Relative Humidity: 0%to 95% D.Audible Noise: less than 45 dBa at 5 feet (1.5 m). E.Operating Altitude: 0 to 18,000 feet above sea level. 2.8 WARRANTY A.The manufacturer shall provide a full 10 year parts and a 5 year labor warranty from date of shipment against any part failure when installed in compliance with manufacturer’s written instructions,UL Listing requirements and any applicable national,state or local electrical codes.Direct,factory trained,ISO 9001 certified employees must be available for 48 hour assessment.A 24 hour 800 number must be available to support warranty. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install the parallel SPD with short and straight conductors as practically possible.Locate adjacent to the switchboard or panel it is serving.The contractor shall twist the SPD input conductors together to reduce input conductor inductance.The contractor shall follow the SPD manufacturer’s recommended installation practices as found in the installation, operation and maintenance manual and comply with all applicable codes.Provide STT Tierguide cable if the cable length exceeds 5 feet from the circuit breaker servicing the SPD. B.Provide Flush Mount Stainless Steel Cover Kit for kitchen areas. C.Provide Flush Mount Cover Kit for residential units and hotel suites. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD)-SERVICE ENTRANCE PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13 -1 SECTION 26 43 13 -SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD)-SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide electrical and mechanical requirements for a modular high-energy surge protective device system (SPD). The system shall provide effective high energy surge current diversion and be suitable for application in IEEE C62.41.1 Category A,B and C3 environments,as tested by IEEE C62.11,IEEE C62.45. B.The system shall be constructed using multiple surge current diversion modules utilizing metal oxide varistors (MOV)computer matched to +/-1-volt variance and tested for manufacturer’s defects. The modules shall be designed and constructed in a manner that ensures surge current sharing. Use of gas tubes,silicon avalanche diodes or selenium cells are unacceptable.Device shall utilize a minimum of three (3)MOV’s fuse link pair per phase.This will allow redundant protection in the event that MOV’s fail. C.Third Party Test Report verifying surge current rating,longevity,testing,and filtering capabilities shall be provided with submittal. 1.2 STANDARDS A.The specified system shall be designed,manufactured,tested and installed in compliance with the following codes and standards: 1.Canadian Standards Association (CSA or CUL) 2.American National Standards Institute and 3.Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE C62.11,IEEE C62.41.1, IEEE C62.41.2,IEEE C62.45) 4.Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 1100 Emerald Book 5.Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 94 (FIPS PUB 94) 6.National Electrical Manufacturer Association (NEMA LS-1 1992) 7.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 20,NFPA 75​and NFPA 780) 8.National Electric Code (NFPA 70) 9.Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1449 and UL 1283​) 10.International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC 801) 11.International Standards Organization(ISO)Company certified ISO 9001 for manufacturing,design and service 12.EMC Directive 89/336/EEC -CE compliant B.The systems individual units shall be UL/ANSI Listed and labeled under UL 1449 (Fourth Edition)Standard for Surge Protection Device type 1 nominal discharge current of 20kA and the surge ratings shall be permanently affixed to the SPD. The units shall also be listed and CSA or CUL Listed. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Southern Tier Technologies 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include,but not be limited to: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD)-SERVICE ENTRANCE PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13 -2 1.Cutsheets of surge protection devices with ratings,physical dimensions and all accessories clearly labeled. 2.Device labels shall be clearly indicated in cutsheets. 3.All standards and listings,as specified in section 1.2A-B,shall be clearly labeled in cutsheets provided. 4.Cutsheets shall clearly outline that design requirements of this specification have been met. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified. The specified system shall be tested at the component and fully assembled level,under surge conditions with AC power applied for a minimum of 1 hour. Testing shall include but not be limited to quality control checks, dielectric voltage withstand test per UL and CSA requirements,UL ground continuity tests and operational and calibration tests. B.The unit shall be designed and manufactured in the USA by a qualified manufacturer of line conditioning equipment and Active Tracking Filters. The manufacturer shall have been engaged in the design and manufacture of such products for a minimum of 10 years. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ENCLOSURE A.The specified system shall be provided in a heavy duty NEMA 4 or better dust-tight, drip-tight enclosure with no ventilation openings.The cover of the enclosure shall be hinged on the left side and require a tool for access to internal components.A drawing pocket shall be provided inside the door for storage of unit drawings and installation/operation manual.All monitoring indication must be visible without opening the door.The enclosure maximum dimensions shall be (16)inches/(406)millimeters high,(16)inches/(406)millimeters wide and (8)inches/(203)millimeters deep. 2.2 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION (FUSING) A.Individual surge components shall be fused to prevent violent failure.The fusing shall be UL listed and shall be capable of interrupting up to 200kA symmetrical fault current with 480VAC applied.Replaceable fusing is unacceptable.Overcurrent protection that limits specified surge currents is not acceptable.Devices that utilize a single fuse to protect two or more suppression paths are not accepted. 2.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.Protection Modes: 1.The SPD shall provide protection as follows:All modes,L-N or L-L,L-G and N-G (where applicable)Note:L =Line,G =Ground,N =Neutral B.UL 1449 Ratings: 1.The maximum UL/ANSI 1449 listed surge ratings for each and/or all of the specified protection modes shall not exceed the following: System Voltage Voltage Protection Rating L-N L-G N-G L-L 120/240 700-volts 700-volts 700-volts 1200-volts City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD)-SERVICE ENTRANCE PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13 -3 120/208 700-volts 700-volts 700-volts 1200-volts 240 1200-volts 1000-volts 277/480 1000-volts 1000-volts 1000-volts 1800-volts 480 1800-volts 1800-volts C.Noise Attenuation: 1.The unit shall be UL 1283 Listed as an electromagnetic interference filter for type 2 locations. The filter shall provide 41dB at 100kHz,31dB at 1MHz,35dB at 10MHz,53dB at 100MHz,per 50 Ohm Insertion Loss Methodology from MIL 220A.The system shall provide up to 120-dB insertion loss from 100 kHz to 100 MHz when used in a coordinated facility system. D.Life Cycle Testing: 1.The SPD system shall be duty life cycle tested to survive,10kA (8x20?s),20kV (1.2x50µs),IEEE C62.41.1 Category C surge current with less than 5% degradation of clamping voltage. The minimum numbers of surges the unit shall be able to protect against are: Model Surge Rating Number of Life Cycle Surges Per Mode Per Phase L-N L-G N-G L-N +L-G 250kA per phase 12000 12000 12000 24000 500kA per phase 24000 24000 24000 48000 2.4 CONNECTIONS A.The terminals shall be provided to accommodate wire sizes up to #1/0 AWG. 2.5 INTERNAL CONNECTIONS AND SERVICEABILITY A.All surge current diversion module intra-unit connections shall be by way of low impedance copper. Surge current diversion modules shall use bolted connections to the plates for reliable,low impedance connections.The system shall be designed for simple change out of any or all SPD component modules by a qualified electrician. Designs that require factory service are not acceptable. All connections,conductors and terminals must be appropriately sized for specified surge current capacity. 2.6 STANDARD FEATURES A.Component Testing and Monitoring: 1.The monitoring circuitry must continually verify the protection status during operation,and display this information on the front cover status panel.The SPD must also contain a built-in-test circuit that will verify the integrity of all fuse links and each associated MOV. The built-in-test circuit must cycle through all phase banks and the neutral-ground bank sending test signals to all modules including N- G.The integrity of all fuses in test must be indicted on the status panel. All testing must be able to be performed without disconnecting power to the SPD. Units that require external test sets or equipment are unacceptable. B.Unit Status Indicators: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD)-SERVICE ENTRANCE PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13 -4 1.Red and green solid state indicators with printed labels shall be provided on the hinged front cover to redundantly indicate on-line unit status. The absence of the green light and the presence of the red light shall reliably indicate that surge protection is reduced and service is needed to restore full operation. C.Surge Counter: 1.Provide up to 7-digit LED/LCD surge counter to total transient voltage surges. D.Dry Contacts for remote monitoring: 1.Electrically isolated Form C dry contacts,one normally open and one normally closed set standard on all units for remote monitoring. E.Undervoltage detection: 1.Unit shall be equipped with 70%undervoltage detection capability. F.Phase Loss Monitoring: 1.Unit shall be equipped with phase loss monitoring. G.Power Loss Monitoring: 1.Unit shall be equipped with power loss monitoring. 2.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A.Storage Temperature: -55 to +85 C (-67 to +187 F) B.Operating Temperature: -40 to +60 C (-40 to 140 F) C.Relative Humidity: 0%to 95% D.Audible Noise: less than 45 dBa at 5 feet (1 5 m) E.Operating Altitude: 0 to 18,000 feet above sea level 2.8 WARRANTY A.The manufacturer shall provide a full 10 year parts and 5 year on site labor warranty from date of shipment against any part failure when installed in compliance with manufacturer’s written instructions,UL Listing requirements and any applicable national, state or local electrical codes. Direct,factory trained,ISO 9001 certified employees must be available for 48-hour assessment. A 24 hour 800 number must be available to support warranty. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD)-SERVICE ENTRANCE PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 43 13 -5 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.The contractor shall install the parallel SPD with short and straight conductors as practically possible.Locate adjacent to the switchboard or panel it is serving.The contractor shall twist the SPD input conductors together to reduce input conductor inductance.The contractor shall follow the SPD manufacturer’s recommended installation practices as found in the installation,operation and maintenance manual and comply with all applicable codes.Provide STT Tierguide cable low impedance cable when long lead lengths are needed. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTING FIXTURES -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 51 19 -1 SECTION 26 51 19 -LIGHTING FIXTURES -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.Provide general and emergency lighting fixtures as noted on the drawings. Fixtures shall be completely wired with lamps installed and shall be in perfect operating condition at the time of substantial completion. B.The types of lighting fixtures required for this project include: 1.LED 1.2 STANDARDS A.All fixtures shall conform to all applicable UL standards and shall be UL label including damp and wet location ratings.“ETL listed”is an acceptable listing. B.NFPA 101 C.ANSI C82.1 D.NEMA-LE E.All LED drivers shall be UL recognized Class 2 per UL1310 or non-Class 2 per UL 1012 as applicable. F.All LED drivers shall comply with applicable requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)rules and regulations,Title 47 CFR part 15,for Non-Consumer Equipment. G.All LED drivers shall be RoHS compliant. H.TM-21 I.LM-80 J.LM-79 K.L70 L.DLC M.UL 1008 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide lighting fixtures produced by manufacturers as shown and scheduled. B.LED DRIVER: 1.Provide one of the following manufacturers a.Eldo City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTING FIXTURES -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 51 19 -2 b.Lutron c.Osram d.Philips C.LAMPS: 1.Provide one of the following LED Chip manufacturers a.Cree b.Nichia c.North American Philips d.Seoul e.Lumileds 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings shall include a brochure with a separate cut sheet for each fixture type arranged in alphabetical order with fixture and all accessories/options clearly labeled. Provide performance data for each fixture. Provide an independent test lab report for each fixture if requested by the Architect/Engineer. B.Provide driver and LED module data brochures for each fixture type. C.Provide air handling and heat removal data for light fixtures specified with these requirements. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1.National Electrical Code. 2.Local,municipal,or state codes that have jurisdiction. 3.UL fire resistance directory. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A.General: 1.Provide the size,type and rating of each light fixture shown and scheduled. All light fixtures shall complete with reflectors,lens,trim rings,flanges,LED modules,lamp holders,drivers,fuses,wiring,earthquake clips,etc.to provide a complete functioning light fixture. B.Lighting Fixture Types: 1.LED Fixtures a.Fixtures shall be pre-wired with frame-in kit and integral thermal management system for fixtures. Driver shall be encased in metal-can construction for optimal thermal performance. b.Total fixture lumen output is dependent on the chip,thermal management, driver current and optical system. LED fixtures shall be tested as a complete unit or system. Only DOE recognized CALiPER testing laboratory results shall be utilized. c.Interior LED fixtures shall have integral common mode and differential mode surge protection of 3kV(1.2/50µs,2 ohm combination wave). City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTING FIXTURES -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 51 19 -3 d.Exterior LED fixtures shall have integral common mode and differential mode surge protection of 10kV/10kA(1.2/50µs,2 ohm combination wave). 2.Exit signs a.Exit signs shall meet all federal,state and local codes. b.Provide fire alarm interface relay when required to flash exit signs. c.Provide battery packs for emergency operation when not connected to emergency generator power. 2.2 LED MODULES AND DRIVERS -COORDINATE WITH LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE A.LED 1.Driver manufacturer shall have a 10-year history producing electronic drivers for the North American market. 2.Driver shall carry a five year limited warranty from date of manufacture against defects in material or workmanship (including replacement)for operation at a maximum case temperature of 80 degrees Celsius. 3.Drivers shall not contain any Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB). 4.Provide driver with integral color-coded leads. 5.Driver shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of 120 Volt through 277 Volt or 347 Volt through 480 Volt with sustained variations of +/-10%(voltage)with no damage to the driver. 6.Driver output shall be regulated to +/-5%across published load range.And shall have a power factor greater than .90 for primary application to 50%of full load rating with an input current Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)of less than 20%to 50%of full load rating. 7.Provide drivers with a Class A sound rating. 8.Provide LED drivers for outdoor fixtures with a minimum operating temperature of -40 degrees Celsius (-40 F). Provide LED drivers for indoor fixtures with a minimum operating temperature of -20 degrees Celsius (-2F). 9.Drivers shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without fail and auto-resetting without need for external fuses or trip devices. 10.Driver output ripple current shall be less than 15%measured peak-to-average,with ripple frequency being greater than 100Hz. 11.Driver performance requirements shall be met when operated to 50%of full load rating. 12.Driver shall have integral thermal foldback to reduce driver power above rated case temperature to protect the driver if temperatures reach unacceptable levels. 13.Drivers shall comply with NEMA 410 for in-rush current limits. 14.Dimmable drivers shall be controlled by a Class 2 low voltage 0-10VDC controller with dimming range controlled between 1 and 8VDC with source current 150µA. 2.3 LAMPS –COORDINATE WITH LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE A.LED Lamps shall be appropriately matched to the driver with junction-down design for improved thermal management.Maximum DC Forward Current. 2.4 EMERGENCY LED BATTERY BACKUP A.Provide Bodine #BSL310M for emergency light fixtures in 9 or 10-foot ceiling. B.Provide Bodine #BSL20 for emergency LED driver for emergency light fixtures in ceiling heights greater than 12 feet. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTING FIXTURES -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 51 19 -4 C.Provide Bodine #BSL17-C2 for emergency LED driver for LED downlights. D.Provide unswitched hot leg.Hot leg shall originate from the same branch circuit as required in NEC article 700.12 (F). 2.5 POLES A.Provide poles for area lighting fixtures as specified.Poles shall be one piece,anchor base, with 2-piece steel bolt cover and vibration dampers.Poles shall be round straight steel as specified on the Lighting Fixture Schedule. B.Provide all poles with appropriate mounting accessories including arms,tenons,or bullhorns as required.Anchor bolts shall be hot dipped galvanized,sized as required by the manufacturer of the pole. C.All poles shall have a normal 3”x 5”hand hole at 18”above the base flange and grounding provision. D.Poles shall be prime painted interior and exterior.The exterior shall be finished with polyester powder coating and architectural finish as specified by the Architect.The interior with 3 mil thermoplastic hydrocarbon resin,or equivalent to meet 1000-hour salt spray exposure (ASTM B-117). 2.6 BRANCH CIRCUIT EMERGENCY TRANSFER SWITCH (BCELTS) A. Provide 20 amp,120-277 Volt,UL1008 listed Branch Circuit Emergency Transfer Switch to control emergency light fixtures transferring from normal to emergency branch circuits Provide Bodine GTD 20A or ETC SC 1008 UL 924 Devices are not acceptable 2.7 AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY (ALCR) A.Provide 3 amp,120-277 volt UL 924 listed.Relay to bypass switching controlling emergency branch circuit light fixtures Provide Bodine GTD or Wattstopper ELCU. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATIONS A.General 1.Install the type of lighting fixture where shown and indicated in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2.Provide earthquake clips on all recessed lay-in lighting fixtures as required by building code. 3.Adjust all adjustable lighting fixtures,as directed by the Architect. 4.Provide safety chains and wire guards for lighting fixtures located in gymnasium, multi-purpose rooms,play areas,etc. B.Coordination City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTING FIXTURES -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 51 19 -5 1.The contractor shall verify the type of fixtures with the ceiling types as indicated on the drawings. Any discrepancies shall immediately be brought to the architect's attention before the contractor places his order and accepts delivery. Fixtures shall fit exact in the type of ceiling scheduled. Provide plaster frames,trim rings and other accessories required for a correct fit. 2.Provide supports attached to structural member to support fixtures when the ceiling system cannot maintain support. Provide separate supports for all recessed ceiling mounted HID fixtures. 3.Refer to architectural reflected ceiling plan for the exact location of all lighting fixtures. Notify the architect for any discrepancies or conflicts with structural, architectural,mechanical piping or ductwork before installation. C.Mounting 1.Provide support channels to support outlet boxes used support surface mounted lighting fixtures such as exit signs or downlights. 2.Pendant or surface mounted fixture shall be provided with required mounting devices and accessories,including hickeys and stud-extensions,ball-aligners, canopies and stems.Locations of fixtures in mechanical areas shall be coordinated with mechanical contractor.Mounting stems of pendant fixtures shall be of the correct length to uniformly maintain the fixture heights shown on the drawings or established in the field.The allowable variation tolerance in mounting individual fixtures shall not exceed 1/4 inch and shall not vary more than 1/2 inch from the floor mounting height shown on the Drawings. Fixtures hung in continuous runs shall be installed absolutely level and in line with each other. Hanging devices shall comply with Code requirements.Fixtures shall employ single -not twin - stem hangers unless otherwise noted. 3.All structure mounted fixtures (i.e.bracket mounted,pipe mounted and surface mounted)shall be provided with cables of suitable size and weight to support the weight of the fixture. Cables shall be fastened around or fastened to the housing of the fixture.On pendant fixtures,one safety cable of suitable size and weight to support the weight of the fixture assembly shall connect the top of the pendant to the supporting structure by means of welding or bolting,and one safety cable shall connect the housing of the fixture to the bottom of the pendant.Where more than one pendant per fixture occurs,only one pendant must be cabled.Track fixtures for pendant mounted track shall also be supplied with clip-on safety cables of suitable size and weight to support the weight of the fixture. 4.Provide secondary support wires from all four (4)corners of the lay-in fixtures to the structure above.Do not support fixtures from ceiling grid wire supports, piping,conduit,side walls,or mechanical equipment.Ceiling specifications do not supersede this requirement. 5.Where pole mounted luminaries are provided,provide appropriate anchor base pole as specified with manufacturer’s recommended anchor bolts.Verify exact location on site for poles with Architect,Civil,and Landscape documents.Poles shall be installed on proper footing.Refer to details on the drawings.Provide grounding connection to a separately driven ground rod,outside of the footing. Where indicated provide pole with identification plate indicating pole number. D.Electrical Connection City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 LIGHTING FIXTURES -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) PGAL Project No.1005964.00 26 51 19 -6 1.All light fixtures shall be connected from a branch circuit junction box using 1/2" flexible metal conduit or MC cable fixture pigtails not exceeding 8'-0".Provide #12 AWG conductors.All fixtures must be grounded by using a grounding conductor.Fixture to fixture wiring of fixtures installed in accessible ceiling is not permitted.Fixture whips shall not lay-on ceiling tile or grid.Provide caddy clips to provide additional support. E.Fire Rated Ceiling 1.Provide fire rated canopy or enclosure for all fixtures recessed in a fire rated ceiling. The fire rated canopy or enclosure shall be as required by the UL design number listed in the UL fire resistance directory. Refer to architectural drawing for the UL design number. Coordinate with ceiling installer and manufacturer. Provide proper rated drivers for lighting fixtures installed within these rated enclosures. F.Air Handling Fixtures 1.Install all air handling light fixtures with return air slot in the open position,if it is to be as an air handling fixture. Coordinate with mechanical contractor. 3.2 FINAL INSPECTION A.Remove all plastic and protective coating from all fixtures. Fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned. Replace any damaged fixture or fixture parts including reflectors,louvers,lens and metal parts that show signs of corrosion. B.Replace all other defective fixtures showing signs of excessive usage. C.Demonstrate proper operation of all fixtures and controls.Refer to other sections and details on the drawings for lighting controls. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -1 SECTION 27 02 00 -BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B.The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore,shall be submitted to the Architect and Engineer for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect and Engineer. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A.The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all labor,material,tools,equipment and services necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases,all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings,including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B.This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation;including every article,device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item)reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include,but are not limited to,materials,labor,supervision,transportation,storage,equipment,utilities,all required permits,licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual,Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C.The approximate locations of Communications items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets,apparatus,etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building,and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer,who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. D.Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E.All discrepancies within the Contract Documents discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding,where this cannot be done at least seven (7)working days prior to bid;the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -2 F.It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G.It is the intent of the above "Scope"to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved;however,it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope"but shown on the Drawings,or specified later,or necessary for a complete and functioning Communications system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H.Coordinate with other contractors on items required for the proper functioning of communications system and indicated as provided by others,such as power,backboxes, conduits,sleeves,air conditioning,structural support,etc.. I.Contractor shall participate in the commissioning process;including but not limited to meeting attendance,completion of checklists and participation in functional testing. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A.Div 1 and conditions of the contract B.Div 26 Electrical C.Div 28 Electronic Safety and Security 1.4 COOPERATION WITH TRADES: A.Cooperation with trades of adjacent,related,or affected materials or operations shall be considered a part of this work in order to affect timely and accurate placing of work and bring together in proper and correct sequence,the work of such trades. 1.5 REFERENCES A.National Electrical Code (NEC) B.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C.Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.(UL) D.Insulated Cable Engineer's Association (ICEA). E.National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). F.Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). G.American National Standards Institute (ANSI). H.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). I.International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). J.BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Services International) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -3 K.Owner’s Design Guidelines and Construction Standards L.Local,county,state and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of installation. 1.6 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A.All work fairly implied as essential to the complete functioning of the electrical systems shown on the Drawings and Specifications shall be completed as part of the work of this Division unless specifically stated otherwise.It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to establish the types of the systems,but not set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. In case of doubt as to the work intended,or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof,the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for supplementary instructions,Drawings,etc. B.Contractor shall review all pertinent Drawings and adjust his work to all conditions shown there on. Discrepancies between Plans,Specifications,and actual field conditions shall be brought to the prompt attention of the Architect. 1.Approximate location of communications outlets,devices,equipment cabinets, cable trays,conduits and sleeves, etc.,are indicated on the Drawings. However, the Drawings,do not give complete and accurate detailed locations of such items and exact locations must be determined by actual field measurement. Such locations will,at all times,be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.Communicate with the Architect and secure his approval of any location about which there may be the least question. Outlets obviously placed in a location not suitable to the finished room or without specific approval,shall be removed and relocated when so directed by the Architect. Location of ceiling devices shall be coordinated with reflected ceiling plans. C.Additional coordination with mechanical,electrical,plumbing contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances for all building components. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances,conflicts or equipment locations. 1.7 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A.The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Contractor shall have a complete working knowledge of the communications system being installed. B.Contractor shall have installed similar-sized systems in at least ten (10)other projects in the last five (5)years prior to this bid and be regularly engaged in the business of installation of the types of systems specified in this document. C.Contractor and individual installation crew members shall be experienced and qualified to perform the work specified herein at time of bid submission. All onsite supervision personnel that will be assigned to this project shall be listed in the Pre-Installation Submittal. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -4 1.80%shall have a minimum of three (3)years of experience in the installation of the types of systems,equipment,and cables specified in this document prior to this bid. 2.All installation team members must demonstrate knowledge and compliance with all applicable methods,standards,and codes. 3.All members of the Structured Cabling System installation team shall be certified by the Structured Cabling System Assurance Warranty provider as having completed the necessary training to complete their part of the installation and capable of an installation that falls under manufacturer’s guidelines necessary to obtain the Manufacturer’s System Assurance Warranty. 4.Any personnel substitutions shall be noted in writing to the Owner. D.A BICSI RCDD shall supervise and approve all on-site structured cabling work as a recognized member of the Contractor’s installation team. E.Contractor shall obtain Communications system product manufacturer’s certification if applicable. F.Refer to General Conditions for other requirements. 1.9 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS A.In order to accomplish the conditions of this agreement,the Contractor shall perform the specific duties listed herein. B.Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor,supervision,tools,equipment,test equipment,tests and services to provide and install a complete communications cabling infrastructure system. Pay all required sales,gross receipts,and other taxes. C.Insurance 1.The Contractor shall procure,submit for review,and maintain for the duration of this agreement,insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from,or in connection with,the performance of work hereunder by the Contractor,his agents,representatives,employees or subcontractor.The Contractor shall pay the cost of such insurance. 2.The Owner,its directors,officers,representatives,agents and employees, respectively,shall have no responsibility to the Contractor with respect to any insurance in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. D.Regulatory Requirements 1.Communications Contractor shall supply all city,county,and state telecommunication cabling permits required by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 2.Communications Contractor shall be licensed and/or bonded as required for telecommunications/low voltage cabling systems. E.Privacy and Confidentiality 1.The Contractor will respect and protect the privacy and confidentiality of Owner, its employees,processes,products,and intellectual property to extent necessary, consistent with the legal responsibilities of the Owner policies. 2.Contractors shall sign a non-disclosure agreement and abide by the requirements to keep confidential all information concerning bid documents and this project. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -5 F.Use of Subcontractors 1.Successful bidder shall inform the Owner’s contact and General Contractor in writing about the intention to use Subcontractors and the scope of work for which they are being hired. 2.The Owner or Owner’s designated contact must approve the use of Subcontractors in writing prior to the Subcontractor’s hiring and start of any work. G.The Contractor’s designated Project Manager will be recognized as the single point of contact.The Project manager shall oversee all work performed to ensure compliance with specifications as outlined in bid documents (which includes all specifications,references, and drawings)to ensure a quality installation and attend project meetings with the telecommunication consultant,the Owner and others. H.Coordination 1.Coordinate installation work with other trades (examples include ceiling grid contractors,HVAC and sheet metal contractors,etc.)to resolve procedures and installation placement for cable trays and cable bundle pathways. 2.The goal of this coordination will be to establish priority pathways for critical data/voice network cable infrastructure,materials,associated hardware,as well as mitigate delays to the project and to allow service access for communications components. 3.Exchange information and agree on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces. 4.Coordinate with electrical contractors and plan for the pathway routes used communications cabling to minimize cable lengths.Report any potential over distance cable runs for approval before pulling the cables. 5.Record agreements with other trades and distribute record to other participants, Owner and telecommunication consultant. 1.10 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A.The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy,or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division One for additional requirements. B.The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A.General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents,including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article,unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B.Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive,but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -6 C.Indicated:The term "Indicated"is a cross-reference to details,notes or schedules on the Drawings,to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown","Noted", "Scheduled","Specified"and "Detailed"are used in lieu of "Indicated",it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material,and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D.Directed: Where not otherwise explained,terms such as "Directed","Requested", "Accepted",and "Permitted"mean by the Architect or Engineer. However,no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E.Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information,applications,inquiries,reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed"will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed"by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F.Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Furnish"is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site,ready for unloading,unpacking,assembly, installation,etc.,as applicable in each instance. G.Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Install"is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection, placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection, cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. H.Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Provide"is used to mean "Furnish and Install",complete and ready for intended use,as applicable in each instance. I.Installer: Entity (person or firm)engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub-contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site,including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection,placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection,cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers)be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J.Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations,contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor,or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -7 K.Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance,the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated,the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances)or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits.In complying with requirements,indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements.Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI)for decision before proceeding. L.Abbreviations and Symbols:The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established,principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated,graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook,chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver products to the project properly identified with names,model numbers,types, grades,compliance labels,and other information needed for identification. B.Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment,pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C.Damaged equipment shall be promptly removed from the site and new,undamaged equipment shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A.Coordinate with Division 01 for submittal timetable requirements,unless noted otherwise within thirty (30)days after the Contract is awarded.The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of a complete set of shop drawings and complete product data covering each item of equipment or material.The submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty-day period.The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty-day (30)time limit.The Architect and Engineer will retain a copy of all shop drawings for their files. All literature pertaining to items subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time.Submittals shall be placed in one electronic file in PDF format and bookmarked for individual specification sections.Individual electronic files of submittals for individual products shall not be permitted.Each submittal shall include the following items: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -8 1.A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project,Architect, Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal.The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2.An index page with a listing of all data or drawings ncluded in the Submittal. 3.Product Data and Shop Drawings shall be submitted in separate submittals,to avoid rejection of one due to errors in the other. B.Shop Drawings 1.Communications Contractor shall submit,for approval,floor plans that identify all device locations,device ID,cable routes and quantities,cable types,riser locations, and references to installation details and diagrams. a.Communication Contractor shall notify A&E team of any cable routes that will exceed the permanent link distance limit and get approval before work to start.Without advance notice and approval from A&E team,the contractor shall be fully responsible for make corrections as needed to bring all installed cables within the distance limit. 2.Communications Contractor shall submit,for approval,diagrams that show communications room layouts,rack layouts (including wall and rack elevations), cabling riser and interconnection diagrams,etc. 3.Communications Contractor shall submit,for approval,labelling scheme for all communications devices and cabling components (faceplates,horizontal cables, riser cables,inter-building cables,racks,patch panels,etc.) installed. 4.The Contractor shall make any corrections as required by the Engineer and submit revised shop drawings to the team for approval. 5.Approval by the Engineer of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the drawings or specifications, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. Requests to deviate shall be submitted in writing to the Architect. 6.Drawings shall show the proposed firestop systems and locations, (stamped/embossed by the PE)to restore/maintain the designed fire rating of the building structure (walls,ceilings,floors,etc). 7.Shop Drawings shall be newly prepared and not reproduced from the Contract Documents.Drawings shall be prepared by a draftsman skilled in this type of work. Submitting copy of the engineering drawings or engineering drawings with contractor's markup as shop drawings is NOT ACCEPTABLE. 8.Shop drawings shall be developed in coordination with other trades (MEP, Architecture,Structural,etc.)to avoid any collision or conflict and to meet all industry standards best practices,codes and regulation requirements.By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified 9.Additional coordination with other trade contractors may be required to allow adequate clearances and meet code requirements.All transitions,offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner C.Product Data Submittals 1.Communications Contractor shall submit catalogue cutsheets that include manufacturer,trade name,and complete model number for each product specified. Model number shall be handwritten and/or highlighted to indicate exact selection. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -9 2.Communications Contractor shall identify applicable specification section reference for each product performance for each component specified for approval prior to purchase and installation. 3.Product information sheets for the proposed system test equipment to include certification of test equipment calibration.Installer is to use test equipment with a calibration date within one year of test date.Installer is to recalibrate and resubmit if necessary. 4.All data sheets shall be organized by specification sections and provided with table of contents.All products required in the spec section shall be included in one submittal. 5.Provide specification variations pages with a listing all variations,including unfurnished or additional required accessories,items or other features,between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment.If there are no variations,then this specification page shall state "NO VARIATIONS".Where variations affect the work of other Contractors,then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the ​variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor,and this page shall be signed by the submitting Contractor. 6.Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation,size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings,Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 7.Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4"=1'-0",as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 8.Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 9.Sufficient pictorial,descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 10.All product substitutions shall be submitted in advance for review and approval before being included in product submittal package. 11.Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,signed and dated in longhand. D.Structured Cabling System Warranty 1.The Communications Contractor shall submit appropriate documentation from the certifying manufacturer showing the project is registered and qualified for the System Assurance Warranty. 2.All subsequent work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.The Communications Contractor shall not perform any portion of the work requiring approval of the System Assurance Warranty manufacturer’s warranty registration qualification procedures that would disqualify any part or all of the wiring system from that warranty qualification. E.Qualifications 1.Communications Contractor shall submit a list of the Contractor’s previous projects that demonstrate qualification for this project. This list shall include,but not be limited to: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -10 a.At least ten (10)other projects in the last five (5)years b.Name and location of project c.Project contacts,email addresses,and phone numbers d.Total square footage e.Total number of cables/drops f.Types of media 2.Communications Contractor shall submit an up-to-date and valid statement of qualifications for those assigned to perform the work specified herein at time of bid submission. a.Communications Contractor Employees b.Subcontractors 3.Manufacturer certifications for Contractor and installers. F.Cable Testing Plan 1.The Contractor shall provide a complete and detailed test plan for approval of the cabling system specified herein,including a complete list of test equipment for copper and fiber components and accessories prior to beginning cable testing. 2.The following minimal items shall be submitted for review: a.A testing plan that clearly describes procedures and methods. b.Product data for test equipment. c.Certifications and qualifications of all persons conducting the testing. d.Calibration certificates indicating that equipment calibration meets National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)standards and has been calibrated at least once in the previous year of the testing date. e.Examples of test reports,including all graphs,tables,and charts necessary for display of testing results. G.Samples 1.For workstation outlet connectors,jack assemblies,housings and faceplates for color selection and evaluation of technical specifications and requirements. Confirm with Architect,interior designer,and Owner representative for color before purchasing materials. H.Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. I.Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED",the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. J.Submittals shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1.REVIEWED:Contractor does not need to take further submittal action,shall include this submittal in the O&M manual,and verify with Architects and other parties (Owner,etc)reviewing the submittals that no other correction is required before placing orders and starting installations. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -11 2.REVIEWED AS NOTED:Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted,and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual.The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted,and verifed with Architects and other parties (Owner,etc)reviewing the submittals that no other correction is required before placing orders and starting installations. 3.NOT APPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the pr​oduct, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings.Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved.Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4.REVISE AND RESUBMIT:Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings.Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit.Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5.CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material,equipment or method of installation.The Contractor’s stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6.MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED:Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material,equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the specifications.Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified.Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered.​ K.Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. L.Refer to each specification section for additional requirements. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Before submit shop drawings,Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0"or larger;detailing major elements,components,and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems,installations,and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work,including (but not necessarily limited to)the following: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -12 1.Indicate the proposed locations of communications conduits/sleeves,cable trays, equipment,cabinet and other materials. Include the following: a.Wall and type locations. b.Clearances from other building structure and MEP equipment. c.Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment and cabling,and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. d.Equipment connections and support details. e.Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. f.Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. g.Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. h.Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2.Indicate scheduling,sequencing,movement,and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3.Prepare floor plans,elevations,and details to indicate penetrations in floors,walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4.Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations,air distribution devices,light fixtures,communication systems components,and other ceiling-mounted items. B.This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include,but not be limited to: cable routing,equipment location,clearance,space requirements,sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. C.By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended,in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1,include the following information for equipment items: 1.Description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. 3.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions. 4.Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 5.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 27,include the following information for equipment items: a.Identifying names,name tags designations and locations for all equipment. b.Fault Current calculations and Coordination Study. c.Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. d.Fabrication drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -13 e.Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable,i.e.,description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations,performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. f.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping, shutdown,and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. g.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting;disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions,servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. h.Equipment name plate data. i.Wiring diagrams. j.Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. k.Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. l.Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. m.Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. 6.The Communications Contractor shall deliver the Installer's Extended Product Warranty and Manufacturer's signed System Assurance Warranty of installed cabling system to include all components that comprise the complete cabling system. a.Delivery shall be completed within two (2)weeks of the time of final punch list review. 7.Product Certificates shall be signed by manufacturers of cables,connectors,and terminal equipment certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. 8.Cable Testing Report Requirements a.Submit certified test reports of Contractor-performed tests. Contractor shall submit the required Test Reports in the format and media specified,upon completion of testing the installed system. 9.The tests shall clearly demonstrate that the media and its components fully comply with the requirements specified herein. 10.Three (3)sets of electronic and hardcopy versions of test reports shall be submitted together and clearly identified with cable designations. 11.Cable inventory data shall be submitted for all fiber,copper,and coaxial cabling and termination components.Include products furnished: a.Manufacturer's name b.Manufacturer's part numbers c.Cable designations d.Location and riser assignments e.Product Data 12.The Contractor’s BICSI Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD)supervisor shall review,approve and stamp all documents prior to submitting.The Contractor’s RCDD shall warrant in writing that 100%of the installation meets the requirements specified herein upon completion of all work. 13.Supply Owner with training manuals with instructions on methods of adding or removing cabling to/from firestopped sleeves and chases. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -14 1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS A.Maintain a continuous record during the course of construction of all changes and deviations in the work from the contract drawings. Upon completion of the work, purchase a set of "Auto Positive Tracings"on vellum and make corrections as required to reflect the electrical systems as installed. Location and size of all conduit shall be accurately shown to dimension. Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and deliver "Auto Positive Tracings"to the Architect. Record drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. Symbols on the Record drawings shall correspond to the identification symbols on the contract drawings and equipment identification plates and tags. B.The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked black line record "AS-BUILT" prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details,alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by "Change Order"notices. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner,Architect or Engineer at all times. C.Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements concerning record drawings. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of as-built drawings,the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil.Delivery of as-built prints and reproducibles is a condition of final acceptance. D.The record prints shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work,precise locations of all concealed device and cabling, and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. E.Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and delivered "Auto Positive Tracings"to the architect. "As-Built"drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. F.For all cables and devices served from a wall mounted equipemnt enclosure,provide printed as-built wiring diagram showing all the cable route and type,device IDs and locations,and brand and models of all system components inside the enclosure,and attach the wiring diagram to the interior face of the enclosure's front door. G.When the option described in paragraph E.,above is not exercised then upon completion of the work,the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the submit a set of clear concise set of reproducible record "AS-BUILT"drawings and shall submit the reproducible drawings with corrections made by a competent draftsman and three (3)sets of black line prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The reproducible record "AS-BUILT"drawings shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY:_______________________________ (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -15 BY:_______________________________ (SIGNATURE) 1.17 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A.Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B.Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C.Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D.Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include,but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 27. 1.18 OPERATOR TRAINING A.The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel.The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of onsite training in three 4-hour shifts. B.Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel,prepare a typed outline in triplicate,listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction,and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C.Refer to other Division 27 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.19 SITE VISITATION A.Visit the site of the proposed construction in order to fully understand the facilities, difficulties and restriction attending the execution of the work. B.Before submitting a bid,it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. C.Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied;verify locations of utility services and determine requirements for connections. D.Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -16 1.20 WARRANTY A.The undertaking of the work described in this Division shall be considered equivalent to the issuance,as part of this work,of a specific guarantee extending one year beyond the date of completion of work and acceptance by Owner,against defects in materials and workmanship.Materials,appliances and labor necessary to effect repairs and replacement so as to maintain said work in good functioning order shall be provided as required. Replacements necessitated by normal wear in use or by Owner's abuse are not included under this guarantee. B.All normal and extended warranties shall include parts,labor,miscellaneous materials, travel time,incidental expenses,freight/shipping,refrigerant,oils,lubricants,belts,filters and any expenses related to service call required to diagnose warranty problems. C.Structured System Warranty 1.The Contractor shall be a certified Manufacturer’s Value Added Reseller (VAR) and/or Authorized Installer and provide an end-to-end product warranty,adhere to the industry standard engineering,installation and testing procedures and utilize the authorized manufacturer components and distribution channels in provisioning this project. 2.Contractor shall coordinate with manufacturer for warranty paperwork and procedures prior to the start of the project. 3.Contractor shall provide a minimum one (1)year warranty on installation and workmanship PLUS an Extended Product Warranty and System Assurance Warranty for this wiring system and shall commit to make available local support for the product and system during the Warranty period. a.The Extended Product Warranty shall apply to all passive structured cabling system components and shall cover the replacement or repair of defective products and labor for the replacement or repair of such defective products for a minimum of one (1)year. b.The System Assurance Warranty provides a complete system and product warranty that will be extended to the end-user,ensuring the structured cabling system will be free of defects in materials and workmanship,will meet or exceed applicable performance requirements defined in the contract documents,and support all current and future network applications for a minimum of twenty (20)years. 4.System Certification:Upon successful completion of the installation and subsequent inspection,the customer shall be provided with a numbered certificate, from the manufacturer,registering the installation. 1.21 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A.Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer,as appropriate for the specific purpose intended,will be at Architect/Owner’s risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages,losses and expense,including attorney’s fees arising out of or resulting thereof. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -17 B.Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator,the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60)days of receipt,after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60)day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C.When transferring documents in electronic media format,Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility,usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages,operating systems,or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D.Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor’s sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect,Engineer or any consultant. E.The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE)has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect’s written consent. 1.It is agreed that “MEP”hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement Between Architect and Owner. 2.If the client,Architect or Owner of the project requires electronic media for “record purposes”,then AutoCAD/Revit documents will be prepared by Engineer on electronic media such as removable memory devices,flash drives or CD’s. These documents can also be submitted via file transfer protocols.AutoCAD/ Revit files will be submitted with all title block references intact to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings.Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. 3.At the Architect/Owner’s request,Engineer will assist the Contractor in the preparation of the submittals and prepare one copy of AutoCAD/Revit files on electronic media or submit through file transfer protocols.The electronic media will be prepared with all indicia of documents ownership removed.The electronic media will be prepared in a “.rvt”or “.dwg”format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. 1.22 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A.Communications Contractor shall attend and/or arrange a scheduled pre-installation conference prior to beginning any work of this section. This venue is to ask and clarify questions in writing with consultant and/or project manager/Owner representative. B.Agenda 1.Safety 2.Work to be performed 3.Scheduling 4.Coordination 5.Other topics as necessary City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -18 C.Attendance 1.Communications project manager/supervisor shall attend meetings arranged by General Contractor,Owner’s representatives,and other parties affected by work of this document. 2.All individuals who will serve in an on-site supervisory capacity,including project managers,site supervisors,and lead installers,shall be required to attend the pre- installation conference. Individuals who do not attend the conference will not be permitted to supervise the installation and testing of communications cables on the project. 1.23 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION A.The Engineer may perform site visits and provide job field reports upon inspection of Contractor's installation,materials,supporting hardware,coordination with other trades and progress to schedule to the client. B.Job Field Report outline: 1.General:The general installation progress in relation to scheduled work made by the Contractor up to that date. 2.Deficiencies and/or Items of Note:Documents observations of the cable installation that may require corrective action by the Contractor. 1.24 POST INSTALLATION MEETINGS A.At the time of substantial completion the contractor shall call and arrange for a post installation meeting to present and review all submittal documents to include but not be limited to As-Built Drawings,Test reports,Warranty paperwork,etc. B.Attendees shall include 1.Communications Contractor 2.Project Manager/Owner Representative 3.General Contractor 4.Communications Engineer. 5.Other trades that the GC deems appropriate. C.At this meeting the Communications Contractor shall present and explain all documentation. D.Any discrepancies or deviations noted by and agreed to by participants shall be remedied by the Communications Contractor and resubmitted within one (1)week of the meeting. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A.The names and manufacturers and model numbers have been used in the Contract documents to establish types of equipment and standards of quality. Where more than one manufacturer is named for a specific item of equipment,only one of the specified manufacturers will be considered for approval. Where only one manufacturer is mentioned with the phrase "or approved equal",Contractor may submit an alternate manufacturer for consideration,provided the following conditions are met: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -19 1.Submit alternate equipment with complete descriptive data in shop drawing form. Provide sample of equipment upon request for review by Architect. Samples will be returned if requested in writing. 2.Alternate equipment must be equal from the standpoint of materials,construction and performance. 3.Alternate submittal must be presented to the Engineer/Architect ten (10)days prior to bid date for approval. B.Where only one manufacturer is mentioned without the phrase "or approved equal".No substitution is allowed.If the product specified is discontinued,.Contractor shall submit an alternate product of equal or better performance at no additionla cost for review and approval. C.The Architect and Engineer shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment,materials and methods. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.All materials and products used on this project shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. B.Equipment and materials shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of telecommunications cabling products and shall be the manufacturer’s latest standard design in satisfactory use for at least one year prior to bid opening. C.All material and equipment,as provided,should be the standard Commercial-Off-The- Shelf (COTS)products of a manufacturer engaged in the manufacturing of such products. 1.All shall be typical commercial designs that comply with the requirements specified. 2.All material and equipment shall be readily available through manufacturers and/or distributors. D.Installer is to comply in every way with the requirements of local laws,ordinances,and rules,,the National Board of Fire Underwriters,and the National Electrical Code. E.In the event of any conflicts between documents referenced herein and the contents of this specification,the Installer is to notify in writing to the Architect/Engineer of any such occurrences before the purchasing of any equipment,materials and/or installation by the Installer.The Architect/Engineer will notify the Installer of any actions required to resolve these conflicts. F.No change in the plans or in the specifications is to be made without written instruction to do so from the Owner or Architect/Engineer. G.Materials are to be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and best industry practices. H.The Installer is to promptly correct all discrepancies and/or defects for which the Installer is responsible. 1.The Installer is to maintain a set of working specifications and drawings on site at all times and to make this set available for inspection during site visits. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -20 I.All materials are to be new and of the highest quality. J.All products installed in the above ceiling space are to meet or exceed the Underwriters Laboratories (UL)fire rated cable insulation requirements and are to be Plenum rated. K.The Installer is to seal ALL penetrations,conduits,sleeves,cable trays,etc.,where cabling has been installed through rated walls/floors with Wiremold Flamestopper intumescent fire-stop system (or approved equivalent)where they pass through rated walls.The Installer is responsible for returning any and all penetrations through rated walls or floors made for communications cable to their pre-penetration rating. L.All material used to dress cable bundles shall be applied loosely to allow the dressing material to slide around the bundle.Tension of dressing materials shall not deform the cable sheath.Dressing materials should be limited to the telecommunications rooms only. Cabling shall be placed unbundled in cable tray and/or j hooks in the above ceiling spaces.No bundling materials are to be used above ceiling.All j hooks installed shall include the corresponding clip provided by the hook manufacturer.Plastic cable ties will not be permitted. M.Any discrepancy in the contract documents is to be remedied by the Installer providing and installing the newer,greater quality or quantity of the item or items in question. N.Horizontal cabling is to have minimum ten (10)feet of service loop coiled and stored above the ladder rack in the telecommunication room. O.Horizontal cabling is to have no less than twelve (12)and no more than eighteen (18) inches of maintenance loop coiled and stored as close to the entrance to the workstation outlet as possible. P.Horizontal cabling is to have no less than six (6)and no more than twelve (12)inches of maintenance loop coiled and stored inside the back box at the workstation outlet. Q.Horizontal cable lengths for individual links shall not exceed 90 m (295 ft)from the point of termination at the connector to the point of termination at the patch panel. R.A pull cord (nylon;1/8"minimum)shall be co-installed with all cable installed in any conduit. S.Provide nylon bushings for all conduit openings. T.All horizontal cables not in a cable tray or conduit shall be supported at a maximum of 48 to 60 inch intervals.Cable support system is to be independent of supports for other trades.At no point shall cable(s)make contact with acoustic ceiling supports,grids, panels,electrical conduits,water pipes or HVAC ductwork or supports. U.Any cable damaged or exceeding recommended installation parameters during installation shall be replaced by the installer prior to final acceptance at no cost to the Owner. V.Pair untwist at the termination shall not exceed 3.18mm. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -21 W.Bend radius of the cable in the termination area shall not be less than 4 times the outside diameter of the cable. X.The cable jacket shall be maintained to within 25mm (one inch)of the termination point. 2.3 ACCESS DOORS A.Wherever access is required in walls or ceilings to concealed junction boxes,pull boxes, equipment,etc.,installed under this Division,furnish a hinged access door and frame with flush latch handle to another Division for installation. Doors shall be as follows: 1.Plaster Surfaces:Milcor Style K. 2.Ceramic Tile Surfaces:Milcor Style M. 3.Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4.Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. 2.4 FIRE STOPPING A.Contractor shall restore the fire rating of penetrations to rated walls,ceiling,flooring after cable pulling.Fire stopping products shall be as follows: 1.Hilti 2.SpecSeal 3.3M 4.Owner approved alternate 2.5 IDENTIFICATION (LABELING)SYSTEM A.Contractor shall label al communications system components installed. Labeling products shall be as follows: 1.Brady (LAT-19-361-4) 2.Dymo 3.Hellerman-Tyton 4.Owner approved alternate 2.6 ESCUTCHEONS A.Provide heavy chrome or nickel plated plates,of approved pattern,on conduit passing through walls,floors and ceilings in finished areas. Where conduit passes through a sleeve,no point of the conduit shall touch the building construction. Caulk around such conduit with sufficient layers of two hour rated firesafing by Thermafiber 4.0 P.C.F. density,U.S.G.fire test 4/11/78 and seal off openings between conduit and sleeves with non-hardening mastic prior to application of escutcheon plate.Escutcheons shall be Gravler Sure-Lock,or approved equal. 2.7 SPACE LIMITATIONS A.Equipment shall be chosen which shall properly fit into the physical space provided and shown on the drawings,allowing ample room for access,servicing,removal and replacement of parts,etc. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearances in accordance with Code requirements. Physical dimensions and arrangement of equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -22 2.8 PAINTING A.All factory assembled equipment shall be delivered with a hard surface factory applied finish such as baked-on machinery enamel which will not require additional field painting. The finish shall consist of not less than 2 coats of medium gray color paint USA No.61 Munsell Notation 8-3G,6.10/0.54 enamel. This Contractor shall protect this finish from damage due to construction operations until acceptance of the building. He shall be responsible for satisfactorily restoring any such finishes or replacing equipment that becomes stained or damaged. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.Field Measurements 1.Verify dimensions in areas of installation by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings.Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the work. B.Established Dimensions 1.Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the work,coordinate with the General Contractor to establish dimensions. 2.When approved in writing,proceed with fabricating units without field measurements. 3.Coordinate supports,adjacent construction,and fixture locations to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. C.Pre-installation inspection 1.The Contractor shall visually inspect all cables,cable reels,and shipping cartons to detect possible cable damage incurred during shipping and transport. 2.Visibly damaged goods are not acceptable and shall be replaced by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING A.Where only portions of the existing Communications system are to be modified as part of the renovation and addition project,devices related to or part of this system outside of the renovation area shall be kept in operations. B.The Drawings do not show all demolition work required. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with the required scope of work to accomplish the work required by these documents. All demolition work implied or required shall be included in the scope of this contract. C.Utility service outages required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall allow the Owner two (2)weeks in order to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the Owner. All costs of outages, including overtime charges,shall be included in the contract amount. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -23 D.The contractor shall perform a preconstruction walk thru of the site to observe and test the existing systems for operation. The owner assumes that the system is 100% operational and functioning prior to the commencement of construction. If any portion of the system observed or tested to be non-functional or inoperable at the commencement of the project will be noted by the contractor. A written report will be generated by the contractor noting their findings and submitted to the project team for review and handling. The owner will determine if the items found to be non-functional are to be repaired by contractor or repaired by the owner. If this repair of the equipment found to be non-functional is to be added to the contractor’s scope of work the contract amount for the Work shall be adjusted accordingly. E.Work Sequence and Timing.The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor;however,the following provisions must be observed: 1.During the construction of this project,normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until new buildings or renovated areas are completed. Plumbing,fire protection,lighting,electrical,communications,heating,air conditioning,and ventilation systems shall be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. 2.A meeting will be held at the project site,prior to any construction,between the Owner's Representative,the General Contractor,the Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors,and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access,storage of equipment or materials,and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. F.In the preparation of these documents every effort has been made to show the approximate locations of,and connections to the existing Local Area Network (LAN)and Wide Area Network (WAN)infrastructure and workstation outlets. However,this Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all of the above information. This Contractor shall visit the existing site to inspect the facilities and related areas. This Contractor shall inspect and verify all details and requirements of all the Contract Documents,prior to the submission of a proposal. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be resolved by the contractor, who shall produce drawings which shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be a part of this Contract. G.All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Remain"shall be inspected and tested on site to certify its working condition. A written report on the condition of all equipment to remain,including a copy of the test results and recommended remedial actions and costs shall be made by this Contractor to the Architect/Engineer for review. H.All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Be Removed"should be removed including,associated pipe and duct,pipe and duct hangers and/or line supports. Where duct or pipe is to be capped for future or end of line use,it shall be properly tagged with its function or service appropriately identified. Where existing equipment is to be removed or relocated and has an electric motor or connection,the Electrical Contractor shall disconnect motor or connection,remove wiring to a safe point and this Contractor shall remove or relocate motor or connection along with the equipment. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -24 I.During construction and remodeling,portions of the Project shall remain in service. Construction equipment,material,tools,extension cords,etc.,shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. None of the construction work shall interfere with the proper operation of the existing facility;or be so conducted as to cause harm or danger to persons on the premises. All fire exits,stairs or corridors required for proper access,circulation or exit shall remain clear of equipment,materials or debris. The General Contractor shall maintain barricades,other separations in corridors and other spaces where work is conducted. J.Certain work during the demolition and construction phases may require overtime or night time shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner at least seventy-two (72)hours in advance in writing. K.Any salvageable equipment as determined by the Owner,shall be delivered to the Owner, and placed in storage at the location of his choice. All other debris shall be removed from the site immediately. L.Equipment,piping or other potential hazards to the occupants of the building shall not be left overnight outside of the designated working or construction area. M.Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the Owner's property. Repair,patch or replace as required any damage which occurs as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction and to keep construction disrupted areas to a minimum. Coordinate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. N.When applicable,Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing backbone cabling, ,etc.,and the reconnecting of the existing equipment as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems regardless of whether or not such rerouting, reconnecting or relocating is shown on the drawings. Furnish all temporary pipe,duct, controls,etc.,as required to maintain heating,cooling,and ventilation services for the existing telecommunications rooms in areas scheduled to remain operational with a minimum of interruption. O.All existing cabling,equipment,controls and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place. P.Cabling and equipment s serving technology and communications,etc.,which is to remain but which is served by pipe,duct,equipment and controls that are disturbed by the remodeling work,shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave this equipment in proper operating condition. Q.It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and operating system in cooperation with other trades with a minimum of disruption or downtime. R.Refer to Architectural Demolition and/or Alteration plans for actual location of walls, ceilings,etc.,being removed and/or remodeled. S.Field verify measurements,and cabling arrangements are as shown on Drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -25 T.Verify that scheduled cabling and equipment serving only those abandoned devices to be demolished and removed in its entirety. U.Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing Record Documents.Report discrepancies to Architect and Engineer before disturbing existing installation. V.Beginning of demolition means that the contractor accepts existing conditions. W.Demolish and extend existing communications work under provisions of Division 02 and this Section. X.Remove,relocate,and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. Y.Remove abandoned cabling to source of origination point. Remove racks and other equipment as scheduled on the drawings. Z.Remove exposed /abandoned cabling systems,including abandoned systems above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut systems flush with walls and floors,and patch surfaces. AA.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. BB.Maintain access to existing systems which remain active. Modify installation or provide access doors as appropriate. CC.Extend existing systems using materials and methods compatible with existing systems, or as specified. DD.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.The Contractor shall modify,remove,and/or relocate all materials and items so indicated on the Drawings or required by the installation of new facilities.All removals and/or dismantling shall be conducted in a manner as to produce maximum salvage.Salvage materials shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to such destination as directed by the Owner.Materials and/or items scheduled for relocation and which are damaged during dismantling or reassembly operations shall be repaired and restored to good operating condition.The Contractor may,at his discretion and upon the approval of the Owner,substitute new materials and/or items of like design and quality in lieu of materials and/or items to be relocated. EE.All items which are to be relocated shall be carefully removed in reverse to original assembly or placement and protected until relocated. The contractor shall clean and repair and provide all new materials,fittings,and appurtenances required to complete the relocations and to restore to good operative order. All relocations shall be performed by workmen skilled in the work and in accordance with standard practice of the trades involved. FF.When items scheduled for relocation are found to be in damaged condition before work has been started on dismantling,the Contractor shall call the attention of the Owner to such items and receive further instructions before removal. Items damaged in repositioning operations are the Contractor's responsibility and shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor as approved by the Owner,at no additional cost to the Owner. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -26 GG.Service lines and wiring to items to be removed,salvaged,or relocated shall be removed to points indicated on the Drawings,specified,or acceptable to the Owner. Service lines and wiring not scheduled for reuse shall be removed to the points at which reuse is to be continued or service is to remain. Such services shall be sealed,capped,or otherwise tied-off or disconnected in a safe manner acceptable to the Owner. All disconnections or connections into the existing facilities shall be done in such a manner as to result in minimum interruption of services to adjacent occupied areas. Services to existing areas or facilities which must remain in operation during the construction period shall not be interrupted without prior specific approval of the Owner as hereinbefore specified. HH.The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen and shall be responsible for repairing such loss or damage.The Contractor shall send proper notices,make necessary arrangements,and perform other services required for the care,protection and in-service maintenance of all electrical services for the new and existing facilities.The Contractor shall erect temporary barricades,with necessary safety devices,as required to protect personnel from injury, removing all such temporary protection upon completion of the work. II.Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities,Contractor shall remove doors,piping,conduit,outlet boxes,wiring, light fixtures,air conditioning ductwork and equipment,etc.,to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. JJ.Where partitions,walls,floors,or ceilings of existing construction are being removed,all contractors shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the Architect all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.General 1.Contractor shall install work in accordance with specifications,drawings, manufacturer’s instructions and approved submittal data. B.Allowable cable bend radius and pull tension: 1.In general,communications cable cannot tolerate sharp bends or excessive pull tension during installation. 2.Refer to cable manufacturer's bend radius recommendations for the maximum allowable limits. 3.After installation,exposed cable and other surfaces must be cleaned free of lubricant residue.Use only lubricants specifically designed for cable installation. C.Pull Strings 1.Provide pull strings in all new conduits,including all conduits with cable installed (trailer strings)as part of this contract. 2.Data and video cables can be pulled in tandem with pull strings. 3.The pull strings must move freely to prevent cable jacket/cable damage during pulls. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -27 3.4 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A.Trenching and backfilling and other earthwork operations required to install the facilities specified herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of Division 2 (95%of maximum standard density). Where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas,the backfill shall be compacted to a condition equal to that of adjacent undisturbed earth and the surface of the area restored to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operations. Provide a minimum of 3”of sand underneath all conduits. The plans indicate information pertaining to surface and sub-surface obstructions;however, this information is not guaranteed. Should obstructions be encountered whether or not shown,the Contractor shall alter routing of new work,reroute existing lines,remove obstructions where permitted,or otherwise perform whatever work is necessary to satisfy the purpose of new work and leave existing surfaces and structures in a satisfactory and serviceable condition. All work shall comply with OSHA Standards. 3.5 WORKMANSHIP AND CONCEALMENT A.The work of this Section shall be performed by workman skilled in their trade. Installation shall be consistent in completeness whether concealed or exposed. Each item of Communications work shall be concealed in walls,chases,under floors and above ceilings except: 1.Where shown to be exposed. 2.Where exposure is necessary to the proper function. 3.6 SLEEVES,CUTTING AND PATCHING A.This section shall be responsible for placing sleeves for all conduit passing through walls, partitions,sound walls,beams,floors,roof,etc. Sleeves through below-grade walls shall use water-tight fitting manufactured by O-Z/Gedney. B.All cutting and patching will be done under another Division,but this Section will be responsible for timely performance of this work and layout of holes and setting sleeves. C.All un-used sleeves shall be sealed with 2 hour UL approved fire sealant manufactured by “3M”or approved equal. 3.7 LABELING A.All communications system field devices,faceplates,cables,termination devices, equipment enclosures (racks,cabinets,wall mounted boxes,etc)shall be clearly labelled with printed labels showing the device/cable ID,type,and the origination and destination location for cables. B.All labelling shall conform to Owner's labelling standard and industry standards.Submit labelling scheme as part of the shop drawing for review and approval before work to start. C.Cable labels:Self-adhesive vinyl or vinyl-cloth wraparound tape markers,machine printed with alphanumeric cable designations. D.Flat-surface labels:Self-adhesive vinyl or vinyl-cloth labels,machine printed with alphanumeric cable designations. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -28 E.Provide transparent plastic label holders,and 4-pair marked colored labels. F.In accordance with ANSI/TIA-606-B "Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure": 1.Install colored labels according to the type of field as per color code designations. 2.Use “designation strip color-code guidelines for voice,data,cross-connect,riser, and backbone fields”. G.Pathway Labels and Labeling System 1.Labeling system shall consist of a hand-held portable printer 2.Conduits:General-purpose label designed for powdered coated surfaces with an ultra-aggressive adhesive.Label size shall be appropriate for the conduit size.Font size shall be legible from the finished floor. 3.Inner duct:Polyethylene general-purpose tagging material attached using tie wraps. 4.Junction boxes:General-purpose label designed for powdered coated surfaces with an ultra-aggressive adhesive,trade name. Font size shall be easily visible from the finished floor. 5.All labels shall be permanent,i.e.will not fade,peel,or deteriorate due to environment or time. 6.Identification a.All conduits,junction boxes,gutters,and pull boxes shall have machine- generated labels easily visible from the finished floor. b.Conduits shall be labeled with the word “communications”and the conduit’s origination room number and destination room number. c.The Contractor shall label conduit at each wall and floor penetration and at each conduit termination,such as outlet boxes,pull boxes,and junction boxes, or as otherwise specified in other sections. d.Junction boxes,gutters and pull boxes shall be labeled with identification name or number as determined by contractor and submitted for approval. e.The Contractor shall label conduit sleeves at each wall and floor penetration. 3.8 FIRESTOPPING A.Provide approved fire-resistant materials to restore originally-designed fire-ratings to all wall,floor,and ceiling penetrations used in the distribution and installation for communications cabling system. B.Install and seal penetrations (conduit,sleeves,slots,chases)in fire-rated barriers created for communications infrastructure to prevent the passage of smoke,fire,toxic gas,or water through the penetrations. C.The firestopping material shall maintain/establish the fire-rated integrity of the wall/barrier that has been penetrated. D.All through penetrations in a fire rated surface require a sleeve,regardless of penetration diameter or penetrating cable count. E.Using a “ring and string”method of installing cabling for membrane penetrations in a wall cavity is acceptable,provided the solution was accepted by the Owner in writing. Code-compliant firestopping rules still apply. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -29 F.Coordinate firestopping procedures and materials with General Contractor. G.Sharing the pathway of other trades/utilities through compliant and non-compliant penetrations does not remove the requirement to maintain code-compliant firestopping. H.Provide and install removable,intumescent mechanical systems in floor chases for all openings greater than 0’-4”. I.Provide and install removable,intumescent,firestop bricks for all openings greater than 0’-4”where there are penetrations through walls. J.Bricks shall be listed for insertion in fire-rated openings and require restraining materials or apparatus as needed per manufacturers’specifications. K.Provide manufacturer recommended material for rated protection for any given barrier. L.Laminate and permanently affix adjacent to chases the following information: 1.Manufacturer of firestop system. 2.Date of installation/repair. 3.Part and model numbers of system and all components. 4.Name and phone numbers of local distributor and manufacturer’s corporate headquarters. M.Solutions and shop drawings/submittals for firestop materials and systems shall be presented to the General Contractor for written approval of materials/systems prior to purchase and installation. N.Materials shall be installed per manufacturer instructions,be UL-listed for intended use, and meet NEC and locals codes for fire stopping measures. O.The material chosen shall be distinctively colored to be clearly distinguishable from other materials,adhere to itself,and maintain the characteristics for which it is designed to allow for the removal and/or addition of communication cables without the necessity of drilling holes in the material. P.Develop training manuals with instructions on methods of adding or removing cabling to/from firestopped sleeves and chases. Q.Within the normal environment,the installed systems shall not generate nor be susceptible to any harmful electromagnetic emission,radiation,or induction that degrades,or obstructs any equipment. R.Expansion Capability:Unless otherwise indicated,provide spare conductor pairs in cables,positions in patch panels,cross connects,and terminal strips,and space in cable pathways and backboard layouts to accommodate 20%future increase in structure cable system capacity. S.In the event of a breach of the representations and warranties contained herein,the Contractor,at their own expense,shall take all measures necessary to make the cabling system work and comply with the applicable manufacturer written technical recommendations and standards. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -30 3.9 TESTING CABLING SYSTEM A.Upon completion of the installation of the communications infrastructure systems, including all pathways and grounding,the Contractor shall test the system. 1.Cables and termination modules shall be affixed,mounted or installed to the designed/specified permanent location prior to testing. 2.Any removal and reinstallation of any component in a circuit,including faceplates, shall require retesting of that circuit and any other disturbed or affected circuits. 3.Approved instruments,apparatus,services,and qualified personnel shall be utilized. 4.The Contractor must verify that the requirements of the specifications are fully met through testing with an approved tester (rated for testing parameters listed elsewhere),and documentation as specified below. 5.This includes confirmation of requirements by demonstration,testing and inspection. Demonstration shall be provided at final walk-through in soft copy and printed test data. B.Non-Compliant Cabling 1.Testing that shows some or all pairs of a cable do not comply with specifications, without written approval by the Owner,shall be replaced at Contractor’s expense (including respective connectors). 2.With the Owner’s written approval,the over-length cable(s)shall be excluded from requirements to pass standardized tests and shall be explicitly identified. a.Testing is still required for non-compliant cabling. b.The tests shall be for wire-mapping,opens,cable-pair shorts,and shorts-to- ground. c.The test results must be within acceptable tolerances and shall be submitted with the Owner’s acceptance document. C.Failed Tests 1.If tests fail,Contractor shall correct as required to produce a legitimate passing test. 2.Manipulation of tester parameters on a failing test in order to achieve a passing test is unacceptable. 3.If the Contractor is found to have manipulated or falsified any failing test result to show a “PASS”for any reason (without written notice and prior approval of the Owner),the Contractor shall be required to employ a Third-Party Testing Agent selected by the Owner to retest the complete cable plant and shall be required to pay all costs associated with this retesting. D.Owner reserves the right to be present during any or all testing. 3.10 WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT A.Install all wall mounted equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code, industry standards and as shown on the drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -31 B.Unless noted otherwise,all wall mounted equipment that need to be accessed for operation or maintenance shall be mounted at a working height not requiring a ladder when wall space is available. Installation of these devices at greater elevations shall be approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a coordination sketch of each mechanical/electrical room noting locations and mounting heights of all electrical devices(note bottom and top elevations)shown to be installed. Sketches shall be provided to the Engineer for review and the general contractor for coordination with other trades working in these rooms. 3.11 CLEANING A.The Contractor will clean all surfaces of equipment and devices prior to final acceptance by Owner. 3.12 CORROSIVE AREAS A.In areas of a corrosive nature,which include but are not limited to the following:pool equipment rooms,cooling towers and areas subject to salt air,etc.,provide NEMA 4X stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced enclosures for contactors,panel boards,controllers, starters,disconnects and materials used as supporting means (i.e.plastibond unistrut, pipe,fittings).The use of spray on coating may be acceptable in some applications. 3.13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A.Tests and inspection requirements shall be coordinated with Division I. B.Date for final acceptance test shall be sufficiently in advance of completion date of contract to permit alterations or adjustments necessary to achieve proper functioning of equipment prior to contract completion date. C.Conduct re-tests as directed by Architect on portions of work or equipment altered or adjusted as determined to be necessary by final acceptance test. No resultant delay or consumption of time as a result of such necessary re-test beyond contract completion date shall relieve Contractor of his responsibility under contract. D.Put circuits and equipment into service under normal conditions,collectively and separately,as may be required to determine satisfactory operation. Demonstrate equipment to operate in accordance with requirements of these specifications. Perform tests in the presence of Architect. Furnish instruments and personnel required for tests. E.Final Inspection: 1.At the time designated by the Architect,the entire system shall be inspected by the Architect and Engineer.The contractor or his representative shall be present at this inspection. 2.All devices,equipment,equipment cabinets and enclosure shall be cleaned and in operating condition. 3.Certificates and documents required hereinbefore shall be in order and presented to the Architect prior to inspection. 4.Panel covers,junction box covers,etc.,shall be removed for visual inspection of the wire,bus bars,etc. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 02 00 -32 5.After the inspection,any items which are noted as needing to be changed or corrected in order to comply with these specifications and the drawings shall be accomplished without delay. 3.14 ACCEPTANCE A.Once all work has been completed,test documentation has been submitted,and Owner is satisfied that all work is in accordance with contract documents,the Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of formal acceptance of the system. B.Contractor must warrant in writing that 100%of the installation meets the requirements specified herein (Standards Compliance &Test Requirements). C.Acceptance shall be subject to completion of all work,successful post-installation testing which yields 100%PASS rating,and receipt of full documentation soft and hard copies as described herein. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -1 SECTION 27 05 26 -GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.​This section includes grounding and bonding products,design requirements and installation for communications systems. 1.2 GENERAL A.The publications referenced in Section ​27 02 00​form a part of this specification.The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. B.Specific reference in specifications to codes,rules,regulations,standards,manufacturer’s instructions,or requirements of regulatory agencies shall mean the latest printed edition of each in effect at the date of contract unless the document is shown dated. C.Conflicts 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00. D.Codes and Standards 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00. E.SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 1.General a.Grounding shall be installed in accordance with the latest published edition of TIA-607. b.Install one (1)Primary Bonding Busbar (PBB)in the MDF and one (1) Secondary Bonding Busbar (SBB)in each IDF. c.Install a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB)no smaller than #3/0 AWG stranded green insulated copper conductor in a star topology between the PBB and each SBB in each building.When IDFs are stacked,a single TBB can be daisy chained between SBBs back to the PBB. d.Install an Equipment Bonding Conductor (EBC),#6 AWG green insulated conductor from the PBB or SBB as applicable to each cable runway system, equipment rack,cabinet,lightning protector or multi pair cable with a metallic element. 1)Install no smaller than #4/0 AWG stranded green insulated copper conductor from the PBB to the main building electrical service ground in each building. 2)In a metal frame (structural steel)building,where the steel framework is readily accessible within or external to the room;each SBB and PBB shall be bonded to the vertical steel metal frame using a minimum #6 AWG conductor.The connection to building steel does not eliminate the requirement for the TBB or TBC to the service ground. e.Install a Backbone Bonding Conductor (BBC),a stranded copper green- insulated conductor sized as equal to the gauge of the TBB, to interconnect multiple TBBs on the top floor and every 3rd floor when required by the latest published edition of TIA-607. f.When exceeding 13 feet in length,the conductors shall be sized at 2kcmil per linear foot of conductor length no smaller than #2 AWG. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -2 g.All conductor wire,busbars and conduit shall be UL listed. h.The communications ground system shall be independent from all power grounding except for the connection to the building’s electrical service main grounding electrode system. i.Power grounding and/or bonding shall not be allowed to interfere or provide any back feed or be a conductor to the separate communications ground system source or to any communications bonded materials or equipment. 2.Primary Bonding Busbar (PBB)and Telecommunication Bonding Conductor (TBC) a.The main ground source feed for the Primary Bonding Busbar (PBB)in the MC (MDF)shall be an independent feed from the building’s electrical service main grounding electrode system,known as the Telecommunication Bonding Conductor (TBC). b.The TBC shall be a stranded copper ground wire from the building ground system to the PBB in the MC (MDF)sized at #4/0 AWG unless otherwise sized by the Electrical Engineer of Record. c.The TBC connections shall be low emission exothermic welds at the connecting ends. 3.Telecommunication Bonding Backbone (TBB)and Secondary Bonding Busbar (SBB) a.The Telecommunication Bonding Backbone (TBB)originates at the PBB and shall be extended from the PBB within the MC (MDF)throughout the building along the same route as the telecommunications backbone pathways, to the SBBs in each TR (IDF). b.Size the TBB according to the following table: TBB Length in Linear meters (feet)TBB Size AWG Less than 4 (13)6 4-6 (14-20)4 6-8 (21-26)3 8-10 (27-33)2 10-13 (34-41)1 13-16 (42-52)1/0 16-20 (53-66)2/0 Greater than 20 (66)3/0 4.Backbone Bonding Conductor (BBC) a.Whenever two or more TBBs are used in a multistory building,the TBBs shall be bonded together with a BBC (by low-emission exothermic welds)at the top floor and at a minimum of every third floor in between with a copper conductor equal to the wire gauge of the TBB. b.The BBC must be at least the same size as the largest TBB it is connected to. 5.TEBC and RBC a.All cabinets and racks shall be connected by the Telecommunications Equipment Bonding Conductor (TEBC).The TEBC is a stranded copper #4 AWG conductor from the PBB/SBB extending along each row of racks within the room.Bond each rack with a Rack Bonding Conductor (RBC).The RBC is a stranded copper #6 AWG conductor connected to the vertical rack bonding terminal.All connections shall be irreversible crimp connections. Route conductor so as to minimize the quantity of sweeping bends. 6.Rack Bonding Busbar (RBB) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -3 a.A bonding busbar within a cabinet,frame,or equipment rack. F.SUBMITTALS 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00​. 2.Shop Drawings a.Provide scaled drawings (floor plans not less than 1/16”=1’-0”)indicating the location and size,dimensions,type of connection (e.g.,compression, exothermic weld)of each bonding busbar (e.g.,PBB,SBB),conductor (e.g., TBC,TBB,TBB),connections (e.g.,lugs),and splice points. b.Provide scaled plan and elevation drawings of telecommunications rooms (not less than 1/4”=1’-0”)indicating locations of busbars (e.g.,PBB,SBB,UBC, RBB). c.Bonding and Grounding shall have its own separate drawing(s). 3.Record Drawings a.Provide scaled drawings (floor plans not less than 1/16”=1’-0”)indicating actual location and size/length of PBB,SBBs,TBC,BBC and TBB conductors and all splice points. b.Provide scaled plan and elevation drawings of telecommunications rooms (not less than 1/4”=1’-0”)indicating actual locations of PBB and SBBs. 1)Bonding and Grounding shall have its own separate drawing(s). c.Provide a letter from the contractor Project RCDD stating that the grounding system has been installed in accordance with the project documents and the referenced codes,standards,and guidelines.This letter is to also specifically acknowledge that the telecommunications grounding system has been fully tested according to these specifications.The required contents of this letter may be incorporated into the letter required from the Project RCDD in Section 27 02 00. G.QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00​. H.DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00​. 2.The Contractor shall ship on manufacturer`s standard reel sizes of one continuous length.Where cut lengths are specified,mark reel quantity accordingly. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers that may be incorporated in the work,include: B.Cable Manufacturers 1.Houston Wire and Cable Company 2.Okonite Company 3.General Cable 4.Pirelli Cable Corporation 5.Triangle Wire and Cable 6.Owner Approved Alternate C.Electrical Service Entrance Bonding Conductor and Connector Manufacturers City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -4 1.Copperweld 2.Thomas &Betts 3.Blackburn 4.Owner Approved Alternate D.Exothermic Connector Manufacturers 1.Erico Products (Cadweld) 2.Continental Industries (thermOweld) 3.Harger 4.Owner Approved Alternate E.Crimp Connector Manufacturers 1.Chatsworth 2.Panduit 3.Owner Approved Alternate F.Telecommunication Grounding Busbars 1.Chatsworth 2.Panduit 3.Owner Approved Alternate G.Bonding Straps 1.Chatsworth 2.Panduit 3.Harger 4.Brundy 5.Owner Approved Alternate H.C-Type Compression Taps 1.Brundy 2.Harger 3.Panduit 4.Owner Approved Alternate I.Antioxidant Joint Compound 1.Chatsworth 2.Panduit 3.Owner Approved Alternate J.Labeling 1.Panduit 2.Chatsworth K.Firestopping 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A.Communications Grounding Conductors:Copper American Wire Gauge (AWG)wire of the following sizes: 1.Telecommunications Bonding Conductor (TBC):#4/0 AWG (unless otherwise sized by the Electrical Engineer of Record) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -5 2.Telecommunication Bonding Backbone (TBB):#3/0 AWG (unless otherwise sized by the Electrical Engineer of Record) 3.Backbone Bonding Conductor (BBC):equal AWG as the TBB (unless otherwise sized by the Electrical Engineer of Record) 4.Telecommunications Equipment Bonding Conductor (TEBC):#4 AWG 5.Rack Bonding Conductor (RBC):#6 AWG B.Grounding Connectors 1.Connectors shall be a copper alloy material and two-hole,double-crimp compression lug type at the connecting ends. 2.Chatsworth Compression Lug –Part#40162-901 or approved equal. C.Primary Bonding Busbar (PBB) 1.Use pre-drilled copper busbar with standard NEMA bolt hole sizing and spacing for the type of connectors. 2.Sized for the immediate requirements and allow for 25%growth. 3.The minimum dimensions shall be ¼-inch thick X four (4)inches wide X twenty (20)inches long. 4.Contain two (2)tiers of pre-drilled holes for use with standard sizes of two-hole copper compression lugs. 5.ASTM B187-C11000 Copper bar suitable for use with two-hole compression-type copper lugs. 6.Chatsworth #40153-020 or approved equal. D.Secondary Bonding Busbar (SBB) 1.Use pre-drilled copper busbar with standard NEMA bolt hole sizing and spacing for the type of connectors. 2.Sized for the immediate requirements and allow for 25%growth. 3.The minimum dimensions shall be 1/4-inch thick X four (4)inches wide X ten (10) inches long. 4.Contain two (2)tiers of pre-drilled holes for use with standard sizes of two-hole copper compression lugs. 5.ASTM B187-C11000 Copper bar suitable for use with two-hole compression type copper lugs. 6.Chatsworth #13622-010 or approved equal. E.Grounding Busbar for EquipmentRacks and Cabinets 1.Within each equipment cabinet and rack,provide a tinned copper busbar to serve as an extension of the PBB or SBB for the equipment in the cabinet. 2.Shall be manufactured from copper alloy. 3.Horizontal Busbars shall be at least 0.75 inches (19 mm)wide,19 inches (483 mm) long,and 0.1875 inches (5 mm)thick. 4.Have at least 14,factory–provided #12–24 threaded holes. 5.Have pre–punched EIA 310 D mountings,which match that of the vertical rail,for attachment to the mounting rail. 6.Vertical Busbars shall be at least 0.67 inches (17 mm)wide,78.65 inches (2 m) long,and 0.05 inches (1.27 mm)thick and come in threaded rail and cage nut versions. 7.Include a hardware kit with rack installation hardware and with screws for bonding equipment to the busbar. 8.Vertical bonding busbar for use with threaded rails:Panduit #RGS134–1Y,or approved equal. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -6 9.Vertical bonding busbar for use with cage nut rail fasteners:Panduit # RGS134B–1,or approved equal. 10.Horizontal bonding busbar:Panduit RGRB19U or approved equal. F.Labelling 1.Comply with TIA-606 and UL 969 for a system of labeling materials,including label stocks,laminating adhesives,and inks used by label printers. 2.Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay:Machine printed,in black,by thermal transfer or equivalent process.Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV–resistant seal for label. 3.Panduit #S100X075YAJ/S100X075VAC/S100X075VAT –18–14 AWG conductor labels,or approved equal. 4.Panduit #S100X125YAJ/S100X125VAC/S100X125VAT –12–10 AWG conductor labels.,or approved equal. 5.Panduit #S100X225YAJ/S100X225VAC/S100X225VAT –8–4 AWG conductor labels.,or approved equal. 6.Panduit #S100X400YAJ/S100X400VAC/S100X400VAT –2–1 AWG conductor labels.,or approved equal. 7.Panduit #S100X650YAJ/S100X650VAC/S100X650VAT –1/0–250 MCM conductor labels,or approved equal. 8.Panduit #C400X200YJJ/C200X100YPC/C400X200YPT –PBB and SBB labels, or approved equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00​. B.Examine the AC grounding electrode system and equipment grounding for compliance with requirements for maximum ground–resistance level and other conditions affecting performance of grounding and bonding of the electrical system. C.Inspect the test results of the ac grounding system measured at the point of BCT connection. D.Prepare written report,endorsed by Installer,listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. E.Proceed with connection of the BCT only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. B.Copper and copper alloy connections should be cleaned prior to connection. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -7 B.The Contractor shall install the work in accordance with the specifications,drawings, manufacturer’s instructions and approved submittal data. C.All work shall be supervised and reviewed by the Contractor’s on-site RCDD. D.Installation plans and Requests For Information (RFIs)shall be reviewed by the Contractor’s RCDD. E.Maintain a minimum of 2"separation between bonding conductors and all other types of cables –power or communications. F.This Specification document describes a generic enterprise communications bonding and grounding system for the construction of a complete and functioning grounding system without prior knowledge of the particular facilities where it will be used.It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to adapt these general guidelines and principles to the requirements of the actual environments where the systems are to be implemented. G.Contractors shall provide equipment ground connections (bonds)from the premises entrance facility and outside–plant earthing system to each telecommunication room telecommunication ground busbar,through the racking systems to bond the network equipment. H.Entire grounding link from equipment to earth should be visually verifiable except where hidden by walls,conduit or pathways. I.Installing contractor shall label all elements of the communications bonding network according to guidelines defined in TIA-607 and TIA-606 J.It is the responsibility of the installer to be knowledgeable of all previously cited Standards and Codes and to bring to the attention of Owner and A&E team any conflicts or discrepancies to achieve a fully functioning,standards–compliant earthing system. K.Contractors working around or adding to existing legacy systems shall bring to the attention of Owner and A&E team previously installed network elements that may not comply with modern grounding requirements for possibl​e remediation. L.General 1.Bonding and grounding procedures and components shall comply with the latest published edition of TIA-607."Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing)and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications". 2.Bonding should be accomplished such that the bonding system is integrated and compliant with NEC specifications. 3.Bonding conductors shall be routed with minimum bends or changes in direction and should be made directly to the points being bonded. 4.Bonding connections should be made by using compression copper lugs. However,for parts of the ground electrode system that are subject to corrosion, must carry high currents reliably,or for locations that require minimum maintenance,connections are made with low emission exothermic welding (see NEC Article 250). 5.Make connections to dry surfaces only. 6.Remove paint,rust,oxides,scales,grease and dirt from surfaces before making connection. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -8 7.Burnish clean a one (1)inch x one (10 inch area,drill,tap,apply an adequate amount of antioxidant joint compound mixed for the metal surface types affected, and bolt conductor and connector to burnished and compounded area.Ensure proper conductivity. 8.Route bonding conductor(s)the shortest distance between bonding contact points. 9.The ground-wire connecting ends shall have a minimum amount of insulation removed at the ground lug. 10.Do not connect ground wire in power cable assemblies to the telecommunications ground system. 11.All grounding and bonding conductors shall be copper and may be insulated.If bare-bonding conductors are used,isolate bonding conductors and prevent contact. 12.Antioxidant material shall be installed to separate dissimilar metals and prevent corrosion. 13.If multiple systems are involved (lightning protection systems,communications, radio and TV,CATV,etc.),those systems shall be bonded together to minimize potential differences between the systems,per NEC 250.94. M.Telecommunication Bonding Conductors 1.Each telecommunications grounding and bonding conductor shall be labeled at each end detailing the function and room number of its opposite end. Labels shall be located on conductors as close as practicable to their point of termination in a readable position. Labels shall be nonmetallic and include the following text, “TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND -DO NOT REMOVE. IF THIS CONNECTOR OR CABLE IS LOOSE OR MUST BE REMOVED,PLEASE CALL THE BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANAGER”. 2.Furnish and install all required bonding material,hardware,and utilize tools manufactured for this purpose. 3.The connections of the TBC,TBB,BBC,TEBC,and RBC shall be made using low emission exothermic welding or hydraulically crimped with a double crimp connector.Two-hole grounding lugs are preferred for connection to the grounding bus bars. a.All low emission exothermic welding shall be by Division 26. b.Coordinate with the building services personnel in occupied spaces to prevent the smoke from the exothermic weld process from potentially setting off smoke/fire alarms. 4.Grounding and bonding conductors should not be placed in ferrous metallic conduit.If it is necessary to place grounding and bonding conductors in a ferrous metallic conduit that exceeds 1m (3ft)in length,the conductors shall be bonded to each end of the conduit using a grounding bushing or a #6 AWG conductor, minimum. 5.The bonding conductors should be installed without splices. a.Where splices are necessary,the number of splices should be minimized,be accessible,and be located within the telecommunications spaces. b.Joined segments of a bonding conductor shall be connected using exothermic welding,irreversible compression-type connectors,or equivalent.All joints shall be adequately supported and protected from damage. c.Bonding conductors at the primary bonding busbar (PBB)and the secondary bus bar (SBB)shall maintain a minimum bend radius of eight (8)inches.For the other bonding conductors,the inside bend radius should be as large as practical and should maintain a minimum of 10X of the bonding conductor diameter.In all cases,a minimum angle of 90 degrees is required. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 26 -9 d.Backbone bonding conductors (BBC)must be at least the same size as the largest telecommunications bonding backbone (TBB)it is connected to. N.Equipment Cabinets and Racks 1.The busbar shall be installed at the base and back of each cabinet/rack for floor fed cabinets/racks. 2.The busbar shall be installed at the top and back of each cabinet/rack for top fed cabinets/racks. 3.Each cabinet and rack shall be provided with a minimum #6 AWG ground wire. 4.Do not loop from cabinet/rack to cabinet/rack. 5.Each cabinet or rack bay against the wall shall be bottom/side ground fed from the wall. a.Wall ground feeds/raceways to racks shall not be exposed on the walls. b.Exception:Some cabinet or rack bays will require the ground to be fed from the ceiling raceway. 6.All ground raceways within each cabinet/rack or cabinet base and adjacent-ganged cabinet base shall be an insulated metallic flex type raceway and shall not interfere with equipment mounting frames or equipment mounting brackets. O.Cable Runway,Cable Raceway and Support System Grounding 1.The Contractor shall provide communications cable tray and cable runway systems with a communications dedicated ground from the SBB. 2.All cable tray needs to be electrically continuous per NEC 250.96. a.Metal raceways,wire-mesh cable trays,cable armor,cable sheath,enclosures, frames,fittings,and other metal non-current-carrying parts that are to serve as an alternate grounding path,with or without the use of supplementary equipment grounding conductors,shall be effectively bonded where necessary to ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any fault current plausibly to be imposed on them. b.Any nonconductive paint,enamel,or similar coating shall be removed at the threads,contact points,and contact surfaces. c.Grounding or bonding conductors shall be connected by fittings designed for that purpose to ensure adequate bonding. 3.The Contractor shall provide and install a #6 AWG ground wire to bond one end of each cable tray/runway system to the SBB. 4.For electrically non-continuous conduits that contain only grounding conductor, the Contractor shall bond the conduit and conductor together at both ends to ground to the nearest SBB with grounding bushings or ground clamps. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing 1.Upon completion of the electrical system,including all grounding,the Electrical Contractor shall test the system for stray currents,ground shorts,etc.Provide test results in printed form 2.Approved instruments,apparatus,services,and qualified personnel shall be utilized. 3.If stray currents,shorts,etc.,are detected,eliminate or correct as required. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -1 SECTION 27 05 28 -PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes 1.Hangers and Supports,including open-top supports (cable hooks)for communications systems. 2.Conduits and Pull Boxes for communications systems. 3.Cable Tray and Cable Runway with associated accessories and fittings for communications systems. B.Related Sections 1.Section 27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems 2.Section 270526 3.Section 27 11 00 -Communications Room Fittings 4.Section 27 15 00 -Communications Horizontal Cabling 5.Section ​27 13 00 -Communications Backbone Cabling​  6.Section ​27 05 43 -Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications Systems​​​​​​​​ 1.2 REFERENCES A.The publications referenced in Section 27 02 00​ form a part of this specification.The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. B.Specific reference in specifications to codes,rules,regulations,standards,manufacturer’s instructions,or requirements of regulatory agencies shall mean the latest printed edition of each in effect at the date of contract unless the document is shown dated. C.Conflicts 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00. D.Codes and Standards 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. B.Conduit Storage 1.Package conduits in bundles maximum 10’-0”long,with conduit and coupling thread protectors for indoor/outdoor storage. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -2 2.Package fittings in manufacturer`s standard quantities and packaging suitable for indoor storage. 3.Protect coating on plastic-coated rigid conduit,fittings,and bodies from damage during shipment and storage. 4.Store conduit above ground on horizontal racks to prevent corrosion and entrance of debris. 5.Equipment and components shall be protected from the weather,humidity, temperature variations,dirt,dust,or other contaminants. Protect plastic conduit and inner duct from sunlight.Equipment damaged prior to system acceptance shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers that may be incorporated in the work,include: B.Cable Hooks 1.Cooper B-Line,Inc. 2.Erico 3.Caddy 4.Owner approved alternate C.Basket Type Cable Tray (for use in work areas) 1.Cooper B-Line,Inc. 2.Chatsworth (CPI) 3.Owner approved alternate D.Wire Basket Cable Tray Cutting Tool 1.Cooper B-Line,Inc. 2.Chatsworth (CPI) 3.Owner approved alternate E.Polyethylene Cable Support System 1.Erico 2.Owner approved alternate F.Innerduct 1.Carlon Riser Guard Flexible Raceway (corrugated innerduct) 2.Owner approved alternate G.Measured pull tape (pull tape printed with sequential footage markings) 1.Fibertek 2.Condux International 3.Owner approved alternate H.Labeling 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00. I.Firestopping 1.Refer to Section 27 02 00. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -3 2.2 CABLE HOOKS A.Cable hooks shall be factory assembled for direct attachment to walls,hanger rods,beam flanges,purlins,strut,floor posts,etc.to meet job conditions. B.Features 1.Cable hooks shall have a flat bottom and provide a minimum of 0’-1.625”cable- bearing surface. 2.Cable hooks shall have 90°radius edges to prevent damage while installing cables. 3.Cable hooks shall be designed so that the mounting hardware is recessed to prevent cable damage. 4.Cable hooks for non-corrosive areas shall be pre-galvanized steel.Where additional strength is required,cable hooks shall be spring steel with a zinc-plated finish. 5.Cable hooks for corrosive areas shall be stainless steel. 6.Cable hooks shall have a stainless steel cable latch retainer to provide containment of cables within the hook. 7.The retainer shall be removable and reusable. C.Factory assembled multi-tiered cable hooks shall be used where required to provide separate cabling compartments,or where additional capacity is needed. D.Load cable hooks in accordance with manufacturer requirements and recommendations. E.Provide capacity for 25%growth,add additional hooks as needed. 2.3 PULL BOXES,JUNCTION BOXES,AND GUTTERS A.All junction boxes,gutters and pull boxes shall be UL listed and comply with NEC requirements. B.All junction boxes,gutters and pull boxes shall meet the following minimum material requirements: 1.16-gauge steel or heavier 2.Seams shall be continuously welded and grounded smooth 3.External screws and clamps 4.External mounting feet (where applicable) 5.Oil-resistant gasket and adhesive 6.ANSI 61 gray polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surface C.All junction boxes,gutters and pull boxes shall be provided with bushings for conduits and/or cabling. D.All junction boxes,gutters and pull boxes shall be securely installed. 2.4 CONDUITS A.All conduits shall be UL listed and comply with NEC requirements. B.Conduit Fittings 1.All fittings shall be compression or threaded. 2.Fittings shall provide a secure connection for pulling communications cables. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -4 3.Setscrew fittings are not permitted. 4.Conduit “condulets”are not permitted. C.Non-metallic conduits are not permitted in above ground installations.Conversion fittings are required for non-metallic (below ground)to metallic (above ground) transitions. D.Innerduct: 1.All fiber shall be installed in innerduct unless fiber cabling is armored. 2.Shall be constructed of non-metallic material. E.Only manufacturer’s fittings,transition adapters,terminators and fixed bends shall be used. F.Measured Pull Tape 1.Pre-lubricated,woven polyester,low friction,and high abrasion resistant yarn with footage markers printed on the tape. 2.Minimum average tensile strength shall be 1130 lbs.for 0’-1.5”and smaller conduits and innerduct. 3.Minimum average tensile strength shall be 1800 lbs.for conduits larger than 0’-1.5”. G.Fill and Bend Radius 1.Conduit fill shall comply with NEC requirements. 2.The minimum bend radius is 6 X the conduit inside diameter (ID)for 0’-2”conduit or less. 3.The minimum bend radius is 10 X the conduit ID for a conduit greater than 0’-2”. 4.There shall be no more than two 90°bends (180°total)between conduit pull boxes. 5.Changes in direction shall be accomplished with sweeping bends observing minimum bend radius requirements above. 6.Do not use pull boxes for direction changes unless specifically designated otherwise in the drawings. 7.Unless otherwise noted in the drawings,conduits entering pull boxes shall be aligned with exiting conduits. H.Routing 1.Conduits shall be routed in the most direct route possible,with the fewest number of bends possible. 2.There shall be no continuous conduit sections longer than 100’-0”for premises conduits. For runs that total more than 100’-0”,insert junction or pull boxes so that no continuous run between pull boxes is greater than 100’-0”. I.Penetrations 1.All conduit penetrations shall comply with all applicable fire codes. 2.All conduit penetrations in fire-rated walls or floors shall be sealed and fire- proofed to meet or exceed the designed rating of the penetration area. 2.5 CABLE TRAY A.Cable tray systems are defined to include,but are not limited to,straight sections of cable trays,bends,tees,elbows,reducers,crosses,wyes,vertical bends,up/down tees,cable support fittings,drop-outs,supports and accessories. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -5 B.Install all tray types utilizing manufacturer recommended installation instructions and applicable standards. C.Load cable tray and cable runway in accordance with manufacturer requirements and applicable standards. D.Cable Tray Materials 1.Aluminum 2.Pre-galvanized Steel 3.Hot-dip Galvanized Steel 4.Stainless Steel 5.Yellow Zinc Dichromate 6.Pre-Galvanized Zinc 7.Electro-Galvanized Zinc E.Cable Tray Systems 1.Wire basket (mesh)of types and sizes indicated on the drawings;with connector assemblies,clamp assemblies,connector plates,splice plates,cable drop outs, bonding accessories,and splice bars. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces. 2.Continuous mesh polyethylene cable-support system:with connector assemblies and appropriate support components. All parts shall be UL-listed. Plastic (non- metallic)parts shall have a zero detectable halogen content as substantiated by an independent test laboratory. 3.Ladder type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails)with transverse members (rungs)welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced 0`-9" on center. Spacing in radius fittings shall be 0’-9”as measured at the center of the tray`s width. Rungs shall have a minimum cable-bearing surface of 0’-.875”with radius edges. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. 4.Ventilated trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails. 5.Solid bottom trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members welded to the side rails. F.Cable trays shall have sufficient depth and width so as not to exceed a maximum 50%fill ratio,including 25%capacity for anticipated growth. G.All straight sections shall be supplied in minimum 8’-0”lengths,except where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly lengths. 2.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORT A.Steel support brackets shall be galvanized steel and capable of supporting a minimum of 200 lbs with a safety factor of 3. B.Steel support brackets shall have a removable galvanized steel retaining strap. C.Steel support brackets shall accept 0’-3/8”(10mm)threaded rod for attachment to building structure or sub structure. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. B.Verify system is properly sized for cables before installation. C.Verify that the manufacturer recommended loads are not exceeded. D.Verify general routing and coordinate locations with other trades before installation. Layout cable runs in advance to determine quantities of cable to be installed along pathways,and to ensure non-interference from other trade installations. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. B.Cable Hooks 1.Provide cable hook (j-hook)cable support system for horizontal and/or riser cabling in accessible ceiling space.Assemblies shall be complete with mounting hardware. 2.Provide threaded rod for supporting hangers when hanging from floor deck and deck members. 3.Follow manufacturers fill capacities. 4.Locate cable hooks on 4’to 5’centers to adequately support and distribute the cable’s weight. 5.Suspended cables shall be installed with at least 0’-3”of clear vertical space above the ceiling tiles and support channels. 6.For larger quantities of cables,provide special supports that are specifically designed to support the required cable weight and volume. 7.Do not support pathways or cables with the ceiling suspension system or use electrical,plumbing,or other pipes for support. 8.Cable supports shall be permanently anchored to building structure or substrates. Provide attachment hardware and anchors designed for the structure to which attached,and that are suitably sized to carry the weight of the cables to be supported. 9.Secure and support exposed horizontal cable at intervals not exceeding 5’-0”and not less than 1’-4”(16”)from cabinets,pack pole,boxes,fittings,outlets,racks, frames,and terminals. 10.Cable sag between vertical supports for horizontal pathway shall not exceed 0’-6”. Provide at least 0’-3”cable sag between supports. 11.Painted J-hooks shall meet or exceed NEC requirements for the environment in which the product is installed. C.Conduit and Pull Boxes 1.The Contractor shall route the conduit in approximate locations unless drawing is dimensioned for precise placement. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -7 2.Conduit cuts shall be square. Ream ends of burrs,and remove metal shavings and cutting lubricants before conduit is connected to the conduit system. 3.For conduit embedded in concrete,coat threaded connections in conduits with colloidal rust and corrosion inhibitor and sealant. Conduit must be clean and dry and must pass standard sizing test after concrete is poured. 4.Cap unused conduits with watertight caps 5.Make conduit connections with appropriate fittings and tighten securely. 6.Use appropriate tools to install PVC coated conduit;avoid damage to exterior coating. 7.Install liquid-tight flexible metal conduit where exposed to weather,water,or other liquids. 8.Use IMC,PVC conduit,or rigid galvanized steel conduit in underground installations. 9.The Contractor shall provide fabric innerduct in all underground conduits,as indicated on the drawings. a.The Contractor shall use pre-lubricated,woven polyester,low friction,and high abrasion resistant fabric. b.The Contractor shall be trained for proper installation technique by the innerduct manufacturer. The Contractor shall coordinate with the owner to demonstrate that pull ropes in each inner duct cell move freely from end to end. D.Cable Tray and Cable Runway 1.Cut wire basket tray members square with approved cable tray cutting tool as to not leave sharp edges at cut point. Remove burrs and smooth the ends before the cut is connected to wire-mesh tray system. 2.Ensure that standard splices are designed to have less than 1 milliohm (0.0001 Ω) of resistance between connections and provide bonding between sections.Painted wire mesh tray requires the outer mask of the non-conductive surface be removed at each end of the tray prior to installing the splice to provide continuity between painted tray sections. 3.Threaded rod (minimum 0’-½”diameter)or equivalent and slotted channel shall be used for hanging cable tray between floor deck and deck members E.Fiber Support: 1.Support vertical fiber optic cable with basket weave wire/cable grips.Support fiber riser with single weave support grip with a single offset eye. 2.Mount/attach pulling eye to a wall or ceiling deck secured hook to support/provide strain relief to riser cable.Provide a minimum 3’-0”loop of fiber prior to entering fire stopped floor sleeve. 3.Where required coil up slack fiber cable into pull box and secure with single weave support grip. F.Clearances 1.A minimum of 1’-0”access headroom shall be provided above a cable tray.Ensure that other building components do not restrict access to the cable trays from the sides. 2.Power outlets shall not be installed in or mounted to cable tray or cable runway. 3.Provide 3’-0”of unencumbered space for every 10’-0”segment of tray. 4.Cable tray clearances a.Motors or transformers:4’-0” b.Power cables and conduit:1’-0” City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 28 -8 c.Fluorescent lighting:0’-5” d.Halide lights:1’-0” e.Above the ceiling tiles:0’-3” f.Access above and on one side of the cable tray:1’-0” 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Test system to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections. B.Ensure compliance with specified maximum ground resistance. C.Refer to NFPA 70B Chapter 18 for testing and test methods. 3.5 CLEANING A.Remove all unnecessary tools and equipment,unused materials,packing materials,and debris from each area where Work has been completed unless designated for storage. B.Wipe clean all cable trays and apply appropriate manufacturer’s paint to areas that have been scratched. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 43 -1 SECTION 27 05 43 -UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.This section includes underground communications duct banks,hand-holes and maintenance holes B.Related Sections 1.Section 26 02 00 -Electrical (including related sub-sections) 2.Section 27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems 3.Section 27 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 4.Section 27 05 28 -Pathways for Communications Systems 5.Section 27 11 00 -Communications Room Fittings 6.Section 27 13 00 -Communications Backbone Cabling 1.2 REFERENCES A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.Conflicts 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. C.Codes and Standards (Most recent editions or as required in contract) 1.National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) a.RN1 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC)Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical metallic Tubing b.TC2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT)and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80) c.TC3 PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC conduit and tubing 2.Underwriters Laboratories (UL) a.UL 651 -Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC conduit b.UL 651A -Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit 3.ANSI/TIA-569-A Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 4.ANSI/TIA-758-A Customer-owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Standard. 5.BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM) 6.Standard for Riser Application for Optical Fiber Raceway 7.BICSI Customer Owned Outside Plant (CO-OSP)Design Manual 8.Local,county,state and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of installation 9.Equipment of foreign manufacture must meet U.S.codes and standards. a.It shall be indicated in the proposal the components that may be of foreign manufacture,if any,and the country of origin. 10.IEEE C2,National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). D.Related Documents 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 43 -2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Refer to section 27 02 00,and IEEE C2. B.Follow Annex B of National Electrical Code (NEC) C.Items of the same classification shall be identical.This requirement includes equipment, assemblies,parts,and components. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver ducts to Project site with ends capped. 1.Store nonmetallic ducts with supports to prevent bending,warping,and deforming B.The contractor shall endeavor to make the site ready for installation of manholes when delivered so that they can be placed off of the truck into final position. 1.When this is not possible,store precast concrete and other factory-fabricate underground utility structures as Project site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage.Arrange so identification markings are visible. C.Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points. D.Clearly mark containers "For Communications Duct Banks Only". E.Refer also to section 27 02 00. 1.6 WARRANTY A.Refer to IEEE C2. B.Refer also to section 27 02 00. 1.7 MAINTENANCE A.Refer to IEEE C2. B.Refer also to section 27 02 00. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Ducts 1.Use owner approved solution B.Hand Holes 1.Christy Concrete Products 2.Cretex Concrete Products West,Inc.;Riverton Division City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 43 -3 3.Oldcastle Precast Group 4.Oldcastle Precast Inc/;Utility Vault Division 5.Utility Concrete Products,LLC 6.Owner Approved equivalent C.Maintenance (Man)Holes 1.Christy Concrete Products 2.Cretex Concrete Products West,Inc.;Riverton Division 3.Oldcastle Precast Group 4.Oldcastle Precast Inc/;Utility Vault Division 5.Utility Concrete Products,LLC 6.Owner Approved equivalent 2.2 MATERIALS A.Continuous Tape for Underground Conduit 1.The Contractor shall use orange warning ribbon,PVC tape (detectable,i.e., containing metallic tracings),three inches wide,permanently imprinted with "CAUTION--BURIED COMMUNICATIONS LINE BELOW"in black letters, minimum 0’-1”high. B.Labeling 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. C.Firestopping 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Where necessary,Contractor shall provide all excavation,boring,trenching,backfill and restoration of grounds for all OSP pathways. 1.In addition,Contractor shall include all labor,materials,and equipment. B.The owner of the property has the option to obtain a testing laboratory to ensure proper soil compaction. C.All work shall comply with all city,county and State Codes,NEC,EIA/TIA,OSHA,and BICSI TDMM requirements,codes and standards. D.The above referenced codes and standards are to be considered as a minimum requirement. 1.If the plans or specifications call for material and/or methods of construction higher than the standard,the plans or specification shall govern. E.All holes,trenches and/or any other excavation shall be covered,fenced,and/or taped off to make the area safe at all times. 1.Conform to general Contractor requirements. F.The Contractor will visit the job site prior to submitting a proposal to determine existing conditions. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 43 -4 1.Contractor shall evaluate the site for materials,and any other information that may affect the work to be performed. G.The Contractor shall locate and protect all existing conduits. 1.Should damage occur notify the appropriate utility. 2.Damage costs are the responsibility of the Contractor. H.The Contractor shall CALL BEFORE YOU DIG,One Call Directory Telephone Numbers (Texas:1-800-245-4545,1-800-344-8377)to locate any existing conduits (Power,Gas,Telephone,and other utilities)prior to start of work. I.Any proposed re-routing of all trenches/pole lines shall be reviewed and approved by the owner/consultant. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. B.The Contractor shall verify materials are on-site in proper condition and of sufficient quantity. C.The Contractor shall verify proper excavation depth (minimum 4’-0”below finished grade),width,route and support of work. 1.Verify proper location of hand-holes and maintenance holes (minimum every 350’-0”). 2.Communications facilities must be placed in separate hand-holes and maintenance holes from electrical facilities. D.Trenches greater than or equal to 5’-0”deep shall: 1.Be shored to prevent cave-in. 2.Have 2’-0”clearance from the dirt pile. E.Directional boring is a suitable option when trenching is impractical or impossible. 1.Locating existing underground utilities is crucial when directional boring is planned because of the potential for the drilling unit to encounter high voltages. 2.Although directional boring machines are manufactured with electrical strike sensing capabilities,which can warn the operator of any contact with a high voltage source,accidents may still occur. 3.Operators of directional boring machines require special protection due to the potential for exposure to high voltage. a.Therefore,operators must always have a ground mat grid underfoot as insulation protection. b.In addition,operators must wear insulating boots and gloves,along with hard hats and safety glasses. F.Minimum separation between electrical and communications underground cable (measured from conduit sidewall: 1.Concrete:0’-3” 2.Masonry:0’-4” 3.Well-tamped earth:1’-0” G.Before encasement,the Contractor shall: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 43 -5 1.Prove and verify all ducts are free of debris and properly installed in support and spacer system. 2.Verify the system is properly fitted together and hold-down hardware is properly installed. 3.Verify ducts are capped at both ends 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.Hand Holes 1.Unless otherwise shown,Hand-holes shall be at least 4’-0”X 4’-0”and shall be constructed of 0’-2”thick cement covered with 0’-3/8”steel plate. 2.The hand-hole or maintenance hole shall rest on a 0’-4”blanket of sand,and 0’-4” around the sidewalls shall be filled with sand. 3.Each hand-hole or maintenance hole which contains a pedestal shall have four bollards installed 1’-6”(18”)diagonally from each corner,with a cross member welded at 2’-6”(30”)connecting the four corners. a.These barriers will be constructed of 0’-4”ridged conduit filled with concrete,driven 4’-0”in the ground and extending 3’-0”above the protective cover. 4.All Hand-holes shall have a hasp and locking plate installed so they can be locked with padlock. C.Maintenance (Man)Holes 1.Precast concrete maintenance hole components shall be in accordance with ASTM C478/C478M. 2.Maintenance hole components shall be designed for H-20 highway wheel loading and specific site conditions. 3.Maintenance hole bases may be either precast or cast-in-place,as appropriate for the application,with a formed recess shaped to match the first precast shaft section. a.The maintenance hole base shall extend 0’-10”below the bottom of the lowest pipe and 0’-6”above the top of the largest pipe. 4.Maintenance hole shafts shall be fabricated only from precast shaft sections, eccentric cone sections and grade rings. 5.Precast maintenance holes shall utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector,or a boot-type connector installed in a circular block out opening in accordance with ASTM C923/C923M. a.Connections to existing maintenance holes shall utilize a boot-type connector per ASTM C923/C923M installed in a cored opening. b.Cast-in-place bases shall incorporate a ring-type seal on the pipe to be imbedded in the concrete. D.Concrete and Reinforcing Steel for Encasement 1.Furnish products following Division 03,except strengths as follows: a.Compressive Strength:2,500 psi at 28 days,class A b.Flexural Strength: 500 psi at 28 days c.Dye concrete encasement “orange”to identify communications conduit E.The Contractor shall install conduit in excavations following drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 43 -6 1.If directional boring is utilized,cable or flexible conduits can be attached to the unit and pulled back to the origination point (after the drilling unit reaches its destination). F.The Contractor shall install watertight penetrations through foundation,hand-hole and maintenance-hole walls. 1.Wherever a hand-hole is used to simply pass through,the conduit entrances and exits will be situated at opposite ends of the hand-hole instead of 90°angles. G.The Contractor shall assemble duct banks with non-magnetic saddles,spacers and separators. 1.Position separators for 0’-2”minimum concrete separation between outer surfaces of adjacent ducts,and: a.Make uniform required bends with a minimum 2’-0”radius for conduits less than 0’-3”diameter,and a minimum 4’-0”radius for conduits 0’-3”and larger. b.Maintain vertical or horizontal separations of 1’-0”of well-packed topsoil from any electrical service conduit run parallel to communications conduits. H.Install concrete encasement fully surrounding reinforcing steel and ducts I.Unless otherwise noted on the drawings,reinforce with longitudinal #5 steel bars placed at each corner and along each face at maximum parallel spacing of 1’-0”on center,and #5 tie-bars transversely placed at 1’-0”on center maximum longitudinal. 1.Maintain maximum clearance of 0’-2”from bars to edge of forms and ducts. J.For duct banks that are being installed for future use,extend rebar well past end of concrete for future tie-in to future concrete pour to ensure that both sections are firmly tied together to prevent slippage between the two pours. K.Add orange colorants at mixing site at the rate of 10 lbs per cubic yard for voice and data cable. L.Place concrete with minimum 0’-2”cover surrounding ducts and reinforcement. M.Maintain ducts in proper place during concrete placement. N.For duct banks that are being installed for future use,all conduits shall be extended minimum of 1’-0”past the end of the concrete and capped. O.Transition from nonmetallic to metallic conduit where duct banks enter structures or turn upward for continuation above grade 1.Where ducts enter structures such as hand-holes,maintenance holes,pull boxes,or buildings,terminate ducts in proper end bells,insulated L-bushings,Meyers hubs or couplings on steel conduits. 2.Ducts shall be sealed to prevent water and debris from entering the building. P.Extend below grade conduits to 0’-4”above the finished floor inside a building. 1.Cover or temporarily seal open conduit ends to prevent water and other foreign matter from entering conduit. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 05 43 -7 Q.Tag conduits entering pull boxes with stamped stainless steel tags following cable and conduit schedule. R.Backfill after concrete cures 24 hours. S.The Contractor shall pull a 1’-0”long mandrel (0’-¼”smaller than duct diameter) through ducts. 1.Pull a rag swab or sponge through to remove debris,until it shows clean. T.Where fiber optic cables will be used and/or where indicated in the drawings,innerduct shall be provided. U.The Contractor shall provide a metered pull tape in all underground conduits and innerduct: 1.Pre-lubricated,woven polyester,low friction,and high abrasion resistant yarn. 2.Minimum average tensile strength shall be 1,130 lbs for 0’-1.5”and smaller conduits and innerduct. 3.Minimum average tensile strength shall be 1,800 lbs for conduits larger than 0’-1.5”. 3.4 CLEANING A.Refer to section 27 02 00. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM FITTINGS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 11 00 -1 SECTION 27 11 00 -COMMUNICATIONS ROOM FITTINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.This section includes basic communications and equipment room design requirements and fittings including: 1.Equipment cabinets,racks,frames and enclosures 2.Cable management and ladder racks 3.Telecommunications service entrance pathways 4.Rack mounted power protection and power strips B.Related Sections 1.Section ​27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems​  2.Section 27 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 3.Section ​27 05 28 -Pathways for Communications Systems​  4.Section ​27 15 00 -Communications Horizontal Cabling​  5.Section ​​​27 13 00 -Communications Backbone Cabling​​​  6.Section ​​​27 05 43 -Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications Systems​​​​​​​​​​ 1.2 REFERENCES A.The publications listed below form a part of this specification.The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. B.Specific reference in specifications to codes,rules,regulations,standards,manufacturer’s instructions,or requirements of regulatory agencies shall mean the latest printed edition of each in effect at the date of contract unless the document is shown dated. C.Conflicts 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. D.Codes and Standards (Most recent editions or as required in contract) 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. 1.3 COMMUNICATIONS ROOMS A.Communications rooms must be dedicated to designated equipment and services: 1.Space shall not be used for storage of equipment not related to designated equipment and services. 2.Hazardous or corrosive materials shall not be stored in the space. 3.Piping,ductwork and distribution of power,not related to designated equipment and services shall not pass through or be located within the space. a.Foreign piping such as water pipes,steam pipes,soil pipes,sanitary drains, storm drains,A/C ducts,and other unrelated systems utilized for or containing liquids,or gases shall not be installed or pass through communication rooms. b.With the exception of fire sprinklers,all water pipes shall be routed around communications room. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM FITTINGS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 11 00 -2 B.Each communication room shall be equipped with fire detection,fire-extinguishing system and prevention devices.Connect detection devices to base building fire alarm system.A minimum of one (1)smoke detector shall be installed in each communications room. C.Walls shall be covered with 0’-3/4”X 4’-0”X 8’-0”AC-grade plywood backboard 1’-0” AFF (smooth side to interior of room mounted vertically),capable of supporting mounted hardware and equipment. 1.Plywood shall be affixed to the studs in the walls with screws that penetrate the studs a minimum of 0’-1”,are spaced not greater than 1’-6”(18”)apart in each stud,and with screws 0’-0”from the top and bottom of plywood. 2.Plywood shall be sealed against the wall and painted on all exposed sides with two coats of flat white non-reflective paint. 3.If applicable fire-treatment verification stamps on plywood shall be left unpainted to be readable. D.Communications room walls shall extend from floor slab to ceiling deck,with no drop ceilings installed. E.Cable tray or ladder rack should be used to distribute cables between rooms through finished wall penetrations. F.Cable ladder rack should be used to distribute cables within rooms,complete with cable bend limiters (drop outs). G.To reduce static,floors should not have carpet,but be sealed concrete to prevent concrete dust from forming. H.Communications rooms shall have only one lockable entrance door,a minimum of 3’-0” wide and 7’-0”high,that opens towards the outside of the room,and does not open into another room. 1.Doors shall be provided with a lockset for the appropriate technology key with pinned hinges and anti-pry guards. 2.Doors should have no windows or door seals. 3.Communications rooms should have no exterior identifying markings. I.Mechanical 1.Install monitoring sensors with dedicated environmental controls operating 24 hours a day,365 days a year in the communications rooms. 2.Provide ventilation in the communications rooms to dissipate heat generated by active devices. 3.Temperature and Humidity requirements: a.Maintain communication rooms at an average of 60°F to 70°F,with a relative non-condensing humidity of 30%to 50%. b.The temperature range should be maintained within ±9° J.Plumbing 1.If “wet”fire suppression is used,install wire cages on sprinkler heads to prevent accidental operation. 2.Do not place sprinkler heads over equipment or cabling.In the event of a leak this will protect the equipment and cabling. 3.Drainage troughs are also recommended for leakage protection. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM FITTINGS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 11 00 -3 K.Electrical 1.One manufacturer’s product is recommended for each type of installation.The mixing of different manufacturer products for one item is not acceptable. 2.No electrical feeders/branch circuits shall be placed in or run through any communications room except as required to service those rooms. 3.The Contractor shall install a slot (a UL-approved fire-rated assembly)to accommodate cable runway entry from corridor and a fire-retardant system (bricks, boards,mechanical,etc).The formed slot shall have no burrs or sharp edges.This opening in the wall will be used to pass data and voice cabling from the corridor cable tray into the communications room. 4.The Contractor shall provide uniform illumination of at least 50 foot-candles (fc) 3’-0”AFF for communications rooms located a minimum of 8’-6”AFF. a.Light fixtures in communications rooms are to be positioned for maximum lighting.Do not install over cable tray,ladder rack,or 1’-7”(19”)standing racks. b.Provide enough power receptacles to support equipment and service. Coordinate power requirements of active equipment with electrical designer. L.Relay Racks 1.1’-7”(19”)X 7’-0”relay racks are to be used for mounting and termination of inter-building and intra-building fiber optic/copper cables and components. a.The racks shall have adequate horizontal and vertical cable management for the 8P8C patch panels and switches. b.Racks with active electronics shall have rack mounted power strips. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.Product Standards 1.Equipment and materials shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of telecommunications cabling products and shall be the manufacturer’s latest standard design in satisfactory use for at least one year prior to bid opening. 2.Items of the same classification shall be identical. This requirement includes equipment,modules,assemblies,parts,and components. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.Coordinate layout and installation of equipment with owner's communications and LAN equipment and service suppliers.Coordinate service entrance arrangement with local exchange carrier. 1.7 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A.Refer to section 27 02 00. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM FITTINGS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 11 00 -4 1.8 WARRANTY A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.At the start of the project,contractor shall register the project with the manufacturer to help insure and facilitate manufacturer’s warranty process. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.1’-7”(19”)x 7”Floor-Mounted 2-post Equipment Racks 1.Chatsworth (CPI #55053-703) 2.Owner approved alternate B.1’-7”(19”)x 7”Floor-Mounted 4-post Equipment Racks 1.Chatsworth (CPI #50120-703) 2.Owner approved alternate C.Wall-mounted Equipment Cabinet 1.Chatsworth CUBE-iT 26U black with tempered glass door (CPI #11900-748) 2.Owner approved alternate D.Horizontal Runway and Support Components (ladder tray in MDF/IDF) 1.Chatsworth 12”Universal Cable Runway (CPI #10250-712) 2.Chatsworth 18”Universal Cable Runway (CPI #10250-718) 3.Owner approved alternate E.Horizontal Runway Radius Drop 1.Chatsworth 12”Radius Drop (CPI #12100-712) 2.Chatsworth 18”Radius Drop (CPI #12100-712) 3.Owner approved alternate F.Cable Runway Elevation Kit 1.Black Rack Elevation Kit (CPI #10506-706) 2.Black Cabinet Elevation Kit (CPI #10506-716) 3.Owner approved alternate G.Horizontal Rack-Mount Cable Management 1.Chatsworth (CPI,1RU #30139-719,2RU #30130-719) 2.Owner approved alternate H.Vertical Rack-Mount Cable Management 1.Chatsworth (CPI CCS,#30162-703;7’-0”H x 6”W,#30163-703;7’-0”H x 10”W) 2.Owner approved alternate I.Labeling 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. J.Firestopping 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM FITTINGS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 11 00 -5 2.2 ACCESSORIES A.Rack-mounted Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 1.Provide (1)for each rack in the project. a.APC SMT300RM2UC 3KVA b.Or owenr approved quivalent B.Rack-mounted Power Strips 1.Owner furnished owner installed. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Refer to Section 27 02 00. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.Meet jointly with telecommunications and LAN equipment suppliers,local exchange carrier representatives,and Owner to exchange information and agree on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces. C.Adjust arrangements and locations of equipment with distribution frames,cross-connects, and patch panels of cabling systems of other communications,electronic safety and security,and related systems that share space in the equipment room. D.Coordinate location of power raceways and receptacles with locations of communications equipment requiring electrical power to operate. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 3.5 CLEANING A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 3.6 ACCEPTANCE A.Refer to section 27 02 00. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -1 SECTION 27 15 00 -COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.This section of the horizontal cabling portion of a structured cabling system includes: 1.UTP Copper cabling 2.Termination and patch cables B.Provide all horizontal cabling,terminating hardware,adapters,and cross-connecting hardware necessary to interconnect all system equipment including equipment located in communications rooms. C.Related Sections 1.Section 27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems 2.Section 27 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems​  3.Section 27 05 28 -Pathways for Communications Systems 4.Section 27 11 00 -Communications Room Fittings 1.2 REFERENCES A.The publications listed below form a part of this specification.The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. B.Specific reference in specifications to codes,rules,regulations,standards,manufacturer’s instructions,or requirements of regulatory agencies shall mean the latest printed edition of each in effect at the date of contract unless the document is shown dated. C.Conflicts 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. D.Codes and Standards 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Refer to sections 27 02 00 and 27 13 00. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Refer to sections 27 02 00 and 27 13 00. B.Storage temperature range:-40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C) 1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A.Refer to section 27 02 00. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -2 1.7 WARRANTY A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 1.8 MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT A.Refer to section 27 13 00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Labeling 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.Firestopping 1.Refer to section 27 02 00. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE COPPER MANUFACTURERS A.UTP Plenum Rated Cable Cat6 (blue) 1.Belden 2.General Cable 3.CommScope 4.Owner approved alternate B.Data/Voice Outlet Components Cat6 1.Leviton 2.Panduit 3.Owner approved alternate C.Patch Panels (24 or 48 port) 1.Leviton 2.Panduit 3.Owner approved alternate D.Copper Patch Cords Cat6 Pre-assembled 1.Panduit 2.Leviton 3.Owner approved alternate E.Wall and/or Rack Mount 110 Termination Blocks 1.Panduit 2.Leviton 3.Owner approved alternate F.Faceplate for wall-mount telephones 1.Leviton 4108W-1SP 2.Panduit KWP6 3.Owner approved alternate City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -3 2.3 ACCESSORIES A.Mount one laminated full-size hard copy in color of an as-built floor plan designating workstation locations,pathways,and communications room locations.Confirm hard copy size with Owner. B.Provide clear plastic lamination serving each communication room. C.Install the laminated drawings within a protective Plexiglas encasement on the wall of the servicing communications rooms.To ease accessibility the Plexiglas encasement shall be in either flip-down format or file folder format. 2.4 HORIZONTAL COPPER CABLING A.Recognized cabling for providing the signal medium from the work area to the communications room shall include the following: 1.Category 6 UTP cable B.Category 6 UTP Cable Requirements 1.23/24 AWG solid bare copper. 2.Cable jacket shall comply with NEC Article 800 for use as a plenum cable and shall be UL and c (UL)Listed Type CMP (communications multipurpose plenum). 3.Cable shall terminate on an eight-pin modular jack at each outlet. All horizontal cabling shall meet or exceed the ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard,Part 2:Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components. 4.Cables shall be marked as UL verified with a minimum of Category 6 rating. 5.The cable shall support Voice,Analog Base band Video/Audio,Fax,Modem, Switched-56,T-1,ISDN,RS-232,RS-422,RS-485,10BASE-T Ethernet,Token Ring,100Mbps TP-PMD,100BASE-T Ethernet,155 Mbps ATM,AES/EBU Digital Audio,270 Mbps Digital Video,622 Mbps 64-CAP ATM and emerging high-bandwidth applications,including 1 Gbps Ethernet,gigabit ATM,as well as all 77 channels (550 Mhz)of analog broadband video. 6.The maximum horizontal cable tested length for Category 6 copper cable from the termination of the cable in the communications room to the outlet is 295’-0”.It’s contractor’s responsibility to reroute as necessary to bring all cable runs within distance limit without additional cost to the project.Plan ahead and get approval or exception from Owner before pulling the cables that would ne over the distance limit. 7.Cable shall meet or exceed the following electrical characteristics: a.Cable shall be specified to 250 MHz.Cable shall meet the manufacturer’s guaranteed electrical performance and physical specifications. 2.5 TERMINATION HARDWARE A.Patch panels 1.Patch panels shall be rated to match installed cable plant 2.The wiring block shall accommodate #23 AWG cable conductors. 3.All modular cross connect panels shall be UL-listed. B.Work Area Outlet Cat6 1.Universal eight-position jack pin/pair assignments City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -4 2.Jack Color: a.Data:Blue (or approved alternate). C.Work Area Outlet Faceplates: 1.White or ivory to match electrical outlets. 2.6 PATCH CABLES A.Verify exact quantities and lengths with Owner prior to purchase B.Patch Cable requirements: 1.Category 6,stranded UTP cable 2.Standard modular non-keyed,8-position 8-conductor plug 3.94V-0 rated 4.UL listed 5.Meets FCC Part 68 C.Provide 3’-0”,5’-0”,7’-0”,and 10’-0”Patch Cords at the communications room for each installed port. 1.Coordinate with Owner on the active equipment layout prior to purchase to ensure correct sizing of patch cords from patch panels to switching equipment. 2.When connecting voice ports to a copper riser,provide a one-pair stranded 8P8C connector on one end and 110GS on the other end and shall be of appropriate length for application. D.Provide a 10’-0”Station Cord for each work area outlet port. E.Place each size/length patch cord in a separate container,and mark the containers that hold the patch cords with the length of patch cords contained within. F.All cords shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard,Horizontal Cabling Section,and be part of the UL LAN Certification and Follow-up Program. G.Cords shall be equipped with an eight-pin modular connector on each end,wired straight through and shall be of appropriate length for application. H.All rated patch cords shall be round,and consist of #23 AWG copper,stranded conductors,tightly twisted into individual pairs. I.Patch cords shall be made and warranted by the manufacturer of the cabling system installed in this project and shall meet or exceed patch cord specifications as outlined in TIA standards. 2.7 IDENTIFICATION (LABELING)SYSTEM A.Refer to sections 27 02 00 and 27 13 00. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -5 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 PREPARATION A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.The Contractor shall check pathways,raceways,and other elements for compliance with space allocations,installation tolerances,debris,hazards to cable installation,and other conditions affecting installation prior to installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Refer to section 27 02 00. B.All installation shall be done in conformance with ANSI/TIA-568-C standards,BICSI methods,industry standards and manufacturer`s installation guidelines. 1.The Contractor shall ensure that the maximum pulling tensions of the specified distribution cables are not exceeded and cable bends maintain the proper radius during the placement of the facilities. 2.Failure to follow the appropriate guidelines shall require the Contractor to provide in a timely fashion the additional material and labor necessary to properly rectify the situation. 3.This shall also apply to any and all damages sustained to the cables by the Contractor during the implementation. C.Install cable using techniques,practices,and methods that are consistent with specified data cabling and the installed components and that ensure specified performance levels of completed and linked signal paths,end to end. 1.Pull cables in smooth and regular motions using methods that prevent cable kinking. 2.Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being installed in the same raceway/pathway. 3.If necessary,use approved cable pulling lubricant 4.Use fish tape,cable,rope,basket weave wire/cable grips,and other tools that will ensure no damage to the media or raceway. 5.Install open cabling parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or structural members following surface contours where possible. 6.Do not bend cable greater than a bend radius of 0’-1”. D.Provide a 10’-0”service loop at the communications room and shall provide a 3’-0” service loop above the access ceiling or cable trays unless specified otherwise. 1.All service loops shall be a minimum of 1’-6”(18”)in diameter and be accessible for maintenance. E.Coordinate loop placement and orientation with the technology consultant. 1.This allows for future changes or expansion without installing new cables. F.Install cables in continuous “home run”lengths from work station outlet to specified patch panel. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -6 1.No intermediate punch down blocks or splices may be installed or utilized between the communications rooms and the workstation outlet without written Owner permission. G.All cable must be handled with care during installation so as not to change performance specifications. 1.Factory twists of each individual pair must be maintained up to the connection points at both ends of the cable. 2.There shall never be more than 0’-1/2”of unsheathed cable at either the wiring closet or the workstation termination locations. H.All cabling and associated hardware shall be placed so as to make efficient use of available space. 1.All cabling and associated hardware shall be placed so as not to impair equipment`s efficient use of their full capacity. 3.4 CABLING METHODS A.The Contractor shall provide cabling in accessible spaces,cable tray,(surface and/or enclosed raceway),conduits,and/or J-Hook cable support system. 1.Within consoles,racks,cabinets,desks,and counters,in accessible ceilings spaces and in gypsum board partitions where open cable method may be used. 2.Use UL or ETL listed plenum rated cable in all spaces. 3.Provide all necessary installation materials,hardware,tools and equipment to perform insulation displacement type terminations at all data outlets,patch panels, and voice termination materials. B.Conceal raceway and cabling except in unfinished spaces as is practical. C.Exposed Cable 1.All station cabling shall be installed inside walls or ceiling spaces whenever possible. 2.Exposed station cable will only be run where indicated on the drawings and will only be allowed when no other options exist. a.Owner must approve all exceptions. D.The Contractor shall utilize conduits/cable tray as indicated on the drawings. E.All cabling placed above drop ceilings must be supported by cable tray,J-hooks,caddy bags or conduit. 1.The Contractor shall permanently affix cable supports to the building structure or substrates and provide attachment hardware and anchors designed for the structure to which attached and are suitably sized to sustain the weight of the cables to be supported. a.Attaching cable to pipes or other mechanical items is not permitted. b.Cabling shall not be attached to ceiling grid wires. 2.Multiple cables are to be dressed every 5’-0”to 7’-0”. a.Maximum cable sag between cable hooks is 3”-6”. F.The Contractor shall route data and voice cables separately in a neat and orderly fashion. 1.No cable ties or wraps shall be used to secure the cables in the runway outside of the communications rooms. Cable ties shall be rated for the environment. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -7 G.Keep all items protected before and after installation with dust and moisture proof barrier materials/envelopes. H.If wiring is terminated on patch panels,data,voice jacks prior to painting,carpet installation,and general finish clean up,these jacks shall be placed in a protective envelope to ensure dust,debris,moisture,and other foreign material do not settle onto jacks’contacts. 1.Envelope will be removed on final trim out after other trades have completed their finish work. 2.It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure the integrity of these protective measures throughout the life/installation of the project. a.Cable bundles brought into the communications rooms shall be routed and dressed in such a manner that prior to termination the cables are not subject to damage and misuse such as installers walking on the bundles that are on the floor. b.Cable pulling force shall not exceed 25 lbs of pulling tension or cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. c.Do not leave cables on the floor unprotected or cable bundles hanging from the ceilings.Coil them up in a temporary manner and protect them from damage. I.Communications room cables shall be combed and dressed in a manner as to prevent twists,“braiding”and crossed cables in the cable bundle from the communication room entrance to the termination point at the rear of the patch panel. 1.Behind the patch panel,the cable bundle shall be attached to the rear cable support bar,and shall drop out each cable in a neat,cascading manner to prevent crossed and/or interwoven cables to each patch panel port termination point. a.Use Velcro wraps instead of cables ties for all bundling in the communications rooms. b.Plastic/nylon tie-wraps are not allowed to permanently secure cables inside the communications room. 3.5 CABLING SEPARATION A.Comply with TIA rules for separating unshielded copper communication and data- processing equipment cables from potential EMI sources,including electrical power lines and equipment. B.Maintain a minimum spacing of 1’-6”(18”)from electrical feeders and/or branch circuit wiring including,but not limited to,light fixtures,sources of heat and EMI sources. C.Maintain a minimum spacing of 1’-0”from auxiliary systems cabling. D.Maintain a 1’-0”separation where cables must pass perpendicularly to electrical, plumbing,or other wiring,conduit,or piping systems. 1.Use non-conduit bushings,if necessary to maintain separation,which allow for the addition of a reasonable number of cables in the future. E.Maintain communications pathways away from electrical apparatus such as motor driven equipment and transformers,minimum separation distance of 10’-0”is recommended. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -8 3.6 CABLING TERMINATION A.Terminate cables in consistent consecutive order. B.Terminate cables onto 8P8C modular patch panels without damaging twisted pairs or jacket. C.Arrange cables on patch panels and voice termination hardware in ascending order of room numbers and outlet numbers within rooms. D.Provide a 10’-0”service loop for horizontal cables at each rack in communications rooms. 1.Locate loop at ceiling deck or on bottom of cable runway in minimum 1’-6”(18”) diameter. E.Provide a 3’service loop for horizontal cables at work area outlets.Locate service loop above or below data/voice outlet were vertical cable run transitions to horizontal run. F.Maintain twists in cable pairs to within 0’-1/2”of termination. G.Building Systems Cabling (BAS,FA,elevator line,etc) 1.Coordinate exact placement and connectivity requirements with applicable trade prior to installation. 2.Group all building systems cables in one group. 3.Clearly label cable number and function,in the last positions on the horizontal cabling blocks in each communications room. H.Limit cable-bending radius to 20X the cable diameter during installation,and 15X the cable diameter after installation. I.Start numbering at the left of the main door to the room and continue in a clockwise direction around the room. 1.The cables within the room will be terminated starting with the cables located to the left of the main door to the room and continue around the room in a clockwise direction. 3.7 TERMINATION HARDWARE A.Station Hardware 1.Flush mount jacks shall be mounted in a faceplate with back box. 2.Outlets shall not be mounted on temporary,movable,or removable surfaces,doors, or access hatches without prior Owner approval. 3.8P8C Jack Pin Assignments for work area outlets shall match the T-568B wiring scheme. B.Patch panels 1.Copper cables shall be terminated in eight position/eight conductor (8P8C) modular patch panels. 2.All Modular jack panels shall match the T-568B wiring scheme. C.Work Area Outlet City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -9 1.8P8C non-keyed modular outlets for applications up to one Gbps and ANSI/TIA-568-C compliant for the specified transmission requirements D.Work Area Outlet Faceplates: 1.Furnish and install blank plates in all unused ports. 3.8 SPECIAL CIRCUITS A.The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on the cable termination plan for special circuits,including cables to wireless access point locations,security,elevators,fire alarms,etc. B.Wireless Access Points 1.Install two (2)cable(s)from dedicated wireless patch panel(s)in communications room to outlets having 8P8C connectors within a BISCUIT box. 2.Enclosures shall be NEMA rated for the environment to which they are exposed. 3.30’-0”of cable slack shall be coiled and hung on a “J”-hook at the enclosure location. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING A.Labeling system shall consist of a hand-held portable printer and labels appropriate to the application.Handwritten labels are not acceptable. B.Labelling scheme shall meet Owner’s IT cabling standard and industry standards and best practices. Submit labelling scheme for approval before work to start. C.Fiber termination hardware (designation strip)shall have a 0’-3/4”x 0’-1/4”thermal transfer printable label with a permanent acrylic adhesive D.All labels shall be permanent and shall not fade,peel,or deteriorate due to environment or time. E.The Contractor shall provide a copy of the finalized plan in writing to the Owner representative and DBR for review and authorization to proceed. 1.Coordinate with Owner for specifications on labeling of all hardware,cabling,and related equipment prior to any testing. F.Labeling requirements: 1.Label cable terminations on designation strips 2.Label all cable at each terminating point. 3.Label each port of the work area outlet. 4.Cable identification numbers shall not be duplicated. 5.Label patch panels in the communications rooms to match those on the corresponding voice and data outlets. a.The font shall be at least 0’-1/8”in height. 6.Where a wireless access point is installed above an acoustical ceiling,label the ceiling grid frame below the access point,displaying the data port number and,if applicable,the access point identification number. Coordinate labeling of grid with Owner and Architect prior to application of labels. 7.Label each distribution rack,block and other terminating equipment unit and field within that unit within 0’-4”from the block or patch panel termination.Keep labels in a neat and orderly lineup. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -10 8.Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware within connector fields,in wiring closets and equipment rooms. a.Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both communication and data- processing equipment,use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service. 9.Post the cable schedule in a prominent location in each wiring closet and equipment room.List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins,and destinations. G.Location and termination field description 1.Room location 2.Rack-mount or Wall mount 3.Termination field type a.Specific patch panel ports versus a separate dedicated patch panel H.Unique identifiers 1.Segregation and position on equipment rack 2.Port color-coding 3.Unique labeling I.Documentation 1.Provide electronic copy of final comprehensive schedules for project in software and format selected by Owner. a.All labels shall correspond to as-built drawings and to final test reports. 2.All cable inventory data documentation shall be submitted in format coordinated with and approved by Owner so that data can be incorporated into existing databases. 3.Documentation shall include cable identification number,source and destination, type of cable,length of cable and number of pairs or fibers. 4.Complete cross connect documentation is required. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 3.11 POST-INSTALLATION TESTING A.Contractor shall test each pair or strand of every cable prior to acceptance.(100%PASS) B.Contractor shall submit acceptance documentation as defined below.No cabling installation is considered complete until test results have been completed,submitted and approved. C.Standards Compliance and Test Requirements: 1.Cabling shall meet ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 Horizontal cabling requirements. D.Attenuation,NEXT,PSNEXT,Return Loss,ELFEXT,and PSELFEXT data that indicate the worst case result,the frequency at which it occurs,the limit at that point,and the margin. 1.These tests shall be performed in a swept frequency manner from 1 MHz to highest relevant frequency,using a swept frequency interval that is consistent with TIA and ISO requirements. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -11 2.Information shall be provided for all pairs or pair combinations and in both directions when required by the appropriate standards. 3.Length,propagation delay,and delay skew relative to the relevant limit. a.Length,propagation delay,and delay skew shall be tested relative to the relevant limit. b.Test shall also include mutual capacitance and characteristic impedance. 1)Any individual test that fails the relevant performance specification shall be marked as a ‘FAIL”. E.Cable Test Documentation: 1.Cable test documentation shall be submitted in hard copy and electronic formats. a.If proprietary software is used,disk or CD shall contain any necessary software application required to view test results. b.Electronic reports shall be accompanied by a Certificate signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor warranting the truth and accuracy of the electronic report. c.Certificate shall reference traceable circuit numbers that match the electronic record. 2.Each test record shall contain the cable ID as follows: a.“MEDIA TYPE –SOURCE ROOM –DESTINATION ROOM – STRAND/PAIR #”,e.g.MM-MC-HC23-001. 3.Test results saved within the field-test instrument shall be transferred into an accessible database utility that allows for the maintenance,inspection and archiving of the test records. a.These test records shall be uploaded to the PC unaltered,i.e.,“as saved in the field-test instrument”. b.The file format,CSV (comma separated value),does not provide adequate protection of these records and shall not be used. 4.Test reports shall include the following information for each cabling element: a.Wire map results that indicate that 100%of the cabling has been tested for shorts,opens,miss-wires,splits,polarity reversals,transpositions,presence of AC voltage and end-to-end connectivity. b.Length,propagation delay,and delay skew relative to the relevant limit.Any individual test that fails the relevant performance specification shall be marked as a FAIL. c.Cable manufacturer,cable model number/type,and NVP d.Tester make &model,serial number,hardware version,and software version. e.Cable ID and project name f.Auto-test specification used g.Overall pass/fail indication h.Date of test F.Cable Test Equipment 1.Contractor shall supply all of the required test equipment used to conduct acceptance tests. 2.Test equipment used under this contract shall be from manufacturers that have a minimum of 5 years experience in producing field test equipment.Manufacturers shall be ISO 9001 certified. 3.Testing equipment shall be UL-verified to meet Level III accuracy. a.The cable installers shall have a copy of this reference in their possession and be familiar with the contents. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -12 4.Testing equipment shall be within the calibration period recommended by the manufacturer. 5.Testing equipment shall have the latest software and firmware installed. 6.Testing equipment of a given type shall be from the same manufacturer,and have compatible electronic results output. 7.Test adapter cables shall be approved by the manufacturer of the test equipment. a.Adapter cables from other sources are not acceptable. b.Adapter cables must be replaced after 1000 tests to ensure accuracy. 8.Test equipment must have a dynamic range of at least 100 dB to minimize measurement uncertainty. 9.Test equipment must be capable of storing full frequency sweep data for all tests and printing color graphical reports for all swept measurements. 10.Test equipment must include S-Band time domain diagnostics for NEXT and return loss (TDNXT and TDRL)for accurate and efficient troubleshooting. 11.Test equipment must be capable of running individual NEXT,return loss,etc measurements in addition to auto tests. Individual tests increase productivity when diagnosing faults. 12.Test equipment must include a library of cable types,sorted by major manufacturer. 13.Test equipment must be able to internally group auto tests and cables in project folders for good records management. a.Test equipment must store at least 1000 auto tests in internal memory. 14.Test equipment must include DSP technology for support of advanced measurements. 15.Test equipment must make swept frequency measurements in compliance with TIA standards. 16.The measurement reference plane of the test equipment shall start immediately at the output of the test equipment interface connector. 17.There shall not be a time domain dead zone of any distance that excludes any part of the link from the measurement. 18.Acceptable testers: a.Fluke DTX CableAnalyzer b.Owner approved equivalent 3.12 CLEANING A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 3.13 ACCEPTANCE A.Once all work has been completed,test documentation has been submitted and approved, and the Owner is satisfied that all work has been completed in accordance with contract documents,the Owner will notify Contractor in writing of formal acceptance of the system. B.Contractor’s RCDD shall warrant in writing that 100%of the installation meets the requirements specified herein. C.Acceptance shall be subject to completion of all work,successful post-installation testing which yields 100%PASS rating,and submittal and approval of full documentation as described above.Tests with the “*PASS”(asterisk)will not be acceptable. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 15 00 -13 1.These circuits must be repaired to meet “PASS”. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -1 SECTION 27 41 16 -INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.This document covers the general requirements for the installation of audio-video (AV) systems. B.This document included audio-video equipment for training room. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS​ A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. B.Related Sections 1.Section 27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems 2.Section 27 05 28 -Pathways for Communications Systems 3.Section 27 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 4.Section 27 15 00 -Communications Horizontal Cabling 1.3 CODES A.Perform all work in strict accordance with the requirements and recommendations stated in the codes and standards except when requirements are exceeded by the contract documents. B.The equipment,materials,and installation shall confirm to the latest version of all applicable codes,standards and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including the following: 1.NFPA 70,National Electrical Code. 2.NFPA 101,Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. 3.FCC Rules,Part 76. 4.UL 50,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 5.All applicable parts will be FCC Class B approved. 6.All equipment,cable,devices,and accessories provided shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.for the intended use under the latest appropriate testing standard. 7.Americans with Disabilities Act. 8.Texas Accessibility Standards. 9.International Building Codes (IBC). 10.State and Local Building Codes with Amendments. 11.All requirements of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 1.4 REGULATIONS A.Comply with terms and conditions of Americans with Disabilities Act,especially regarding provisions for hearing impaired and wheelchair access in control areas. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.General 1.Refer to Division 1 and section 27 02 00. 2.Submit in quantities,format and timetable as required by General Conditions. B.Product Data Binders 1.Minimum number of Sets:four (4)or one (1)electronic copy on CD. 2.Timetable a.Submit within thirty (30)days after award of contract. b.Submit simultaneously with Shop Drawings. c.Allow minimum of ten (10)business days for review.All sets minus one (1) will be returned with review comments.If a resubmit is required,resubmit total quantity of complete sets.If second resubmit is required,Contractor shall reimburse Owner for expenses incurred during additional review process. d.Review and approval of Product Data is required before equipment purchase and installation. e.Bind product data sheets together either in GBC or 3-ring type binders. C.Shop Drawings 1.Minimum Number of Sets:four (4)or one (1)electronic copy on CD. 2.Timetable a.Submit within thirty (30)days after award of contract. b.Submit simultaneously with Product Data Binders. c.Allow minimum of ten (10)business days for review.All sets minus one (1) will be returned with review comments.If a resubmit is required,resubmit total quantity of complete sets.If second resubmit is required,Contract shall reimburse Owner for expenses incurred during additional review process. 3.Description: a.Shop Drawings shall be used for coordination between trades and updated as final record drawings. b.Bind all Shop Drawings together to form set.Loose drawings will not be accepted. c.Each drawing shall include:Project,Building,Location,Contractor Name, Architect,AV Consultant,Date and Revision Number. d.Number and title each drawing in logical manner as a set. e.Include cover sheet with listing of all drawings included in bound set. f.Ensure that labeling on Shop Drawings match labeling on equipment. g.Minimum Scale: 1)Floor Plans: 1/8 inch =1 foot. 2)Rack Elevations: 1-½inch =1 foot. 3)Plate/Panel Details: 6 inches =1 foot. 4)Loudspeaker Details: 1 inch =1 foot. h.Include as a minimum: 1)Floor plans indicating locations of all AV devices,vertical risers,pull boxes,and exposed wiring.Include Device ID (PRJ,SCREEN,FRK, FB,AVP,etc.,as referenced in design contract documents),as appropriate for projectors,screens,racks,floor boxes,AV plates in walls,etc. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -3 2)Schematic diagram showing all primary and secondary devices, interconnectivity and signal flow. 3)Plate details showing size,material,finish,connectors,engraving,etc. 4)Mounting detail drawings of loudspeakers,racks,and overhead equipment. Hire services of professional structural engineer,licensed by the appropriate governing authority,to review shop drawings, building structural drawings,and any existing structures from which equipment is to be suspended. Include Structural Engineer’s stamped report with shop drawing submittal. Report shall include: a)Itemization of items reviewed by the Structural Engineer. b)Confirmation that proposed methods of suspending equipment as shown on the shop drawings conform to required safety factors. c)Confirmation that building structure from which equipment is to be suspended will support equipment including required safety factors. 5)Rack elevations. 6)Complete schematic diagram. One-line diagram with detailed descriptions of product inputs and outputs is acceptable. Include terminal strip details and cable label information. If wiring diagram spans more than three (3)sheets,additionally provide simplified block diagram of entire system on one (1)sheet. 7)Electrical power wiring diagram. Include circuit,switching,and control details. 8)Wiring diagram of grounding and shielding scheme. 9)Drawings for custom-fabricated items (i.e.,plates,panels,cables,and assemblies). 10)General construction drawings necessary for completion of work. D.Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1.Minimum number of Sets:four (4). 2.Bind Operation and Maintenance Manuals using either GBC or 3-ring binders. 3.Format and Minimum Information below: a.Section 1 -System Operation. 1)Introduction/overview to system components and their functions and locations.Include a brief listing of basic system functions. 2)Complete but simple system operating instructions to accomplish basic system functions,written for non-technical personnel. 3)Certificate indicating names of Owner personnel trained by AV Contactor,date of training,name of AV Contractor representative that provided training,and name of project. b.Section 2 -System Documentation. 1)Simplified system one-line schematic diagram showing changes made during construction. 2)Complete inventory of system components including serial numbers. Identify location (equipment rack,over stage,stored in control room, etc.)of each component. 3)Cable and terminal strip documentation including cable numbers, functions,originating locations,terminating locations,and signal levels. 4)All Shop Drawings corrected to reflect as-built conditions. 5)Other data and drawings required during construction. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -4 6)Initial Tests and Adjustments data. 7)Final Tests and Adjustments data. 8)CD-ROM discs including all utilized manufacturer’s software and saved copies of software configurations (configurations as established during Final Tests and Adjustments). c.Section 3 -Manufacturer’s Documentation. 1)For each equipment model at no additional costs to Owner,even if manufacturer does not include costs of such documentation with purchase of equipment item. 2)Manufacturer’s Product Data. 3)Operating instructions. 4)Installation instructions. 5)Service information. 6)Schematic diagrams. 7)Replacement parts list. d.Section 4 -Maintenance Information. 1)Preventive maintenance schedule letter clearly stating target dates of six month and end-of-warranty preventative maintenance inspections, and list of maintenance tasks performed. 2)Maintenance instructions including manufacturer’s recommended maintenance,recommended maintenance schedule and information concerning proper inspection,testing,and replacement of components. 3)Troubleshooting information complete with instructions for procedures during equipment failure. e.Section 5 -Warranty Information 1)System warranty letter. 4.Provide three (3)sets on CD-R disc that include all material in Operation and Maintenance Manuals in PDF format except for copyrighted material. 5.Submit one (1)set of Operation and Maintenance Manuals at least ten (10)days before Final Tests and Adjustments procedures (minus data from Final Tests and Adjustments). This set will be reviewed by Owner and returned to Contractor. Re-submit after Final Tests and Adjustments and include data. NOTE:Do not schedule Final Tests and Adjustments or perform training of Owner personnel before submitting Operation and Maintenance Manual. 6.Submit remaining number of complete manuals as required by General Conditions within ten (10)days after return of reviewed set(s). Include Final Tests and Adjustment data,warranty period letter,and any other data not included in first submission. E.Samples. 1.Request for Samples -Upon request,furnish samples (at no additional cost)to Owner and/or General Contractor of submitted items proposed as substitutes for specified items. Products will be reviewed to determine if proposed substitute items meet required function and quality. 2.Product Tests a.Products submitted as samples may require testing by independent laboratory. Testing at expense of Contractor. b.Obtain written approval of tested products before incorporating into system. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.AV Contractor Qualifications. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -5 1.Be established AV System Contractor,regularly engaged in furnishing and installing AV systems. NOTE:Electrical or general contracting firms responsible for completion of this work,but not meeting above requirement,shall employ services of approved AV Contractor as subcontractor to perform work described herein. 2.Be experienced in installations of similar size and scope within last five (5)years. Submit list of four (4)(minimum)installed jobs of similar magnitude,completed within last five years. For verification,submit complete information,including project name,project address,contact person,daytime telephone number plus month and year of project completion. At Owner’s request,accompany Owner or Owner’s representative on visit to any or all example completed projects submitted. 3.Be Authorized Dealer for all major lines of equipment listed in Part 2 (Biamp, Chief,Crestron,JBL,Middle Atlantic,Shure,etc.)Must have at least one permanent staff member who is factory trained in the installation and maintenance of each major product line offered. 4.Employ personnel (at all levels of work)experienced in projects of similar size and scope. Provide list of key personnel to be responsible for each of the following aspects of work:Project Management,Technical Documentation,Control System programming,DSP programming and Leadership of Field Work (one who is present for all field work). For each identified employee,indicate number of years employed by contractor,number of years experience in assigned responsibilities, and list of previously completed projects where similar responsibilities were required. 5.Project manager assigned to this project must have a minimum of five (5)years experience in installing and integrating AV systems of similar scale. Project Manager shall also have either an AVIXA CTS-I or CTS-D certification. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GUIDELINES A.Infrastructure Products -All conduits,basket tray/cable tray,pull boxes and associated parts required for infrastructure shall be installed by the electrical contractor unless specifically excluded in these specifications or drawings. B.Performance -Regardless of completeness of descriptive paragraphs herein,each device shall meet its manufacturer’s published specifications. Verify performance. C.Contract Documents -Drawings and specifications are to be used in conjunction with one another and to supplement one another.In general the specifications determine the nature and quality of the materials,and the drawings establish the quantities,details,and give characteristics of performance that should be adhered to in the installation of the AV system components.If there is an apparent conflict between the drawings and specifications,the items with the greater quantity or quality shall be provided and installed.Clarification with the owner about these items shall be made prior to the ordering and installation. D.Quantities -All quantities are indicated on AV drawings or in Part 2 AV Products list. Confirm quantities on final Contract Documents. If Contract Documents do not include quantities necessary to deliver complete working system,provide notification of disparity,and install required quantity of devices for complete working system. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -6 E.Small Parts -Systems are described in terms of major products. Even if not specifically mentioned,provide and install patch cables,connectors,hardware,converters,power supplies,labels,terminals,mounting accessories etc.necessary for complete and working system meeting design intent of specifications. F.Keys -Provide five (5)sets of keys for any AV system product requiring keys. G.Condition -Provide and install products listed in this section in factory new condition, conforming to applicable provisions of American National Standards Institute. H.Designations -Each major product item is given unique designation (such as MIX1 for mixer number 1). The product designations are unique in this section only and may be repeated in other specification sections. I.Security Screws -Use Bryce Security Penta-Plus button-head screws and bits to secure rack components,LCD mounts,Projector mounts and any other location deemed necessary by Owner.Use nylon washers (not provided by Bryce)to protect equipment surfaces.Account for appropriate tip wear when ordering quantity and do no use a bit beyond the manufacturer’s recommendations.Provide ten (10)additional unused driver bits and deliver to the customer after completion. J.AV Electrical Power -Coordinate with Electrical Contractor regarding proper placement of isolated-ground duplex outlets for any AV equipment. Electrical circuits should be connected (and outlets wired)by the Electrical Contractor to the AV system circuit breaker panel (N.I.C.). Ensure that “Star”ground configuration is properly implemented by the Electrical Contractor. Ensure that ground wires from each outlet are isolated from conduit,neutrals,and each other. K.AV Screens -For any screen specified,size as indicated in drawings.Unless otherwise indicated in drawings or specifications,set limits so projected images are 48”above finished floor,and include additional black drop as appropriate considering screen size and mounting height. L.AV Racks: 1.Provide blank faceplate in any area marked BLANK in drawings. 2.Provide shelf for mounting of any device for which rack mount kit is not available. 3.PanelcraftersProvide one (1)Panelcrafters DBR-XXXXX-RHIM-01 designer/integrator information plate or approved alternate per rack.Install information plate at the top of each rack unless 1RU space is not available.Contact Panelcrafters sales department to add AV Contractor graphic to the “integrator” section (approximately 8.5”x 1.75”of the right-hand side).All alternates must include AV Consultant graphic.Submit to AV designer for approval of final plate design prior to purchasing and installation. M.AV Floor Boxes: 1.Clean floor boxes of all dust and debris prior to installation of any active or connectorized plate. 2.Any floor box with active or connectorized AV plates found to have any dust, debris or water in bottom of box are subject to replacement of all plates and components.A re-test of all associated components must be completed. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -7 N.Wireless Microphones -Coordinate frequency selection with other radio-frequency sources in the area and with manufacturer’s recommendations. O.Control System Programming: 1.Program each panel to provide simple,intuitive control of all basic AV functions including: a.program and speech volume levels b.video source and destination routing c.screen control d.video projector lift control (where applicable) e.AV system power f.media player transport functions g.video conferencing CODEC controls including call initiation (where applicable) h.video conferencing PTZ camera control (where applicable) i.combine/uncombine settings for all combinations of controlled rooms j.local lighting and blackout shade controls (where applicable) 2.Utilize AVIXA’s “Dashboard for Controls”concept and Crestron’s SMART GRAPHICS for touch panel layout unless directed otherwise by Owner. 3.Provide layout of each and every touch panel and hard-button panel pages in the product data submittal for approval by Owner. 4.Provide web-control for each touch panel in AV system.Include page tracking, and track current button feedback between touch panel and web-control panel. 5.Staff member certified by control system manufacturer shall program control system. 6.After programming is approved,all control system code and programming, including touch panel code and graphics,will become property of Owner.AV Contractor shall provide Owner both raw and compiled code on CD-R disc. 7.Provide follow up meeting with Owner after 6 months of operation to make updates as requested to control programming. P.Audio System Programming -Owner shall coordinate layout and logical branching of DSP audio system. Include screen layout and menu branching drawings in AV submittal. After AV system is approved,all audio control system code and programming will become property of Owner.AV Contractor shall provide Owner both raw and compiled code on CD-R disc. Q.AV Design Bid &Substitutions: 1.System design is around products listed in Part 2. Intent of product specification is to provide standard of quality and function for installed materials. Certain performance specifications are given to clarify job requirements. 2.Bid AV system with products specified in Base Bid section below unless noted otherwise from Owner. 3.No substitutions will be allowed without prior approval from Owner specific to proposed manufacturer and model numbers. 4.Equipment listed in Part 2 is based on performance criteria to meet Owner design requirements. 5.All requested substitutions need to meet or exceed performance of devices listed in Part 2.For each request provide manufacturer’s published specifications to verify performance and explain functional and cost impact. 6.Evaluation and approval of substitution requests will be performed by Owner. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -8 2.2 ROOM DESCRIPTIONS A.Training Room 1.Room shall fuction as a divide /combined space. 2.Room is to function in Any-to-Any or Any-to-All configuration.Allowing rooms to function indepent or as a single large training space. 3.Space will conatin two 86"wall mounted flat panel display and two HDMI input locations. 4.Audio video routing is to be controlled via wall mounted touch panels in each half of the room.AV touch panels shall control display power on/off,volume,source routing,and allow for selection of saved configurations.Exact configurations to be coordinated with the owner. 5.Ceiling mounted loud speakers distributed in both areas.Local sound speakers shall function as two independent zones or as one combined zone based on selected room configurations. 2.3 AV PRODUCTS -ACTIVE EQUIPMENT A.Training Room 1.HDMI Matrix switcher a.Qty:1 -Extron DTP2 CrossPoint 82 4K b.Or owner approved equivalent 2.AMP (Power Amplifier) a.Qty:2 -Extron XPA 2001-70V b.Or owner approved equivalent 3.Local Sound Speakers (L-1,L-2) a.Qty:4 -Extron SF 26 CT b.Or owner approved equivalent 4.Flat Panle Displays (FSD-2) a.Qty:2 -86"LG UHD TV UR64OS b.Provide Legrand WMPAC525 In-Wall Storage Box for each TV.Coordinate color with Architectural prior to ordering c.Provide Peerless AV Smartmount with articulating wall arm Model no SA771PU for each display. 5.AV input plate (AV-1) a.Qty:2 Extron DTP2 T 201 D 4K/60 HDMI DTP2 Transmitter –Decorator- Style Wallplate. b.Qty:2 Extron DTP HDMI 4K 230 RX (at display) c.Provide Extron XTP DTP 22 Shielded Twisted pair cabling for all DTP connections. d.Or owner approved equivalents 6.AV control panel (AV-C a.Qty:2 Extron TLP Pro 725M 7"Wal mount touch panel b.Or owner approved equivalents 7.AV LAN switch a.Qty:1 Netgear 8 Port -AV Line M4250-9G1F-PoE+(GSM4210PD) b.Or owner approved equivalent 8.Wall mounted AV Equipment enclosure a.Qty:1 Middle Atlantic 12RU Wall Rack EWR-12-22SD b.Or owner approved equivalent 9.Power distribution (PDU) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -9 a.Qty:1 APC Surge arrest part No.NET9RMBLK b.Or owner approved equivalent 2.4 CABLES A.Interconnect Wiring –Provide and install following cable as required for connections in all areas.Meet provisions of N.E.C.Provide plenum rated cable where required. 1.Analog Composite Video Plenum Rated Cable:West Penn 25806. 2.Control Plenum Rated Cable:West Penn D25350. 3.Low Impedance Loudspeaker Cable a.For cable distance <50’:14-guage 2-conductor West Penn #25226B b.For cable distance from 50’to 100’:12-guage 2-conductor West Penn #25227B c.For cable distance >100’,consult with manufacturer and engineer before ordering/installation. d.Terminate with Neutrik “Speakon”type connectors when available. 4.High Impedance Loudspeaker Cable (25v/70v) a.For cable distance <300’:18-guage 2-conductor West Penn #25224B b.For cable distance from 300’to 500’:16-guage 2-conductor West Penn #25225B c.For cable distance >500’,consult with manufacturer and engineer before ordering/installation. d.Terminate with Neutrik “Speakon”type connectors when available. 5.HDMI cables:Belden HD-800 series.All HDMI cables used shall be certified to meet the performance of the display devices over the actual cable length.Provide HDMI transmitters and receivers as needed. 6.HDBaseT Cable:Belden 2183P (or as manufacturer recommended). PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.General Guidelines 1.Quality of Work -Perform labor to accepted industry standards and state and local codes to accomplish complete and working system. 2.Material and Labor -Provide specified products and other incidental materials, appliances,tools,and transportation required for complete and functioning systems.Provide personnel to perform labor who are skilled in techniques and can demonstrate technical knowledge AV infrastructure system installations. 3.Provide a complete functioning sound system that’s been fully tested and properly balanced,configured,and equalized.Be of maximum assistance to the Owner during the warranty period of the system,to the degree that maximum Owner satisfaction is assured. 4.Observe proper circuit polarity and loudspeaker wiring polarity.No cables shall be wired with a polarity reversal between connectors with respect to either end. Special care shall be taken when wiring microphone cables,to ensure that constant polarity is maintained.Balanced audio connectors shall be wired as follows. Wire Connector Signal Black Pin #3 or Ring Low or Negative Red or White Pin #2 or Tip High or Positive Bare Pin #1 or Shield Ground City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -10 5.Provide all audio circuits balanced and floating,except as noted in the Specifications or directed by the Consultant at the time of final equalization and testing.Shields of audio cables shall be grounded at one end only,at the outputs of the various equipment items in the system 6.Route cables and wiring within equipment racks and cabinetry according to function,separating wires of different signal levels (video,microphone level,line level,amplifier output,120VAC,intercom,control,etc.)by as much physical distance as possible.Neatly arrange and bundle all cables loosely with plastic cable ties.Cables and wires shall be continuous lengths without splices.[if !vml][endif] 7.All system wire,except spare wire,after being cut and stripped,shall have the wire strands twisted back to their original lay and be terminated by approved soldered or mechanical means.No unterminated wire ends will be accepted.Heat-shrink type tubing shall be used to insulate and dress the ends of all wire and cables. Include a separate tube for the ground or drain wire. 8.All cables in conduits shall be insulated from each other and from the conduit the entire length and shall not be spliced.All cables and wires are to be continuous lengths without splices. 9.All solder joints and terminations shall be made with resin-core silver solder. Temperature regulated soldering irons rated at least 60 watts shall be used for all soldering work.No soldering guns or temperature unregulated irons shall be used on the job site. 10.Each mechanical connector shall be attached using the proper size controlled-duty-cycle ratcheting crimp tool which has been approved by the manufacturer of the connectors.Conventional non- ratcheting type crimping tools are unacceptable,and shall not be used on the job site. 11.Label all wires in racks and console as to destination and purpose with permanent labels.Clearly and permanently label all controls and connections at the front and back of the rack,with permanent labels.Wall plates and custom panels shall be engraved and filled with contrasting paint,unless otherwise noted.All labeling shall be completed prior to final system inspection. 12.Documents at Job Site -Keep following documents at job site during entire construction period: a.Complete Specifications and Drawings. b.Approved Shop Drawings. c.Approved Product Data. d.Progress Set of Project Record Documents. 13.Mounting -Mount equipment and enclosures plumb and square.Ensure that permanently installed equipment is firmly and safely held in place.Design equipment supports to support loads imposed with project safety factor of five (5) or greater.For devices hung overhead,obtain review by Structural Engineer licensed by the appropriate governing authority prior to installation. 14.Locate wireless microphone system and hearing assist system antennas at or above ceiling or at bar joist height in areas without ceilings.Coordinate exact location with Owner to provide adequate coverage in the area served by the system.Adjust antenna location for best possible reception/transmission in area of coverage. 15.Provide adequate protective vandal guards for all devices located in areas subject to damage from activities or vandalization,such as school gym,sports field,school cafeteria. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -11 16.Provide hearing assist transmitter(s)and receivers for each sound reinforcement system.The quantity of hearing assist receivers for each system shall be equal to a minimum of four (4)percent of the total seating capacity,but in no case less than ten (10)receivers for the area of coverage of each local sound reinforcement system.​ 17.Dimension Verification -Verify dimensions and space requirements to assure that proper mounting,clearance,and maintenance access space is available for system components. 18.Clean-Up -Leave project clean each day. Place debris where designated by General Contractor. Debris includes but not limited to:solder splatter,cable ends, stripped insulation,spent crimp connectors,gypsum board and ceiling tile dust, and product wrappings and cartons. After completion of installation,thoroughly clean areas worked,including non-visible areas such as equipment rack interiors, rack top panels,and inside lockable floor and wall boxes. 19.Coordinate installation of AV infrastructure and equipment with other trades in order to follow project schedule. 20.Maintain any licensing required by the appropriate governing authority to install and terminate low voltage systems. B.Labeling 1.Equipment Labels -AV Contractor shall provide engraved lamicoid labels on front and rear of rack-mounted equipment.Mount labels plumb and square.Include schematic reference design,item name,and system or area controlled by labeled component.On program preamps and mixers,provide label for each input indicating which source is controlled by labeled channel.Unless otherwise indicated,provide permanently-mounted black labels engraved with 1/8-inch white block characters.Handwritten,self-laminating,or embossed plastic (Dymo)labels are not acceptable.Provide labels for major equipment with two (2)lines (minimum)of engraving,coded as follows: a.Line 1: Generic name of device,such as MIXER AMPLIFIER. b.Line 2: Schematic designation of device,such as AV-MSW-1. 2.Control Labels -AV Contractor shall provide engraved label over each user- operated control that describes the function or purpose of control. Provide label of proper size to fit available space. 3.Terminal Strip Labels -AV Contractor shall label each terminal strip with unique identification code in addition to numerical label (Cinch MS series)for each terminal. Show terminal strip codes on system schematic drawings included with Project Record Documents. 4.Rear Equipment Labels -AV Contractor shall provide adhesive label on rear of equipment where cables attach,to indicate designation of cable connected at each point. 5.Cable and Wire Labels -Label cables and wiring logically,legibly and permanently for easy identification.Labels on cables shall be adhesive strip type, covered with clear heat shrink tubing.Factory stamped heat shrink tubing may be used.Hand-written or self-laminating type labels are not acceptable. 6.Cable Label Codes and Locations -Label each cable with unique alpha-numeric code. Locate cable designation at start and end of each cable run,within three (3) inches of termination point.For cable runs that have intermediate splice points, label cable with same designation throughout,with additional suffix to indicate each segment of run. Provide cable designation codes to schematic drawings included with Project Record Documents and Operation and Maintenance Manuals. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -12 C.Power and Grounding 1.Power Coordination -Coordinate final connection of power and ground wiring to rack. Electrical contractor will provide power to AV systems. Before installation, verify load requirements for systems as accepted. 2.Bus Bars -Install 1-inch by 1/4-inch copper ground bus bar,top to bottom in floor mounted AV racks.Ground and bond equipment chassis of each rack-mounted component without three-pin grounding plug to bus bars with #12 AWG insulated green wire using 6-32 or larger nuts,bolts,lock-washers,and appropriate NEMA connectors. Electrical Contractor (Division 26)shall provide and connect #4 AWG green insulated wire from Bus Bars to ground point in AV technical electrical panel. D.Equipment Racks 1.Ventilation -Provide ventilation adequate to keep temperature in rack below 85 degrees Fahrenheit.Use “whisper”type ventilation fans in racks,adjusted to come on when temperature in rack rises above 85 degrees Fahrenheit,only if adequate cooling cannot be provided by Owner. E.Wiring 1.Wiring Standards -Execute wiring in strict adherence to best AV engineering practices. 2.Field Connection Devices -Connect cable to active components through screw terminal connections and spade lugs when appropriate.For BNC connections use three-piece,dual crimp BNC properly sized for cable with insulating bushings. Wire nut or “Skotchlock”connectors are not acceptable.Do not wrap audio cable splices or connections with adhesive backed tape.Punch connectors or telephone- style punch blocks are not acceptable anywhere in the installation unless specifically authorized by Owner. 3.Run cable in ceiling plenums neatly parallel to building walls,supported every three feet to structure with plenum rated ties. 4.Raceways -Run vertical wiring inside rack in Panduit (or equivalent)plastic raceways with snap-on covers,sized to allow at least 50%future wiring.Mount raceways on full length 3/4-inch flat black plywood backboards,attached to rack sides.If between-rack wiring chases are provided,Panduit raceways are not required.Horizontal wiring in rack shall be neatly tied in manageable bundles with cable lengths cut to minimize excess cable slack,but still allow for service and testing.Provide horizontal support bars if cable bundles sag. Individually bundle excess AC power cable away from rack mounted equipment with plastic cable ties. Electrical tape and adhesive backed cable tie anchors are not acceptable. 5.Accessibility -Ensure that wiring and connections are completely visible and labeled in rack. Mount termination resistors,if required,on terminal strips,fully visible and not concealed within equipment or connectors. 6.Loudspeaker Polarity -Connect loudspeakers electrically in phase,using same wire color for loudspeaker wiring throughout project. 7.Physical Damage Prevention -Take necessary precautions to prevent physical damage to cables and equipment. Damaged cables or equipment will not be accepted. Separate,organize,and route cables to restrict channel crosstalk and feedback oscillation. 8.Racks -Looking into the rack from the rear,locate AC power,control,data and speaker wiring on the left;line level audio,control,video,and RF wiring on the right.Keep several inches of space between power cables and other signals. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -13 9.Other Connections -Make connections using rosin core solder or approved mechanical connectors. Where spade lugs are used,crimp properly with ratchet type crimping tool. Solder spade lugs mounted on #22 AWG or smaller cable after crimping. 3.2 FIRESTOPPING A.Refer to section 27 02 00. 3.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING A.Power up any electronic equipment to ensure its proper functioning before its arrival onsite. B.Ensure that materials (especially electronic and electro-acoustic devices)are protected against physical,environmental,and electronic damage until final acceptance by Owner. C.Schedule delivery to minimize delays in the project. D.Provide storage protection against temperature and humidity extremes,theft,vandalism, physical damage,and environmental damage. 3.4 WARRANTY A.Refer to Division 1. B.Warranty -Submit letter providing warranty covering labor and materials supplied under this contract.Bind in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.Terms as described in General Conditions.Minimum terms as follows: 1.System -Systems shall be free of manufacturing or installation defects for a minimum period of one (1)year from the date of final acceptance.Clearly designate begin and end dates of system warranty period. 2.Parts and Labor -Provide parts and labor to repair defects in materials and workmanship during system warranty period. 3.Response Time -Within system warranty period,provide initial on-site service response within one (1)business day of service call.Provide resolution to any system defects within 72 hours or within 48 hours of receipt of repaired or replaced product from manufacturer. 4.Replacement Products -If any item must be removed for repair during system warranty period,provide replacement item of similar quality at no charge. 5.Repair Limit -Do not repair any piece of equipment found defective during installation or system warranty period more than two (2)times. After second repair,replace defective item with similar approved item at no additional cost to Owner. 6.Extended Manufacturer’s Warranties -Identify products with manufacturer’s warranties extending beyond one (1)year. Provide terms and conditions of such warranties. 7.Service Personnel Information -Provide name(s)and telephone number(s)of service personnel to be contacted regarding repair and maintenance. C.Extended Warranty -Provide cost to extend complete AV system warranty from one (1) year to three (3)years.Included a list of all provided services including maintenance schedules. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -14 3.5 INITIAL TESTS A.Purpose -These tests are to ensure that the AV system is installed and functioning as specified,and to ensure the system is ready for Final Tests and Adjustments (described later). B.Testing Standards -Perform testing in accordance with ANSI standards. C.Inspection -Verify prior to beginning actual tests and adjustments on systems: 1.Proper grounding of all electronic components (through third prong of power connector or separate connection between component chassis and ground bus bar). 2.Cables dressed,routed,and labeled,connected with proper polarity. 3.Insulation and shrink tubing in place. 4.Dust,debris,solder splatter,etc.removed. 5.Proper frequency settings (or modules)at crossovers and controllers. 6.All equalizer bands and tone controls set for flat frequency response. 7.Survey temperatures of each piece of equipment after four (4)hours use (minimum). Note and report any hot equipment. D.Electrical Power Quality -While all sound and AV system components are unplugged from electrical power outlets,AV Contractor shall turn on power to outlets,and confirm proper voltages at each outlet across the following pairs of terminals:hot and neutral,hot and ground,and neutral and ground (zero volts across neutral and ground).AV Contractor to document measurements. E.General Function Tests -Test each piece of equipment to ensure that it performs its intended function.Include all portable equipment in tests.Intent of initial tests is to verify complete,functioning system before Final Tests and Adjustments.Correct problems found during initial testing before beginning Final Tests and Adjustments.Document whether all pieces performed intended functions;note any unresolved malfunctions. F.Initial Tests and Adjustments Data -Submit written report of Initial Tests and Adjustments data upon completion to Owner.Include printed name(s)of technician(s) performing tests,date(s)and time(s)of tests,model and serial numbers of test equipment, results of each initial test,descriptions of problems encountered and their solutions,and statement that system is ready for Final Tests and Adjustments.Initial Tests and Adjustments Data to include signatures of technician(s)performing tests. 3.6 FINAL TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS A.Purpose -These tests are to be witnessed by AV Consultant to determine if system is complete and functioning as designed and specified.Also,AV Consultant will perform listening and viewing tests and witness adjustments of all images for optimum clarity. B.Timetable -Coordinate with Owner,General Contractor,and AV Consultant to schedule Final Tests and Adjustments after submittal of Initial Tests and Adjustments data. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -15 C.System and Site Conditions -AV Consultant will witness Final Tests and Adjustments. Have systems fully functional and ready for observation and testing upon AV Consultant’s arrival. Coordinate with all trades for quiet conditions throughout the listening areas and for the duration of the test schedule.If upon AV Consultant’s arrival, systems do not meet criteria,site is not sufficiently quiet,or if Owner or AV Consultant is required to make additional trips to job site to witness additional testing or perform additional reviews of installed equipment,Contractor shall reimburse Owner for labor and expenses incurred by having incurred costs deducted from payments to contractor. D.Test Labor -Provide technician familiar with this project’s AV systems and operation of test equipment to perform testing.Provide additional technician to assist in the tests and to perform troubleshooting,repairs,and adjustments.Include labor for these technicians to be present for one (1),eight (8)-hour day during Final Tests and Adjustments. E.Tools -Provide standard hand tools including screwdrivers,pliers,wire strippers,nut drivers,soldering iron,and other tools appropriate for troubleshooting system problems. F.Ladders and Scaffolds -Provide ladders and scaffolds to inspect/adjust loudspeakers and rigging points. G.Verification of Initial Tests and Adjustments -Verify that Initial Tests and Adjustments have been performed and meet criteria.During Final Tests and Adjustments,AV Consultant may require portions of the Initial Tests and Adjustments to be repeated. Repeat measurements as requested without claim for additional payment. H.Installer shall perform thorough preliminary testing of the AV Systems prior to the final inspection by the Consultant.All systems and subsystems shall be tested to ensure that they are in proper working order and meet the performance specifications.Perform preliminary programming and setup of digital signal processors as necessary to conduct these tests.​ I.The testing and equalization work shall be performed after the installation work has been completed,but prior to any use of the system.During the testing and equalization work, the Installer shall have on the job site one (1)competent technician who is familiar with the project,and who will be prepared to stay as long as his services are needed.It is estimated that approximately eight (8)hours will be required for this work J.The process of equalizing and testing the system may necessitate moving and adjusting certain loudspeakers.Adjustments shall be performed without claim for additional payment. K.Coordinate as necessary to ensure a totally quiet room during the sound reinforcement systems testing and balancing period. L.Prior to requesting systems testing,verify the following: 1.All systems are in first-class working condition and free of short circuits,ground loops,parasitic oscillations,excessive system noise beyond published. 2.All specified equipment,including loose equipment,is on the job site for proper accounting. 3.All loudspeaker circuits have been tested,are connected to the proper crossover frequency,and are in perfect working order.Furnish impedance measurements of each circuit in PDF format prior to final tests. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -16 4.All video systems and associated control systems have been tested and are in perfect working order. 5.All equipment controls shall be labeled,even if unused.If permanent labels cannot be furnished prior to system inspection,temporarily label every control on the front and in the rear of the racks as to its function with write-on tape.Supply printer labels or markers suitable for permanently indicating knob settings after equalization is performed. 6.Operation manuals for every equipment item furnished are on hand at the job site. 7.Installer shall provide all signal processing software loaded on a portable PC and ready for use at time of testing.Installer shall provide a calibrated RTA and microphone,and pink noise generator at time of testing. M.Should the performance testing show that the Installer has not properly completed the systems,the Installer shall make all necessary corrections or adjustments and a second demonstration shall be arranged at the Installer's expense. N.The final acceptance of the system by the Owner will be based upon the report of the Consultant following inspection,testing,and demonstration.A list of items in need of completion or correction shall be generated by the Consultant,which must be corrected by the Installer before final acceptance will be granted. 3.7 SOUND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A.After equalization and testing,the sound system shall meet or exceed the following specifications: 1.System shall be free of short circuits,ground loops,parasitic oscillation,excessive system noise,hum,RF interference,and instability of any form. 2.Minimum SPL with band-limited pink noise input to the system in the targeted space shall be 95 dB before audible distortion occurs. 3.Seat-to-seat variation in SPL at 4kHz octave band pink noise shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 3dB SPL. 4.Acoustic response of the system shall be plus or minus 1.5dB along a line which is flat from 50 Hz to 4000 Hz and which rolls off at 1dB per octave to 16kHz. B.The following tests and adjustments shall be performed by the Contractor.All equipment required supplied by the Contractor Follow EIA standard RS-160 and RS-219 in performing the tests.Make all necessary corrections to bring systems into specification compliance.Record the results of these tests in project record drawings.Submit written results of tests to Architect and Engineer prior to scheduled equalization and final inspection date. 1.Measure and record impedance of each speaker line at frequency of 1,000 Hz,with loudspeakers connected to their respective lines. 2.Measure and record overall system hum and noise level of each input channel with controls set so that -50 dBm microphone input or +4 dBm input would drive the system to full amplifier output.Terminate inputs with resistor (150 to 600 ohms) and disconnect power to noise generator for this test. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -17 3.Adjust the gain of each active device to provide both optimum signal -to noise ratio,and at least 10 dB headroom at each active device.Observe the output of each active device with an oscilloscope of 5 MHZ band width,and verify visually that the signal required for full amplifier output is free of overload,clipping, parasitics,and radio frequency components.Adjust gain structure of all active components and record the input and output signal levels of all active components and record the input and output signal levels of all active components in both dBm and volts,during normal program levels. 4.Measure and record system electrical frequency response for each input channel through power amplifier.Required is flat response with permissible deviation of +/-1 dB within the range of 30 Hz to 16 kHz. 5.Check system to assure freedom from oscillations or stray RF pickup.Check inputs with no signal and with typical program material driving system to full output Detect unwanted signals on Oscilloscope at termination. 6.Check phasing of loudspeakers by applying constant power per octave (pink)noise to system and walking through the transition areas of coverage from one loudspeaker to the next.Transition should be smooth with no apparent shift in source from one speaker to the next.Apply sine wave sweet signal to each loudspeaker system sweeping from 50 Hz to 5,000 Hz and at a level of 10 Db below full amplifier output,and listen for rattle or objectionable noises Correct if apparent. 7.Achieve uniform distribution of sound from each loudspeaker (with bleachers in their extended position in gymnasium where applicable).Drive system with broadband,constant power per octave (pink)noise,and measure the SPL using a sound level meter incorporating an octave-band filter centered at 4 kHz.Adjust noise level until the meter readings are between 75 and 80 dB.Use a sound level meter filter that meets ANSI S1 4-1971 Type 2 and ANSI S1 11-1971 standards set for slow meter damping.Take all readings at seated ear height.Adjust speaker as necessary to achieve +/-3 dB over entire area covered by this system. 3.8 FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER A.Certificate -Submit Certificate of Final Acceptance form signed by Owner verifying complete installation and proper operation of systems upon fulfillment of all requirements and upon recommendation by Owner. B.General Adjustments -Adjust,balance,and align equipment for optimum quality, meeting manufacturers published specifications. C.Input/Output Jack Demonstration -Demonstrate proper performance and phase of each system input and output jack (all audio input and output jacks)as received at AV and network systems. D.Inventory -Inventory all installed and portable equipment for correct quantities. E.Functional Demonstration -Demonstrate operation of each function of each major piece of equipment. F.Other Tests -Perform any other tests on any part of the AV system as requested by Owner. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 41 16 -18 G.Final Equipment Settings -Record final settings of all equalizer bands,tone controls, filters,delays,limiters,etc.,including those established through computer software settings. Include descriptions of settings (including software settings)in Operation and Maintenance Manual. Include software copy of configuration file(s)in Operation and Maintenance Manual. H.Security Inspection -Inspect equipment for security from tampering (covers,shaft-locks, etc.). I.Review of Labels -Review installed labels on cables,equipment,controls,and terminal strips. 3.9 OWNER TRAINING A.Provide Owner training as described in General Conditions.As a minimum,provide eight (8)hours instruction (within two (2)trips to site)regarding AV Systems operation to Owner-designated personnel.Schedule instruction time(s)with Owner to occur after completion of Final Tests and Adjustments.Coordinate with Owner in advance to schedule instruction time. Document date,time,and attendees of the training session and include documentation in Operation and Maintenance Manuals to serve as record of trained personnel. 3.10 SUPPORT DURING OWNER’S FIRST USE OF COMPLETED SYSTEM A.Provide personnel familiar with design,installation,and operation of each system to be present at Owner’s first use of each completed system (up to eight (8)hours total in a single session). During first use of each system,respond to Owner requests for troubleshooting,adjustments,and additional training.If no one contractor employee or representative can provide expertise in all aspects of the system,provide multiple personnel for the eight (8)hours per session as required.Schedule presence of personnel in advance with Owner.Should significant elements of the new system be operational prior to final completion,Owner may elect to schedule contractor presence for Owner function prior to final completion of system. hould Owner exercise this option, contractor presence will not be required at first use following final completion. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -1 SECTION 27 51 29 -EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions,Supplementary Conditions,Division 1, Division 20,and Drawings apply to all Work herein. B.Requirements of the following Division 20-28 Sections apply to this section: 1.Scope of Work -Section 27 02 00 2.Fire Alarm System -Section 28 46 00 1.2 SCOPE A.Provide an in-building radio signal amplification system to provide complete coverage in the building for the public safety agencies as required by the local fire department and other agencies and authorities having jurisdiction.System users shall receive and transmit radio broadcasts from their portable radio units within the building. This shall be accomplished utilizing the following components: 1.Bi Directional Amplifiers (Signal Boosters) 2.Plenum rated Coaxial Cable 3.Antennas 4.Cable taps 5.Connectors 6.Power dividers 7.Other components and interconnecting circuitry as required B.The system shall comply with the requirements of UL 2524 In-building 2-Way Emergency Radio Communication Enhancement Systems,NFPA 72,NFPA 1221 and ICC (IFC),as referenced. C.The entire system shall meet with approval of the Fire Department,the Building Department and all other agencies and authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). D.The work in this section shall include the responsibility for all filings with the AHJ. Where filings require engineer’s signature,documents shall be submitted for his review and signature.This responsibility shall include furnishing of required quantities of floor plans,descriptive notes and/or specifications,wiring diagrams,shop drawings and amendment forms. E.Early completion of the in-building emergency radio communication enhancement system will be required as to permit a Certificate of Occupancy to be obtained in a timely manner F.Any permits necessary for the installation of the work shall be obtained prior to the commencement of the work.All permit costs and inspection fees shall be included as the part of the required work. G.The in-building emergency radio communication enhancement system shall use a UL 2524,NFPA 72,NFPA 1221 and ICC (IFC) compliant NOTIFIER®signal booster or approved equal. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -2 H.All conductors shall be installed in conduit. Conduit installation shall be as specified in the Conduit Section. I.Related Sections: Other Division 20-28 Sections contain requirements related to the work of this Section. These may include,but not be limited to,the following sections: 1.Conductors -Section 26 05 19 2.Conduit -Section 26 05 33 and 26 06 34 3.Outlet Boxes -26 05 33 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Basis: To establish the type,quality and features of the system required,the equipment specified is that of the Notifier Fire Systems. All references to manufacturer or supplier model numbers and other pertinent information herein is intended to establish a minimum standard of quality,performance and features required. All equipment proposed as an EQUAL to that specified shall COMPLETELY conform to the Specifications herein. B.Manufacturers: If they comply with these specifications and requirements,products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable: 1.Notifier Fire Systems (Provided by Fire Tron) 2.Or Engineer approved equal. C.Contractor Qualifications: 1.The equipment supplier shall be an authorized and designated representative of the In-building Radio System Manufacturer to sell,install,and service the proposed manufacturer`s equipment. The equipment supplier shall have technical factory training specifically for the system proposed. D.Codes and Standards: The system shall comply with the applicable Codes and Standards as follows: 1.National Fire Protection Association Standards: a.NFPA 70 National Electrical Code b.NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code c.NFPA 101 Life Safety Code d.NFPA 1221 Standard for the Installation,Maintenance,and Use of Emergency Services Communications Systems 2.The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 3.The Texas Accessibility Standards. 4.Local and State Building Codes. 5.Requirements of Local Authorities having Jurisdiction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.The installing contractor and/or equipment manufacturer shall provide complete and detailed shop drawings and include: 1.Riser wiring diagram with associated conduit sizes. 2.Complete floor plan drawings locating all devices and interfaces associated with the fire alarm system. Floor plan drawings shall include conduit and wiring routing complete with conduit sizing and number of conductors by type. 3.Factory data sheets on each piece of equipment to be used and so marked as to model,dimensions,size,voltage and configuration. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -3 4.Detailed written system description in this Specification format describing system functions and operation. All specification variations and deviations shall be clearly noted and marked. 5.Complete Bill of Material for reference. B.All submittal data shall be in bound form with contractor`s name,supplier`s name, project name,and state fire alarm license number adequately identified. C.Only basic equipment devices have been shown on the contract drawings. Specific wiring between equipment/devices has not been shown. It is the contractor`s responsibility to submit for approval the Complete Engineered System Configuration and Layout showing all devices,wiring,conduit,and locations along with other required information as specified herein. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.In-building emergency radio communication enhancement systems for emergency responders are an integral component of the life safety equipment of a building or structure.The primary function is to provide reliable emergency responder communications at the required signal strength within the specified areas. B.Critical Areas such as Fire Command Center,fire pump room,exit stairs,exit passageways,elevator lobbies,standpipe cabinets,sprinkler sectional valve locations and similar critical areas shall be provided with 100%floor area radio coverage. C.General building areas shall be provided with 95%radio coverage,or as specified by AHJ. D.The In-building emergency radio communication enhancement systems must provide the following signal strengths: 1.Downlink -Minimum signal strength of -95 dBm throughout the coverage area. 2.Uplink -Minimum signal strength of -95 dBm received at the AHJ Radio System. E.The system shall be complete with all components and wiring required for compliance with all applicable codes and regulations,and for its operations described hereinafter. F.EC shall sub-contract an approved manufacturer or a qualified and approved vendor to supply,test and determine locations of components which are required for proper operation as well as to supply,deploy,test and certify the performance of the complete system.Vendor qualifications must be acceptable to the AHJ. G.All tests shall be conducted,documented,and signed by a person in possession of an FCC General Radio Telephone Operators License.All testing personnel shall be certified and authorized by the signal booster manufacturer in the installation and operation of their equipment.Personnel qualifications must be acceptable to the AHJ. H.The system design shall be based on the NOTIFIER®line of Public Safety Signal Boosters UL 2524,NFPA 72,NFPA 1221​​​​,ICC (IFC) and FCC compliant to establish standards of quality for materials and performance.The naming of a specific manufacturer or a catalog number does not waiver any requirement or performance of individual components described in the specifications. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -4 I.Assembly and installation of all components of the Emergency Responder Radio Communication Enhancement System shall comply with all applicable sections of the National Electrical Code. J.Survivability from attack by fire shall meet NFPA 72,National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code,and NFPA 1221. K.The system must comply with all applicable sections of the FCC rules.Signal booster shall have FCC certification prior to installation. L.Antenna isolation shall be maintained between the donor antenna and all inside antennas (D.A.S.)to a minimum of 20 dB under all operating conditions 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.The basis of design system is specified based upon NOTIFIER®line of Public Safety UL 2524,NFPA 72,NFPA 1221,ICC (IFC)compliant signal boosters. B.The signal booster shall be a Class B Public Safety type as designated by the FCC and as required by the AHJ. C.The secondary power supplies,battery chargers and system monitoring shall be fully compliant with NFPA 72 and NFPA 1221.The signal booster shall have both the primary and the secondary power supplies built in a fully sealed NEMA-4 type approved enclosure. D.All signal boosters and other active system components must have FCC certification prior to installation.The equipment FCC ID must be shown on the product datasheets and technical submittals.The ID must also be displayed on the product as required by the FCC. E.The signal booster shall be set and tuned by the equipment manufacturer to pass frequencies as specified by the local fire department. F.To reduce the possibility of unwanted interference affecting the operation of the system, signal boosters shall be band or channel selective type with a maximum 3dB channel bandwidth of 200KHz (Fc +/-100KHz).Wide-band signal boosters shall not be accepted, unless required to cover multiple channels within the same band. G.Signal Boosters shall have oscillation prevention circuitry to protect the public safety radio system in case of signal booster malfunction. H.Signal Booster gain shall be rated at minimum of 80dB and the gain shall be adjustable in a minimum of 25dB range.System gain shall be set and documented at the time of the final system test. I.Maximum Propagation delay of the signal booster system shall be 14µs (microseconds) or as specified by AHJ. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -5 J.The signal booster system shall include built-in automatic alarming of malfunctions of the signal booster and battery system as per NFPA 1221 Section 9.6,NFPA 72,Sections 24.5.2.6.1,and 24.5.2.6.2.Aftermarket equipment add-ons and modifications to comply with this specification will not be accepted. K.A dedicated supervised monitoring panel shall be provided within the emergency command center or other location as designated by AHJ to annunciate the status of all signal booster locations. The monitoring panel shall provide visual and labeled indication of the following for each signal booster: 1.Normal AC power 2.Signal booster trouble 3.Antenna Failure 4.Loss of normal AC power 5.Failure of battery charger 6.Low battery capacity L.The signal booster system shall include a built-in addressable monitor module tied to the Building Fire Alarm Panel for monitoring the signal booster. M.The vendor shall verify the system monitoring requirements with the AHJ prior to system installation.System monitoring shall be fully compliant with the AHJ requirements. N.External filters,attachments or other aftermarket modifications of the original equipment shall not be accepted. O.All signal booster components shall be contained in a NEMA4-type approved waterproof cabinet.All enclosures shall be painted red with signage in bright yellow or as required by AHJ PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.General: It shall be the responsibility of the installing contractor to coordinate all requirements surrounding installation of the in-building radio system with all trades including,but not exclusive of:electrical contractor,sprinkler contractor,and HVAC/Controls Contractor. Adequate coordination shall be provided to insure proper installation and interface to all peripheral items required to interact with the fire alarm and communication system to provide a complete and functional life safety system. B.The in-building radio system contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all devices, panels and other equipment requiring 120V input power with the Electrical Contractor prior to bid.Provide a dedicated 120 volt 20 amp emergency circuit for this equipment. C.Assembly and installation of all components of the Emergency Responder Communication Enhancement System shall comply with all applicable sections of the National Electrical Code,NFPA 70 and the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, NFPA 72,NFPA 1221. D.At least two independent and reliable power supplies shall be provided as specified below. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -6 E.The primary power source shall be supplied from a dedicated twenty (20)ampere branch circuit and comply with NFPA 70 National Electrical Code,NFPA 72,National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code,and NFPA 1221. F.The emergency responder radio coverage enhancement system shall be equipped with a secondary source of power.The secondary source of power shall be a battery system with a dedicated battery charger powered by a separate,dedicated twenty (20)ampere branch circuit.The secondary power supply shall supply power automatically when the primary power source is lost.The secondary source of power shall be capable of operating the emergency responder radio coverage enhancement system for a period of at least 24 hours.The battery system shall automatically charge in the presence of external power input.Battery charger and all other electronic components must be fully enclosed in a non-vented NEMA4 Type approved enclosure.Batteries shall be enclosed in a separate, vented NEMA 3R Type approved enclosure. G.The signal booster shall be designed to allow degraded performance in adverse conditions,such as high temperatures in the event of heat from a nearby fire,voltage fluctuations or other abnormal conditions that may occur during an emergency.Circuits that intentionally disable the signal booster in such situations (i.e.under/over voltage, over/under current,over/under temperature,etc.)are not acceptable.External UPS (Uninterruptable Power Supplies)are not acceptable.It is the purpose of this specification to assure the maximum possible level of communications to public safety personnel depending upon the signal booster,even to the extent of damaging the signal booster,as long as some communications benefit can be provided during the emergency. H.System design shall be such that neither the failure of the normal power source,the transfer to an emergency source,nor the re-transfer to the normal source shall cause a change in system status. I.The amplifier shall be housed in a 2-hour fire rated room or other suitable space as approved by the Engineer,or where specifically shown on the drawing. J.Radiating cable,if used,shall be run without conduit.All other cable can be run in conduit. K.RF Coaxial Cable shall be a fire-resistant,low-smoke type,UL classified as plenum. The classification shall be clearly marked on the outer surface of the cable regular intervals. L.All vertical wiring for the BDA system shall be located within a 2-hour enclosure. M.The remote annunciator shall be located adjacent to the fire alarm control panel. N.All wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72,the National Electrical Code,Local Codes,and Article 760 of NFPA 70. All wiring sizes shall conform to recommendations of the equipment manufacturer,and as indicated on the engineered shop drawings. O.All conductors shall be UL Listed FPL for LIMITED ENERGY (300 volt)and fire alarm applications and shall be installed in conduit. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -7 P.All conductors for intelligent/addressable circuits shall be of the TWISTED/SHIELDED type to guard against outside RF interference and induced noise. Alarm and telephone communications circuits shall also be of the twisted/shielded type. Conductor size shall be determined by calculated voltage drop and circuit loading but shall not be less than #18 AWG. Q.All wiring shall be run in a supervised fashion (i.e.,no branch wiring or dog-legged wiring)per NFPA requirements such that any wiring disarrangement will initiate the appropriate trouble signals via the main control panel per NFPA and UL requirements. R.Conduit and raceway system shall be installed as specified under the CONDUIT Section of the specifications,and per NEC. S.Minimum conduit size shall be 2"EMT. Install conduit per engineered shop drawings. 3.2 TEST AND REPORTS A.Acceptance testing for an in-building radio system is required upon completion of installation. B.The coverage testing shall be done in accordance with NFPA 72,National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code,NFPA 1221 and as required by the local AHJ. C.All tests shall be conducted,documented,and signed by a person in possession of a current FCC General Radio Operator License. D.All test records along with system diagrams,equipment specifications,user manuals,RF link budget calculations,battery backup calculation and other design data shall be submitted upon completion of the project. 3.3 WARRANTY A.The in-building radio system shall be free from defects in workmanship and materials, under normal use and service,for a period of one year from the date of acceptance or beneficial occupancy,whichever shall occur first. Any equipment shown to be defective shall be repaired,replaced or adjusted during normal working hours at no cost to the owner. B.The equipment manufacturer shall be represented by a local organization and the name of such shall be furnished to the Owner,Architect,and Engineer. C.Additions required to the in-building radio system shall not affect or void any warranty to the existing system provided that said additions are installed by an authorized manufacturer’s dealer.All additions to sch shall be of compatible components to match existing manufacturer’s components. 3.4 OPERATIONS PERSONNEL TRAINING A.Provide a training session for the owner’s operations personnel.Training session shall be performed by a qualified person who is knowledgeable in the subject/equipment.Submit a training agenda two (2)weeks prior to the proposed training session for review and approval.Training session shall include at the minimum City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 EMERGENCY RADIO COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 27 51 29 -8 1.Purpose of equipment. 2.Principle of how the equipment works. 3.Important parts and assemblies. 4.How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5.Most likely failure modes,causes and corrections. 6.On site demonstration. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -1 SECTION 28 02 00 -BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B.The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore,shall be submitted to the Architect and Engineer for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect and Engineer. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A.The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all labor,material,tools,equipment and services necessary and required to form the complete and functioning electronic safety and security systems in all of its various phases,all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings,including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B.This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation;including every article,device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item)reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include,but are not limited to,materials,labor,supervision,transportation,storage,equipment,utilities,all required permits,licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual,Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C.The approximate locations of Security items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets,apparatus,etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building,and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer,who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. D.Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -2 E.All discrepancies within the Contract Documents discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding,where this cannot be done at least seven (7)working days prior to bid;the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F.It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G.It is the intent of the above "Scope"to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved;however,it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope"but shown on the Drawings,or specified later,or necessary for a complete and functioning Safety and Security system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H.Coordinate with other contractors on items required for the proper functioning of Safety Security system and indicated as provided by others,such as power,backboxes,conduits, sleeves,air conditioning,structural support,etc.. I.Contractor shall participate in the commissioning process;including but not limited to meeting attendance,completion of checklists and participation in functional testing. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A.Div 1 and conditions of the contract B.Section 08 71 00 -Door Hardware C.DIv 26 Electrical D.Div 27 Communications 1.4 REFERENCES A.Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) B.Building Codes (UBC)(IBC),latest editions C.National Electrical Code (NEC) D.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E.Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.(UL) F.Insulated Cable Engineer's Association (ICEA). G.National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). H.Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -3 I.American National Standards Institute (ANSI). J.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). K.International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). L.BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Services International) M.Owner’s Design Guidelines and Construction Standards N.Local,county,state and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of installation. 1.5 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A.All work fairly implied as essential to the complete functioning of the electrical systems shown on the Drawings and Specifications shall be completed as part of the work of this Division unless specifically stated otherwise.It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to establish the types of the systems,but not set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. In case of doubt as to the work intended,or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof,the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for supplementary instructions,Drawings,etc. B.Contractor shall review all pertinent Drawings and adjust his work to all conditions shown there on. Discrepancies between Plans,Specifications,and actual field conditions shall be brought to the prompt attention of the Architect. 1.Approximate location of Security devices,equipment cabinets,conduits and sleeves, etc.are indicated on the Drawings. However,the Drawings,do not give complete and accurate detailed locations of such items and exact locations must be determined by actual field measurement. Such locations will,at all times,be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.Communicate with the Architect and secure his approval of any location about which there may be the least question. Outlets obviously placed in a location not suitable to the finished room or without specific approval,shall be removed and relocated when so directed by the Architect. Location of ceiling devices shall be coordinated with reflected ceiling plans. C.Additional coordination with mechanical,electrical,plumbing contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances for all building components. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances,conflicts or equipment locations. 1.6 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM WORK A.Furnish and install all materials,tools,equipment,and services for all electronic security/surveillance devices to provide functioning systems in accordance with performance requirements specified and any modifications resulting from reviewed shop and field coordinated drawings. 1.Access Control System a.This system replaces the typical mechanical key-controlled door lock with a door locking system that uses an access card as the access credential. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -4 b.The system includes an electric door-locking mechanisms,card reader located adjacent the door,door status sensor,door prop alarm and a request to exit device. c.Typical system configuration is card or schedule-controlled entry with free exiting. 2.Intrusion Detection System a.This system monitors areas for unauthorized entrance or intruder. b.This system can consist of motion sensors,door status sensors,glass break sensors and one or more control keypads. c.The keypad is used to arm/disarm system by entering a numeric code on the keypad. 3.Video Surveillance System a.This system is used to provide video surveillance through the use of cameras of security sensitive areas and target items. b.The system shall allow for the viewing and recording of images. B.RACKS AND ENCLOSURES 1.Wall mounted enclosures,data gathering panels,and power supply panels shall be installed as per manufacturer’s requirements. a.Coordinate pathways and power with Electrical and Telecommunications Contractors b.Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,and services for all control consoles,equipment racks,cabinets,and enclosures not provided by others in accordance with contract documents. c.Completely coordinate with work of other trades to avoid duplication in purchasing. d.Although such work is not specifically indicated,furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items,and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound,secure and complete installation. 2.Coordinate with rack/cabinet provider if it’s indicated to be provided by others. Include them in scope of work if no other contractor is available or no indication that it is to be provided by others. a.Coordinate with G.C. 3.The designated security space will provide an area reserved for rack and wall mounted security equipment. a.The rack area allows for vertical relay rack(s). b.Backboard wall area of 8’-0”X 8’-0”shall be reserved for wall-mounted components. 4.Provide all supplementary or miscellaneous items and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound and complete installation. 5.Drawings are representative and show general arrangement of systems and equipment,except when dimensioned or detailed. a.For exact locations refer to dimensioned architectural drawings. 1)Field measurements take precedence over dimensioned drawings. 2)Field verify locations and arrangement of all systems and equipment. 3)Coordinate all work with other trades and Contractor. 6.Circuit Supervision a.Supervise all signal and data transmission lines,links with other systems,and sensors. 1)Indicate circuit and detection device faults with both protected zone and trouble signals. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -5 2)Initiate an alarm in response to opening,closing,or shorting of a signal or data transmission line. 7.Electronic Safety and Security work as specified in this Section and sub sections shall include but not limited to: a.A project kick-off/pre-submittal meeting with the Architect,Designer,and Contractor to review security design package. 1)Additional participants shall include: a)Division 8 subcontractors b)Division 26 subcontractors b.Preparation of pre-installation submittals,including point-to-point wiring information for security equipment to interface to work by others prior to start of any installation work.Include lock permit requests in submittals for review. c.Furnishing and installation of all devices,components and accessories. d.The furnishing and coordination on installation of special back boxes for equipment and field devices as required. e.Furnishing,installation and termination of all wiring and cabling including any special purpose wire and cable for electronic safety and security systems. 1)Coordinate all phone,network and fiber optic cable interface provided by telecommunications subcontractor or carriers. f.Coordinate raceway and power distribution systems provided by Division 26. g.Provide and install 12/24 VAC/DC input power to all field devices as required. h.Coordination with other trades and Owner required to facilitate the installation of the safety and security equipment including: 1)Division 08 (doors) 2)Division 26 (power,raceways,and fire alarms) 3)Division 27 (telecommunications network interface). i.Wiring and termination of electrified door hardware by security subcontractor shall be concurrent with the installation of these electrified components by the door hardware subcontractor. j.Programming of all security control equipment and prior coordination with the Owner’s security and telecommunications personnel,unless noted otherwise. k.Preparation of “As-Built”documentation. l.Warranty service for completed work. 1.7 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A.The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Contractor shall have a complete working knowledge of the Security system being installed. B.Maintain a valid Type B license from the Texas Private Security Bureau. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -6 C.Contractor shall have installed similar-sized systems in at least ten (10)other projects in the last five (5)years prior to this bid and be regularly engaged in the business of installation of the types of systems specified in this document and maintain manufacturer certification for the system to be installed. D.The security integrator must maintain an operating facility in the local area (50 mile radius)of the Project location to provide service to the Owner for the warranty period. 1.At the Owners request for service,the security integrator shall dispatch a service technician to the location to affect the required repairs or adjustments. E.The contractor shall maintain a spare parts inventory necessary to resolve component failures of the system. 1.Refer to individual specification section for a list of specifically required parts provided to the owner and stored on site. These parts will become the property of the owner. 2.At the end of the warranty period the Safety and Security integrator shall test the owner’s spare parts and repair or replace as needed to bring the parts up to proper operation. F.Contractor shall obtain Safety and Security system product manufacturer’s certification if applicable. G.Refer to General Conditions for other requirements. 1.9 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS A.In order to accomplish the conditions of this agreement,the Contractor shall perform the specific duties listed herein. B.Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor,supervision,tools,equipment,test equipment,tests and services to provide and install a complete Safety and system. Pay all required sales,gross receipts,and other taxes. C.Insurance 1.The Contractor shall procure,submit for review,and maintain for the duration of this agreement,insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from,or in connection with,the performance of work hereunder by the Contractor,his agents,representatives,employees or subcontractor.The Contractor shall pay the cost of such insurance. 2.The Owner,its directors,officers,representatives,agents and employees, respectively,shall have no responsibility to the Contractor with respect to any insurance in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. D.Regulatory Requirements 1.Safety and Security Contractor shall supply all city,county,and state telecommunication cabling permits required by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 2.Safety and Security Contractor shall be licensed and/or bonded as required for Safety and Security systems. E.Privacy and Confidentiality City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -7 1.The Contractor will respect and protect the privacy and confidentiality of Owner, its employees,processes,products,and intellectual property to extent necessary, consistent with the legal responsibilities of the Owner policies. 2.Contractors shall sign a non-disclosure agreement and abide by the requirements to keep confidential all information concerning bid documents and this project. F.Use of Subcontractors 1.Successful bidder shall inform the Owner’s contact and General Contractor in writing about the intention to use Subcontractors and the scope of work for which they are being hired. 2.The Owner or Owner’s designated contact must approve the use of Subcontractors in writing prior to the Subcontractor’s hiring and start of any work. G.The Contractor’s designated Project Manager will be recognized as the single point of contact.The Project manager shall oversee all work performed to ensure compliance with specifications as outlined in bid documents (which includes all specifications,references, and drawings)to ensure a quality installation and attend project meetings with the telecommunication consultant,the Owner and others. H.Coordination 1.Coordinate installation work with other trades (examples include ceiling grid contractors,HVAC and sheet metal contractors,etc.)to resolve procedures and installation placement for cable trays and cable bundle pathways. 2.The goal of this coordination will be to establish priority pathways for critical data/voice network cable infrastructure,materials,associated hardware,as well as mitigate delays to the project and to allow service access for Safety and Security components. 3.Exchange information and agree on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces. 4.Coordinate with electrical contractors and plan for the pathway routes used Safety and Security cabling to minimize cable lengths. 5.Record agreements with other trades and distribute record to other participants, Owner and telecommunication consultant. 1.10 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Upon completion of commissioning testing and Owner acceptance,DBR bears no liability or responsibility for the continued proper operation of the installed systems. B.The Items described herein shall not be modified or substituted without consent of DBR and/or the Owner. C.Electronic Safety and Security systems integrator (Safety and Security subcontractor) manager/supervisor shall attend meetings arranged by the Contractor,Architect,Owner or other parties affected by the work of this Section. D.If the manufacturer of Safety and Security devices or connecting hardware has supplied post manufacture performance data,copies of such are to be kept for inclusion in the documentation and made available to the Owner upon request. E.All materials are to be new unused and of the latest series of model number,unless otherwise indicated by the Owner or Safety and Security system designer. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -8 F.All Safety and Security integrator personnel must be manufacturer certified and capable of an installation that falls under the manufacturer's guidelines necessary to obtain a manufacturer warranty. 1.The integrator shall provide all components/materials essential for a complete and functional Safety and Security access and surveillance system. G.Safety and Security integrator shall issue a 2-year warranty on installation and workmanship. H.These Specifications and Drawings are intended for bidding purposes only;no part shall be copied or used for any purpose other than bidding on this project. 1.This package shall be contractual upon bid award. I.Drawings and Specifications are to be used in conjunction with one another and to supplement one another. 1.In general Specifications determine the nature and quality of the materials and tests,and drawings establish the quantities,details and give characteristics of performance that should be adhered to in the installation of the Safety and Security system components. 2.If there is an apparent conflict between the drawings and specifications,or within the specifications themselves,the items with greater quantity or quality shall be estimated and installed. 3.Clarification with the Owner/Designer about these items shall be made prior to purchase and installation. 4.Questions regarding the Specification or system requirements should be directed in writing to DBR or the Owner. J.Safety and Security integrator shall adhere to Division 1 general requirements and written Safety and Security Specifications and Drawings within this construction package and shall be responsible for complying with all local,state and federal laws or regulations applicable to the work being performed,even though said law,rule or regulation is not identified herein. K.Safety and Security integrator shall arrange and pay for any inspections required by the public agencies having jurisdiction in the area. L.The Safety and Security contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of this agreement,insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from,or conjunction with,the performance of the work hereunder by the Safety and Security integrator,his agents,representatives,or employees. 1.The Safety and Security integrator shall pay the cost of such insurance. M.The Safety and Security integrator will respect and protect the privacy and confidentiality of the Owner,his employees,processes,products,and intellectual property to the extent necessary,consistent with the legal responsibilities of the State of Texas and the Owner. N.If required the Safety and Security integrator shall sign a non-disclosure agreement and abide by its requirements to keep confidential all information concerning bid documents and this Project. O.Furnish submittals and manuals in accordance with Division 1. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -9 P.Furnish a detailed material list complete with suppliers (distributors)list of components and distributors name,address,and phone number. Q.Refer to Specifications issued by Architect,Division 1,for Project and cost payments. 1.11 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A.The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy,or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division One for additional requirements. B.The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.12 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A.General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents,including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article,unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B.Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive,but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C.Indicated:The term "Indicated"is a cross-reference to details,notes or schedules on the Drawings,to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown","Noted", "Scheduled","Specified"and "Detailed"are used in lieu of "Indicated",it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material,and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D.Directed: Where not otherwise explained,terms such as "Directed","Requested", "Accepted",and "Permitted"mean by the Architect or Engineer. However,no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E.Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information,applications,inquiries,reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed"will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed"by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F.Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Furnish"is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site,ready for unloading,unpacking,assembly, installation,etc.,as applicable in each instance. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -10 G.Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Install"is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection, placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection, cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. H.Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Provide"is used to mean "Furnish and Install",complete and ready for intended use,as applicable in each instance. I.Installer: Entity (person or firm)engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub-contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site,including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection,placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection,cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers)be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J.Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations,contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor,or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K.Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance,the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated,the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances),or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits.In complying with requirements,indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements.Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI)for decision before proceeding. L.Abbreviations and Symbols:The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances,and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established,principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated,graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook,chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.13 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver products to the project properly identified with names,model numbers,types, grades,compliance labels,and other information needed for identification. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -11 B.Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment,pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C.Damaged equipment shall be promptly removed from the site and new,undamaged equipment shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. 1.14 SUBMITTALS A.Coordinate with Division 01 for submittal timetable requirements,unless noted otherwise within thirty (30)days after the Contract is awarded.The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of a complete set of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material.The submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period.The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30)day time limit.The Architect and Engineer will retain a copy of all shop drawings for their files.All literature pertaining to items subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. Submittals shall be placed in one electronic file in PDF format and bookmarked for individual specification sections.Individual electronic files of submittals for individual specifications shall not be permitted.Each submittal shall include the following items: 1.A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project,Architect,MEP Engineer,General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2.An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3.Product Data and Shop Drawings shall be submitted in separate submittals,to avoid rejection of one due to errors in the other. B.Shop Drawings 1.Safety and Security Contractor shall submit,for approval,floor plans that identify all device locations,device ID,cable routes and quantities,cable types,riser locations,and references to installation details and diagrams. 2.A functional description of each system. 3.All cable and wiring types for each device type used. 4.Certification that lock wiring and access control systems requirements have been coordinated with electrified door hardware,fire alarm systems,automatic door controls,and overhead door controls specified in other sections and other packages. 5.Riser diagram showing routes between floors or other areas that are not easily identified on the floor plans. 6.Safety and Security One-line diagrams showing all input and output points of the system. a.The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the consultant team, file with him two corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. 7.Power supply points listing with devices and maximum loads to prevent overloading. 8.Equipment schedules listing all system components,manufacturer,model number and quantities of each. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -12 9.Safety and Security Contractor shall submit,for approval,diagrams that show Safety and Security equipment layouts,rack layouts (including wall and rack elevations),cabling riser and interconnection diagrams,etc. 10.Safety and Security Contractor shall submit,for approval,labelling scheme for all Safety and Security devices and cabling components (faceplates,horizontal cables, riser cables,inter-building cables,racks,patch panels,etc.) installed. 11.The Contractor shall make any corrections as required by the Engineer and submit revised shop drawings to the team for approval. 12.Approval by the Engineer of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the drawings or specifications, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. Requests to deviate shall be submitted in writing to the Architect. 13.Drawings shall show the proposed firestop systems and locations, (stamped/embossed by the PE)to restore/maintain the designed fire rating of the building structure (walls,ceilings,floors,etc.). 14.Shop Drawings shall be newly prepared and not reproduced from the Contract Documents.Drawings shall be prepared by a draftsman skilled in this type of work.Submitting copy of the engineering drawings or engineering drawings with contractor's markup as shop drawings is NOT ACCEPTABLE. 15.Shop drawings shall be developed in coordination with other trades (MEP, Architecture,Structural,etc.)to avoid any collision or conflict and to meet all industry standards best practices,codes and regulation requirements.By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified 16.Additional coordination with other trade contractors may be required to allow adequate clearances and meet code requirements.All transitions,offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner C.Product Data Submittals 1.Safety and Security Contractor shall submit catalogue cut-sheets that include manufacturer,trade name,and complete model number for each product specified. Model number shall be handwritten and/or highlighted to indicate exact selection. 2.Safety and Security Contractor shall identify applicable specification section reference for each product performance for each component specified for approval prior to purchase and installation. 3.Inlcude battery backup calculations to show load and back-up times for UPS and power supplies with batteries. 4.Include licenses and permit required,and qualifications and proof of work history (with references). 5.All data sheets shall be organized by specification sections and provided with table of contents.All products required shall be included in one submittal. 6.All product substitutions shall be submitted in advance for review and approval before being included in product submittal package. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -13 7.Specification variations pages with a listing of all variations,including unfurnished or additional required accessories,items or other features,between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations,then the specification page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors,then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 8.Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation,size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings,Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 9.Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4"=1'-0",as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 10.Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 11.Sufficient pictorial,descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 12.Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT”. D.Warranty 1.The Safety and Security Contractor shall submit appropriate documentation from the certifying manufacturer showing the project is registered and qualified for the System Assurance Warranty. 2.All subsequent work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.The Safety and Security Contractor shall not perform any portion of the work requiring approval of the System Assurance Warranty manufacturer’s warranty registration qualification procedures that would disqualify any part or all of the system from that warranty qualification. E.Qualifications 1.Safety and Security Contractor shall submit a list of the Contractor’s previous projects that demonstrate qualification for this project. This list shall include,but not be limited to: a.At least ten (10)other projects in the last five (5)years b.Name and location of project c.Project contacts,email addresses,and phone numbers d.Total square footage e.Total number of devices f.Types of system platform 2.Safety and Security Contractor shall submit an up-to-date and valid statement of qualifications for those assigned to perform the work specified herein at time of bid submission. a.Safety and Security Contractor Employees b.Subcontractors City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -14 3.Manufacturer certifications for Contractor and installers. F.Samples 1.Provide sample of all visible devices such as camera mount,motion detectors,card reader,door contact,etc.for color selection and evaluation of technical specifications and requirements.Confirm with Architect,interior designer,and Owner representative for color selection before purchasing materials. G.Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. H.Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. I.Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED",the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. J.Submittals shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1.REVIEWED:Contractor does not need to take further submittal action,shall include this submittal in the O&M manual,and verify with Architects and other parties (Owner,etc)reviewing the submittals that no other correction is required before placing orders and starting installations. 2.REVIEWED AS NOTED:Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted,and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual.The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted,and verifed with Architects and other parties (Owner,etc)reviewing the submittals that no other correction is required before placing orders and starting installations. 3.NOT APPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings.Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved.Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered.and/or drawings.Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved.Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4.REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -15 5.CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material,equipment or method of installation.The Contractor’s stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6.MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material,equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. K.Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor.The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. L.Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. M.Furnish detailed shop drawings,descriptive literature,physical data and a specification critique for each section indicating "compliance"and/or "variations"for the following items: 1.Fire Alarm System 2.Access Control System 3.Video Surveillance System 4.Intrusion Detection System N.Refer to each specification section for additional requirements. 1.15 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Before submit shop drawings,Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0"or larger;detailing major elements,components,and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems,installations,and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work,including (but not necessarily limited to)the following: 1.Indicate the proposed locations of Safety and Security conduits/sleeves,pullboxes, equipment,cabinet and other materials. Include the following: a.Wall and type locations. b.Clearances from other building structure and MEP equipment. c.Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment and cabling,and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. d.Equipment connections and support details. e.Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. f.Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. g.Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -16 h.Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2.Indicate scheduling,sequencing,movement,and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3.Prepare floor plans,elevations,and details to indicate penetrations in floors,walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4.Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations,air distribution devices,light fixtures,communication systems components,and other ceiling-mounted items. B.This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include,but not be limited to: cable routing,equipment location,clearance,space requirements,sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. C.By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended,in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1,include the following information for equipment items: 1.Description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. 3.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions. 4.Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 5.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 28,include the following information for equipment items: a.Identifying names,name tags designations and locations for all equipment. b.Fault Current calculations and Coordination Study. c.Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. d.Fabrication drawings. e.Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable,i.e.,description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations,performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. f.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping, shutdown,and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. g.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting;disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions,servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -17 h.Equipment name plate data. i.Wiring diagrams. j.Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. k.Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. l.Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. m.Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. 6.The Safety and Security Contractor shall deliver the Installer's Warranty and Manufacturer's signed System Warranty. a.Delivery shall be completed within two (2)weeks of the time of final punch list review. b.Product Certificates shall be signed by manufacturers certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. 7.Testing Report Requirements a.Submit certified test reports of Contractor-performed tests.Contractor shall submit the required Test Reports in the format and media specified,upon completion of testing the installed system. b.The tests shall clearly demonstrate that the media and its components fully comply with the requirements specified herein. c.Three (3)sets of electronic and hardcopy versions of test reports shall be submitted together and clearly identified with cable designations. 8.Supply Owner with training manuals with instructions on methods of adding or removing cabling to/from firestopped sleeves and chases. 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS A.Maintain a continuous record during the course of construction of all changes and deviations in the work from the contract drawings. Upon completion of the work, purchase a set of "Auto Positive Tracings"on vellum and make corrections as required to reflect the electrical systems as installed. Location and size of all conduit shall be accurately shown to dimension. Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and deliver "Auto Positive Tracings"to the Architect. Record drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. Symbols on the Record drawings shall correspond to the identification symbols on the contract drawings and equipment identification plates and tags. B.The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked black line record "AS-BUILT" prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details,alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by "Change Order"notices. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner,Architect or Engineer at all times. C.Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements concerning record drawings. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of as-built drawings,the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil.Delivery of as-built prints and reproducibles is a condition of final acceptance. D.The record prints shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work,precise locations of all concealed device and cabling, and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -18 E.Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and delivered "Auto Positive Tracings"to the architect. "As-Built"drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. F.When the option described in paragraph E.,above is not exercised then upon completion of the work,the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the submit a set of clear concise set of reproducible record "AS-BUILT"drawings and shall submit the reproducible drawings with corrections made by a competent draftsman and three (3)sets of black line prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The reproducible record "AS-BUILT"drawings shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY:_______________________________ (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY:_______________________________ (SIGNATURE) 1.18 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A.Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B.Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C.Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D.Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include,but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 28. 1.19 OPERATOR TRAINING A.The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of onsite training in three 4 hour shifts. B.Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel,prepare a typed outline in triplicate,listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction,and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -19 C.Refer to other Division 28 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.20 SITE VISITATION A.Visit the site of the proposed construction in order to fully understand the facilities, difficulties and restriction attending the execution of the work. B.Before submitting a bid,it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. C.Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied;verify locations of utility services,and determine requirements for connections. D.Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.21 WARRANTY A.The undertaking of the work described in this Division shall be considered equivalent to the issuance,as part of this work,of a specific guarantee extending one year beyond the date of completion of work and acceptance by Owner,against defects in materials and workmanship.Materials,appliances and labor necessary to effect repairs and replacement so as to maintain said work in good functioning order shall be provided as required. Replacements necessitated by normal wear in use or by Owner's abuse are not included under this guarantee. B.See requirements in Division 1 Specifications. C.The Security Integrator shall warrant all completed work,including all materials and labor,to be free from defects in design,workmanship,and/or materials for a period of two (2)years from final acceptance date. 1.System acceptance is defined as the completion of all functional performance testing and the resolution of all punch list items. D.Warranty Service 1.In the event that defects in the materials and/or workmanship are identified during the warranty period,the contractor shall provide all labor and materials to correct the deficiency. 2.All service work shall be performed by factory certified technicians. 3.All warranty service shall include the replacement of all parts and or components as required to restore normal system operation. a.If parts or components need to be repaired,a loaner will be supplied and installed until the part or component can be repaired and reinstalled. 4.Immediately following a warranty service request,the Contractor shall provide written documentation to Owner which details the service work completed,cause of trouble,and any outstanding work required to restore a complete and normal system. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -20 E.Warranty service requests shall be responded to within 4 hours of notification with a qualified service technician on site. F.All repairs shall be completed within 48 hours upon site arrival. 1.If the failure exceeds 48 hours,the Owner reserves the right to require the contractor provide on-site manufacturer support at no additional cost to Owner. G.Extended warranties on equipment components offered by the manufacturer shall be passed through to the Owner. 1.Warranty provisions shall be fully transferable only at the direction of the Owner, in the event that ownership of the installed security systems is transferred. 1.22 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A.Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer,as appropriate for the specific purpose intended,will be at Architect/Owner’s risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages,losses and expense,including attorney’s fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B.Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator,the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60)days of receipt,after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60)day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C.When transferring documents in electronic media format,Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility,usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages,operating systems,or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D.Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor’s sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect,Engineer or any consultant. E.The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE)has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect’s written consent. 1.It is agreed that “MEP”hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement Between Architect and Owner. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -21 2.If the client,Architect or Owner of the project requires electronic media for “record purposes”,then AutoCAD/Revit documents will be prepared by Engineer on electronic media such as removable memory devices,flash drives or CD’s. These documents can also be submitted via file transfer protocols.AutoCAD/ Revit files will be submitted with all title block references intact to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings.Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. 3.At the Architect/Owner’s request,Engineer will assist the Contractor in the preparation of the submittals and prepare one copy of AutoCAD/Revit files on electronic media or submit through file transfer protocols.The electronic media will be prepared with all indicia of documents ownership removed.The electronic media will be prepared in a “.rvt”or “.dwg”format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. 1.23 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A.Safety and Security Contractor shall attend and/or arrange a scheduled pre-installation conference prior to beginning any work of this section. This venue is to ask and clarify questions in writing with consultant and/or project manager/Owner representative. 1.Agenda a.Safety b.Work to be performed c.Scheduling d.Coordination e.Other topics as necessary 2.Attendance a.Safety and Security project manager/supervisor shall attend meetings arranged by General Contractor,Owner’s representatives,and other parties affected by work of this document. b.All individuals who will serve in an on-site supervisory capacity,including project managers,site supervisors,and lead installers,shall be required to attend the pre-installation conference. c.Individuals who do not attend the conference will not be permitted to supervise the installation and testing of Safety and Security cables on the project. 1.24 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION A.The Engineer may perform site visits and provide job field reports upon inspection of Contractor's installation,materials,supporting hardware,coordination with other trades and progress to schedule to the client. B.Job Field Report outline: 1.General:The general installation progress in relation to scheduled work made by the Contractor up to that date. 2.Deficiencies and/or Items of Note:Documents observations of the cable installation that may require corrective action by the Contractor. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -22 1.25 POST INSTALLATION MEETINGS A.At the time of substantial completion the contractor shall call and arrange for a post installation meeting to present and review all submittal documents to include but not be limited to As-Built Drawings,Test reports,Warranty paperwork,etc. B.Attendees shall include a.Safety and Security Contractor b.Project Manager/Owner Representative c.General Contractor d.Safety and Security Engineer. e.Other trades that the GC deems appropriate. C.At this meeting the Safety and Security Contractor shall present and explain all documentation. D.Any discrepancies or deviations noted by and agreed to by participants shall be remedied by the Safety and Security Contractor and resubmitted within one (1)week of the meeting. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A.The names and manufacturers and model numbers have been used in the Contract documents to establish types of equipment and standards of quality. Where more than one manufacturer is named for a specific item of equipment,only one of the specified manufacturers will be considered for approval. Where only one manufacturer is mentioned with the phrase "or approved equal",Contractor may submit an alternate manufacturer for consideration,provided the following conditions are met: 1.Submit alternate equipment with complete descriptive data in shop drawing form. Provide sample of equipment upon request for review by Architect. Samples will be returned if requested in writing. 2.Alternate equipment must be equal from the standpoint of materials,construction and performance. 3.Alternate submittal must be presented to the Engineer/Architect ten (10)days prior to bid date for approval. B.The Architect and Engineer shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment,materials and methods. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.All materials and products used on this project shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. B.Equipment and materials shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of Safety and Security cabling products and shall be the manufacturer’s latest standard design in satisfactory use for at least one year prior to bid opening. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -23 C.All material and equipment,as provided,should be the standard Commercial-Off-The- Shelf (COTS)products of a manufacturer engaged in the manufacturing of such products. 1.All shall be typical commercial designs that comply with the requirements specified. 2.All material and equipment shall be readily available through manufacturers and/or distributors. D.Installer is to comply in every way with the requirements of local laws,ordinances,and rules,the National Board of Fire Underwriters,and the National Electrical Code. E.In the event of any conflicts between documents referenced herein and the contents of this specification,the Installer is to notify in writing to the Architect/Engineer of any such occurrences before the purchasing of any equipment,materials and/or installation by the Installer.The Architect/Engineer will notify the Installer of any actions required to resolve these conflicts. F.No change in the plans or in the specifications is to be made without written instruction to do so from the Owner or Architect/Engineer. G.Materials are to be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and best industry practices. H.The Installer is to promptly correct all discrepancies and/or defects for which the Installer is responsible. I.The Installer is to maintain a set of working specifications and drawings on site at all times and to make this set available for inspection during site visits. J.All materials are to be new and of the highest quality. K.All products installed in the above ceiling space are to meet or exceed the Underwriters Laboratories (UL)fire rated cable insulation requirements and are to be Plenum rated. L.The Installer is to seal ALL penetrations,conduits,sleeves,cable trays,etc.,where cabling has been installed through rated walls/floors with Wiremold Flamestopper intumescent fire-stop system (or approved equivalent)where they pass through rated walls.The Installer is responsible for returning any and all penetrations through rated walls or floors made for Safety and Security cable to their pre-penetration rating. 1.All material used to dress cable bundles shall be applied loosely to allow the dressing material to slide around the bundle.Tension of dressing materials shall not deform the cable sheath.Dressing materials should be limited to the Safety and Security rooms only.Cabling shall be placed unbundled in cable tray and/or j hooks in the above ceiling spaces.No bundling materials are to be used above ceiling.All j hooks installed shall include the corresponding clip provided by the hook manufacturer.Plastic cable ties will not be permitted. M.Any discrepancy in the contract documents is to be remedied by the Installer providing and installing the newer,greater quality or quantity of the item or items in question. N.A pull cord (nylon;1/8"minimum)shall be co-installed with all cable installed in any conduit. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -24 O.Provide nylon bushings for all conduit openings. P.All horizontal cables not in a cable tray or conduit shall be supported at a maximum of 48 to 60 inch intervals.Cable support system is to be independent of supports for other trades.At no point shall cable(s)make contact with acoustic ceiling supports,grids, panels,electrical conduits,water pipes or HVAC ductwork or supports. Q.Any cable damaged or exceeding recommended installation parameters during installation shall be replaced by the installer prior to final acceptance at no cost to the Owner. 2.3 ACCESS DOORS A.Wherever access is required in walls or ceilings to concealed junction boxes,pull boxes, equipment,etc.,installed under this Division,furnish a hinged access door and frame with flush latch handle to another Division for installation. Doors shall be as follows: 1.Plaster Surfaces:Milcor Style K. 2.Ceramic Tile Surfaces:Milcor Style M. 3.Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4.Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. 2.4 FIRE STOPPING A.Contractor shall restore the fire rating of penetrations to rated walls,ceiling,flooring after cable pulling.Fire stopping products shall be as follows: 1.Hilti 2.SpecSeal 3.3M 4.Owner approved alternate 2.5 IDENTIFICATION (LABELING)SYSTEM A.Contractor shall label al communications system components installed. Labeling products shall be as follows: 1.Brady (LAT-19-361-4) 2.Dymo 3.Hellerman-Tyton 4.Owner approved alternate 2.6 ESCUTCHEONS A.Provide heavy chrome or nickel-plated plates,of approved pattern,on conduit passing through walls,floors and ceilings in finished areas.Where conduit passes through a sleeve,no point of the conduit shall touch the building construction.Caulk around such conduit with sufficient layers of two hour rated firesafing by Thermafiber 4.0 P.C.F. density,U.S.G.fire test 4/11/78 and seal off openings between conduit and sleeves with non-hardening mastic prior to application of escutcheon plate.Escutcheons shall be Gravler Sure-Lock,or approved equal. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -25 2.7 SPACE LIMITATIONS A.Equipment shall be chosen which shall properly fit into the physical space provided and shown on the drawings,allowing ample room for access,servicing,removal and replacement of parts,etc. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearances in accordance with Code requirements. Physical dimensions and arrangement of equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.8 PAINTING A.All factory assembled equipment shall be delivered with a hard surface factory applied finish such as baked-on machinery enamel which will not require additional field painting. The finish shall consist of not less than 2 coats of medium gray color paint USA No.61 Munsell Notation 8-3G,6.10/0.54 enamel. This Contractor shall protect this finish from damage due to construction operations until acceptance of the building. He shall be responsible for satisfactorily restoring any such finishes or replacing equipment that becomes stained or damaged. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.Field Measurements 1.Verify dimensions in areas of installation by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings.Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the work. B.Established Dimensions 1.Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the work,coordinate with the General Contractor to establish dimensions. 2.When approved in writing,proceed with fabricating units without field measurements. 3.Coordinate supports,adjacent construction,and fixture locations to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. C.Pre-installation inspection 1.The Contractor shall visually inspect all cables,cable reels,and shipping cartons to detect possible cable damage incurred during shipping and transport. 2.Visibly damaged goods are not acceptable and shall be replaced by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING A.Where only portions of the existing Safety and Security system are to be modified as part of the renovation and addition project,devices related to or part of this system outside of the renovation area shall be kept in operations. B.The Drawings do not show all demolition work required. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with the required scope of work to accomplish the work required by these documents. All demolition work implied or required shall be included in the scope of this contract. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -26 C.Utility service outages required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall allow the Owner two (2)weeks in order to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the Owner. All costs of outages, including overtime charges,shall be included in the contract amount. D.The contractor shall perform a preconstruction walk thru of the site to observe and test the existing systems for operation. The owner assumes that the system is 100% operational and functioning prior to the commencement of construction. If any portion of the system observed or tested to be non-functional or inoperable at the commencement of the project will be noted by the contractor. A written report will be generated by the contractor noting their findings and submitted to the project team for review and handling. The owner will determine if the items found to be non-functional are to be repaired by contractor or repaired by the owner. If this repair of the equipment found to be non-functional is to be added to the contractor’s scope of work the contract amount for the Work shall be adjusted accordingly. E.Work Sequence and Timing.The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor;however,the following provisions must be observed: 1.During the construction of this project,normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until new buildings or renovated areas are completed. Plumbing,fire protection,lighting,electrical,Safety and Security,heating,air conditioning,and ventilation systems shall be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. 2.A meeting will be held at the project site,prior to any construction,between the Owner's Representative,the General Contractor,the Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors,and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access,storage of equipment or materials,and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. F.In the preparation of these documents every effort has been made to show the approximate locations of,and connections to the existing safety and security devices and headend equipment. However,this Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all of the above information. This Contractor shall visit the existing site to inspect the facilities and related areas. This Contractor shall inspect and verify all details and requirements of all the Contract Documents,prior to the submission of a proposal. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be resolved by the contractor,who shall produce drawings which shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be a part of this Contract. G.All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Remain"shall be inspected and tested on site to certify its working condition. A written report on the condition of all equipment to remain,including a copy of the test results and recommended remedial actions and costs shall be made by this Contractor to the Architect/Engineer for review. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -27 H.All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Be Removed"should be removed including,associated pipe and duct,pipe and duct hangers and/or line supports. Where duct or pipe is to be capped for future or end of line use,it shall be properly tagged with its function or service appropriately identified. Where existing equipment is to be removed or relocated and has an electric motor or connection,the Electrical Contractor shall disconnect motor or connection,remove wiring to a safe point and this Contractor shall remove or relocate motor or connection along with the equipment. I.During construction and remodeling,portions of the Project shall remain in service. Construction equipment,material,tools,extension cords,etc.,shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. None of the construction work shall interfere with the proper operation of the existing facility;or be so conducted as to cause harm or danger to persons on the premises. All fire exits,stairs or corridors required for proper access,circulation or exit shall remain clear of equipment,materials or debris. The General Contractor shall maintain barricades,other separations in corridors and other spaces where work is conducted. J.Certain work during the demolition and construction phases may require overtime or night time shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner at least seventy-two (72)hours in advance in writing. K.Any salvageable equipment as determined by the Owner,shall be delivered to the Owner, and placed in storage at the location of his choice. All other debris shall be removed from the site immediately. L.Equipment,piping or other potential hazards to the occupants of the building shall not be left overnight outside of the designated working or construction area. M.Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the Owner's property. Repair,patch or replace as required any damage which occurs as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction and to keep construction disrupted areas to a minimum. Coordinate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. N.When applicable,Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing backbone cabling, ,etc.,and the reconnecting of the existing equipment as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems regardless of whether or not such rerouting, reconnecting or relocating is shown on the drawings. Furnish all temporary pipe,duct, controls,etc.,as required to maintain heating,cooling,and ventilation services for the existing Safety and Security rooms in areas scheduled to remain operational with a minimum of interruption. O.All existing cabling,equipment,controls and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place. P.Cabling and equipment serving Safety and Security system which is to remain but which is served by pipe,duct,equipment and controls that are disturbed by the remodeling work,shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave this equipment in proper operating condition. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -28 Q.It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and operating system in cooperation with other trades with a minimum of disruption or downtime. R.Refer to Architectural Demolition and/or Alteration plans for actual location of walls, ceilings,etc.,being removed and/or remodeled. S.Field verify measurements,and cabling arrangements are as shown on Drawings. T.Verify that scheduled cabling and equipment serving only those abandoned devices to be demolished and removed in its entirety. U.Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing Record Documents.Report discrepancies to Architect and Engineer before disturbing existing installation. V.Beginning of demolition means that the contractor accepts existing conditions. W.Demolish and extend existing Safety and Security work under provisions of Division 02 and this Section. X.Remove,relocate,and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. Y.Remove abandoned cabling to source of origination point. Remove racks and other equipment as scheduled on the drawings. Z.Remove exposed /abandoned cabling systems,including abandoned systems above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut systems flush with walls and floors,and patch surfaces. AA.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. BB.Maintain access to existing systems which remain active. Modify installation or provide access doors as appropriate. CC.Extend existing systems using materials and methods compatible with existing systems, or as specified. DD.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.The Contractor shall modify,remove,and/or relocate all materials and items so indicated on the Drawings or required by the installation of new facilities. All removals and/or dismantling shall be conducted in a manner as to produce maximum salvage. Salvage materials shall remain the property of the Owner,and shall be delivered to such destination as directed by the Owner. Materials and/or items scheduled for relocation and which are damaged during dismantling or reassembly operations shall be repaired and restored to good operating condition. The Contractor may,at his discretion and upon the approval of the Owner,substitute new materials and/or items of like design and quality in lieu of materials and/or items to be relocated. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -29 EE.All items which are to be relocated shall be carefully removed in reverse to original assembly or placement and protected until relocated. The contractor shall clean and repair and provide all new materials,fittings,and appurtenances required to complete the relocations and to restore to good operative order. All relocations shall be performed by workmen skilled in the work and in accordance with standard practice of the trades involved. FF.When items scheduled for relocation are found to be in damaged condition before work has been started on dismantling,the Contractor shall call the attention of the Owner to such items and receive further instructions before removal. Items damaged in repositioning operations are the Contractor's responsibility and shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor as approved by the Owner,at no additional cost to the Owner. GG.Service lines and wiring to items to be removed,salvaged,or relocated shall be removed to points indicated on the Drawings,specified,or acceptable to the Owner. Service lines and wiring not scheduled for reuse shall be removed to the points at which reuse is to be continued or service is to remain. Such services shall be sealed,capped,or otherwise tied-off or disconnected in a safe manner acceptable to the Owner. All disconnections or connections into the existing facilities shall be done in such a manner as to result in minimum interruption of services to adjacent occupied areas. Services to existing areas or facilities which must remain in operation during the construction period shall not be interrupted without prior specific approval of the Owner as hereinbefore specified. HH.The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen,and shall be responsible for repairing such loss or damage. The Contractor shall send proper notices,make necessary arrangements,and perform other services required for the care,protection and in-service maintenance of all electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The Contractor shall erect temporary barricades,with necessary safety devices,as required to protect personnel from injury, removing all such temporary protection upon completion of the work. II.Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities,Contractor shall remove doors,piping,conduit,outlet boxes,wiring, light fixtures,air conditioning ductwork and equipment,etc.,to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. JJ.Where partitions,walls,floors,or ceilings of existing construction are being removed,all contractors shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the Architect all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.General 1.Contractor shall install work in accordance with specifications,drawings, manufacturer’s instructions and approved submittal data. B.Allowable cable bend radius and pull tension: 1.Refer to cable manufacturer's bend radius recommendations for the maximum allowable limits. 2.After installation,exposed cable and other surfaces must be cleaned free of lubricant residue.Use only lubricants specifically designed for cable installation. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -30 C.Pull Strings 1.Provide pull strings in all new conduits,including all conduits with cable installed (trailer strings)as part of this contract. 2.Data and video cables can be pulled in tandem with pull strings. 3.The pull strings must move freely to prevent cable jacket/cable damage during pulls. 3.4 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A.Trenching and backfilling and other earthwork operations required to install the facilities specified herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of Division 2 (95%of maximum standard density). Where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas,the backfill shall be compacted to a condition equal to that of adjacent undisturbed earth and the surface of the area restored to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operations. Provide a minimum of 3”of sand underneath all conduits. The plans indicate information pertaining to surface and sub-surface obstructions;however, this information is not guaranteed. Should obstructions be encountered whether or not shown,the Contractor shall alter routing of new work,reroute existing lines,remove obstructions where permitted,or otherwise perform whatever work is necessary to satisfy the purpose of new work and leave existing surfaces and structures in a satisfactory and serviceable condition. All work shall comply with OSHA Standards. 3.5 WORKMANSHIP AND CONCEALMENT A.The work of this Section shall be performed by workman skilled in their trade. Installation shall be consistent in completeness whether concealed or exposed. Each item of Electronic Safety and Security work shall be concealed in walls,chases,under floors and above ceilings except: 1.Where shown to be exposed. 2.Where exposure is necessary to the proper function. 3.6 SLEEVES,CUTTING AND PATCHING A.This section shall be responsible for placing sleeves for all conduit passing through walls, partitions,sound walls,beams,floors,roof,etc. Sleeves through below-grade walls shall use water-tight fitting manufactured by O-Z/Gedney. B.All cutting and patching will be done under another Division,but this Section will be responsible for timely performance of this work and layout of holes and setting sleeves. C.All un-used sleeves shall be sealed with 2-hour UL approved fire sealant manufactured by “3M”or approved equal. 3.7 LABELING A.Cable labels:Self-adhesive vinyl or vinyl-cloth wraparound tape markers,machine printed with alphanumeric cable designations. B.Flat-surface labels:Self-adhesive vinyl or vinyl-cloth labels,machine printed with alphanumeric cable designations. C.Provide transparent plastic label holders,and 4-pair marked colored labels. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -31 D.In accordance with ANSI/TIA-606-B "Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure": 1.Install colored labels according to the type of field as per color code designations. 2.Use “designation strip color-code guidelines for voice,data,cross-connect,riser, and backbone fields”. E.Pathway Labels and Labeling System 1.Labeling system shall consist of a hand-held portable printer 2.Conduits:General-purpose label designed for powdered coated surfaces with an ultra-aggressive adhesive.Label size shall be appropriate for the conduit size.Font size shall be legible from the finished floor. 3.Inner duct:Polyethylene general-purpose tagging material attached using tie wraps. 4.Junction boxes:General-purpose label designed for powdered coated surfaces with an ultra-aggressive adhesive,trade name.Font size shall be easily visible from the finished floor. 5.All labels shall be permanent,i.e.will not fade,peel,or deteriorate due to environment or time. 6.Identification a.All conduits,junction boxes,gutters,and pull boxes shall have machine- generated labels easily visible from the finished floor. b.Conduits shall be labeled with the word “Security”and the conduit’s origination room number and destination room number. c.The Contractor shall label conduit at each wall and floor penetration and at each conduit termination,such as outlet boxes,pull boxes,and junction boxes, or as otherwise specified in other sections. d.Junction boxes,gutters and pull boxes shall be labeled with identification name or number as determined by contractor and submitted for approval. e.The Contractor shall label conduit sleeves at each wall and floor penetration. 3.8 FIRESTOPPING A.Provide approved fire-resistant materials to restore originally-designed fire-ratings to all wall,floor,and ceiling penetrations used in the distribution and installation for Safety and Security cabling system. B.Install and seal penetrations (conduit,sleeves,slots,chases)in fire-rated barriers created for Safety and Security infrastructure to prevent the passage of smoke,fire,toxic gas,or water through the penetrations. C.The firestopping material shall maintain/establish the fire-rated integrity of the wall/barrier that has been penetrated. D.All through penetrations in a fire rated surface require a sleeve,regardless of penetration diameter or penetrating cable count. E.Using a “ring and string”method of installing cabling for membrane penetrations in a wall cavity is acceptable,provided the solution was accepted by the Owner in writing. Code-compliant firestopping rules still apply. F.Coordinate firestopping procedures and materials with General Contractor. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -32 G.Sharing the pathway of other trades/utilities through compliant and non-compliant penetrations does not remove the requirement to maintain code-compliant firestopping. H.Provide and install removable,intumescent mechanical systems in floor chases for all openings greater than 0’-4”. I.Provide and install removable,intumescent,firestop bricks for all openings greater than 0’-4”where there are penetrations through walls. J.Bricks shall be listed for insertion in fire-rated openings and require restraining materials or apparatus as needed per manufacturers’specifications. K.Provide manufacturer recommended material for rated protection for any given barrier. L.Laminate and permanently affix adjacent to chases the following information: 1.Manufacturer of firestop system. 2.Date of installation/repair. 3.Part and model numbers of system and all components. 4.Name and phone numbers of local distributor and manufacturer’s corporate headquarters. M.Solutions and shop drawings/submittals for firestop materials and systems shall be presented to the General Contractor for written approval of materials/systems prior to purchase and installation. N.Materials shall be installed per manufacturer instructions,be UL-listed for intended use, and meet NEC and locals codes for fire stopping measures. O.The material chosen shall be distinctively colored to be clearly distinguishable from other materials,adhere to itself,and maintain the characteristics for which it is designed to allow for the removal and/or addition of communication cables without the necessity of drilling holes in the material. P.Develop training manuals with instructions on methods of adding or removing cabling to/from firestopped sleeves and chases. Q.Within the normal environment,the installed systems shall not generate nor be susceptible to any harmful electromagnetic emission,radiation,or induction that degrades,or obstructs any equipment. R.Expansion Capability:Unless otherwise indicated,provide spare conductor pairs in cables,positions in patch panels,cross connects,and terminal strips,and space in cable pathways and backboard layouts to accommodate 20%future increase in structure cable system capacity. S.In the event of a breach of the representations and warranties contained herein,the Contractor,at their own expense,shall take all measures necessary to make the cabling system work and comply with the applicable manufacturer written technical recommendations and standards. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -33 3.9 WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT A.Install all wall mounted equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code, industry standards and as shown on the drawings. B.Unless noted otherwise,all wall mounted equipment that need to be accessed for operation or maintenance shall be mounted at a working height not requiring a ladder when wall space is available. Installation of these devices at greater elevations shall be approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a coordination sketch of each mechanical/electrical room noting locations and mounting heights of all electrical devices(note bottom and top elevations)shown to be installed. Sketches shall be provided to the Engineer for review and the general contractor for coordination with other trades working in these rooms. 3.10 CLEANING A.The Contractor will clean all surfaces of equipment and devices prior to final acceptance by Owner. 3.11 CORROSIVE AREAS A.In areas of a corrosive nature,which include but are not limited to the following:pool equipment rooms,cooling towers and areas subject to salt air,etc.,provide NEMA 4 X stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced enclosures for contactors,panel boards,controllers, starters,disconnects and materials used as supporting means (i.e.plastibond unistrut, pipe,fittings).The use of spray on coating may be acceptable in some applications. 3.12 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A.Tests and inspection requirements shall be coordinated with Division I. B.Date for final acceptance test shall be sufficiently in advance of completion date of contract to permit alterations or adjustments necessary to achieve proper functioning of equipment prior to contract completion date. C.Conduct re-tests as directed by Architect on portions of work or equipment altered or adjusted as determined to be necessary by final acceptance test. No resultant delay or consumption of time as a result of such necessary re-test beyond contract completion date shall relieve Contractor of his responsibility under contract. D.Put circuits and equipment into service under normal conditions,collectively and separately,as may be required to determine satisfactory operation. Demonstrate equipment to operate in accordance with requirements of these specifications. Perform tests in the presence of Architect. Furnish instruments and personnel required for tests. E.Final Inspection: 1.At the time designated by the Architect,the entire system shall be inspected by the Architect and Engineer.The contractor or his representative shall be present at this inspection. 2.All devices,equipment,and equipment cabinets/enclosure shall be cleaned and in operating condition. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 02 00 -34 3.Certificates and documents required hereinbefore shall be in order and presented to the Architect prior to inspection. 4.Panel covers,junction box covers,etc.,shall be removed for visual inspection of the wire,bus bars,etc. 5.After the inspection,any items which are noted as needing to be changed or corrected in order to comply with these specifications and the drawings shall be accomplished without delay. 3.13 ACCEPTANCE A.Once all work has been completed,test documentation has been submitted,and Owner is satisfied that all work is in accordance with contract documents,the Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of formal acceptance of the system. B.Contractor must warrant in writing that 100%of the installation meets the requirements specified herein (Standards Compliance &Test Requirements). C.Acceptance shall be subject to completion of all work,successful post-installation testing which yields 100%PASS rating,and receipt of full documentation soft and hard copies as described herein. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -1 SECTION 28 05 00 -BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B.The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons,therefore,shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A.The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases,all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications.The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B.This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation;including every article,device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item)reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified.Elements of the work include,but are not limited to,materials,labor,supervision,transportation,storage,equipment,utilities,all required permits,licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual,Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C.The approximate locations of Electrical items are indicated on the Drawings.These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets,apparatus,etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building,and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer,who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. D.Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E.All discrepancies within the Contract Documents discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding,where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid;the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -2 F.It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G.It is the intent of the above "Scope"to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved;however,it is not intended to include each,and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope"but shown on the Drawings, or specified later,or necessary for a complete and functioning heating,ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H.The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. I.Contractor shall participate in the commissioning process;including but not limited to meeting attendance,completion of checklists and participation in functional testing. J.Refer to 260313 for demolitions requirements. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A.General Conditions B.Supplementary Conditions C.Division One 1.4 COOPERATION WITH TRADES A.Cooperation with trades of adjacent,related,or affected materials or operations shall be considered a part of this work in order to affect timely and accurate placing of work and bring together in proper and correct sequence,the work of such trades. 1.5 REFERENCES A.National Electrical Code (NEC) B.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C.Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.(UL) D.Insulated Cable Engineer's Association (ICEA) E.National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) F.Institute of Electrical and Electronics’Engineers (IEEE) G.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) H.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) I.International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -3 1.6 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A.All work fairly implied as essential to the complete functioning of the electrical systems shown on the Drawings and Specifications shall be completed as part of the work of this Division unless specifically stated otherwise.It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to establish the types of the systems,but not set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. In case of doubt as to the work intended,or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof,the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for supplementary instructions,Drawings,etc. B.Contractor shall review all pertinent Drawings and adjust his work to all conditions shown there on. Discrepancies between Plans,Specifications,and actual field conditions shall be brought to the prompt attention of the Architect. 1.Approximate location of transformers,feeders,branch circuits,outlets,lighting and power panels,outlets for special systems,etc.,are indicated on the Drawings. However,the Drawings,do not give complete and accurate detailed locations of such outlets,conduit runs,etc.,and exact locations must be determined by actual field measurement. Such locations will,at all times,be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.Communicate with the Architect and secure his approval of any outlet (light fixture,receptacle,switch,etc.)location about which there may be the least question. Outlets obviously placed in a location not suitable to the finished room or without specific approval,shall be removed and relocated when so directed by the Architect. Location of light fixtures shall be coordinated with reflected ceiling plans. C.Additional coordination with mechanical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of mechanical equipment,fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances,conflicts or equipment locations. 1.7 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A.The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. 1.8 CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATIONS A.An approved contractor for the work under this division shall be: a.A specialist in this field and have the personnel,experience,training,and skill,and the organization to provide a practical working system. b.Able to furnish evidence of having contracted for and installed not less than 3 systems of comparable size and type that have served their Owners satisfactorily for not less than 3 years. c.Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.Persons performing electrical work shall be required to be licensed. Onsite supervision,journeyman shall have minimum of journeyman license. Helpers,apprentices shall have minimum of apprentice license. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -4 1.9 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A.The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy,or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division One for additional requirements. B.The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.10 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A.General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents,including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article,unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B.Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C.Indicated:The term "Indicated"is a cross-reference to details,notes or schedules on the Drawings,to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown","Noted", "Scheduled","Specified"and "Detailed"are used in lieu of "Indicated",it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material,and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D.Directed: Where not otherwise explained,terms such as "Directed","Requested", "Accepted",and "Permitted"mean by the Architect or Engineer. However,no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E.Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information,applications,inquiries,reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed"will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed"by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F.Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Furnish"is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site,ready for unloading,unpacking,assembly, installation,etc.,as applicable in each instance. G.Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Install"is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection, placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection, cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. H.Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Provide"is used to mean "Furnish and Install",complete and ready for intended use,as applicable in each instance. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -5 I.Installer: Entity (person or firm)engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub-contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site,including unloading,unpacking,assembly,erection,placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing,curing,protection,cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers)be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J.Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations,contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor,or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K.Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance,the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated,the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances)or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits.In complying with requirements,indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements.Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI)for decision before proceeding. L.Abbreviations and Symbols:The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established,principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated,graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook,chapter 39 "Abbreviations and Symbols",ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.11 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver products to the project properly identified with names,model numbers,types, grades,compliance labels,and other information needed for identification. B.Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment,pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C.Damaged equipment shall be promptly removed from the site and new,undamaged equipment shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -6 1.12 SUBMITTALS A.Coordinate with Division 01 for submittal timetable requirements,unless noted otherwise within thirty (30)days after the Contract is awarded.The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of a complete set of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material.The submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period.The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30)day time limit.The Architect and Engineer will retain a copy of all shop drawings for their files.All literature pertaining to items subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. Submittals shall be placed in one electronic file in PDF 8.0 format and bookmarked for individual specification sections.Individual electronic files of submittals for individual specifications shall not be permitted.Each submittal shall include the following items: 1.A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project,Architect,MEP Engineer,General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2.An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3.A list of variations page with a listing all variations,including unfurnished or additional required accessories,items or other features,between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations,then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors,then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 4.Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation,size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings,Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5.Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4"=1'-0",as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6.Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7.Sufficient pictorial,descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8.Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9.Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". B.Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -7 C.Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D.Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED",the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E.Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1.REVIEWED: Contractor need take no further submittal action,shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2.REVIEWED AS NOTED: Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted,and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3.and/or drawings.Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4.REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5.CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material,equipment or method of installation.The Contractor’s stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6.MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material,equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. F.Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. G.Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -8 H.Furnish detailed shop drawings,descriptive literature,physical data and a specification critique for each section indicating "compliance"and/or "variations"for the following items: 1.Fire Alarm System 2.Intrusion System I.Refer to each specification section for additional requirements. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1,include the following information for equipment items: 1.Description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. 3.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions. 4.Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0"or larger;detailing major elements,components,and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems,installations,and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to)the following: 1.Indicate the proposed locations of pipe,duct,equipment,and other materials. Include the following: a.Wall and type locations. b.Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c.Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d.Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment,including tube removal, filter removal,and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e.Equipment connections and support details. f.Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g.Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h.Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i.Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j.Valve stem movement. k.Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2.Indicate scheduling,sequencing,movement,and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3.Prepare floor plans,elevations,and details to indicate penetrations in floors,walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -9 4.Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations,air distribution devices,light fixtures,communication systems components,and other ceiling-mounted items. B.This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include,but not be limited to: voltage,ampacity,capacity,electrical and piping connections,space requirements,sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. C.By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended,in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS A.Prepare Record Documents in accordance with the requirements of Division 00 and Division 01,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 26 and Division 28. B.The Contractor shall maintain a separate set of clearly and legibly marked Record Drawings on the job site to record all changes and modifications,including,but not limited to the following:work details,alterations to meet site conditions,and changes made by "Change Order"notices.Mark the drawings with colored pencil(s).These shall be available for review by the Owner,Architect or Engineer during the entire construction stage. C.The Record Drawings shall be updated concurrently as construction progresses,and in no case less frequently than a daily basis.They shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work,precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct,locations of all concealed valves,controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents.All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. D.Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. E.If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of Record Drawings,the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect.Delivery of Record Documents is a condition of final acceptance.Record Drawings shall be furnished in addition to Shop Drawings. F.The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of the record documents in PDF format and one (1)full size set of Record Drawing prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work.The drawings shall have the name(s)and seal(s)of the Engineer(s)removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY:_______________________________ (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -10 BY:_______________________________ (SIGNATURE) 1.16 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A.Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B.Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C.Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D.Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include,but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 26. 1.17 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements,unless noted otherwise bind together in “D ring type”binders by National model no.79-883 or equal,binders shall be large enough to allow ¼”of spare capacity. Three (3)sets of all approved shop drawing submittals,fabrication drawings,bulletins,maintenance instructions,operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Electrical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 26 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall,likewise,be bound with bulletins. B.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 26 and Division 2,include the following information for equipment items: 1.Identifying names,name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2.Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. 3.Fabrication drawings. 4.Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable,i.e.,description of function,normal operating characteristics and limitations,performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 5.Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in,and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. 6.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions,servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -11 7.Equipment name plate data. 8.Wiring diagrams. 9.Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 10.Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 11.Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. 12.Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. C.Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D.Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. 1.18 OPERATOR TRAINING A.The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of onsite training in three 4 hour shifts. B.Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel,prepare a typed outline in triplicate,listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction,and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C.Refer to other Division 26 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.19 SITE VISITATION A.Visit the site of the proposed construction in order to fully understand the facilities, difficulties and restriction attending the execution of the work. B.Before submitting a bid,it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. C.Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied;verify locations of utility services and determine requirements for connections. D.Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -12 1.20 WARRANTY A.The undertaking of the work described in this Division shall be considered equivalent to the issuance,as part of this work,of a specific guarantee extending one year beyond the date of completion of work and acceptance by Owner,against defects in materials and workmanship.Materials,appliances and labor necessary to effect repairs and replacement so as to maintain said work in good functioning order shall be provided as required. Replacements necessitated by normal wear in use or by Owner's abuse are not included under this guarantee. B.All normal and extended warranties shall include parts,labor,miscellaneous materials, travel time,incidental expenses,freight/shipping,refrigerant,oils,lubricants,belts,filters and any expenses related to service call required to diagnose warranty problems. 1.21 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A.Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer,as appropriate for the specific purpose intended,will be at Architect/Owner’s risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages,losses and expense,including attorney’s fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B.Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator,the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60)days of receipt,after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60)day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C.When transferring documents in electronic media format,Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility,usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages,operating systems,or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D.Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor’s sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect,Engineer or any consultant. E.The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE)has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect’s written consent. 1.It is agreed that “MEP”hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement Between Architect and Owner. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -13 2.If the client,Architect or Owner of the project requires electronic media for “record purposes”,then AutoCAD/Revit documents will be prepared by Engineer on electronic media such as removable memory devices,flash drives or CD’s. These documents can also be submitted via file transfer protocols.AutoCAD/ Revit files will be submitted with all title block references intact to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings.Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. 3.At the Architect/Owner’s request,Engineer will assist the Contractor in the preparation of the submittals and prepare one copy of AutoCAD/Revit files on electronic media or submit through file transfer protocols.The electronic media will be prepared with all indicia of documents ownership removed.The electronic media will be prepared in a “.rvt”or “.dwg”format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A.The names and manufacturers and model numbers have been used in the Contract documents to establish types of equipment and standards of quality. Where more than one manufacturer is named for a specific item of equipment,only one of the specified manufacturers will be considered for approval. Where only one manufacturer is mentioned with the phrase "or approved equal",Contractor may submit an alternate manufacturer for consideration,provided the following conditions are met: 1.Submit alternate equipment with complete descriptive data in shop drawing form. Provide sample of equipment upon request for review by Architect. Samples will be returned if requested in writing. 2.Alternate equipment must be equal from the standpoint of materials,construction and performance. 3.Alternate submittal must be presented to the Engineer/Architect ten (10)days prior to bid date for approval. B.The Architect and Engineer shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment,materials and methods. 2.2 UL LISTING A.All materials and products used on this project shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. 2.3 ACCESS DOORS A.Wherever access is required in walls or ceilings to concealed junction boxes,pull boxes, equipment,etc.,installed under this Division,furnish a hinged access door and frame with flush latch handle to another Division for installation. Doors shall be as follows: 1.Plaster Surfaces:Milcor Style K. 2.Ceramic Tile Surfaces:Milcor Style M. 3.Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4.Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -14 2.4 ESCUTCHEONS A.Provide heavy chrome or nickel plated plates,of approved pattern,on conduit passing through walls,floors and ceilings in finished areas. Where conduit passes through a sleeve,no point of the conduit shall touch the building construction. Caulk around such conduit with sufficient layers of two hour rated firesafing by Thermafiber 4.0 P.C.F. density,U.S.G.fire test 4/11/78 and seal off openings between conduit and sleeves with non-hardening mastic prior to application of escutcheon plate.Escutcheons shall be Gravler Sure-Lock,or approved equal. 2.5 SPACE LIMITATIONS A.Equipment shall be chosen which shall properly fit into the physical space provided and shown on the drawings,allowing ample room for access,servicing,removal and replacement of parts,etc. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearances in accordance with Code requirements. Physical dimensions and arrangement of equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.6 PAINTING A.All factory assembled equipment for electrical work,except light fixtures,that normally is delivered with a factory applied finish shall be delivered with a hard surface factory applied finish such as baked-on machinery enamel which will not require additional field painting. The finish shall consist of not less than 2 coats of medium gray color paint USA No.61 Munsell Notation 8-3G,6.10/0.54 enamel. This Contractor shall protect this finish from damage due to construction operations until acceptance of the building. He shall be responsible for satisfactorily restoring any such finishes or replacing equipment that becomes stained or damaged. 2.7 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION A.Conduit Systems: Provide adequate marking of major conduit which is exposed or concealed in accessible spaces to distinguish each run as either a power or signal/communication conduit.Use red banding with black lettering except as otherwise indicated.Provide self-adhesive or snap-on type plastic markers.Locate markers at ends of conduit runs,on pull boxes,on junction boxes and other control devices,near items of equipment served by the conductors,at points where conduit passes through walls or floors or enters non-accessible construction and at spacings of not more than 50 feet along each run of conduit. B.Underground Cable Identification: Bury a continuous,preprinted,bright colored plastic ribbon cable marker with each underground cable (or group of cables),regardless of whether conductors are in conduit,duct bank,or direct buried. Locate each directly over cables,6 to 8 inches below finished grade. C.Identification of Equipment: 1.All major equipment shall have a manufacturer’s label identifying the manufacturer’s address,equipment model and serial numbers,equipment size,and other pertinent data. Care shall be taken not to obliterate this nameplate in any way. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -15 2.Prohibited Markings: Markings which are intended to identify the manufacturer, vendor,or other source from which the material has been obtained are prohibited for installation within public,tenant,or common areas within the project. Also, prohibited are materials or devices which bear evidence that markings or insignias have been removed.Certification,testing (example,Underwriters’Laboratories, Inc.),and approval labels are exceptions to this requirement. 3.Warning Signs: Provide warning signs where there is hazardous exposure associated with access to or operation of facilities. Provide text of sufficient clarity and lettering of sufficient size to convey adequate information at each location; mount permanently in an appropriate and effective location. Comply with recognized industry standards for color and design. 4.Operational Tags: Where needed for proper and adequate information on operation and maintenance of electrical system,provide tags of plasticized card stock,either preprinted or hand printed. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A.Trenching and backfilling and other earthwork operations required to install the facilities specified herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of Division 2 (95%of maximum standard density). Where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas,the backfill shall be compacted to a condition equal to that of adjacent undisturbed earth and the surface of the area restored to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operations. Provide a minimum of 3”of sand underneath all conduits. The plans indicate information pertaining to surface and sub-surface obstructions;however, this information is not guaranteed. Should obstructions be encountered whether or not shown,the Contractor shall alter routing of new work,reroute existing lines,remove obstructions where permitted,or otherwise perform whatever work is necessary to satisfy the purpose of new work and leave existing surfaces and structures in a satisfactory and serviceable condition. All work shall comply with OSHA Standards. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP AND CONCEALMENT A.The work of this Section shall be performed by workman skilled in their trade. Installation shall be consistent in completeness whether concealed or exposed. Each item of electrical work shall be concealed in walls,chases,under floors and above ceilings except: 1.Where shown to be exposed. 2.Where exposure is necessary to the proper function. 3.3 SLEEVES,CUTTING AND PATCHING A.This section shall be responsible for placing sleeves for all conduit passing through walls, partitions,sound walls,beams,floors,roof,etc. Sleeves through below-grade walls shall use water-tight fitting manufactured by O-Z/Gedney. B.All cutting and patching will be done under another Division,but this Section will be responsible for timely performance of this work and layout of holes and setting sleeves. C.All un-used sleeves shall be sealed with 2 hour UL approved fire sealant manufactured by “3M”or approved equal. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -16 D.Refer to 26 05 33 for additional requirements. 3.4 CONTROL PANELS A.Install all Panels in accordance with the National Electrical Code,industry standards and as shown on the drawings. B.Panels mounted in telecom,MDF,IDF,mechanical/electrical rooms shall be mounted at a working height not requiring a ladder when wall space is available. Installation of these devices at greater elevations shall be approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a coordination sketch of each mechanical/electrical room noting locations and mounting heights of all electrical devices (note bottom and top elevations)shown to be installed. Sketches shall be provided to the Engineer for review and the general contractor for coordination with other trades working in these rooms. 3.5 CLEANING A.Touch-up and refinish scratches and marred surfaces on panels. 3.6 CORROSIVE AREAS A.In areas of a corrosive nature,which include but are not limited to the following:pool equipment rooms,cooling towers and areas subject to salt air,etc.,provide NEMA 4X stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced enclosures for contactors,panel boards,controllers, starters,disconnects and materials used as supporting means (i.e.plastibond unistrut, pipe,fittings).The use of spray on coating may be acceptable in some applications. 3.7 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A.Tests and inspection requirements shall be coordinated with Division 01. B.Date for final acceptance test shall be sufficiently in advance of completion date of contract to permit alterations or adjustments necessary to achieve proper functioning of equipment prior to contract completion date. C.Conduct re-tests as directed by Architect on portions of work or equipment altered or adjusted as determined to be necessary by final acceptance test. No resultant delay or consumption of time as a result of such necessary re-test beyond contract completion date shall relieve Contractor of his responsibility under contract. D.Put equipment into service under normal conditions,collectively and separately,as may be required to determine satisfactory operation. Demonstrate equipment to operate in accordance with requirements of these specifications. Perform tests in the presence of Architect. Furnish instruments and personnel required for tests. E.Final Inspection 1.At the time designated by the Architect,the entire system shall be inspected by the Architect and Engineer.The contractor or his representative shall be present at this inspection. 2.Panels shall be cleaned and in operating condition. 3.Certificates and documents required hereinbefore shall be in order and presented to the Architect prior to inspection. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FIRE ALARM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 05 00 -17 4.Panel covers,junction box covers,etc.,shall be removed for visual inspection of the wire,bus bars,etc. 5.After the inspection,any items which are noted as needing to be changed or corrected in order to comply with these specifications and the drawings shall be accomplished without delay. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -1 SECTION 28 10 00 -ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY/OVERVIEW A.This section provides specifications for the installation of Electronic Access Control (AC),and related components. B.Related Sections 1.Section 08 71 00 -Door Hardware 2.Section 26 00 00 -Electrical (including related sub-sections) 3.Section 27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems (including related sub-sections) 4.Section 28 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Safety and Security Systems 5.Section 28 20 00 -Video Surveillance System 6.Section 28 31 00 -Intrusion Detection System 7.Section 28 46 00 -Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection 1.2 REFERENCES A.See Section 28 02 00. 1.3 SYSTEM COORDINATION A.The Security Integrator shall completely coordinate all relevant work of other trades/systems including,but not limited to: 1.Door Hardware 2.Fire Alarm System 3.Electrical Systems(s) 4.Telecommunications System(s) B.Electric Locking Mechanisms 1.The security integrator and door hardware contractor shall coordinate all door hardware,door and door frame design. 2.The security contractor shall verify all specified door hardware is appropriate for the security application and verify the sequence of operations for each access controlled opening. C.Fire Alarm and Life Safety 1.The security integrator shall coordinate the access control system design with the life safety consultant to insure compliance with applicable codes and requirements. 2.This includes,but is not limited to: a.Fire alarm interface b.Fail safe/fail secure locking mechanisms c.Delayed egress 1.4 GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.General Requirements 1.Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,and services for a complete security system as indicated and in accordance with provisions of the contract documents. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -2 2.Although such work is not specifically indicated,furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items,and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound,secure and complete installation. 3.Comply with the provisions of Division 1 for General Requirements. a.In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Section and Division 1,the more stringent provisions shall apply. 4.All system devices and components included shall be compatible. B.The project shall be equipped with new system that is maintained by the police department. 1. All work required within the project for new AC system head end shall be furnished and installed by the project security contractor. C.The AC system will support the needs of the project in accordance with these specifications. 1.The AC system shall have the capability for future expansion to support the security needs of the completed complex. D.The AC system shall be interfaced with the Fire Alarm system (by others)as required to comply with all building code requirements. E.Emergency/UPS power will be utilized to power the AC system’s computer workstation (client)at the Security head end equipment location. F.Emergency/APS power will be utilized to power the AC system’s Data Gathering Panels and control components as required throughout the facility. 1.5 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM A.The AC system will consist of card readers,door position switches,and request-to-exit sensors operating in conjunction with associated electric door hardware. 1.Card readers and adjunct devices shall be provided as shown on the drawings. a.Provide card readers,Data Gathering Panels (DGP),and alarm input and output devices connected to the security management system via Local Area Network (LAN). b.The security integrator shall coordinate network and IP address requirements with Owner to identify the Media Access Control (MAC)address (Layer 2)of each provided device,the location to be installed,and the port configuration needed for communication. c.Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,and services for a complete system as indicated and in accordance with provisions of the contract documents. d.Although such work is not specifically indicated,furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items,and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound,secure and complete installation. B.Card readers will work such that upon presentation of a valid AC card,the unique card data shall be transmitted to an associated control panel where the data is compared to an authorized user database and access is approved or rejected accordingly. 1.A valid authorization will activate operation of the electric lock and shunt the door position switch.The alarm shunt will not affect supervision of the detection circuit. 2.Coordinate with owner on card format and other pertinent details. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -3 C.Card readers shall support Magnetic Stripe,125 KHz proximity,and 13.56 MHz smart card technologies D.Door position switches at card reader controlled location serve to indicate the open/closed status of the associated door and shall establish the basis for reporting a door-propped or unauthorized entry condition. 1.Security contractor is responsible for coordinating the contact configuration (SPDT)(DPDT)and rating for door position switches,and for connection of switches with the AC. 2.The Division 08 contractor shall be responsible for providing all flush mounted door position switches as indicated on drawings. E.Electrified door hardware for card reader controlled doors will include electrified locksets,electric exit devices,and electric power transfer as shown on the drawings. 1.All electrified door hardware shall be provided under the work of Division 08 unless otherwise noted. 2.Security subcontractor shall provide all security cables and,low voltage power supplies for operation of electrified door hardware associated with card reader controlled doors. F.Request-to-exit (REX)devices at designated card reader controlled doors shall cause the associated door position switches to be shunted. 1.The alarm shunt shall not affect the supervision of the alarm detection circuit. 2.Electrified Lockset shall have an integral REX switch. 3.Electrified Exit devices shall have an integral REX switch. 4.Magnetic Locks shall have a Passive InfraRed (PIR)motion sensor REX device. a.Wire the PIR to the Door REX Input.The configuration on this motion shall be non-resettable and activate for only 2 seconds. b.A second set of output contacts for the REX motion sensor shall be wired in series with the power to the lock,disconnecting power to the lock when motion is sensed. c.The PIR REX shall be mounted and the sensor positioned to avoid detection more than three feet from the door and at the door bottom sweep. 1)Deter under door spoofing attacks by pointing the sensor away from the door threshold. Position the sensor to detect motion at the door handle or door push plate. d.Connect to REX switch in exit device (by Division 8). 1)Coordinate with Division 8 to ensure proper REX switch configuration 2)Wire the REX switch as described for the above motion sensor to disconnect power to the lock and activate the REX input on the DGP. e.Doors with out exit devices,a UL listed double pole pushbutton exit switch shall be provided as a redundant REX device. 1)It shall be wired as described for the above motion sensor to disconnect power to the lock and activate the REX input on the DGP. 2)Locate within 6’-0”of the door push-plate/handle. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 for additional requirements. B.Field Test Reports City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -4 1.Upon completion and testing of the installed system,test reports shall be submitted in booklet form and electronic media showing all field tests performed on,and adjustments made to each/any component and all field tests performed to prove compliance with the specified performance criteria. 2.Indicate and interpret test results in written form and verbally to owner/DBR for compliance with performance requirements at a pre-scheduled meeting. C.Battery calculations to show the expected loads and backup duration for power supplies and UPS devices for all active AC equipment. D.Security Contractor is responsible to prepare and submit as required to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)any and all information to obtain an Electronic Locking Mechanisms permit. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00. B.Spare Parts: 1.Provide two (2)spare components for every model and configuration of electronic components and devices used on the project as spare parts inventory. a.The security integrator will turn over the new and unused components and devices to the owner at project closeout. 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 1.9 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 1.10 WARRANTY A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 B.All devices and components shall comply with applicable U.L.standards. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE SYSTEM MANUFACTURERS A.AC System Platform Software 1.Lenel OnGuard 2.S2 Security 3.Open Options DNA Fusion B.System Platform Server (By Owner) 1.Dell 2.Hewlett Packard 3.IBM 4.Owner Approved Equivalent City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -5 C.Workstation (refer to 28 23 00) 2.2 ACCEPTABLE ACCESS CONTROL MANUFACTURERS A.Access Control Data Gathering Panels (DGP) 1.AC System compatible 2.Owner Approved Equivalent B.Proximity Card Readers (CR) 1.HID ​ 2.Owner Approved Equivalent C.ID credential printer (with card stock and consumables to produce 250 credentials) 1.Fargo 2.Nisca 3.Datacard 4.Magicard 5.Owner Approved Equivalent D.Door Position Switches (DP)(By Division 08) 1.Concealed Magnetic Door Position Switch a.Sentrol 1076D b.Magnasphere MSS-19C/L /MSS-25C/L c.Detection Systems,Inc d.Owner Approved Equivalent E.Electric Locking Mechanism Power Supply 1.Altronix 2.Alarm-Saf 3.LifeSafety Power 4.Owner Approved Equivalent F.Electric Locking Mechanisms (By Division 08) 1.Sargent 2.Schlage 3.Von Duprin 4.Locknetics 5.Owner Approved Equivalent G.Electric Power Transfer (By Division 08) 1.Security Door Controls (SDC) 2.Schlage 3.Von Duprin 4.Owner Approved Equivalent H.Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 1.Eaton UPS a.5S series for workstations b.9170 for rack mounted equipment 2.APC Smart-UPS Series a.SMT series for workstations City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -6 b.Smart-UPS on-Line series for rack mounted equipment 3.MinuteMan a.Pro series for workstations b.Enterprise Plus series for rack mounted equipment 4.Owner Approved Equivalent I.Wire &Cable 1.Belden 2.Windy City 3.General Cable 4.Owner Approved Equivalent PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Power Supplies 1.Power supply requirements a.A switch and on/off indicator within the power supply cabinet. b.Four hours of sealed gel battery backup to provide continuous operation during power failure. 1)Provide batteries as required to provide specified battery backup time for a fully loaded power supply,regardless of the connected load. c.A battery charger to maintain the battery. d.Low battery and power fail contacts to monitor the status of the input power and the battery. 1)Connect each power supply low battery and power fail alarm as a separate alarm input into DGP. e.Key lockable wall mount metal enclosure with tamper switch. 2.Additional DGP Power Supply Requirements a.The DGP power supply provides power only to DGP’s and shall not provide power for locks or any other low voltage device. 3.Additional Electric Locking Mechanism Power Supply Requirements a.Fail secure electric locking mechanisms shall remain locked during power failure and fire alarm conditions. b.Connect fail safe locking devices in accordance with applicable life safety codes to unlock automatically under the following conditions: 1)Loss of power to the power supply 2)Failure of the power supply 3)Fire alarm activation c.Provide power distribution boards with independently fused output relays and fire alarm control panel interface. 4.Additional Device Power Supply Requirements a.Provide device power supplies for other security system devices requiring power (e.g.card readers,local alarms,motion sensors,etc.) b.Provide power distribution boards with independently fused outputs. B.Video Surveillance System Integration 1.Automatic Video Call-up a.All alarms shall call up all cameras in the area of alarm to the screen of the ACID alarm operator workstation to allow for operator assessment of the alarm. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -7 2.Pre and Post Alarm Video a.The operator shall be able to view up to 10 seconds of video before the alarm and 30 seconds after the alarm for all cameras associated with the alarm. b.This feature is to be integrated with the operator alarm notification to assist in alarm assessment. c.This feature shall be displayed as an option on the alarm notification screen and will not require operator to make a manual video search. 3.Recording a.All cameras whose field of view that include images of the area affected by the alarm,shall be recorded when an alarm is detected for use in forensic analysis,including the pre and post alarm video. 4.Duress and Emergency Intercommunications Integration a.Calls from emergency intercoms/phones with cameras shall provide the above video call-up and the pre and post alarm video capabilities. C.Tamper Resistant Screws 1.Provide appropriate screw heads for each application (e.g.countersunk heads for recessed cover plate screws,flat head screws for standard junction box covers, etc.). 2.The security integrator shall provide Torx®tamper resistant screws for: a.Junction boxes located above doors b.Junction boxes located below ceiling height and/or within reach of hatch ladders c.Security device cover plates d.Surface mounted door position switches and armored cable 3.2 ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION A.Enclosures shall be lockable with a tamper switch and installed in a manner to be accessible with clearance to fully open enclosure door. B.All security panels shall be wired through a dedicated power supply with battery backup. 1.Power to the data gathering panels is to be hardwired utilizing EMT or rigid conduit in accordance with the Electrical specifications. 2.A circuit from the Fire Alarm panel must be installed to each lock power distribution panel. C.Enclosures shall be installed on designated wall fields in a neat and compact manner to allow for future growth. D.Enclosures shall be sized to allow for 20%growth in each panel. E.All panels and boards shall be installed in enclosure(s)suitable to their environment and have sufficient size and orientation to include all system components. F.Each panel shall be labeled accordance with Owner standards. 1.The label for each panel shall be posted on the exterior of the panel door. a.Each panel shall have a list of devices connected to it located on the inside cover. b.A detailed device layout drawing will be located on the inside of the panel door in an appropriate sleeve and keeper. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 10 00 -8 3.3 FURTHER REQUIREMENTS A.Refer to provisions of Section 28 02 00 B.Furnish and coordinate installation of all special device back boxes and AC field devices as shown on the security drawings and as specified in this section. C.The exact installation locations of all equipment shall be coordinated and verified with the Contractor prior to installation. 1.Subcontractor shall notify the Contractor if any location appears to be unsuitable. D.Provide low voltage power supplies for electric locking devices and AC devices and components as shown on the security drawings and specified in this Section. E.Coordinate with the Telecommunications Subcontractor for data network connections,IP address requirements,and telephone circuits as required. F.Prepare all systems for user operation. 1.The security system must be complete and ready to operate prior to Owner final acceptance of the system. G.Coordinate with the Owner for all system programming requirements. H.Perform database programming as required to support the card reader,alarm point, surveillance system integration,and control panel configuration as required. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 20 00 -1 SECTION 28 20 00 -VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY/OVERVIEW A.This section provides specifications for the installation of an IP based Video Surveillance System (VS)and related components. B.Related Sections 1.Section 26 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Electrical (including related sub-sections) 2.Section 27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems (including related sub-sections) 3.Section 28 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Safety and Security Systems 4.Section 28 10 00 -Access Control System 5.Section 28 31 00 -Intrusion Detection System 1.2 REFERENCES A.See Section 28 02 00 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.The project will be equipped with a new Video Management System (VMS)as a Stand Alone System. 1.Provide Network Video Recorder (NVR)and Network Attached Storage (NAS) located in relay rack in the MDF of the project site. a.The new system shall provide for recording,local monitoring,and remote monitoring of IP cameras. B.The security integrator shall furnish and install the surveillance system,consisting of camera assemblies,NVR,wiring &cabling,and low voltage camera power supplies. 1.All active surveillance equipment and communication devices shall be on emergency/UPS power. C.Camera assemblies include camera,lens,housing,and mount.Provide and install wiring and low voltage power from the security wall field/rack to the camera locations. 1.Scope of work shall be complete from point of origin (camera)to point of termination (security rack). D.Coordinate all work that must be performed in security head end spaces with the General Contractor,the Electrical Contractor,and the Telecommunications contractor.(if applicable) E. Camera images shall support H.265 compression formats. F.The NVR shall not be loaded to exceed 50%of the camera and/or storage capacity to allow room for expansion. G.Camera lenses for fixed cameras shall be varifocal and sized to provide the owner approved field of view. The lens shall be IR corrected and have megapixel resolution. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 20 00 -2 H.Surveillance camera audio functions shall not be installed and/or disabled unless specifically requested by Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 for additional requirements. B.Project Data 1.Provide a description of system operation indicating the purpose and capability of each device/component of the system with a functional diagram indicating all interfaces to other systems. C.IP:Video Quality test reports shall be provided for all cameras to confirm an optimum high definition video signal. D.Shop drawings shall reflect all requirements associated with Owner provided or existing equipment and materials that will be used as part of this system. E.Video Storage calculations to show the system capacity can accommodate the specified video retention. F.Battery calculations to show the expected loads and backup duration for camera power supplies and UPS devices for all active surveillance equipment. G.System programming,camera titles,descriptions,camera images and database 1.Camera titles and descriptions prior to system programming 2.Programming/database prior to performance testing 3.Provide a cross reference between specified camera numbers and programmed camera numbers 4.Final programming,camera images and system documentation on electronic media to Owner H.Product Data 1.Manufacturer’s technical data sheets and specifications 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 B.Spare Parts: 1.Provide two (2)spare components for every model and configuration of electronic components and devices used on the project as spare parts inventory. a.The security integrator will turn over the new and unused components and devices to the owner at project closeout. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A.See Section 28 02 00 1.7 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A.See Section 28 02 00 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 20 00 -3 1.8 WARRANTY A.See Section 28 02 00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CAMERA SPECIFICATIONS A.All cameras shall be a Dome Camera unless otherwise specified 1.Compatible with the VMS 2.Vandal resistant with polycarbonate dome 3.Wide Dynamic Range Feature: All exterior cameras and interior cameras that have exterior lighting or headlights in their field of view shall have a Wide Dynamic Range feature to improve picture quality in situations with strong backlighting. 4.Multi-stream so that recording and viewing can be at different frame rate and compression. 5.Day-night Color/B&W camera with cut filter 6.Exterior cameras: a.Shall be outdoor rated b.Include a heater to permit fog-free viewing in low temperatures c.Fan to prevent overheating in high temperatures (as required) 2.2 NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER A.The Network Video Recorder shall be compatible with the existing video management system along with the following minimal requirements: 1.Provide hot swappable storage drives in a RAID 5 array 2.Support dual stream cameras 3.Include a dual Network Interface Card (NIC)that supports: a.Full duplex b.Fault tolerance c.Link aggregation d.Load Balancing e.Traffic prioritization f.Hot swap 4.Native support of H.264 compression that does not require the use of additional software or equipment 5.Provide a 20 inch 1080P service monitor and keyboard at each NVR equipment rack 6.Provide video storage capacity for 30 days using the following minimum criteria a.All cameras using H.264 compression b.Interior cameras:Use native camera resolution c.Exterior cameras:Use native camera resolution d.Wide angle lens cameras:Use native camera resolution e.Motion triggered recording 1)Assume that motion will be detected 50%of the day 2)Motion detection will be configurable by camera and schedule to mitigate nuisance triggers 3)Record video at 12 FPS when motion is detected 4)Record video at 1 FPS when no motion is detected City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 20 00 -4 B.Coordinate with owner on the number of user licenses required C.Provide UPS for backup power to the NVR and peripheral equipment 1.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 for UPS power requirements 2.Coordinate with Division 26 to provide a dedicated Emergency Power circuit 2.3 POE NETWORK SWITCH A.Provide a fully configured rack mounted PoE Managed 10/100/1000Mbps Layer 3 Switch. 1.Coordinate switch make and model with Owner /Owner network representative prior to purchase to ensure compatibility with existing and non-surveillance related network appliances. 2.Coordinate with Owner /Owner network representative on video surveillance subnet assignment. 3.Switch port count shall allow for 10%growth. 2.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Video Management System (VMS)Platform Software 1.Vivotek VAST 2.Owner Approved Equivalent B.NVR Server:Compatible with VMS Requirements 1.NVR specification compliant hardware C.Workstation Hardware: 1.Dell 2.HP 3.Owner Approved Equivalent D.Video Monitor: 1.Viewsonic 2.Samsung 3.Optiquest 4.LG 5.Owner Approved Equivalent E.Type A Camera-5MP 1.Vivotek FD9389-EHV-v2 2.Owner Approved Equivalent F.Type B Camera-20MP multi-sensor 1.MA9322-EHTVL 2.Owner Approved Equivalent G.Type C Camera Fish Eye 1.Vivotek FE9391-EHV-v2 2.Owner Approved Equivalent H.Equipment Racks and Racks Components:(By Division 27) 1.Chatsworth Products (CPI) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 20 00 -5 2.Samsung 3.Ortronics 4.Newton Instruments 5.Owner Approved Equivalent I.Lockable Equipment Cabinet and Components:(By Division 27) 1.Chatsworth Products (CPI) 2.Ortronics 3.Newton Instruments 4.Owner Approved Equivalent J.Media Converter -Copper-to-Fiber Outdoor rated (Hardened for extreme temperatures) 1.Axis Communications 2.Pelco 3.IFS /UTC Security 4.Owner Approved Equivalent K.PoE Network Switch 1.Brocade 2.Cisco 3.Juniper 4.Arista 5.Owner Approved Equivalent L.Video Wire &Cable 1.Windy City 2.General Cable 3.Belden 4.CommScope 5.Owner Approved Equivalent M.Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 1.Eaton UPS a.5S series for workstations b.9170 for rack mounted equipment 2.APC Smart-UPS Series a.SMT series for workstations b.Smart-UPS on-Line series for rack mounted equipment 3.MinuteMan a.Pro series for workstations b.Enterprise Plus series for rack mounted equipment 4.Owner Approved Equivalent PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONFIGURATION A.Video Cameras 1.Provide day/night cameras in exterior locations 2.Lenses shall be field tested with Owner present to verify clear,crisp images and desired field of view City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 20 00 -6 a.Substitute camera lenses as necessary to obtain required field of view at no additional cost b.Provide spot filters for exterior lenses as required to reduce picture washout caused by sunlight B.IP PoE Cameras 1.The security integrator shall coordinate network and IP address requirements with Owner to identify the Media Access Control (MAC)address (Layer 2)of each provided camera,the location to be installed,and the port configuration needed for communication. 2.Make all necessary adjustments to camera lenses to obtain clear,crisp images and desired field of view to the Owners satisfaction. a.Substitute camera lenses as necessary to obtain required field of view at no additional cost. 1)Adjust all cameras to produce high-definition images with no blooming,streaking or noticeable lag. 2)Provide and install in-line PoE injectors as required when non PoE network switches are used or when manufacturer specified power is not available to the camera. 3)All camera power shall comply with the specified power requirements. 3.2 POWER REQUIREMENTS A.Provide uninterruptible power supplies for all active surveillance equipment 1.Rack mounted components,including all active network communication hardware, shall be on an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)system. 2.Refer to Section 28 02 00 for UPS and power requirements 3.Camera power supplies shall be on an Auxiliary Power Supply (APS),system as required,with a battery backup. a.The Auxiliary power supply shall be furnished with a power distribution panel with each camera individually fused or protected with an over-current protector. B.Power supplies shall provide: 1.120 VAC input and output voltage as required 2.UL Listed 3.Power fail contacts to monitor the status of the input power a.Connect each power supply power fail alarm as a separate alarm input into AC/ID system 4.Key lockable wall mount metal enclosure with tamper switch 5.Independently fused outputs 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Refer to provisions of Section 28 02 00 B.All surveillance system devices and components shall be compatible. C.Camera Housings and Mounts 1.Cameras shall include housings and mounts as indicated in the Drawings. a.Provide the smallest available housing for each camera application. 1)Integrated miniature dome cameras are preferred City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 20 00 -7 2.Wiring to cameras shall pass from the back-box through the mount and into the housing. Exposed wiring or conduit shall not be acceptable. 3.Provide sun shields for camera housings in outdoor locations exposed directly to sunlight. 4.Provide surge protection for power and copper video cables for exterior cameras at the camera and at the point of termination (security rack). 5.Field verify the exact camera location,position,and mounting prior to installation. 6.Roof mounted cameras shall use roof deck brackets. D.Video Management Control System 1.System platform software shall be ‘open architecture’allowing for compatibility and integration with other building automated systems. 2.The system shall allow for secure remote viewing of live and recorded video as required. E.Provide labeling suitable to Owner for all major equipment components. Coordinate with Owner on numbering scheme to match existing. Major equipment components: 1.IP Video monitors,IP camera Patch Panels,PoE Switches (or mid-span units), Network Video Recorders (NVR),and fiber mux units (if required). F.Coordinate with Telecommunication subcontractor for network and patch panel provisions for security connections in the IT room.(If applicable) G.Coordinate with Owner for all system programming and database requirements. 1.Provide all programming,setup,camera and device titling and data entry 2.Camera and device title and descriptions shall be consistent for all components H.Install all Point-to-Point wiring with appropriate terminal connections for every wire and component termination so that all connections are mechanically and electrically secure. I.Install field wiring in continuous lengths,without splices. J.Verify upon job completion that all wiring and terminations are clearly labeled to identify the wire and terminal. K.Testing of the surveillance system includes checkout of installed cameras back to the Security head end equipment to confirm proper operation of camera assemblies. Security integrator shall provide all necessary test equipment to fully demonstrate proper performance of field devices. Copies of test results shall be included in the project completion submittals given to the Owner. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 This page intentionally left blank City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 31 00 -1 SECTION 28 31 00 -INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY/OVERVIEW A.This section provides specifications for the installation of Electronic Intrusion Detection (ID),and related components. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. B.Related Spec Sections​ 1. Section 08 71 00 -Door Hardware 2.Section 26 00 00 -Electrical (including related sub-sections) 3.Section 27 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Communications Systems (including related sub-sections) 4.Section 28 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for Safety and Security Systems 5.Section ​​28 10 00 -Access Control System​​  6.Section ​​28 20 00 -Video Surveillance System​​  7.Section ​28 46 00​-Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection 1.3 REFERENCES A.See Section 28 02 00​ 1.4 SYSTEM COORDINATION A.The Security Integrator shall completely coordinate all relevant work of other trades/systems including,but not limited to: 1.Door Hardware 2.Fire Alarm System 3.Electrical Systems(s) 4.Telecommunications System(s) 1.5 GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.General Requirements 1.Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,and services for a complete security system as indicated and in accordance with provisions of the contract documents. 2.Although such work is not specifically indicated,furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items,and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound,secure and complete installation. 3.Comply with the provisions of Division 1 for General Requirements. a.In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Section and Division 1,the more stringent provisions shall apply. 4.All system devices and components included shall be compatible. B.The project shall be equipped with new system that is maintained by the police department. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 31 00 -2 1. All work required within the project for new ID system head end shall be furnished and installed by the project security contractor. C.The ID system will support the needs of the project in accordance with these specifications. 1.The ID system shall have the capability for future expansion to support the security needs of the completed complex. D.The ID system shall be interfaced with the Fire Alarm system (by others)as required to comply with all building code requirements. E.Emergency/UPS power will be utilized to power the ID system’s computer workstation (client)at the Security head end equipment location. F.Emergency/APS power will be utilized to power the ID system’s Data Gathering Panels and control components as required throughout the facility. 1.6 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM A.A series of field installed alarm initiating devices shall be connected to the ID system so that status changes of the devices are transmitted to the security management system. 1.Provide Data Gathering Panels (DGP),alarm devices,and keypads to be connected to the security management system via Local Area Network (LAN). 2.The security integrator shall coordinate network and IP address requirements with Owner to identify the Media Access Control (MAC)address (Layer 2)of each provided device,the location to be installed,and the port configuration needed for communication. B.Glass Break Detector 1.Contractor will need to provide compatible glass break tester for device being installed. 2.One glass break detector per zone,do not wire in series. C.Tamper Switches 1.Typically closed tamper switches to monitor the secure status of all DGP’s,power supplies,terminal cabinets,power distribution units,and other Security System cabinets and enclosures. 2.Fasten tamper switches within the cabinet to provide no access to the switch and fasteners when the cabinet is closed. 3.Provide independent monitoring of tamper conditions for each cabinet. a.Include the number of tamper switches in the total alarm input figures. D.Provide ID keypads conveniently located near areas being protected so as to allow devices to arm and disarm. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 additional requirements. B.Field Test Reports City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 31 00 -3 1.Upon completion and testing of the installed system,test reports shall be submitted in booklet form and electronic media showing all field tests performed on,and adjustments made to each/any component and all field tests performed to prove compliance with the specified performance criteria. 2.Indicate and interpret test results in written form and verbally to owner/DBR for compliance with performance requirements at a pre-scheduled meeting. C.Battery calculations to show the expected loads and backup duration for power supplies and UPS devices for all active ID equipment. D.Security Contractor is responsible to prepare and submit as required to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)any and all information to obtain an Electronic Locking Mechanisms permit. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 B.Spare Parts: 1.Provide two (2)spare components for every model and configuration of electronic components and devices used on the project as spare parts inventory. a.The security integrator will turn over the new and unused components and devices to the owner at project closeout. 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 1.10 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A.Follow provisions of Section 28 02 00 1.11 WARRANTY A.Follow provisions of Section B.All devices and components shall comply with applicable U.L.standards. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE INTRUSION DETECTION MANUFACTURERS A.ID System Platform Software 1.Bosch 2.Honeywell 3.Owner Approved Equivalent B.Intrusion Detection Data Gathering Panels (DGP) 1.ID System compatible 2.Owner Approved Equivalent C.Keypads 1.ID System compatible City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 31 00 -4 2.Owner Approved Equivalent D.Tamper Switches 1.Sentrol 3010 2.Owner Approved Equivalent E.Dual Technology Motion Detectors 1.Detection Systems 2.GE/Sentrol 3.ID System compatible 4.Owner Approved Equivalent F.Glass Break Detectors 1.Sentrol 2.C&K Systems IntelliSense 3.ID System compatible 4.Owner Approved Equivalent PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Power Supplies 1.Power supply requirements a.A switch and on/off indicator within the power supply cabinet. b.Four hours of sealed gel battery backup to provide continuous operation during power failure. 1)Provide batteries as required to provide specified battery backup time for a fully loaded power supply,regardless of the connected load. c.A battery charger to maintain the battery. d.Low battery and power fail contacts to monitor the status of the input power and the battery. 1)Connect each power supply low battery and power fail alarm as a separate alarm input into DGP. e.Key lockable wall mount metal enclosure with tamper switch. 2.Additional DGP Power Supply Requirements a.The DGP power supply provides power only to DGP’s and shall not provide power for locks or any other low voltage device. 3.Additional Device Power Supply Requirements a.Provide device power supplies for other security system devices requiring power (e.g.card readers,local alarms,motion sensors,etc.) b.Provide power distribution boards with independently fused outputs. B.Video Surveillance System Integration 1.Automatic Video Call-up a.All alarms shall call up all cameras in the area of alarm to the screen of the ACID alarm operator workstation to allow for operator assessment of the alarm. 2.Pre and Post Alarm Video a.The operator shall be able to view up to 10 seconds of video before the alarm and 30 seconds after the alarm for all cameras associated with the alarm. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 31 00 -5 b.This feature is to be integrated with the operator alarm notification to assist in alarm assessment. c.This feature shall be displayed as an option on the alarm notification screen and will not require operator to make a manual video search. 3.Recording a.All cameras whose field of view that include images of the area affected by the alarm,shall be recorded when an alarm is detected for use in forensic analysis,including the pre and post alarm video. 4.Duress and Emergency Intercommunications Integration a.Calls from emergency intercoms/phones with cameras shall provide the above video call-up and the pre and post alarm video capabilities. C.Tamper Resistant Screws 1.Provide appropriate screw heads for each application (e.g.countersunk heads for recessed cover plate screws,flat head screws for standard junction box covers, etc.). 2.The security integrator shall provide Torx®tamper resistant screws for: a.Junction boxes located above doors b.Junction boxes located below ceiling height and/or within reach of hatch ladders c.Security device cover plates d.Surface mounted door position switches and armored cable 3.2 ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION A.Enclosures shall be lockable with a tamper switch and installed in a manner to be accessible with clearance to fully open enclosure door. B.All security panels shall be wired through a dedicated power supply with battery backup. 1.Power to the data gathering panels is to be hardwired utilizing EMT or rigid conduit in accordance with the Electrical specifications. 2.A circuit from the Fire Alarm panel must be installed to each lock power distribution panel. C.Enclosures shall be installed on designated wall fields in a neat and compact manner to allow for future growth. D.Enclosures shall be sized to allow for 20%growth in each panel. E.All panels and boards shall be installed in enclosure(s)suitable to their environment and have sufficient size and orientation to include all system components. F.Each panel shall be labeled accordance with Owner standards. 1.The label for each panel shall be posted on the exterior of the panel door. a.Each panel shall have a list of devices connected to it located on the inside cover. b.A detailed device layout drawing will be located on the inside of the panel door in an appropriate sleeve and keeper. 3.3 FURTHER REQUIREMENTS A.Refer to provisions of Section 28 02 00 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 31 00 -6 B.Furnish and coordinate installation of all special device back boxes and ACID field devices as shown on the security drawings and as specified in this section. C.The exact installation locations of all equipment shall be coordinated and verified with the Contractor prior to installation. 1.Subcontractor shall notify the Contractor if any location appears to be unsuitable. D.Provide low voltage power supplies for electric locking devices and ACID devices and components as shown on the security drawings and specified in this Section. E.Coordinate with the Telecommunications Subcontractor for data network connections,IP address requirements,and telephone circuits as required. F.Prepare all systems for user operation. 1.The security system must be complete and ready to operate prior to Owner final acceptance of the system. G.Coordinate with the Owner for all system programming requirements. H.Perform database programming as required to support the card reader,alarm point, surveillance system integration,and control panel configuration as required. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -1 SECTION 28 46 00 -FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A.The contractor shall provide a complete microprocessor based 24VDC,electrically supervised,analog intelligent fire alarm system as specified herein and indicated on the drawings. The system shall include,but not be limited to,all control equipment,power supplies,signal initiating and signaling devices,conduit,wire,fittings,and all other accessories required to provide a complete and operable system. B.The contractor shall reuse the existing distributed microprocessor based 24VDC, electrically supervised,MULTIPLEX,integrated fire alarm system as specified herein, indicated on the drawings and required by applicable codes.The system shall include,but not be limited to,all control equipment,remote transponders,power supplies,signal initiating and signaling devices,conduit wire,fittings,and all other accessories required to provide a complete and operable system.Provide new devices,hardware and software to add new devices. C.All equipment,materials,accessories,devices,etc.covered by the specifications and/or noted on the contract drawings shall be new and unused and be U.L.listed for their intended use. D.The system shall operate as a non-coded,continuous sounding system which will sound alarm devices until manually silenced,as herein specified. E.The system shall be wired as a Class B supervised system for all circuits. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ADA Standards -2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 2010. B.ICC (IBC)-International Building Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D.NFPA 72 -National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. E.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2024. F.NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. G.NFPA 262 -Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces Current Edition,Including All Revisions. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -2 H.UL 38 -Standard for Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I.UL 228 -Safety Door Closers-Holders,with or without Integral Smoke Detectors 2008. J.UL 268 -Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions. K.UL 268A -Standard for Smoke Detectors for Duct Application Current Edition, Including All Revisions. L.UL 464 -Standard for Audible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories Current Edition,Including All Revisions. M.UL 521 -Standard for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems Current Edition,Including All Revisions. N.UL 864 -Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions. O.UL 1638 -Standard for Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories Current Edition,Including All Revisions. P.UL 1971 -Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Q.UL 2034 -Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms Current Edition,Including All Revisions. R.UL 2075 -Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.3 INSTALLING CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY A.The installing fire alarm contractor is responsible for the design of a code compliant system,which meets the intent of all State and Local Authority Having Jurisdiction Codes and their adopted amendments along all permitting of such plans and associated permit fees.Reference and coordinate with all contract specifications and plans. 1.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.Provide one of the following manufacturers: 1.Notifier Fire Systems NFS2 Series 2.Siemens /Cerberus Pro Modular 3.Edwards System Technology (EST 4) 4.Silent Knight Farenhyt IFP 2100 Series B.Alternate Manufacturers City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -3 1.Equipment from other manufacturer's or supplier's may be considered as an equal to that specified provided that completely marked and identified catalog sheets of all proposed equipment is provided to the architect/engineer for review ten (10) days prior to the date of bid for evaluation.In addition,a list of the contractor's qualifications and any exceptions to the specifications must be provided for review.Approval for any such substitution of equipment must be obtained in writing from the architect/engineer for five (5)days prior to bid. 1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Contractor Qualifications: 1.The equipment supplier shall be an authorized and designated representative of the Fire Alarm Manufacturer to sell,install,and service the proposed manufacturer’s equipment. 2.The equipment supplier and installing contractor shall be licensed by the State Fire Marshal to sell,install,and service fire alarm systems as required by Article 5.43-2 of the State Insurance Code. 3.The installing contractor and/or equipment supplier shall have on his staff a minimum of three (3)installation superintendents who are licensed by the State Fire Marshal’s office for such purpose and under whose supervision installation, final connections,and check out will take place as required by the State insurance code. 4.The installing contractor or equipment supplier shall have on staff a minimum of one (1)certified NICET Level III state licensed fire alarm planner under whose supervision system design shall take place. 5.The installing contractor shall provide 24 hour,365 days per year emergency service with qualified and state licensed service technicians. 6.The installing contractor shall have been actively engaged in the business of selling,installing,and servicing fire alarm systems for at least ten (10)years. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.The installing contractor and/or equipment manufacturer shall provide complete and detailed shop drawings and include: 1.Control panel configuration including wiring and interconnection schematics. 2.Complete point to point wiring diagram showing terminal connections to all system devices. 3.Riser wiring diagram and associated zoning/addressing configurations with associated conduit sizes. 4.Complete floor plan drawings in a PDF format shall locate all devices associated with the fire alarm system. Floor plan drawings shall include conduit and wiring routing complete with conduit sizing and number of conductors by type. 5.Factory data sheets on each piece of equipment to be used and so marked as to model,dimensions,size,voltage,and configuration. 6.Detailed system description in this specification format describing system functions and operation.All specification variations and deviations shall be clearly noted and marked. 7.Complete Bill of Material for reference. 8.Programming matrix defining all input/output functions and zoning. 9.Power supply and battery calculations. 10.A written certification from the manufacturer stating that the fire alarm system contractor is authorized to sell,service and install the submitted equipment. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -4 B.Submittal shall include documentation confirming all qualifications have been met. Submittals without qualification documentation shall be returned "Revise and Resubmit". C.All submittal data shall include the contractor’s name,supplier’s name,project name,and state fire alarm license number adequately identified. 1.7 COORDINATION A.It shall be the responsibility of the installing contractor to coordinate all requirements surrounding installation of the fire alarm system with all trades including,but,not exclusive of:elevator,electrical contractor,sprinkler contractor,and HVAC/controls contractor and intercom system.Adequate coordination shall be provided to insure proper installation and interface to all peripheral items required to interact with the fire alarm and communication system to provide a complete and functional life safety system. PART 2 –PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL OPERATION A.Alarm Detection 1.When a fire alarm condition is detected by any of the system alarm initiating devices,the following functions shall occur: a.The system common alarm LED on the CPU Module shall flash. The internal audible trouble device shall sound. Acknowledgment or silencing the alarm condition shall silence the alarm signals and cause flashing alarm LED’s to illuminate steady. b.A multi-character back-lit LCD display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the alarm condition including: zone,device type, device location,and time of alarm. Location and zoning messages shall be custom field programmed to respective premises. c.Any remote or local annunciator LED’s associated with the alarm zone shall be illuminated as herein specified. d.All automatic events programmed to the alarm point shall be executed and the associated indicating devices and/or outputs activated. e.Activate all audible and visual alarm notification devices throughout the facility. f.De-activate HVAC systems over 2,000 CFM. g.Display system status changes on the remote annunciators. h.Release all smoke doors,fire doors,fire coiling doors,fire smoke dampers and fire shutters. i.Activate the smoke control system for the atrium. j.Recall elevators to ground floor as specified herein,or to the alternate floor if the alarm condition originates on the ground floor k.Unlock all electrically operated doors B.System Trouble Detection 1.When a trouble condition is detected by the CPU,one of the system initiating, alarm or SLC circuits,the following functions shall immediately occur: City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -5 a.The system trouble LED on the CPU module shall flash and the internal audible trouble device shall sound.Acknowledgment of the trouble condition shall silence the audible trouble device and cause all trouble LED's to illuminate steady. b.The multi-character alphanumeric LCD annunciator shall display all applicable information via the alphanumeric display associated with the respective trouble condition and its location. c.The system common trouble indicator on associated remote annunciators shall be illuminated as specified herein. C.Auxiliary Control 1.All designated "non-silenceable" auxiliary control functions shall remain in operation (even upon silencing of audible alarms)until such time as the control panel is cleared and reset manually (i.e.fan control outputs,central station interface,elevator recall interface,etc.). 2.Activation of duct smoke detectors associated fans shall shutdown their respective units immediately in addition to identifying the condition as herein specified.Duct detectors shall be programmed as a supervisory condition per NFPA 72. D.System Supervisory Detection 1.When a supervisory condition is detected by the fire alarm control panel,the following functions shall occur: a.The fire alarm control panel supervisory indicator shall flash and the internal audible device shall sound Acknowledgment of the supervisory condition shall silence the audible device and cause the supervisory indicator to illuminate steady b.The multi-character liquid crystal display shall display all applicable information associated with the respective supervisory condition. c. Display the system status change on the remote annunciators E.Remote Off-site Monitoring 1.The remote off-site monitoring system shall transmit point specific alarm,trouble and supervisory signals to an Approved Central Supervising Station (Central Station connection,phone lines or cellular connectivity service provided by Owner). F.Fire Drill Control 1.Provide a fire drill switch located on the Fire Alarm Control Panel. When activated,this switch will activate all horns and visual devices (strobes)for a fire drill. It shall not release fire shutter,shut down air handling equipment or recall elevators. If a fire alarm condition is detected,the system shall operate as defined in part A -"Alarm Detection"of this section. 2.2 ZONING A.The system shall have the inherent capability to employ "Intelligent"smoke detectors and addressable interface devices capable of being recognized and annunciated at the main control panel on an individual basis. All zoning/device location information shall be totally field programmable to exact job requirements as approved by the Architect/Engineer. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -6 2.3 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL A.The fire alarm control panel shall be provided with adequate number of SLC points to serve the building plus 50%spare.The control panel shall utilize DISTRIBUTED solid state MICROPROCESSORS.The microprocessor based CPU shall be completely FIELD PROGRAMMABLE.CPU module shall provide for programmable non-volatile EEPROM memory.All circuitry shall be U.L.listed for power-limited application. System shall be sized to accommodate the capacity of the system specified and shown on the drawings.System shall be capable of being networked for future expansion. B.Portable Buildings 1.Provide a minimum of (50)fifty initiating points for future portable buildings. Provide (2)dedicated NAC circuits pulled to the exit point above the ceiling.Refer to floor plan for location. C.Central Processing Unit Module (CPU) 1.The CPU shall contain and execute all custom time control functions or control- by-event programs for specified events including 'Holiday'exceptions.Time control event/programs shall be automatically overridden by priority fire alarm events.All programs shall be held in non-volatile programmable memory,and shall not be lost if both system primary and secondary power failure occurs. 2.System CPU shall also provide for non-alarm points for non-fire,low priority building functions.The CPU shall provide capability of multi-stage signaling, tornado warning,emergency radio communication enhancement system,positive alarm sequencing as well as remote control system operation. D.Display Interface Assembly (DIA) 1.The DIA shall provide a multi-character backlit,supertwist Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).It shall provide Light-Emitting Diodes (LED's)for AC POWER;SYSTEM ALARM;SYSTEM TROUBLE;SUPERVISORY;CPU FAIL;and ALARM SILENCED. 2.The display shall provide power to a 25-key membrane keypad with control capability to command all system functions,status readouts,manual control action, and entry of any alphanumeric or numeric information.The keypad shall include means to enter multiple five digit passwords to prevent unauthorized manual control programming. E.Control Switches 1.Acknowledge/step Switch 2.Signal Silence Switch 3.System Reset Switch 4.System Test Switch 5.Lamp Test F.System Outputs 1.The system shall provide the following outputs: a.One port for lap top and/or modem b.One port for supervised remote LCD annunciators (RS-485) G.Loop Interface (SLC) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -7 1.The CPU shall communicate and provide power to all devices on its loop over a single pair of wires.The CPU shall receive digital/ANALOG information from all "intelligent"detectors and shall process this information to determine normal, alarm,trouble,and sensitivity conditions.The analog information may be used for automatic test and determination of maintenance requirements,and be U.L.listed for such use.The CPU module shall individually monitor all "intelligent"detectors for sensitivity variation initiating a trouble condition should detector sensitivity "drift"become excessive.The system control unit shall have the capability to remotely read each detector's sensitivity in %obscuration,and if need be, electronically adjust the detector sensitivity as required for existing conditions within U.L.recommended limits.In addition,the system shall incorporate a "day/night"sensitivity feature.The system shall provide capability to program each individual detector for multiple 'pre-alarm'conditions.Each 'pre-alarm'level shall be field programmable as a function of the programmed alarm level.The system shall allow designated control-by-event actions to occur as may be required prior to any sensor reaching the designated alarm point. H.Non-Lock Walk Test 1.The system shall include a special non-lock "walk test"mode.The walk test mode shall incorporate a time-out feature to return system to normal.Test results shall be capable of being generated and displayed on the LCD annunciator. I.Automatic Detector Test 1.The system shall include a special automatic detector test feature,which permits reading and adjustment of the sensitivity of all intelligent detectors from the main control panel.In addition,the automatic test feature shall also permit the functional testing of any "intelligent"detector or addressable interface device individually from the main control panel.An automatic detector test shall occur automatically a minimum of every two hour period or be initiated manually from the FACP as desired.Automatic detector test sequencing shall be terminated upon receipt of a true alarm condition. J.Special System Reports 1.The system shall have the ability to generate and print,upon command,system and point status reports.Selection of 'system'read status provides the operator with global system programming information as well as providing the operator with all individual point programming data.The system shall also provide the capability to print out a detailed 'history'report from system history file upon command. K.Field Programming 1.The system shall be 100%field programmable without the need for external computers or,PROM programmers,and shall NOT require replacement of memory IC's.All programs shall be stored in non-volatile EEPROM memory. Programming shall be accomplished only after entering an appropriate and pre- selected five digit password security code.System programming mode shall NOT require the system to be taken off-line nor prohibit the system from performing its normal operations and routines.The system shall be capable of revising/changing programmed functions or system expansion at any time subsequent to initialization as described herein without factory modifications or factory programming.Field programming via the use of external computers may be considered provided programming can be accomplished on-site and the owner is permanently furnished with the required programming apparatus and software as part of this contract. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -8 L.Event History 1.The main fire alarm panel shall have the resident ability to store a minimum of 600 system events in chronological order of occurrence.Event history shall include all system alarms,troubles,operator actions,unverified alarms,circuit/point alterations,and component failures.Events shall be time and date stamped.Events shall be stored in non-volatile buffer memory.Access to history buffer shall be secured via five digit password security code. M.Power Supply 1.The power supply shall provide all control panel and peripheral power needs with filtered power as well as rectified 24VDC power for external audio-visual devices. All power supplies shall be designated to meet UL and NFPA requirements for POWER-LIMITED operation on all external signaling lines,including initiating circuits and indicating circuits. 2.Input power shall be 120VAC 60Hz.The power supply shall provide internal supervised batteries and automatic charger.The power supply shall provide both positive and negative ground fault supervision,battery/charger fail condition,A.C. power fail indicators.The power supply shall also provide supervision of modular expansion power supplies as may be required. 3.Batteries shall have 24 hours of standby capacity and 5 minutes of alarm capacity. Battery charger shall recharge batteries from full discharge to full charge over a 24-hour period.Switching from normal power to battery power and back shall occur automatically. 2.4 FIELD DEVICES A.Multi Criteria Smoke Detector (Smoke and Heat) 1.Provide intelligent multi detector.The intelligent multi criteria detector shall be an addressable device that is designed to monitor a minimum of photoelectric and thermal technologies in a single sensing device.The design shall include the ability to adapt to its environment by utilizing a built-in micro processor to determine its environment and choose the appropriate sensing settings.The detector design shall allow a wide sensitivity window,no less than 1 to 4%per foot obscuration.This detector shall utilize advanced electronics that react to slow smoldering fires and thermal properties all within a single sensing device. 2.The microprocessor design shall be capable of selecting the appropriate sensitivity levels based on the environment type it is in (office,manufacturing,kitchen,etc.) and then have the ability to automatically change the setting as the environment changes (as walls are moved or as the occupancy changes) 3.The intelligent multi criteria detection devices shall included the ability to combine the signal of the thermal sensor with the signal of the photoelectric signal in an effort to react hastily in the event of a fire situation.It shall also include the inherent ability to distinguish between a fire condition and a false alarm condition by examining the characteristics of the thermal and smoke sensing chamber and comparing them to a database of actual fire and deceptive phenomena. 4.The detector shall be semi-flush ceiling mounted and be provided with modular detector head with twist-lock base. B.Air Sampling Smoke Detector City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -9 1.Provide VESDA air sampling addressable smoke detector as indicated on the contract drawings and as required to provide proper coverage based on the pipe calculations.Fire alarm contractor shall include pipe layout as well as pipe calculations in the fire alarm system shop drawings. 2.The air sampling smoke detection system shall integrate into the fire alarm system as an addressable device residing on the signaling line circuit.Each VESDA detector shall be interfaced to the fire alarm system via four separate points (one trouble and three distinct alarm points).Each VESDA detector shall be provided with its own battery backup system as required by NFPA 72. VESDA smoke detector shall be located in a non-public area such as a mechanical,telephone,IDF, or storage room in the vicinity of the atrium.All VESDA air sampling shall be supported every five feet. C.Linear Beam Detector 1.Linear Beam Detector shall be a single unit containing the transmitter and receiver in the same enclosure.This detector can operate over a range from 17ft to 280ft (5m to 85m).The detector shall have three sensitivity settings,shall have high immunity to extraneous light,and have automatic and comprehensive test.Unit shall be monitored and interconnected to the main fire alarm control panel. D.Intelligent Duct Detector 1.Provide duct mounted “intelligent”photoelectric smoke detectors shall be provided per applicable codes.Detectors shall operate on the same principles and exhibit the same basic characteristics as area type “intelligent”smoke sensors.The unit shall be capable of interchanging/accepting either photo-electronic or ionization type sensors.The detector shall operate in air velocities of 300 FPM to 4,000 FPM. Each detector shall interface directly to the system SLC loop without the use of zone modules. 2.The unit shall consist of a clear molded plastic enclosure with integral conduit knockouts.The unit shall be provided with clear faceplate cover to provide visual viewing of detector/sensor for monitoring sensor operation and chamber condition. The duct housing shall be provided with gasket seals to insure proper seating of the housing to the associated ductwork.Each unit’s sampling tubes shall extend the width of the duct and be provided with porosity filters to reduce sensor/chamber contamination.Detectors shall be installed per NFPA 90A,and be listed with the fire alarm control panel.A remote LED shall be located on the corridor ceiling adjacent to the respective detector where detectors are not plainly visible or concealed from view. E.Intelligent Thermal Detectors 1.Provide analog,fixed temperature thermal detectors shall be provided where indicated on the drawings.The detectors shall use dual electronic thermostats to measure temperature levels in the chamber and shall,on command from the control panel,send data to the panel representing the analog temperature level. 2.The detectors shall provide dual alarm and power/status LED's.Status LED's shall flash under normal conditions,indicating that the detector is operational and in regular communication with the control panel.Both LED's may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel,indicating that an alarm condition has been detected.An output connection shall also provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm LED. 3.The detectors shall be semi-flush ceiling mounted and be provided with modular detector head with twist-lock base. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -10 F.Conventional Weatherproof Thermal Detector 1.Provide heat detection devices when located in harsh and/or moist environments, such as showers and similar areas,which are subject to high humidity,the following device shall be provided.Weatherproof Heat Detector 135°F Rate Compensated shall be provided.The detector shall mount in a weatherproof 4" electrical box with 1/2"NPT threaded hub.This detector shall be connected to an addressable monitor module. G.Addressable Manual Pull Stations 1.Manual stations shall be provided where indicated on the drawings. a.The manual stations shall contain the intelligence for reporting address, identity,alarm and trouble to the fire alarm control panel. b.All manual pull stations shall be considered of durable molded polycarbonate material and shall be RED in color with raised white lettering.Stations be the dual action type. c.All manual pull stations shall be provided with an STI-1100 series clear plastic cover with integral horn. H.Monitor Module 1.Provide addressable monitor modules where required to interface to contact alarm devices.The monitor module shall be used to connect a supervised zone of conventional initiating devices to an intelligent SLC loop. I.Control Module 1.Provide control and relay modules where required to provide audible alarm interface and/or relay control interface.The control module shall be used to connect a supervised zone of conventional indicating devices to an intelligent loop. The zone may be wired class A or class B -field selected.The control module may be optionally wired as dry contact (form C)relay. 2.The control module shall be addressable.A status LED shall be provided which shall flash under normal conditions,indicating that the control module is operational and in regular communication with the control panel.The LED shall illuminate steady when the device is actuated via the fire alarm control panel. J.Electronic Audio Visual Devices 1.Audible/Visual alarm devices shall be electronic horn/strobe units.Devices shall be wall or ceiling mounted. Devices shall be provided with the ability to provide multiple candela settings.Units shall operate at 24VDC and be polarized supervised.Each unit shall provide a choice of three difference audible tones capable of being field selected.Preferred alarm signal shall be a temporal tone producing a sound pressure level of 84 dBA.The visual device shall use Xenon strobe type producing a minimum of 15 candela on a 24 VDC limited energy supervised circuit and meet the requirements of ADA and local codes.Strobe unit shall automatically flash upon operation of the horn.Horn/strobe unit shall be provided in textured white finish and be flush mounted.All visual devices shall be synchronized. K.Electronic Alarm Horn City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -11 1.Provide solid state electronic alarm devices where indicated on the contract drawings.Units shall operate at 24 VDC and be polarized supervised.Each unit shall provide a choice of three different audible tones capable of being field selected.Preferred alarm signal shall be a temporal tone producing a sound pressure level of 84 dBA. 2.Units shall be flush mounted and molded of high-impact white plastic. L.Exterior Audio Visual Devices 1.All audio visual devices located outside or labeled weatherproof shall be weatherproof. 2.All devices shall be provided with a weather proof type back box. M.High Intensity Visual Signals 1.Provide visual signal device.High intensity visual signals shall be installed where shown on the drawings and as may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336)and local codes.High intensity visual alarms shall be Xenon strobe type producing a minimum of 15 candela on a 24 VDC limited energy supervised circuit.Alarm devices shall be designated to be wall or ceiling mounted as indicated on the drawings.Signals shall operate in unison with audible alarm appliances.All visual devices shall be synchronized.Units shall be flush mounted and shall be provided in textured white. N.Sprinkler Waterflow Switch 1.Sprinkler water flow switches shall be installed where indicated on the drawings. Each unit shall contain one set of SPDT alarm contacts.Water flow switches shall be provided and installed by the fire protection contractor and connected by the fire alarm contractor. O.Sprinkler Valve Supervisory Switch 1.Sprinkler valve supervisory switches shall be installed on each valve as indicated on the drawings.Each unit shall contain on set of SPDT contacts.Sprinkler valve supervisory switches shall be provided,installed,and adjusted by the fire protection contractor,and connected by the fire alarm contractor. P.Auxiliary Air Handling Unit (AHU)Relays 1.Relays shall be provided for HVAC and AHU control and interface.Relays shall be heavy duty type and rated up to 10 amps at 24 VDC,60 HZ.Relays shall be provided with NEMA I dust cover assembly and be provided with SPDT contacts as well as (fail safe)so that if the cable is broken,disconnected etc.,the AHU will automatically shutdown. Q.Field Charging Power Supplies 1.Provide power supplies with battery backup as required.Provide 120 volts dedicated circuit to each power supply. R.Remote LCD Alpha-Numeric Annunciators City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -12 1.Provide remote LCD alpha-numeric annunciator to annunciate all system events and duplicate the displayed status at the main FACP.The annunciator shall be a backlit eighty-character LCD display and operate via the system RS485 and RS232 serial output terminal from main FACP.The LCD display shall automatically illuminate upon receipt of an alarm or trouble condition.The luminary source shall extinguish during normal/standby model to conserve power.The unit shall operate from FACP 24VDC power and function during system power failure while the system resides on standby batteries.The remote LCD annunciator shall include: a.Integral time-date clock b.Time-date select clock c.Time-date/contrast adjust d.Display/step switch e.System reset f.System silence g.System acknowledge h.Integral trouble buzzer 2.Annunciator shall upon command display the first system alarm,last alarm,and system alarm count.The unit shall be equipped with an integral lamp test feature. The unit shall be semi flush mounted where shown. S.Protective Covers 1.Provide protective covers on all wall mounted fire alarm devices located in student restrooms,corridors and in the cafeteria.These protective covers shall be manufactured by Safety Technology International,Inc.(STI).These covers shall be provided on all devices including but not limited to smoke detectors,heat detectors,audible and visual devices,pull stations,etc.The mounting of a device shall be reinforced to enable the protective covers to protect the fire alarm devices. T.Multi Criteria Fire/Carbon Monoxide (CO)Detector (FCO-951)for sleeping rooms 1.Multi criteria acclimating detector shall be provided where shown on the drawings. The intelligent multi criteria detector shall be an addressable device that is designed to monitor a minimum of photoelectric,flame,thermal and CO technologies in a single sensing device.The design shall include the ability to adapt to its environment by utilizing a built-in microprocessor to determine its environment and choose the appropriate sensing settings. 2.The detector design shall allow for a wide sensitivity window,no less than 1 to 4% per foot obscuration.This detector shall utilize advanced electronics that react to slow smoldering fires and thermal properties all within a single sensing device. 3.The microprocessor design shall be capable of selecting the appropriate sensitivity levels based on the environment type it is in (office,manufacturing,kitchen etc.) and then have the ability to automatically change the setting as the environment changes (as walls are moved or as the occupancy changes). 4.The intelligent multi criteria detection device shall include the ability to combine the signal of the thermal sensor with the signal of the photoelectric signal in an effort to react hastily in the event of a fire situation.It shall also include the inherent ability to distinguish between a fire condition and a false alarm condition by examining the characteristics of the flame,thermal and smoke sensing chambers and comparing them to a database of actual fire and deceptive phenomena. 5.The detector shall be semi-flush ceiling mounted and be provided with modular detector head with twist-lock base with integral sounder. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -13 6.Provide integral low frequency sounder base for smoke detection and 4-code temporal sound for CO detection. U.Smoke Alarms for Dwelling Units 1.The combination photoelectric smoke and carbon monoxide alarm shall be a Gentex Model GN-503/GN-503F/GN-503FF or approved equal which shall provide at least the following features and functions: a.The smoke alarm portion of device shall utilize an infrared LED sensing circuit which pulses in 4 to 5 second intervals when subjected to smoke.After 2 consecutive pulses in smoke,the alarm shall activate. b.The CO alarm shall utilize an electrochemical sensing element with a minimum 5-year life. c.The carbon monoxide alarm portion of device is adjusted not to detect CO levels below 30 PPM and will not alarm when exposed to constant levels of 30 PPM for 30 days.Per UL 2034 requirements,the device will alarm at the following levels:70 PPM CO between 1 to 4 hours,but not less than 1 hour. 150 PPM CO between 10 to 50 minutes.400 PPM between 4 to 15 minutes. d.The GN-503 Series device shall have a 9VDC alkaline battery as a back-up in the event building power is lost. e.The alarm shall provide an indicator when the battery is low in power,high impedance or is missing. f.The CO alarm will provide an audible indicator of 3 quick chirps every 30 seconds at end of life of CO sensor. g.The alarm shall include a solid state red color LED that will indicate presence of CO at the unit. h.The audible alarm shall include a solid state piezo alarm rated at 85dBA at 10ft. i.A visual LED monitor (condition indicator)shall slow pulse in normal operation and rapid pulse in alarm (red color) j.An easily accessible test button shall be provided.Push down on button for 5 seconds causing smoke/CO alarm to activate. k.The device shall have tandem interconnect capability of up to 12 smoke/CO alarms. l.The GN-503FF alarm shall have the capability to tandem interconnect with all Gentex tandem capable smoke alarms,CO alarms or combination smoke/CO alarms. m.The manufacturer shall provide models with the optional feature of auxiliary Form A/Form C relay contacts for initiating remote functions and annunciation and a relay option that is capable of activation by tandem interconnect wire. n.The combination smoke/CO alarm shall be non-latching (self-restoring). 2.Power and Interconnection Requirements a.Provide 120 VAC primary power from building wiring served from a commercial source. b.Provide interconnecting tandem wiring between smoke/CO alarms so that the activation of one alarm will activate all of the alarms in the individual unit. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA A.The contractor shall provide drawings for Owner,Engineer and Fire Marshal’s approval. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -14 B.Drawings shall be prepared by a state licensed alarm planning superintendent. C.Drawings shall comply with all local,state and federal code.These include but are not limited to NEC,UL,NFPA,etc. D.Locate the fire alarm control panel in ​main telecommunications /MDF room​ unless otherwise directed by the owner. E.Locate a remote annunciator in the ​main lobby​ area unless otherwise directed by the owner. F.Provide additional items required above minimum codes include the following: 1.Manual pull stations shall be located not more than 5 feet from the entrance to each exit.Additional manual stations shall be located so that the travel distance to the nearest manual station does not exceed 200 feet.Provide Stopper II covers on all manual pull stations 2.Manual pull station heights shall be a minimum of 42"and a maximum of 48" measured vertically,from the finished floor level to the activating handle or lever. 3.Smoke Detectors –Paths of egress,electrical rooms,mechanical rooms,MDF, IDF,elevator lobby,storage rooms,top of stairs,elevator machine room,top of elevator shaft,above each fire alarm panel and remote power supplies terminal cabinets.Smoke detectors shall also be provided in each room/area that can be occupied by kindergarten and pre-kindergarten children,which shall include cafeteria,gymnasiums,daycares,libraries,classrooms and similar areas. 4.Duct type smoke detectors –all air handling units over 2,000 CFM in duct work or return air paths. 5.Heat Detectors –Shops,kitchens,coffee bars,central plants,boiler room,garages, truck bays and other non conditioned areas when detection is required.. 6.Flow switches –Sprinkler riser. 7.Horns -throughout the building. 8.Strobes –throughout the building. 9.Remote Power supplies:Locate in mechanical rooms,electrical rooms,MDF or other areas approved by Owner. 10.Smoke Detectors with low frequency sounder bases inside and outside all sleeping rooms.Do not locate over bed. 11.Monitor Fire Pump. 12.System Carbon Monoxide Detectors -Provide one in each sleeping room,kitchen, and the first room of each mechanical system where gas furnaces are serving spaces.Combination CO and smoke detector may be utilized in sleeping rooms. Provide CO detection in locations where gas water heaters are provided.Locate near the door;do not locate over the bed. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Wiring 1.All wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and NFPA 70.All wiring sizes shall conform to recommendations of the equipment manufacturer,and as indicated on the engineered shop drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -15 2.All wire shall be plenum rated,U.L.Listed,limited energy (300 volt)FPLP or MPP wire and shall be run open in return air ceiling plenums.The wire shall comply with NFPA 262 for such applications,shall be of the low smoke producing fluorocarbon type and shall comply with NEC Article 760 if so approved by the local authority having jurisdiction.Provide conduit in all inaccessible locations, inside concealed wall,all mechanical/electrical rooms,or other areas where wiring might be exposed and subject to damage. 3.Support wire clear of knock out panels,access panels,and maintenance spaces for equipment.Wire and cable shall be run using wire management techniques supporting cable as close as possible to within one foot of the floor or roof rafters. Wire supports shall be directly fastened to the structure on a maximum of five foot centers.Wire routing shall be parallel and perpendicular to building lines.The wire and cable shall be secured with tie wraps or carrier wire.Sagging in excess of three inches will not be allowed nor will bending of the supporting ring structure. 4.All wiring for SLC signaling circuits shall be of the twisted low capacitance type to guard against outside RF and EMF interference and induced noise. 5.All wiring shall be run in a supervised fashion (i.e.no branch wiring or dog-legged wiring)per NFPA requirements such that any wiring disarrangement will initiate the appropriate trouble signals via the main control panel per NFPA. 6.Wiring splices shall be kept to a minimum with required splices to be made in designated terminal boxes or at field device junction boxes.Transposing or color code changes of wiring will not be permitted.End-of-line supervisory devices shall be installed with the last device on the respective circuit.Devices shall be appropriately marked designating it as the terminating device on the respective circuit. 7.No A.C.wiring or any other wiring shall be run in the same conduit as fire alarm wiring. 8.All insulation on conductors shall be RED with traces to identify circuits. B.Open Wiring 1.Systems utilizing open wiring techniques with low smoke plenum cable. 2.Support wire clear of knock out panels access panels and maintenance spaces for equipment.Wire and cable shall be run using wire management techniques supporting cable as close as possible to within one foot of the floor or roof rafters. Wire supports shall be directly fastened to the structure on a maximum of five foot on centers.Wire routing shall be parallel and perpendicular to building lines.The wire and cable shall be secured with tie wraps or carrier wire.Sagging in excess of three inches will not be allowed nor will bending of the supporting ring structure. 3.Provide Caddy J-hooks supported independently from other system to support cable at 4-foot on center or closer if required by manufacturer. 4.Provide a junction box to make up all joints and splices. 5.Provide cable supports in all vertical raceways in accordance with Article 300-19 of NFPA 70. C.Conduit/Raceway 1.All wire shall be installed in an approved conduit/raceway system (except where permitted by NEC and the local authority having jurisdiction).Maximum conduit "fill"shall not exceed 40%per NEC. 2.Conduit and raceway system shall be installed as specified in division 26 specifications and per National Electrical Code. 3.Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4"EMT.Install conduit per engineered shop drawings. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -16 4.All wiring in mechanical rooms,electrical rooms,drywall ceiling,inaccessible areas,underground,plaster ceiling,inside concealed walls areas exposed to occupant view,and other areas subject to physical damage shall be run in conduit. 5.Sleeves shall be placed in the forms of concrete,masonry and fire rated walls,floor slabs and beams for the passage of wiring.Sleeves should be set in place a sufficient time ahead of the concrete work so as not to delay the work.Sleeves shall be rigid galvanized steel. D.Minimum Wire Sizes Shall Be As Follows: 1.Signaling Line Circuit:18 AWG 2.Notification Appliance Circuit:14 AWG 3.Relay Control Circuits:18 AWG E.120 VAC Power wiring 1.Contractor shall provide all required dedicated 20 amp,120 VAC power circuits for the fire alarm system including but not limited to the main fire alarm panel, remote amplifier panels,and remote strobe light power supplies.Connect to emergency power when available in the building. F.Sprinkler Valves 1.Contractor shall connect all tamper switches and post indicator valves to the supervisory circuit.Connect all water flow switches to the alarm circuit. Coordinate exact locations of water vaults valves and flow switches with sprinkler contractor. 3.3 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS SYNCHRONIZATION A.All visual and audible devices shall be synchronized per the current state adopted version of NFPA 72​.Provide all components required. 3.4 SMOKE AND COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS A.Provide duct type smoke detectors in ductwork downstream of each smoke damper and fire smoke damper.Locate within 5 feet on the damper.Provide a remote smoke detector reset device.Provide access panel when not located above an accessible ceiling.Interlock with HVAC unit serving the ductwork to shut down. 3.5 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS A.Monitor all fire suppression systems,carbon monoxide system panels and refrigerant system control panels. 3.6 TEST AND REPORTS A.A state licensed factory trained technical representative of the manufacturer shall perform the final control panel connections and supervise testing of the system and it shall be subject to the approval of the responsible engineer and owner.Upon completion of the acceptance tests,the owner and/or his representatives shall be instructed in the proper operation of the system. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Shelter ADDENDUM #1 3600 Gates Blvd.,Port Arthur,Texas 77642 11/13/23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC AUDIO AND VISUAL DEVICES PGAL Project No.1005964.00 28 46 00 -17 B.The installing contractor shall functionally test each and every device in the entire system for proper operation and response.In addition,each circuit in the system shall be fully tested for wiring supervision to insure proper wiring installation.Any items found not properly installed or non-functioning shall be replaced or repaired and re-tested.All testing shall be supervised by a licensed fire alarm superintendent. C.The installing contractor shall provide a complete written report on the functional test of the entire system.The test and report shall verify the function of each device in the system,operation of all auxiliary control functions,and the proper operation of the main fire alarm control panel.A copy of the test report shall be provided with maintenance manuals.The test report shall be signed and dated by the licensed fire alarm superintendent responsible for supervising the final system test and checkout. D.The installing contractor's fire alarm superintendent shall test the entire system in the presence of the local authorities having jurisdiction. 3.7 SPARE PARTS AND ATTIC STOCK A.Provide 5%spare field devices including labor to install them.Devices not used shall be given to the Owner at completion of the job. B.The fire alarm contractor shall include in his bid the cost to provide and install the additional spare parts and attic stock and associated cabling as indicated on the schedule on the contract drawings.All devices on this schedule not used during construction shall be turned over to the owner at the time of job completion. 3.8 WARRANTY A.The fire alarm system shall be free from defects in workmanship and materials,under normal use and service,for a period of one year from the date of acceptance or beneficial occupancy,whichever shall occur first.Any equipment shown to be defective shall be repaired,replaced or adjusted during normal working hours at no cost to the owner. 3.9 GRAPHIC FLOOR PLANS A.Provide 1/16”=1’-0”floor plan showing all devices and zoning.Zoning shall correspond to the zone on the fire alarm control panel.The floor plans shall be framed with a glass cover and located by the fire alarm control panel.This graphic floor plan shall use the actual room numbers based on the architectural graphics package.Verify specific requirements with Owner.Provide a sample for approval. END OF SECTION City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 20 - 1 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 SECTION 32 31 20 - VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes all labor, materials, and appurtenances necessary for furnishing and installing the steel roll gate system, with posts, post footings, gate operators, gate control equipment, including remote control, as applicable, fireman’s rapid entry system, and accessories indicated and specified herein. 1. It is intended that the work of this Section be performed by the contractor performing the work of Division 32 Section “Chain Link Fences and Gates”. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 03 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for concrete post footings or pad as indicated or required. 2. Division 05 Section “Metal Fabrications”. 3. Division 26 Electrical: for electrical service and control of motor operators. a. Division 31 Section “Site Preparation”. b. Division 31 Earthwork Sections. c. Division 32 Section “Chain Link Fences and Gates”. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The manufacturer shall supply a total roll gate system of the Ameristar® PassPort® design, Genesis style. The system shall include all components (i.e., pickets, rails, gate uprights, wheels, and hardware) required. System shall also include gate operators and gate control equipment as specified herein. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware anchorage, and schedule of components. C. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches square, representing actual product, color, and patterns. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 20 - 2 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines only minimum standards and requirements. Refer to the Drawings and other sections of the specifications for additional requirements. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with a minimum of five (5) years of experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Installers experienced with the type of construction involved and materials and techniques specified with a minimum of three (3) years of experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Upon receipt at the job site, all materials shall be checked to ensure that no damage occurred during shipping or handling. B. Materials shall be stored in such a manner to ensure proper ventilation and drainage, and be protected against damage, weather, vandalism, and theft. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside the manufacturer’s absolute limits. 1.8 SPECIAL WARRANTY A. Powder coated surface on all components (pickets, rails, and posts) shall be warranted for ten (10) years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Specifications are based on specified products manufactured by the following, or Architect approved equal. Other manufacturers must have a minimum of five (5) years of experience manufacturing products equal to those specified and comply with requirements of Division 01 Section “Substitution Procedures” to be considered. 1. Gate Manufacturer: a. Ameristar Fence Products; (888) 333-3422, or Architect approved equal in accordance with Paragraph 2.1. 2. Gate Operator: a. DoorKing, Inc.; (800) 826-7493, or Architect approved equal in accordance with Paragraph 2.1. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 20 - 3 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 3. Fireman’s Rapid Entry System Manufacturer: a. KNOX COMPANY; (800) 552-5669, or Architect approved equal in accordance with Paragraph 2.1. 2.2 GATE MATERIALS A. Steel material for roll gate components (i.e. pickets, rails, diagonals and uprights), shall be industrial steel with a minimum yield strength of 45,000 psi. B. Ornamental picket material shall be 1 inch square x 14 Ga. tubing for PassPort® II Ornamental gate pickets. Picket spacing shall be 4-3/4 inches for PassPort® II Ornamental gate pickets. Material for toprails, uprights and diagonals rails shall be 2 inches square x 11 Ga. Material for the bottom rail shall be 2 inches x 4 inches x 11 Ga. Posts shall be 4 inches square x 11 Ga. 2.3 GATE FABRICATION A. Pickets, rails, uprights and posts shall be precut to specified lengths. Diagonals shall be precut to specified lengths and angles. Frame materials shall be joined by welding. Pickets shall be face welded to roll gate frame, except for Invincible style gates over 18 feet long. Invincible style gates over 18 feet long shall have pickets face-welded to 2 inch x 2 inch angle iron to form panels equal in length to the gate frame bay width. B. The manufactured roll gates and bolt-on panels (if applicable) shall be subjected to the PermaCoat® thermal stratification coating process (high temperature, in-line, multi-stage, multi-layer) including, as a minimum, a six-stage pre-treatment/wash (with zinc phosphate), an electrostatic spray application of an epoxy base, and a separate electrostatic spray application of a polyester finish. The base coat shall be a thermosetting epoxy powder coating (gray in color) with a minimum thickness of of 2 mils. The topcoat shall be a “no-mar” TGIC polyester powder coat finish with a minimum thickness of 2 mils. The color shall be Black. The stratification-coated framework shall be capable of meeting the performance requirements for each quality characteristic shown in Table below. Coating Performance Requirements Quality Characteristics ASTM Test Method Performance Requirements Adhesion D3359 - Method B Adhesion (Retention of Coating) over 90% of test area (Tape and knife test). Corrosion Resistance B117, D714 & D1654 Corrosion Resistance over 3,500 hours (Scribed per D1654; failure mode is accumulation of 1/8 inch coating loss from scribe or medium #8 blisters). Impact Resistance D2794 Impact Resistance over 60 inch lb. (Forward impact using 0.625 inch ball). City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 20 - 4 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 Weathering Resistance D822 D2244, D523 (60˚ Method) Weathering Resistance over 1,000 hours (Failure mode is 60% loss of gloss or color variance of more than 3 delta-E color units). C. Gate stops shall be installed on each track in a way that conforms to current ASTM F2200 standards. 2.4 GATE POST SETTING MATERIAL A. Concrete: Unless indicated otherwise, use minimum 28 day compressive strength 2,500 psi concrete as specified in Division 03 Section “Cast-In-Place Concrete”. 2.5 GATE OPERATOR A. Features: 1. Steel frame provides strength and quiet operation. 2. “T-Handle” release is easily accessible from front of operator. 3. Operator re-connects automatically when handle is released. 4. Adjustable partial open limit. 5. Direct driven limit nuts for precise gate control. 6. Auto-close timer 1-30 seconds. 7. Ports for plug-in open and reverse loop detectors - DKS detectors only. 8. Selectable loop/reverse input function; stop or reverse. 9. Anti-tailgating feature helps to control unauthorized traffic. 10. Standard normally closed stop circuit. 11. Gate Tracker reporting output provides operator data to DKS access control system. 12. Convenience outlets for accessory transformers. 13. Built-in power switch and alarm reset switch. 14. Simple bi-parting gate interface. B. Specifications: 1. Maximum gate width 35-ft. 2. Maximum gate weight 1000 pounds* (1/2 HP) or 1500 pounds* (1 HP). (*Assumes gate is on level ground, in good condition with properly adjusted hardware. Other external factors may affect the performance of the gate operator.) 3. 1/2 or 1 HP continuous-duty motor 4. 115, 230*, 208*, 460* VAC. (*230, 208, and 460 volt units use a step-down power transformer to achieve 115 volt operating voltage.) 5. Class I, II, III and IV applications. 6. Compliant with UL 325 and 991, ETL Listed. (Note: To be compliant with UL 325 and industry safety guidelines, additional secondary entrapment prevention devices are required to be installed with this gate operator. Your professional DKS system installer can provide you with more details on these devices and on current industry safety standards.) City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 20 - 5 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 C. Options: Confirm with Architect. 1. Plug-in loop detectors. 2. Heater kit for cold environments. 3. Secondary entrapment prevention devices. 4. Bi‐parting gate connection cable. 5. Gate operator control stations. 6. Surge suppressors, time clocks, traffic signal. 9. Number/Location: As indicated on Drawings. Coordinate location with Architect. D. Approved Product/Manufacturer: Approved Product/Manufacturer: DoorKing Model 9000 Vehicular Slide Gate Operator, or Architect or Owner approved equal in accordance with Paragraph 2.1. 2.6 FIREMAN’S RAPID ENTRY SYSTEM A. Type: Surface mount with hinged door, with/without UL Listed tamper switches. B. Construction: 1/4 inch plate steel housing, 1/2 inch thick steel door with interior gasket seal and stainless steel door hinge. Box and lock UL Listed. Lock has 1/8 inch thick stainless steel dust cover with tamper seal mounting capability. C. Exterior Dimensions: Surface mount body - 4 inches H x 5 inches W x 3-1/4 inches D. D. Lock: UL Listed. Double-action rotating tumblers and hardened steel pins accessed by a biased cut key. E. Finish: Manufacturer’s proprietary finishing process in color selected by Architect from manufacturer’s available colors. F. Number/Location: As indicated on Drawings. Coordinate location with Architect. G. Approved Product/Manufacturer: KNOX-BOX 3200 Series, Hinged Door Model manufactured by KNOX COMPANY, or Architect or Owner approved equal in accordance with Paragraph 2.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine grades to ensure that they will not cause interference with the installation of rolling gates. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 20 - 6 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 3.2 PREPARATION A. Gate installations shall be laid out by the Contractor in accordance with the Drawings. B. Do not begin installation until the area in which rolling gates are to be installed have been properly prepared. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Gate posts shall be set in accordance with the spacings shown in the Drawings. The Division 31 “Earthwork” and Division 03 “Cast-In-Place Concrete” sections shall govern post base material requirements. 6 inch wheels shall be bolted to the gate between the wheel plates welded near the ends of the gate bottom rail. The gate shall be set upright with the V-grooved wheels positioned over the pre-installed steel V-track that traverses the gate opening. Roller guides shall be affixed to the gate posts at a height even with the gate toprail to hold the gate in a vertical position. Gate stops shall be welded to the end of the gate or track so gate cannot pass rollers in either direction. B. Install gate operators in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install fireman’s rapid entry system in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions”. 3.4 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Adjust cantilever gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free from binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. B. Complete gate installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Leave immediate work area neat at end of each work day. D. Clean jobsite of excess materials; scatter excess material from post hole excavations uniformly away from posts. Remove excess material if required. E. Clean gates with mild household detergent and clean water rinse well. Mortar should be removed from exposed posts and other fencing material using a 10% solution of muriatic acid followed immediately by several rinses with clean water. F. Touch up scratched surfaces using materials recommended by manufacturer. Match touchup paint color to gate finish. G. Protect installed products until completion of Project. 3.5 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION A. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to demonstrate and instruct Owner’s City of Port Arthur Animal Services Addendum No. 1 3615 Gates Blvd., Port Arthur, Texas 77642 11/13/23 VEHICULAR CANTILEVERED SLIDE GATES 32 31 20 - 7 PGAL Project No. 1005964.00 personnel in proper gate operation END OF SECTION 32 31 20 Question Answer: Request from Red Dot regarding being listed as an acceptable manufacturer for the pre engineered metal building spec Red Dot has been added to the list of accepatble PEMB Manufacturers request for an approved equal, Folding Partitions manufactured by Moderco.Moderco has been added. Divisions 26, 27 & 28 are listed in the table of contents but are missing in the manual.Division 26, 27,28 will be included in this addendum Exterior walls need to know stud size and confirming exterior walls at insulated wall panels do not get sheathing. Missing interior elevations for rooms: 122, 123, 124, & 126. The exterior walls will have 3 5/8" stud with gypsum board. Wall section details to be revised and issued in an upcoming addendum Ref. attachement for more detail. Interior elevation Specifications 113013.2-1.H calls for TV's to be OFOI. Plan sheet calls outs indicate these TV's to be CFCI. Please advise.The specification is correct Special Opening schedule on sheet A0.30 denotes opening S0108 as chain-link fencing, but should be noted as a folding partition. SO108 to be folding partition. Ref. specification for more information Refer to Note #12 on A1.01 Site Plan. What kind of wall should enclose the mechanical condensing units OACU1 and OACU2? Should similar screen wall provisions be made for the transformer and generator? No walls should enclose the unit. Note 12 refers to concrete raised pedestal. Detail 6/A1.20 calls out 6'-8" galvanized steel plate with masonry anchors, however, there is no masonry at the dumpster enclosure.Detail 6/A1.20 was amended to show metal panel in lieu of masonry. Ref. attachment. There is a specification and elevation 4/A1.20 provided for a welded wire fence with Coyote Rollers, however, no plan callouts as to where this is located in the plans. The sections 2 and 3 shown on the 4/A1.20 elevation lead us to the Dog Yard fencing, which is called out as standard chain-link fencing. Please advise. Detail 4/A1.20 was amended to show chain link fence in lieu of weled wire fence. Ref. attachment Details 2 & 3/A1.20 shows a depressed slab at the dog yards, however, the plans do not denote the yards to receive concrete flatwork, just a grass yard over ordinary fill. Detail 2&3/A1.20 were amended to not show the depressed slab. Ref. attachment. Detail 3/A0.35 does not appear to apply, as there are no drywall partitions at the Kennel Building. Please advise.3/A0.35 applies. It details the clerestory windows at the kennels Chain-link fencing elevations on A1.21 shown fencing to be 7' tall, but plan callouts on A1.01, sheet note #1, indicate fencing at 8'. Please advise.All dog runs to be 7'-0" tall chain link fence Please clarify which fencing is to receive privacy slats. only electric sliding gates to receive privacy slats Partition schedule calls for "M1" partitions to be grout filled and "M2" to be perlite filled. There are no "M2" walls called out. Building sections 1/A7.52 show exterior walls to be "M1" with perlite. Please confirm that only the Exterior "M1" walls are to receive perlite filled, and interior "M1"to be grout filled. M1- To be grout filled as noted on A0.10 and M2 - To be filled with core fill 500 ref. specifications Should a floor covering or sealed concrete be applied to the exterior portion of the dog kennels? In similar projects, we've installed either sealed concrete or a UV stable epoxy flooring at the exterior portions of the kennels to prevent soiling and help sanitation / spreading of illnesses. epoxy floor and epoxy paint walls will need to be provided at the exterior kennels. General note for all exterior walls at the Main Building. Exterior wall details show metal stud infill between all wall girts. Typically, we do not see infilled stud walls between wall girts, as the number and spacing of the girts is not defined until the PEMB is designed. This can cause a lot of additional stud framing infill if girts are added after PEMB design. Also, any PEMB in-wall X bracing will foul every stud. Typically, we see exterior walls furred out with drywall and stud framing for PEMBs. If we are to proceed with metal stud infill at exterior wall, please provide a typical wall girt spacing to assume for bidding purposes only. We will proceed with exterior walls furred out with drywall and stud. Wall section details to be revised and issued in an upcoming addendum. Bike racks are specified, but not identified in the plan. Please advise on locations required. the bIke rack will be removed from the specifications Specification 12 48 13 Entrance mats is provided, but no locations called out in plan. Please advise. Specification 12 48 13 will be removed from the specications GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. CONTRACT AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Plans, Specifica�ons and Addenda, enumerated in the Agreement and Paragraph 1 of the Supplemental General Condi�ons, shall form part of this Contract, and the provisions thereof shall be as binding upon the par�es hereto as if they were herein fully set forth. The Table of Contents, �tles, headings, running headlines and marginal notes contained herein and in said Documents are solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect, limit, or cast light on the interpreta�on of the provisions to which they refer. 2. DEFINITIONS The following terms, as used in this Contract, are respec�vely defined as follows: a. "CONTRACTOR": A person, firm or corpora�on with whom the Contract is made with the OWNER or CITY OF PORT ARTHUR. b. "Subcontractor": A person, firm or corpora�on supplying labor and materials or only labor for work at the site of the project for, and under separate Contract or agreement with, the CONTRACTOR. c. "Work on (at) the Project": Work to be performed at the loca�on of the project, including the transporta�on of materials and supplies to or from the loca�on of the project by employees of the CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor. d. "OWNER": Refers to the CITY OF PORT ARTHUR. e. "CITY": Refers to the CITY OF PORT ARTHUR. f. "ENGINEER": PGAL, Inc, Houston, Texas 3. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT FOR CAUSE If, through any cause, the CONTRACTOR shall fail to fulfill in �mely and proper manner his obliga�ons under this Contract, or if the CONTRACTOR shall violate any of the covenants, agreements or s�pula�ons of this Contract, the CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, shall thereupon have the right to terminate this Contract by giving writen no�ce to the CONTRACTOR of such termina�on and specifying the effec�ve date thereof, at least ten (10) days before the effec�ve date of such termina�on. In such event, all finished or unfinished Documents, data, studies, surveys, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the CONTRACTOR under this Contract shall, at the op�on of the CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, become its property and the CONTRACTOR shall be en�tled to receive just and equitable compensa�on for any work sa�sfactorily completed hereunder. Notwithstanding the above, the CONTRACTOR shall not be relieved of liability to for damages sustained by the CITY OF PORT ARTHUR by virtue _______________________________________________________________ F-1